10 Energy 3 1999-01-01 1999-01-01 false ENERGY CONSERVATION D SUBCHAPTER D SUBCHAPTER D—ENERGY CONSERVATION PARTS 400-417—[RESERVED] Pt. 420 PART 420—STATE ENERGY PROGRAM Subpart A—General Provisions for State Energy Program Financial Assistance Sec. 420.1 Purpose and scope. 420.2 Definitions. 420.3 Administration of financial assistance. 420.4 Technical assistance. 420.5 Reports. 420.6 Reference standards. Subpart B—Formula Grant Procedures 420.10 Purpose. 420.11 Allocation of funds among the States. 420.12 State matching contribution. 420.13 Annual State applications and amendments to State plans. 420.14 Review and approval of annual State applications and amendments to State plans. 420.15 Minimum criteria for required program activities for plans. 420.16 Extensions for compliance with required program activities. 420.17 Optional elements of State Energy Program plans. 420.18 Expenditure prohibitions and limitations. 420.19 Administrative review. Subpart C—Implementation of Special Projects Financial Assistance 420.30 Purpose and scope. 420.31 Notice of availability. 420.32 Program guidance/solicitation. 420.33 Application requirements. 420.34 Matching contributions or cost-sharing. 420.35 Application evaluation. 420.36 Evaluation criteria. 420.37 Selection. Authority:

Title III, part D, as amended, of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6321 et seq.); Department of Energy Organization Act (42 U.S.C. 7101 et seq.)

 Source:

61 FR 35895, July 8, 1996, unless otherwise noted.

Subpart A—General Provisions for State Energy Program Financial Assistance
§ 420.1 Purpose and scope.

It is the purpose of this part to promote the conservation of energy, to reduce the rate of growth of energy demand, and to reduce dependence on imported oil through the development and implementation of a comprehensive State Energy Program and the provision of Federal financial and technical assistance to States in support of such program.

§ 420.2 Definitions.

As used in this part:

Act means title III, part D, as amended, of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, 42 U.S.C. 6321 et seq.

Alternative transportation fuel means methanol, denatured ethanol, and other alcohols; mixtures containing 85 percent or more by volume of methanol, denatured ethanol, and other alcohols with gasoline or other fuels; natural gas; liquified petroleum gas; hydrogen; coal-derived liquid fuels; fuels (other than alcohol) derived from biological materials (including neat biodiesel); and electricity (including electricity from solar energy).

ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-1989, as amended means the building design standard published in December 1989 by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, and the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America titled “Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings,” with Addenda 90.1b-1992; Addenda 90.1d-1992; Addenda 90.1e-1992; Addenda 90.1g-1993; and Addenda 90.1i-1993, which is incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. The availability of this incorporation by reference is given in § 420.6(b).

Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary for Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy or any official to whom the Assistant Secretary's functions may be redelegated by the Secretary.

British thermal unit (Btu) means the quantity of heat necessary to raise the temperature of one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit at 39.2 degrees Fahrenheit and at one atmosphere of pressure.

Building means any structure which includes provision for a heating or cooling system, or both, or for a hot water system.

Carpool means the sharing of a ride by two or more people in an automobile.

Carpool matching and promotion campaign means a campaign to coordinate riders with drivers to form carpools and/or vanpools.

Commercial building means any building other than a residential building, including any building constructed for industrial or public purposes.

Commercially available means available for purchase by the general public or target audience in the State.

Deputy Assistant Secretary means the Deputy Assistant Secretary for Building Technology, State and Community Programs or any official to whom the Deputy Assistant Secretary's functions may be redelegated by the Assistant Secretary.

Director, Office of State and Community Programs means the official responsible for DOE's formula grant programs to States, or any official to whom the Director's functions may be redelegated by the Assistant Secretary.

DOE means the Department of Energy.

Energy audit means any process which identifies and specifies the energy and cost savings which are likely to be realized through the purchase and installation of particular energy efficiency measures or renewable energy measures.

Energy efficiency measure means any capital investment that reduces energy costs in an amount sufficient to recover the total cost of purchasing and installing such measure over an appropriate period of time and maintains or reduces non-renewable energy consumption.

Environmental residual means any pollutant or pollution causing factor which results from any activity.

Exterior envelope physical characteristics means the physical nature of those elements of a building which enclose conditioned spaces through which thermal energy may be transferred to or from the exterior.

Governor means the chief executive officer of a State, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, or any territory or possession of the United States, or a person duly designated in writing by the Governor to act upon his or her behalf.

Grantee means the State or other entity named in the notice of grant award as the recipient.

HVAC means heating, ventilating and air-conditioning.

IBR means incorporation by reference.

Industrial facility means any fixed equipment or facility which is used in connection with, or as part of, any process or system for industrial production or output.

Institution of higher education has the same meaning as such term is defined in section 1201(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1141(a)).

Manufactured home means any dwelling covered by the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards, 24 CFR part 3280.

Metropolitan Planning Organization means that organization required by the Department of Transportation, and designated by the Governor as being responsible for coordination within the State, to carry out transportation planning provisions in a Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area.

Model Energy Code, 1993, including Errata, means the model building code published by the Council of American Building Officials, which is incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. The availability of this incorporation by reference is given in § 420.6(b).

Park-and-ride lot means a parking facility generally located at or near the trip origin of carpools, vanpools and/or mass transit.

Petroleum violation escrow funds. For purposes both of exempting petroleum violation escrow funds from the matching requirements of § 420.12 and of applying the limitations specified under § 420.18(b), this term means any funds distributed to the States by the Department of Energy or any court and identified as Alleged Crude Oil Violation funds, together with any interest earned thereon by the States, but excludes any funds designated as “excess funds” under section 3003(d) of the Petroleum Overcharge Distribution and Restitution Act, subtitle A of title III of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, Public Law 99-509, and the funds distributed under the “Warner Amendment,” section 155 of Public Law 97-377.

Plan means a State Energy Program plan including required program activities in accordance with § 420.15 and otherwise meeting the applicable provisions of this part.

Political subdivision means a unit of government within a State, including a county, municipality, city, town, township, parish, village, local public authority, school district, special district, council of governments, or any other regional or intrastate governmental entity or instrumentality of a local government exclusive of institutions of higher learning and hospitals.

Preferential traffic control means any one of a variety of traffic control techniques used to give carpools, vanpools and public transportation vehicles priority treatment over single occupant vehicles other than bicycles and other two-wheeled motorized vehicles.

Program activity means one or more State actions, in a particular area, designed to promote energy efficiency, renewable energy and alternative transportation fuel.

Public building means any building which is open to the public during normal business hours, including:

(1) Any building which provides facilities or shelter for public assembly, or which is used for educational office or institutional purposes;

(2) Any inn, hotel, motel, sports arena, supermarket, transportation terminal, retail store, restaurant, or other commercial establishment which provides services or retail merchandise;

(3) Any general office space and any portion of an industrial facility used primarily as office space;

(4) Any building owned by a State or political subdivision thereof, including libraries, museums, schools, hospitals, auditoriums, sport arenas, and university buildings; and

(5) Any public or private non-profit school or hospital.

Public transportation means any scheduled or nonscheduled transportation service for public use.

Regional Support Office Director means the director of a DOE Regional Support Office with responsibility for grants administration or any official to whom that function may be redelegated.

Renewable energy means a non-depletable source of energy.

Renewable energy measure means any capital investment that reduces energy costs in an amount sufficient to recover the total cost of purchasing and installing such measure over an appropriate period of time and that results in the use of renewable energy to replace the use of non-renewable energy.

Residential building means any building which is constructed for residential occupancy.

Secretary mean the Secretary of DOE.

SEP means the State Energy Program under this part.

Small business means a private firm that does not exceed the numerical size standard promulgated by the Small Business Administration under section 3(a) of the Small Business Act (15 U.S.C. 632) for the Standard Industrial Classification (SIC) codes designated by the Secretary of Energy.

Start-up business means a small business which has been in existence for 5 years or less.

State means a State, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, or any territory or possession of the United States.

State or local government building means any building owned and primarily occupied by offices or agencies of a State; and any building of a unit of local government or a public care institution which could be covered by part H, title III, of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, 42 U.S.C. 6372-6372i.

Transit level of service means characteristics of transit service provided which indicate its quantity, geographic area of coverage, frequency and quality (comfort, travel, time, fare and image).

Urban area traffic restriction means a setting aside of certain portions of an urban area as restricted zones where varying degrees of limitation are placed on general traffic usage and/or parking.

Vanpool means a group of riders using a vehicle, with a seating capacity of not less than eight individuals and not more than fifteen individuals, for transportation to and from their residence or other designated locations and their place of employment, provided the vehicle is driven by one of the pool members.

Variable working schedule means a flexible working schedule to facilitate activities such as carpools, vanpools, public transportation usage, and/or telecommuting.

[61 FR 35895, July 8, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 26726, May 14, 1997]
§ 420.3 Administration of financial assistance.

(a) Financial assistance under this part shall comply with applicable laws and regulations including, but without limitation, the requirements of:

(1) Executive Order 12372, Intergovernmental Review of Federal Programs, as implemented by 10 CFR part 1005.

(2) DOE Financial Assistance Rules (10 CFR part 600); and

(3) Other procedures which DOE may from time to time prescribe for the administration of financial assistance under this part.

(b) The budget period(s) covered by the financial assistance provided to a State according to § 420.11(b) or § 420.33 shall be consistent with 10 CFR part 600.

(c) Subawards are authorized under this part and are subject to the requirements of this part and 10 CFR part 600.

§ 420.4 Technical assistance.

At the request of the Governor of any State to DOE and subject to the availability of personnel and funds, DOE will provide information and technical assistance to the State in connection with effectuating the purposes of this part.

§ 420.5 Reports.

(a) Each State receiving financial assistance under this part shall submit to the cognizant Regional Support Office Director a quarterly program performance report and a quarterly financial status report.

(b) Reports under this section shall contain such information as the Secretary may prescribe in order to monitor effectively the implementation of a State's activities under this part.

(c) The reports shall be submitted within 30 days following the end of each calendar year quarter.

§ 420.6 Reference standards.

(a) The following standards which are not otherwise set forth in this part are incorporated by reference and made a part of this part. The following standards have been approved for incorporation by reference by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. A notice of any change in these materials will be published in the Federal Register. The standards incorporated by reference are available for inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC.

(b) The following standards are incorporated by reference in this part:

(1) The American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30329, (404) 636-8400/The Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA), 345 East 47th Street, New York, New York 10017, (212) 705-7913: (i) ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-1989, entitled “Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings,” with Addenda 90.1b-1992; Addenda 90.1d-1992; Addenda 90.1e-1992; Addenda 90.1g-1993; and Addenda 90.1i-1993, IBR approved for § 420.2 and § 420.15.

(2) The Council of American Building Officials (CABO), 5203 Leesburg Pike, Suite 708, Falls Church, Virginia 22041, (703) 931-4533: (i) The Model Energy Code, 1993, including Errata, IBR approved for § 420.2 and § 420.15.

 Subpart B—Formula Grant Procedures
§ 420.10 Purpose.

This subpart specifies the procedures that apply to the Formula Grant part of the State Energy Program, which allows States to apply for financial assistance to undertake a wide range of required and optional energy-related activities provided for under § 420.15 and § 420.17. Funding for these activities is allocated to the States based on funds available for any fiscal year, as described under § 420.11.

§ 420.11 Allocation of funds among the States.

(a) The cognizant Regional Support Office Director shall provide financial assistance to each State having an approved annual application from funds available for any fiscal year to develop, modify, or implement a plan.

(b) DOE shall allocate financial assistance to develop, implement or modify plans among the States from funds available for any fiscal year, as follows:

(1) If the available funds equal $25.5 million, such funds shall be allocated to the States according to Table 1 of this section.

(2) The base allocation for each State is listed in Table 1.

Table 1.—Base Allocation by State State/Territory Alabama $381,000 Alaska 180,000 Arizona 344,000 Arkansas 307,000 California 1,602,000 Colorado 399,000 Connecticut 397,000 Delaware 164,000 District of Columbia 158,000 Florida 831,000 Georgia 534,000 Hawaii 170,000 Idaho 190,000 Illinois 1,150,000 Indiana 631,000 Iowa 373,000 Kansas 327,000 Kentucky 411,000 Louisiana 446,000 Maine 231,000 Maryland 486,000 Massachusetts 617,000 Michigan 973,000 Minnesota 584,000 Mississippi 279,000 Missouri 518,000 Montana 182,000 Nebraska 246,000 Nevada 196,000 New Hampshire 216,000 New Jersey 783,000 New Mexico 219,000 New York 1,633,000 North Carolina 564,000 North Dakota 172,000 Ohio 1,073,000 Oklahoma 352,000 Oregon 325,000 Pennsylvania 1,090,000 Rhode Island 199,000 South Carolina 340,000 South Dakota 168,000 Tennessee 476,000 Texas 1,322,000 Utah 242,000 Vermont 172,000 Virginia 571,000 Washington 438,000 West Virginia 286,000 Wisconsin 604,000 Wyoming 155,000 American Samoa 115,000 Guam 120,000 Northern Marianas 114,000 Puerto Rico 322,000 U.S. Virgin Islands 122,000 Total 25,500,000

(3) If the available funds for any fiscal year are less than $25.5 million, then the base allocation for each State shall be reduced proportionally.

(4) If the available funds exceed $25.5 million, $25.5 million shall be allocated as specified in Table 1 and any in excess of $25.5 million shall be allocated as follows:

(i) One-third of the available funds is divided among the States equally;

(ii) One-third of the available funds is divided on the basis of the population of the participating States as contained in the most recent reliable census data available from the Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce, for all participating States at the time DOE needs to compute State formula shares; and

(iii) One-third of the available funds is divided on the basis of the energy consumption of the participating States as contained in the most recent State Energy Data Report available from DOE's Energy Information Administration.

(c) The budget period covered by the financial assistance provided to a State according to § 420.11(b) shall be consistent with 10 CFR part 600.

§ 420.12 State matching contribution.

(a) Each State shall provide cash, in kind contributions, or both for SEP activities in an amount totalling not less than 20 percent of the financial assistance allocated to the State under § 420.11(b).

(b) Cash and in-kind contributions used to meet this State matching requirement are subject to the limitations on expenditures described in § 420.18(a), but are not subject to the 20 percent limitation in § 420.18(b).

(c) Nothing in this section shall be read to require a match for petroleum violation escrow funds used under this part.

§ 420.13 Annual State applications and amendments to State plans.

(a) To be eligible for financial assistance under subpart B of this part, a State shall submit to the cognizant Regional Support Office Director an original and two copies of the annual application executed by the Governor, including an amended State plan or any amendments to the State plan needed to reflect changes in the activities the State is planning to undertake for the fiscal year concerned. The date for submission of the annual State application shall be set by DOE.

(b) An application shall include:

(1) A face sheet containing basic identifying information, on Standard Form (SF) 424;

(2) A description of the energy efficiency, renewable energy, and alternative transportation fuel goals to be achieved, including wherever practicable:

(i) An estimate of the energy to be saved by implementation of the State plan;

(ii) Why the goals were selected;

(iii) How the attainment of the goals will be measured by the State; and

(iv) How the program activities included in the State plan represent a strategy to achieve these goals;

(3) With respect to financial assistance under subpart B of this part, a goal, consisting of an improvement of 10 percent or more in the efficiency of use of energy in the State concerned in the calendar year 2000, as compared to the calendar year 1990, and may contain interim goals;

(4) For the budget period for which financial assistance will be provided:

(i) A total program budget with supporting justification, broken out by object category and by source of funding;

(ii) The source and amount of State matching contribution;

(iii) A narrative statement detailing the nature of State plan amendments and of new program activities.

(iv) For each program activity, a budget and listing of milestones; and

(v) An explanation of how the minimum criteria for required program activities prescribed in § 420.15 have been implemented and are being maintained.

(5) If any of the activities being undertaken by the State in its plan have environmental impacts, a detailed description of the increase or decrease in environmental residuals expected from implementation of a plan defined insofar as possible through the use of information to be provided by DOE and an indication of how these environmental factors were considered in the selection of program activities.

(6) If a State is undertaking program activities involving purchase or installation of materials or equipment for weatherization of low-income housing, an explanation of how these activities would supplement and not supplant the existing DOE program under 10 CFR part 440.

(7) A reasonable assurance to DOE that it has established policies and procedures designed to assure that Federal financial assistance under subpart B of this part will be used to supplement, and not to supplant, State and local funds, and to the extent practicable, to increase the amount of such funds that otherwise would be available, in the absence of such Federal financial assistance, for those activities set forth in the State Energy Program plan approved pursuant to this part;

(8) An assurance that the State shall comply with all applicable statutes and regulations in effect with respect to the periods for which it receives grant funding; and

(9) For informational purposes only, and not subject to DOE review, an energy emergency plan for an energy supply disruption, as designed by the State consistent with applicable Federal and State law including an implementation strategy or strategies (including regional coordination) for dealing with energy emergencies.

(c) The Governor may request an extension of the annual submission date by submitting a written request to the cognizant Regional Support Office Director not less than 15 days prior to the annual submission date. The extension shall be granted only if, in the cognizant Regional Support Office Director's judgment, acceptable and substantial justification is shown, and the extension would further objectives of the Act.

[61 FR 35895, July 8, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 26727, May 14, 1997]
§ 420.14 Review and approval of annual State applications and amendments to State plans.

(a) After receipt of an application for financial assistance under subpart B of this part and for approval of an amendment, if any, to a State plan, the cognizant Regional Support Office Director may request the State to submit within a reasonable period of time any revisions necessary to make the application complete and to bring the application into compliance with the requirements of this part. The cognizant Regional Support Office Director shall attempt to resolve any dispute over the application informally and to seek voluntary compliance. If a State fails to submit timely appropriate revisions to complete an application or to bring it into compliance, the cognizant Regional Support Office Director may reject the application in a written decision, including a statement of reasons, which shall be subject to administrative review under § 420.19 of this part.

(b) On or before 60 days from the date that a timely filed application is complete, the cognizant Regional Support Office Director shall—

(1) Approve the application in whole or in part to the extent that—

(i) The application conforms to the requirements of this part;

(ii) The proposed program activities are consistent with a State's achievement of its energy conservation goals in accordance with § 420.13; and

(iii) The provisions of the application regarding program activities satisfy the minimum requirements prescribed by § 420.15 and § 420.17 as applicable;

(2) Approve the application in whole or in part subject to special conditions designed to ensure compliance with the requirements of this part; or

(3) Disapprove the application if it does not conform to the requirements of this part.

[61 FR 35895, July 8, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 26727, May 14, 1997]
§ 420.15 Minimum criteria for required program activities for plans.

A plan shall satisfy all of the following minimum criteria for required program activities.

(a) Mandatory lighting efficiency standards for public buildings shall:

(1) Be implemented throughout the State, except that the standards shall be adopted by the State as a model code for those local governments of the State for which the State's constitution reserves the exclusive authority to adopt and implement building standards within their jurisdictions;

(2) Apply to all public buildings (except for public buildings owned or leased by the United States), above a certain size, as determined by the State;

(3) For new public buildings, be no less stringent than the provisions of ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-1989, and should be updated by enactment of, or support for the enactment into local codes or standards, which, at a minimum, are comparable to provisions of ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-1989 which is incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552 (a) and 1 CFR part 51. The availability of this incorporation by reference is given in § 420.6; and

(4) For existing public buildings, contain the elements deemed appropriate by the State.

(b) Program activities to promote the availability and use of carpools, vanpools, and public transportation shall:

(1) Have at least one of the following actions under implementation in at least one urbanized area with a population of 50,000 or more within the State or in the largest urbanized area within the State if that State does not have an urbanized area with a population of 50,000 or more:

(i) A carpool/vanpool matching and promotion campaign;

(ii) Park-and-ride lots;

(iii) Preferential traffic control for carpoolers and public transportation patrons;

(iv) Preferential parking for carpools and vanpools;

(v) Variable working schedules;

(vi) Improvement in transit level of service for public transportation;

(vii) Exemption of carpools and vanpools from regulated carrier status;

(viii) Parking taxes, parking fee regulations or surcharge on parking costs;

(ix) Full-cost parking fees for State and/or local government employees;

(x) Urban area traffic restrictions;

(xi) Geographical or time restrictions on automobile use; or

(xii) Area or facility tolls; and

(2) Be coordinated with the relevant Metropolitan Planning Organization, unless no Metropolitan Planning Organization exists in the urbanized area, and not be inconsistent with any applicable Federal requirements.

(c) Mandatory standards and policies affecting the procurement practices of the State and its political subdivisions to improve energy efficiency shall—

(1) With respect to all State procurement and with respect to procurement of political subdivisions to the extent determined feasible by the State, be under implementation; and

(2) Contain the elements deemed appropriate by the State to improve energy efficiency through the procurement practices of the State and its political subdivisions.

(d) Mandatory thermal efficiency standards for new and renovated buildings shall—

(1) Be implemented throughout the State, with respect to all buildings (other than buildings owned or leased by the United States, buildings whose peak design rate of energy usage for all purposes is less than one watt (3.4 Btu's per hour) per square foot of floor space for all purposes, or manufactured homes), except that the standards shall be adopted by the State as a model code for those local governments of the State for which the State's law reserves the exclusive authority to adopt and implement building standards within their jurisdictions;

(2) Take into account the exterior envelope physical characteristics, HVAC system selection and configuration, HVAC equipment performance and service water heating design and equipment selection;

(3) For all new commercial and multifamily high-rise buildings, be no less stringent than provisions of sections 7-12 of ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-1989, and should be updated by enactment of, or support for the enactment into local codes or standards, which, at a minimum, are comparable to provisions of ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1-1989; and

(4) For all new single-family and multifamily low-rise residential buildings, be no less stringent than the Model Energy Code, 1993, and should be updated by enactment of, or support for the enactment into local codes or standards, which, at a minimum, are comparable to the Model Energy Code, 1993, which is incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. The availability of this incorporation by reference is given in § 420.6;

(5) For renovated buildings:

(i) Apply to those buildings determined by the State to be renovated buildings; and

(ii) Contain the elements deemed appropriate by the State regarding thermal efficiency standards for renovated buildings.

(e) A traffic law or regulation which permits the operator of a motor vehicle to make a turn at a red light after stopping shall:

(1) Be in a State's motor vehicle code and under implementation throughout all political subdivisions of the State;

(2) Permit the operator of a motor vehicle to make a right turn (left turn with respect to the Virgin Islands) at a red traffic light after stopping except where specifically prohibited by a traffic sign for reasons of safety or except where generally prohibited in an urban enclave for reasons of safety; and

(3) Permit the operator of a motor vehicle to make a left turn from a one-way street to a one-way street (right turn with respect to the Virgin Islands) at a red traffic light after stopping except where specifically prohibited by a traffic sign for reasons of safety or except where generally prohibited in an urban enclave for reasons of safety.

(f) Procedures must exist for ensuring effective coordination among various local, State, and Federal energy efficiency, renewable energy and alternative transportation fuel programs within the State, including any program administered within the Office of Building Technology, State and Community Programs of the Department of Energy and the Low Income Home Energy Assistance Program administered by the Department of Health and Human Services.

[61 FR 35895, July 8, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 26727, May 14, 1997]
§ 420.16 Extensions for compliance with required program activities.

An extension of time by which a required program activity must be ready for implementation may be granted if DOE determines that the extension is justified. A written request for an extension, with accompanying justification and an action plan acceptable to DOE for achieving compliance in the shortest reasonable time, shall be made to the cognizant Regional Support Office Director. Any extension shall be only for the shortest reasonable time that DOE determines necessary to achieve compliance. The action plan shall contain a schedule for full compliance and shall identify and make the most reasonable commitment possible to provision of the resources necessary for achieving the scheduled compliance.

§ 420.17 Optional elements of State Energy Program plans.

(a) Other appropriate activities or programs may be included in the State plan. These activities may include, but are not limited to, the following:

(1) Program activities of public education to promote energy efficiency, renewable energy, and alternative transportation fuels;

(2) Program activities to increase transportation energy efficiency, including programs to accelerate the use of alternative transportation fuels for government vehicles, fleet vehicles, taxis, mass transit, and privately owned vehicles;

(3) Program activities for financing energy efficiency measures and renewable energy measures—

(i) Which may include loan programs and performance contracting programs for leveraging of additional public and private sector funds and program activities which allow rebates, grants, or other incentives for the purchase of energy efficiency measures and renewable energy measures; or

(ii) In addition to or in lieu of program activities described in paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section, which may be used in connection with public or nonprofit buildings owned and operated by a State, a political subdivision of a State or an agency or instrumentality of a State, or an organization exempt from taxation under section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 including public and private non-profit schools and hospitals, and local government buildings;

(4) Program activities for encouraging and for carrying out energy audits with respect to buildings and industrial facilities (including industrial processes) within the State;

(5) Program activities to promote the adoption of integrated energy plans which provide for:

(i) Periodic evaluation of a State's energy needs, available energy resources (including greater energy efficiency), and energy costs; and

(ii) Utilization of adequate and reliable energy supplies, including greater energy efficiency, that meet applicable safety, environmental, and policy requirements at the lowest cost;

(6) Program activities to promote energy efficiency in residential housing, such as:

(i) Program activities for development and promotion of energy efficiency rating systems for newly constructed housing and existing housing so that consumers can compare the energy efficiency of different housing; and

(ii) Program activities for the adoption of incentives for builders, utilities, and mortgage lenders to build, service, or finance energy efficient housing;

(7) Program activities to identify unfair or deceptive acts or practices which relate to the implementation of energy efficiency measures and renewable energy measures and to educate consumers concerning such acts or practices;

(8) Program activities to modify patterns of energy consumption so as to reduce peak demands for energy and improve the efficiency of energy supply systems, including electricity supply systems;

(9) Program activities to promote energy efficiency as an integral component of economic development planning conducted by State, local, or other governmental entities or by energy utilities;

(10) Program activities (enlisting appropriate trade and professional organizations in the development and financing of such programs) to provide training and education (including, if appropriate, training workshops, practice manuals, and testing for each area of energy efficiency technology) to building designers and contractors involved in building design and construction or in the sale, installation, and maintenance of energy systems and equipment to promote building energy efficiency;

(11) Program activities for the development of building retrofit standards and regulations, including retrofit ordinances enforced at the time of the sale of a building;

(12) Program activities to provide support for prefeasibility and feasibility studies for projects that utilize renewable energy and energy efficiency resource technologies in order to facilitate access to capital and credit for such projects;

(13) Program activities to facilitate and encourage the voluntary use of renewable energy technologies for eligible participants in Federal agency programs, including the Rural Electrification Administration and the Farmers Home Administration; and

(14) In accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, program activities to implement the Energy Technology Commercialization Services Program.

(b) This section prescribes requirements for establishing State-level Energy Technology Commercialization Services Program as an optional element of State plans.

(1) The program activities to implement the functions of the Energy Technology Commercialization Services Program shall:

(i) Aid small and start-up businesses in discovering useful and practical information relating to manufacturing and commercial production techniques and costs associated with new energy technologies;

(ii) Encourage the application of such information in order to solve energy technology product development and manufacturing problems;

(iii) Establish an Energy Technology Commercialization Services Program affiliated with an existing entity in each State;

(iv) Coordinate engineers and manufacturers to aid small and start-up businesses in solving specific technical problems and improving the cost effectiveness of methods for manufacturing new energy technologies;

(v) Assist small and start-up businesses in preparing the technical portions of proposals seeking financial assistance for new energy technology commercialization; and

(vi) Facilitate contract research between university faculty and students and small start-up businesses, in order to improve energy technology product development and independent quality control testing.

(2) Each State Energy Technology Commercialization Services Program shall develop and maintain a data base of engineering and scientific experts in energy technologies and product commercialization interested in participating in the service. Such data base shall, at a minimum, include faculty of institutions of higher education, retired manufacturing experts, and National Laboratory personnel.

(3) The services provided by the Energy Technology Commercialization Services Program established under this part shall be available to any small or start-up business. Such service programs shall charge fees which are affordable to a party eligible for assistance, which shall be determined by examining factors, including the following: the costs of the services received; the need of the recipient for the services; and the ability of the recipient to pay for the services.

[61 FR 35895, July 8, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 26727, May 14, 1997]
§ 420.18 Expenditure prohibitions and limitations.

(a) No financial assistance provided to a State under this part shall be used:

(1) For construction, such as construction of mass transit systems and exclusive bus lanes, or for construction or repair of buildings or structures;

(2) To purchase land, a building or structure or any interest therein;

(3) To subsidize fares for public transportation;

(4) To subsidize utility rate demonstrations or State tax credits for energy conservation measures or renewable energy measures; or

(5) To conduct, or purchase equipment to conduct, research, development or demonstration of energy efficiency or renewable energy techniques and technologies not commercially available.

(b) No more than 20 percent of the financial assistance awarded to the State for this program shall be used to purchase office supplies, library materials, or other equipment whose purchase is not otherwise prohibited by this section. Nothing in this paragraph shall be read to apply this 20 percent limitation to petroleum violation escrow funds used under this part.

(c) Demonstrations of commercially available energy efficiency or renewable energy techniques and technologies are permitted, and are not subject to the prohibitions of § 420.18(a)(1), or to the limitation on equipment purchases of § 420.18(b).

(d) A State may use regular or revolving loan mechanisms to fund SEP services which are consistent with this part and which are included in the State's approved SEP plan. The State may use loan repayments and any interest on the loan funds only for activities which are consistent with this part and which are included in the State's approved SEP plan.

(e) A State may use funds under this part for the purchase and installation of equipment and materials for energy efficiency measures and renewable energy measures, including reasonable design costs, subject to the following terms and conditions:

(1) Such use must be included in the State's approved plan and, if funded by petroleum violation escrow funds, must be consistent with any judicial or administrative terms and conditions imposed upon State use of such funds;

(2) A State may use for these purposes no more than 50 percent of all funds allocated by the State to SEP in a given year, regardless of source, except that this limitation shall not include regular and revolving loan programs funded with petroleum violation escrow funds, and is subject to waiver by DOE for good cause. Loan documents shall ensure repayment of principal and interest within a reasonable period of time, and shall not include provisions of loan forgiveness.

(3) Buildings owned or leased by the United States are not eligible for energy efficiency measures or renewable energy measures under this paragraph;

(4) Funds must be used to supplement and no funds may be used to supplant weatherization activities under the Weatherization Assistance Program for Low-Income Persons, under 10 CFR part 440;

(5) Subject to paragraph (f) of this section, a State may use a variety of financial incentives to fund purchases and installation of materials and equipment under this paragraph including, but not limited to, regular loans, revolving loans, loan buy-downs, performance contracting, rebates and grants.

(f) The following mechanisms are not allowed for funding the purchase and installation of materials and equipment under this paragraph:

(1) Rebates for more than 50 percent of the total cost of purchasing and installing materials and equipment (States shall set appropriate restrictions and limits to insure the most efficient use of rebates); and

(2) Loan guarantees.

[61 FR 35895, July 8, 1996, as amended at 62 FR 26727, May 14, 1997]
§ 420.19 Administrative review.

(a) A State shall have 20 days from the date of receipt of a decision under § 420.14 to file a notice requesting administrative review in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section. If an applicant does not timely file such a notice, the decision under § 420.14 shall become final for DOE.

(b) A notice requesting administrative review shall be filed with the cognizant Regional Support Office Director and shall be accompanied by a written statement containing supporting arguments. If the cognizant Regional Support Office Director has disapproved an entire application for financial assistance, the State may request a public hearing.

(c) A notice or any other document shall be deemed filed under this section upon receipt.

(d) On or before 15 days from receipt of a notice requesting administrative review which is timely filed, the cognizant Regional Support Office Director shall forward to the Deputy Assistant Secretary, the notice requesting administrative review, the decision under § 420.14 as to which administrative review is sought, a draft recommended final decision for concurrence, and any other relevant material.

(e) If the State requests a public hearing on the disapproval of an entire application for financial assistance, the Deputy Assistant Secretary, within 15 days, shall give actual notice to the State and Federal Register notice of the date, place, time, and procedures which shall apply to the public hearing. Any public hearing under this section shall be informal and legislative in nature.

(f) On or before 45 days from receipt of documents under paragraph (d) of this section or the conclusion of the public hearing, whichever is later, the Deputy Assistant Secretary shall concur in, concur in as modified, or issue a substitute for the recommended decision of the cognizant Regional Support Office Director.

(g) On or before 15 days from the date of receipt of the determination under paragraph (f) of this section, the Governor may file an application for discretionary review by the Assistant Secretary. On or before 15 days from filing, the Assistant Secretary shall send a notice to the Governor stating whether the Deputy Assistant Secretary's determination will be reviewed. If the Assistant Secretary grants a review, a decision shall be issued no later than 60 days from the date review is granted. The Assistant Secretary may not issue a notice or decision under this paragraph without the concurrence of the DOE Office of General Counsel.

(h) A decision under paragraph (f) of this section shall be final for DOE if there is no review under paragraph (g) of this section. If there is review under paragraph (g) of this section, the decision thereunder shall be final for DOE and no appeal shall lie elsewhere in DOE.

(i) Prior to the effective date of the termination or suspension of a grant award for failure to implement an approved State plan in compliance with the requirements of this part, a grantee shall have the right to written notice of the basis for the enforcement action and of the opportunity for public hearing before the DOE Financial Assistance Appeals Board notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary of 10 CFR 600.22, 600.24, 600.25, and 600.243. To obtain a public hearing, the grantee must request an evidentiary hearing, with prior Federal Register notice, in the election letter submitted under Rule 2 of 10 CFR 1024.4 and the request shall be granted notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary of Rule 2.

 Subpart C—Implementation of Special Projects Financial Assistance
§ 420.30 Purpose and scope.

(a) This subpart sets forth DOE's policies and procedures for implementing special projects financial assistance under this part.

(b) For years in which such funding is available, States may apply for financial assistance to undertake a variety of State-oriented energy-related special projects activities in addition to the funds provided under the regular SEP grants.

(c) The types of funded activities may vary from year to year, and from State to State, depending upon funds available for each type of activity and DOE and State priorities.

(d) A number of end-use sector programs in the Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy participate in the funding of these activities, and the projects must meet the requirements of those programs.

(e) The purposes of the special project activities are:

(1) To utilize States to accelerate deployment of energy efficiency, renewable energy, and alternative transportation fuel technologies;

(2) To facilitate the commercialization of emerging and underutilized energy efficiency and renewable energy technologies; and

(3) To increase the responsiveness of Federally funded technology development efforts to the needs of the marketplace.

§ 420.31 Notice of availability.

(a) If in any fiscal year DOE has funds available for special projects, DOE shall publish in the Federal Register one or more notice(s) of availability of SEP special projects financial assistance.

(b) Each notice of availability shall cite this part and shall include:

(1) Brief descriptions of the activities for which funding is available;

(2) The amount of money DOE has available or estimates it will have available for award for each type of activity, and the total amount available;

(3) The program official to contact for additional information, application forms, and the program guidance/solicitation document; and

(4) The dates when:

(i) The program guidance/solicitation will be available; and

(ii) The applications for financial assistance must be received by DOE.

§ 420.32 Program guidance/solicitation.

After the publication of the notice of availability in the Federal Register, DOE shall, upon request, provide States interested in applying for one or more project(s) under the special projects financial assistance with a detailed program guidance/solicitation that will include:

(a) The control number of the program;

(b) The expected duration of DOE support or period of performance;

(c) An application form or the format to be used, location for application submission, and number of copies required;

(d) The name of the DOE program office contact from whom to seek additional information;

(e) Detailed descriptions of each type of program activity for which financial assistance is being offered;

(f) The amount of money available for award, together with any limitations as to maximum or minimum amounts expected to be awarded;

(g) Deadlines for submitting applications;

(h) Evaluation criteria that DOE will apply in the selection and ranking process for applications for each program activity;

(i) The evaluation process to be applied to each type of program activity;

(j) A listing of program policy factors if any that DOE may use in the final selection process, in addition to the results of the evaluations, including:

(1) The importance and relevance of the proposed applications to SEP and the participating programs in the Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy; and

(2) Geographical diversity;

(k) Reporting requirements;

(l) References to:

(1) Statutory authority for the program;

(2) Applicable rules; and

(3) Other terms and conditions applicable to awards made under the program guidance/solicitation; and

(m) A statement that DOE reserves the right to fund in whole or in part, any, all, or none of the applications submitted.

§ 420.33 Application requirements.

(a) Consistent with § 420.32 of this part, DOE shall set forth general and special project activity-specific requirements for applications for special projects financial assistance in the program guidance/solicitation.

(b) In addition to any other requirements, all applications shall provide:

(1) A detailed description of the proposed project, including the objectives of the project in relationship to DOE's program and the State's plan for carrying it out;

(2) A detailed budget for the entire proposed period of support, with written justification sufficient to evaluate the itemized list of costs provided on the entire project; and

(3) An implementation schedule for carrying out the project.

(c) DOE may, subsequent to receipt of an application, request additional budgetary information from a State when necessary for clarification or to make informed preaward determinations.

(d) DOE may return an application which does not include all information and documentation required by this part, 10 CFR part 600, or the program guidance/solicitation, when the nature of the omission precludes review of the application.

§ 420.34 Matching contributions or cost-sharing.

DOE may require (as set forth in the program guidance/solicitation) States to provide either:

(a) A matching contribution of at least a specified percentage of the Federal financial assistance award; or

(b) A specified share of the total cost of the project for which financial assistance is provided.

§ 420.35 Application evaluation.

(a) DOE staff at the cognizant Regional Support Office shall perform an initial review of all applications to ensure that the State has provided the information required by this part, 10 CFR part 600, and the program guidance/solicitation.

(b) DOE shall group, and technically evaluate according to program activity, all applications determined to be complete and satisfactory.

(c) DOE shall select evaluators on the basis of their professional qualifications and expertise relating to the particular program activity being evaluated.

(1) DOE anticipates that evaluators will primarily be DOE employees; but

(2) If DOE uses non-DOE evaluators, DOE shall require them to comply with all applicable DOE rules or directives concerning the use of outside evaluators.

§ 420.36 Evaluation criteria.

The evaluation criteria, including program activity-specific criteria, will be set forth in the program guidance/solicitation document.

§ 420.37 Selection.

(a) DOE may make selection of applications for award based on:

(1) The findings of the technical evaluations;

(2) The priorities of DOE, SEP, and the participating program offices;

(3) The availability of funds for the various special project activities; and

(4) Any program policy factors set forth in the program guidance/solicitation.

(b) The Director, Office of State and Community Programs makes the final selections of projects to be awarded financial assistance.

 PT. 430 PART 430—ENERGY CONSERVATION PROGRAM FOR CONSUMER PRODUCTS Subpart A—General Provisions Sec. 430.1 Purpose and scope. 430.2 Definitions. Subpart B—Test Procedures 430.21 Purpose and scope. 430.22 Reference sources. 430.23 Test procedures for measures of energy and water consumption. 430.24 Units to be tested. 430.25 Laboratory Accreditation Program. 430.27 Petitions for waiver and applications for interim waiver. Appendix A1 To Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Electric Refrigerators and Electric Refrigerator-Freezers Appendix B1 (Alternative) to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Freezers Appendix C to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Dishwashers Appendix D to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Clothes Dryers Appendix E to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Water Heaters Appendix F to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Room Air Conditioners Appendix G to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Unvented Home Heating Equipment Appendix H to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Television Sets Appendix I to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Conventional Ranges, Conventional Cooking Tops, Conventional Ovens, and Microwave Ovens Appendix J to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Automatic and Semi-Automatic Clothes Washers Appendix J1 to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Automatic and Semi-Automatic Clothes Washers Appendix K to Subpart B of Part 430—[Reserved] Appendix L to Subpart B of Part 430—[Reserved] Appendix M to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Central Air Conditioners Appendix N to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Furnaces and Boilers Appendix O to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Vented Home Heating Equipment Appendix P to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Pool Heaters Appendix Q to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts Appendix R to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring Average Lamp Efficacy (LE) and Color Rendering Index (CRI) of Electric Lamps Appendix S to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Water Consumption of Faucets and Showerheads Appendix T to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Water Consumption of Water Closets and Urinals Subpart C—Energy and Water Conservation Standards 430.31 Purpose and scope. 430.32 Energy and water conservation standards and effective dates. 430.33 Preemption of State regulations. Appendix A to Subpart C of Part 430—Procedures, Interpretations and Policies for Consideration of New or Revised Energy Conservation Standards for Consumer Products Subpart D—Petitions To Exempt State Regulation From Preemption; Petitions to Withdraw Exemption of State Regulation 430.40 Purpose and scope. 430.41 Prescriptions of a rule. 430.42 Filing requirements. 430.43 Notice of petition. 430.44 Consolidation. 430.45 Hearing. 430.46 Disposition of petitions. 430.47 Effective dates of final rules. 430.48 Request for reconsideration. 430.49 Finality of decision. Subpart E—Small Business Exemptions 430.50 Purpose and scope. 430.51 Eligibility. 430.52 Requirements for applications. 430.53 Processing of applications. 430.54 Referral to the Attorney General. 430.55 Evaluation of application. 430.56 Decision and order. 430.57 Duration of temporary exemption. Subpart F—Certification and Enforcement 430.60 Purpose and scope. 430.61 Prohibited acts. 430.62 Submission of data. 430.63 Sampling. 430.64 Imported products. 430.65 Exported products. 430.70 Enforcement. 430.71 Cessation of distribution of a basic model. 430.72 Subpoena. 430.73 Remedies. 430.74 Hearings and Appeals. 430.75 Confidentiality. Appendix A to Subpart F of Part 430—Compliance Statement and Certification Report. Appendix B to Subpart F of Part 430—Sampling Plan for Enforcement Testing. Authority:

42 U.S.C. 6291-6309; 28 U.S.C. 2461 note.

 Source:

42 FR 27898, June 1, 1977, unless otherwise noted.

Subpart A—General Provisions
430.1 Purpose and scope.

This part establishes the regulations for the implementation of part B of title III (42 U.S.C. 6291-6309) of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (Pub. L. 94-163), as amended by Pub. L. 95-619, Pub. L. 100-12, Pub. L. 100-357, and Pub. L. 102-486 which establishes an energy conservation program for consumer products other than automobiles.

[62 FR 29237, May 29, 1997]
§ 430.2 Definitions.

For purposes of this part, words shall be defined as provided for in section 321 of the Act and as follows—

Act means the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (Pub. L. 94-163), as amended by the National Energy Policy Conservation Act (Pub. L. 95-619), the National Appliance Energy Conservation Act of 1987 (Pub. L. 100-12), the National Appliance Energy Conservation Amendments of 1988 (Pub. L. 100-357), and the Energy Policy Act of 1992 (Pub. L. 102-486).

Annual fuel utilization efficiency means the efficiency descriptor for furnaces and boilers, determined using test procedures prescribed under section 323 and based on the assumption that all—

(a) Weatherized warm air furnaces or boilers are located out-of-doors;

(b) Warm air furnaces which are not weatherized are located indoors and all combustion and ventilation air is admitted through grill or ducts from the outdoors and does not communicate with air in the conditioned space;

(c) Boilers which are not weatherized are located within the heated space.

ANSI means the American National Standards Institute.

ASME means the American Society of Mechanical Engineers.

Automatic clothes washer means a class of clothes washer which has a control system which is capable of scheduling a preselected combination of operations, such as regulation of water temperature, regulation of the water fill level, and performance of wash, rinse, drain, and spin functions without the need for user intervention subsequent to the initiation of machine operation. Some models may require user intervention to initiate these different segments of the cycle after the machine has begun operation, but they do not require the user to intervene to regulate the water temperature by adjusting the external water faucet valves.

Ballast efficacy factor means the relative light output divided by the power imput of a fluorescent lamp ballast, as measured under test conditions specified in ANSI Standard C82.2-1984.

Baseboard electric heater means an electric heater which is intended to be recessed in or surface mounted on walls at floor level, which is characterized by long, low physical dimensions, and which transfers heat by natural convection and/or radiation.

Basic model means all units of a given type of covered product (or class thereof) manufactured by one manufacturer and—

(1) With respect to refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers, which have the same primary energy source, which have electrical characteristics that are essentially identical, and which do not have any differing physical or functional characteristics that affect energy consumption.

(2) With respect to freezers, which have the same primary energy source, which have electrical characteristics that are essentially identical, and which do not have any differing physical or functional characteristics that affect energy consumption.

(3) With respect to dishwashers, which have electrical characteristics which are essentially identical and which do not have any differing physical or functional characteristics which affect energy consumption.

(4) With respect to clothes dryers, which have the same primary energy source, which have electrical characteristics that are essentially identical, and which do not have any differing physical or functional characteristics that affect energy consumption.

(5) With respect to water heaters, which have the same primary energy source and which, with the exception of immersed heating elements, do not have any differing electrical, physical, or functional characteristics that affect energy consumption.

(6) With respect to room air conditioners, having essentially identical functional physical and electrical characteristics.

(7) With respect to unvented home heating equipment, having essentially identical functional physical and electrical characteristics.

(8) With respect to television sets, which have identical screen size, which have electrical characteristics that are essentially identical, and which do not have any differing physical or functional characteristics that affect energy consumption.

(9) With respect to kitchen ranges and ovens, whose major cooking components have the same primary energy source, which have electrical characteristics that are essentially identical, and which do not have any differing physical or functional characteristics that affect energy consumption.

(10) With respect to clothes washers, which have the same primary energy source, which have electrical characteristics that are essentially identical, and which do not have any differing physical or functional characteristics that affect energy consumption.

(11) With respect to central air conditioners, which have electrical characteristics which are essentially identical and which do not have any differing physical or functional characteristics that affect energy consumption.

(12) With respect to furnaces, having the same primary energy source and essentially identical functional, physical and electrical characteristics.

(13) With respect to vented home heating equipment, having the same primary energy source and essentially identical functional, physical and electrical characteristics.

(14) With respect to fluorescent lamp ballasts, which have electrical characteristics, including a Power Factor (P.F.) of equal value, which are essentially identical, and which do not have any differing physical or functional characteristics that affect energy consumption.

(15) With respect to general service fluorescent lamps, means lamps that have essentially identical light output and electrical characteristics—including lumens per watt and color rendering index (CRI)—and that do not have any differing physical or functional characteristics that affect energy consumption or efficacy.

(16) With respect to incandescent reflector lamps, means lamps that have essentially identical light output and electrical characteristics—including lumens per watt—and that do not have any differing physical or functional characteristics that affect energy consumption or efficacy.

(17) With respect to faucets, which have the identical flow control mechanism attached to or installed within the fixture fittings, or the identical water-passage design features that use the same path of water in the highest-flow mode.

(18) With respect to showerheads, which have the identical flow control mechanism attached to or installed within the fixture fittings, or the identical water-passage design features that use the same path of water in the highest-flow mode.

(19) With respect to water closets, which have hydraulic characteristics that are essentially identical, and which do not have any differing physical or functional characteristics that affect water consumption.

(20) With respect to urinals, which have hydraulic characteristics that are essentially identical, and which do not have any differing physical or functional characteristics that affect water consumption.

Batch means a collection of production units of a basic model from which a batch sample is selected.

Batch sample means the collection of units of the same basic model from which test units are selected.

Batch sample size means the number of units in a batch sample.

Batch size means the number of units in a batch.

Blowout has the meaning given such a term in ASME A112.19.2M-1995. (see § 430.22)

BR incandescent reflector lamp means a reflector lamp that has a bulged section below the bulb's major diameter and above its approximate base line as shown in Figure 1 (RB) on page 7 of ANSI C79.1-1994. A BR30 lamp has a lamp wattage of 85 or less than 66 and a BR40 lamp has a lamp wattage of 120 or less.

Btu means British thermal unit, which is the quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of one pound of water one degree Fahrenheit.

Casement-only means a room air conditioner designed for mounting in a casement window with an encased assembly with a width of 14.8 inches or less and a height of 11.2 inches or less.

Casement-slider means a room air conditioner with an encased assembly designed for mounting in a sliding or casement window with a width of 15.5 inches or less.

Ceiling electric heater means an electric heater which is intended to be recessed in, surface mounted on, or hung from a ceiling, and which transfers heat by radiation and/or convection (either natural or forced).

Central air conditioner means a product, other than a packaged terminal air conditioner, which is powered by single phase electric current, air cooled, rated below 65,000 Btu per hour, not contained within the same cabinet as a furnace, the rated capacity of which is above 225,000 Btu per hour, and is a heat pump or a cooling unit only.

Central system humidifier means a class of humidifier designed to add moisture into the air stream of a heating system.

Clothes washer means a consumer product designed to clean clothes, utilizing a water solution of soap and/or detergent and mechanical agitation or other movement, and must be one of the following classes: automatic clothes washers, semi-automatic clothes washers, and other clothes washers.

Coil family means a group of coils with the same basic design features that affect the heat exchanger performance. These features are the basic configuration, i.e., A-shape, V-shape, slanted or flat top, the heat transfer surfaces on refrigerant and air sides (flat tubes vs. grooved tubes, fin shapes), the tube and fin materials, and the coil circuitry. When a group of coils has all these features in common, it constitutes a “coil family.”

Cold temperature fluorescent lamp means a fluorescent lamp specifically designed to start at −20°F when used with a ballast conforming to the requirements of ANSI Standard C78.1-1991, and is expressly designated as a cold temperature lamp both in markings on the lamp and in marketing materials, including but not limited to catalogs, sales literature, and promotional material.

Colored fluorescent lamp means a fluorescent lamp designated and marketed as a colored lamp, and with either of the following characteristics: a CRI less than 40, as determined according to the method given in CIE Publication 13.2 (see 10 CFR 430.22), or a lamp correlated color temperature less than 2,500K or greater than 6,600K.

Colored incandescent lamp means an incandescent lamp designated and marketed as a colored lamp that has a CRI less than 50, as determined according to the method given in CIE Publication 13.2 (see 10 CFR 430.22); has a correlated color temperature less than 2,500K or greater than 4,600K; has a lens containing 5 percent or more neodymium oxide; or contains a filter to suppress yellow and green portions of the spectrum and is specifically designed, designated and marketed as a plant light.

Color Rendering Index or CRI means the measured degree of color shift objects undergo when illuminated by a light source as compared with the color of those same objects when illuminated by a reference source of comparable color temperature.

Color television set means an electrical device designed to convert incoming broadcast signals into color television pictures and associated sound.

Compact refrigerator/refrigerator-freezer/freezer means any refrigerator, refrigerator-freezer or freezer with total volume less than 7.75 cubic feet (220 liters)(rated volume as determined in Appendix A1 and B1 of subpart B of this part) and 36 inches (0.91 meters) or less in height.

Condenser-evaporator coil combination means a condensing unit made by one manufacturer and one of several evaporator coils, either manufactured by the same manufacturer or another manufacturer, intended to be combined with that particular condensing unit.

Condensing unit means a component of a central air conditioner which is designed to remove the heat absorbed by the refrigerant and to transfer it to the outside environment, and which consists of an outdoor coil, compressor(s), and air moving device.

Consumer product means any article (other than an automobile, as defined in Section 501(1) of the Motor Vehicle Information and Cost Savings Act):

(1) Of a type—

(i) Which in operation consumes, or is designed to consume, energy or, with respect to showerheads, faucets, water closets, and urinals, water; and

(ii) Which, to any significant extent, is distributed in commerce for personal use or consumption by individuals;

(2) Without regard to whether such article of such type is in fact distributed in commerce for personal use or consumption by an individual, except that such term includes fluorescent lamp ballasts, general service fluorescent lamps, incandescent reflector lamps, showerheads, faucets, water closets, and urinals distributed in commerce for personal or commercial use or consumption.

Conventional cooking top means a class of kitchen ranges and ovens which is a household cooking appliance consisting of a horizontal surface containing one or more surface units which include either a gas flame or electric resistance heating.

Conventional oven means a class of kitchen ranges and ovens which is a household cooking appliance consisting of one or more compartments intended for the cooking or heating of food by means of either a gas flame or electric resistance heating. It does not include portable or countertop ovens which use electric resistance heating for the cooking or heating of food and are designed for an electrical supply of approximately 120 volts.

Conventional range means a class of kitchen ranges and ovens which is a household cooking appliance consisting of a conventional cooking top and one or more conventional ovens.

Convertible cooking appliance means any kitchen range and oven which is a household cooking appliance designed by the manufacturer to be changed in service from use with natural gas to use with LP-gas, and vice versa, by incorporating in the appliance convertible orifices for the main gas burners and a convertible gas pressure regulator.

Cooking products means consumer products that are used as the major household cooking appliances. They are designed to cook or heat different types of food by one or more of the following sources of heat: gas, electricity, or microwave energy. Each product may consist of a horizontal cooking top containing one or more surface units and/or one or more heating compartments. They must be one of the following classes: conventional ranges, conventional cooking tops, conventional ovens, microwave ovens, microwave/conventional ranges and other cooking products.

Correlated color temperature means the absolute temperature of a blackbody whose chromaticity most nearly resembles that of the light source.

Covered product means a consumer product of a type specified in section 322 of the Act.

Design voltage with respect to an incandescent lamp means:

(1) The voltage marked as the intended operating voltage;

(2) The mid-point of the voltage range if the lamp is marked with a voltage range; or

(3) 120 V if the lamp is not marked with a voltage or voltage range.

Direct vent system means a system supplied by a manufacturer which provides outdoor air or air from an unheated space (such as an attic or crawl space) directly to a furnace or vented heater for combustion and for draft relief if the unit is equipped with a draft control device.

Dishwasher means a cabinet-like appliance which with the aid of water and detergent, washes, rinses, and dries (when a drying process is included) dishware, glassware, eating utensils, and most cooking utensils by chemical, mechanical and/or electrical means and discharges to the plumbing drainage system.

DOE means the Department of Energy.

Electric boiler means an electrically powered furnace designed to supply low pressure steam or hot water for space heating application. A low pressure steam boiler operates at or below 15 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) steam pressure; a hot water boiler operates at or below 160 psig water pressure and 250° F. water temperature.

Electric central furnace means a furnace designed to supply heat through a system of ducts with air as the heating medium, in which heat is generated by one or more electric resistance heating elements and the heated air is circulated by means of a fan or blower.

Electric clothes dryer means a cabinet-like appliance designed to dry fabrics in a tumble-type drum with forced air circulation. The heat source is electricity and the drum and blower(s) are driven by an electric motor(s).

Electric heater means an electric appliance in which heat is generated from electrical energy and dissipated by convection and radiation and includes baseboard electric heaters, ceiling electric heaters, floor electric heaters, portable electric heaters, and wall electric heaters.

Electric refrigerator means a cabinet designed for the refrigerated storage of food at temperatures above 32° F., and having a source of refrigeration requiring single phase, alternating current electric energy input only. An electric refrigerator may include a compartment for the freezing and storage of food at temperatures below 32° F., but does not provide a separate low temperature compartment designed for the freezing and storage of food at temperatures below 8° F.

Electric refrigerator-freezer means a cabinet which consists of two or more compartments with at least one of the compartments designed for the refrigerated storage of food at temperatures above 32° F. and with at least one of the compartments designed for the freezing and storage of food at temperatures below 8° F. which may be adjusted by the user to a temperature of 0° F. or below. The source of refrigeration requires single phase, alternating current electric energy input only.

Electromechanical hydraulic toilet means any water closet that utilizes electrically operated devices, such as, but not limited to, air compressors, pumps, solenoids, motors, or macerators in place of or to aid gravity in evacuating waste from the toilet bowl.

Energy conservation standard means:

(1) A performance standard which prescribes a minimum level of energy efficiency or a maximum quantity of energy use, or, in the case of showerheads, faucets, water closets, and urinals, water use, for a covered product, determined in accordance with test procedures prescribed under Section 323 of EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6293); or

(2) A design requirement for the products specified in paragraphs (6), (7), (8), (10), (15), (16), (17), and (19) of Section 322(a) of EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6292(a)); and

(3) Includes any other requirements which the Secretary may prescribe under Section 325(r) of EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6295(r)).

ER incandescent reflector lamp means a reflector lamp with an elliptical section below the bulb's major diameter and above its approximate baseline as shown in Figure 1 (RE) on page 7 of ANSI C79.1-1994 (see 10 CFR 430.22) and a finished size and shape shown in ANSI C78.21-1989 including the referenced reflective characteristics in part 7 of ANSI C78.21-1989 (see 10 CFR 430.22).

Estimated annual operating cost means the aggregate retail cost of the energy which is likely to be consumed annually, and in the case of showerheads, faucets, water closets, and urinals, the aggregate retail cost of water and wastewater treatment services likely to be incurred annually, in representative use of a consumer product, determined in accordance with Section 323 of EPCA (42 U.S.C. 6293).

Evaporator coil means a component of a central air conditioner which is designed to absorb heat from an enclosed space and transfer the heat to a refrigerant.

Faucet means a lavatory faucet, kitchen faucet, metering faucet, or replacement aerator for a lavatory or kitchen faucet.

Floor electric heater means an electric heater which is intended to be recessed in a floor, and which transfers by radiation and/or convection (either natural or forced).

Fluorescent lamp means a low pressure mercury electric-discharge source in which a fluorescing coating transforms some of the ultraviolet energy generated by the mercury discharge into light, including only the following:

(1) Any straight-shaped lamp (commonly referred to as 4-foot medium bi-pin lamps) with medium bi-pin bases of nominal overall length of 48 inches and rated wattage of 28 or more.

(2) Any U-shaped lamp (commonly referred to as 2-foot U-shaped lamps) with medium bi-pin bases of nominal overall length between 22 and 25 inches and rated wattage of 28 or more.

(3) Any rapid start lamp (commonly referred to as 8-foot high output lamps) with recessed double contact bases of nominal overall length of 96 inches and 0.800 nominal amperes, as defined in ANSI C78.1-1991.

(4) Any instant start lamp (commonly referred to as 8-foot slimline lamps) with single pin bases of nominal overall length of 96 inches and rated wattage of 52 or more, as defined in ANSI C78.3-1991.

Fluorescent lamp ballast means a device which is used to start and operate fluorescent lamps by providing a starting voltage and current and limiting the current during normal operation.

Flushometer tank means a device whose function is defined in flushometer valve, but integrated within an accumulator vessel affixed and adjacent to the fixture inlet so as to cause an effective enlargement of the supply line immediately before the unit.

Flushometer valve means a valve attached to a pressurized water supply pipe and so designed that when actuated, it opens the line for direct flow into the fixture at a rate and quantity to properly operate the fixture, and then gradually closes to provide trap reseal in the fixture in order to avoid water hammer. The pipe to which this device is connected is in itself of sufficient size, that when open, will allow the device to deliver water at a sufficient rate of flow for flushing purposes.

Forced air central furnace means a gas or oil burning furnace designed to supply heat through a system of ducts with air as the heating medium. The heat generated by combustion of gas or oil is transferred to the air within a casing by conduction through heat exchange surfaces and is circulated through the duct system by means of a fan or blower.

Freezer means a cabinet designed as a unit for the freezing and storage of food at temperatures of 0° F. or below, and having a source of refrigeration requiring single phase, alternating current electric energy input only.

Furnace means a product which utilizes only single-phase electric current, or single-phase electric current or DC current in conjunction with natural gas, propane, or home heating oil, and which—

(a) Is designed to be the principal heating source for the living space of a residence;

(b) Is not contained within the same cabinet with a central air conditioner whose rated cooling capacity is above 65,000 Btu per hour;

(c) Is an electric central furnace, electric boiler, forced-air central furnace, gravity central furnace, or low pressure steam or hot water boiler; and

(d) Has a heat input rate of less than 300,000 Btu per hour for electric boilers and low pressure steam or hot water boilers and less than 225,000 Btu per hour for forced-air central furnaces, gravity central furnaces, and electric central furnaces, gravity central furnaces, and electric central furnaces.

Gas means either natural gas or propane.

Gas clothes dryer means a cabinet-like appliance designed to dry fabrics in a tumble-type drum with forced air circulation. The heat source is gas and the drum and blower(s) are driven by an electric motor(s).

General Service Fluorescent Lamp means any fluorescent lamp which can be used to satisfy the majority of fluorescent lighting applications, but does not include any lamp designed and marketed for the following nongeneral applications:

(1) Fluorescent lamps designed to promote plant growth.

(2) Fluorescent lamps specifically designed for cold temperature applications.

(3) Colored fluorescent lamps.

(4) Impact-resistant fluorescent lamps.

(5) Reflectorized or aperture lamps.

(6) Fluorescent lamps designed for use in reprographic equipment.

(7) Lamps primarily designed to produce radiation in the ultra-violet region of the spectrum.

(8) Lamps with a Color Rendering Index of 82 or greater.

General Service Incandescent Lamp means any incandescent lamp (other than a miniature or photographic lamp) that has an E26 medium screw base, a rated voltage range at least partially within 115 to 130 volts, and which can be used to satisfy the majority of lighting applications, but does not include any lamps specifically designed for:

(1) Traffic signal, or street lighting service;

(2) Airway, airport, aircraft, or other aviation service;

(3) Marine, or marine signal service;

(4) Photo, projection, sound reproduction, or film viewer service;

(5) Stage, studio, or television service;

(6) Mill, saw mill, or other industrial process service;

(7) Mine service;

(8) Headlight, locomotive, street railway, or other transportation service;

(9) Heating service;

(10) Code beacon, marine signal, lighthouse, reprographic, or other communication service;

(11) Medical or dental service;

(12) Microscope, map, microfilm, or other specialized equipment service;

(13) Swimming pool, or other underwater service;

(14) Decorative or showcase service;

(15) Producing colored light;

(16) Shatter resistance which has an external protective coating; or

(17) Appliance service.

Gravity central furnace means a gas fueled furnace which depends primarily on natural convection for circulation of heated air and which is designed to be used in conjunction with a system of ducts.

Heat pump means a product, other than a packaged terminal heat pump, which consists of one or more assemblies, powered by single phase electric current, rated below 65,000 Btu per hour, utilizing an indoor conditioning coil, compressor, and refrigerant-to-outdoor air heat exchanger to provide air heating, and may also provide air cooling, dehumidifying, humidifying circulating, and air cleaning.

Home heating equipment, not including furnaces means vented home heating equipment and unvented home heating equipment.

Immersed heating element means an electrically powered heating device which is designed to operate while totally immersed in water in such a manner that the heat generated by the device is imparted directly to the water.

Incandescent lamp means a lamp in which light is produced by a filament heated to incandescence by an electric current, including only the following:

(1) Any lamp (commonly referred to as lower wattage non-reflector general service lamps, including any tungsten halogen lamp) that has a rated wattage between 30 and 199, has an E26 medium screw base, has a rated voltage or voltage range that lies at least partially in the range of 115 and 130 volts, and is not a reflector lamp.

(2) Any incandescent reflector lamp.

(3) Any general service incandescent lamp (commonly referred to as a high-or higher-wattage lamp) that has a rated wattage above 199 (above 205 for a high wattage reflector lamp).

Incandescent reflector lamp (commonly referred to as a reflector lamp) means any lamp in which light is produced by a filament heated to incandescence by an electric current, which: is not colored or designed for rough or vibration service applications that contains an inner reflective coating on the outer bulb to direct the light; has an R, PAR or similar bulb shape (excluding ER or BR) with an E26 medium screw base; has a rated voltage or voltage range that lies at least partially in the range of 115 and 130 volts; has a diameter that exceeds 2.75 inches; and is either a low(er)-wattage reflector lamp that has a rated wattage between 40 and 205; or a high(er)-wattage reflector lamp that has a rated wattage above 205.

Kerosene means No. 1 fuel oil with a viscosity meeting the specifications as specified in UL-730-1974, section 36.9 and in tables 2 and 3 of ANSI Standard Z91.1-1972.

Lamp Efficacy (LE) means the measured lumen output of a lamp in lumens divided by the measured lamp electrical power input in watts expressed in units of lumens per watt (LPW).

Low consumption has the meaning given such a term in ASME A112.19.2M-1995. (see § 430.22)

Low pressure steam or hot water boiler means an electric, gas or oil burning furnace designed to supply low pressure steam or hot water for space heating application. A low pressure steam boiler operates at or below 15 pounds psig steam pressure; a hot water boiler operates at or below 160 psig water pressure and 250° F. water temperature.

LP-gas means liquified petroleum gas, and includes propane, butane, and propane/butane mixtures.

Major cooking component means either a conventional cooking top, a conventional oven or a microwave oven.

Manufacturer means any person who manufactures a consumer product.

Medium Base Compact Fluorescent Lamp means an integrally ballasted fluorescent lamp with a medium screw base, a rated input voltage range of 115 to 130 volts and which is designed as a direct replacement for a general service incandescent lamp.

Microwave/conventional range means a class of kitchen ranges and ovens which is a household cooking appliance consisting of a microwave oven, a conventional oven, and a conventional cooking top.

Microwave oven means a class of kitchen ranges and ovens which is a household cooking appliance consisting of a compartment designed to cook or heat food by means of microwave energy.

Mobile home furnace means a direct vent furnace that is designed for use only in mobile homes.

Monochrome television set means an electrical device designed to convert incoming broadcast signals into monochrome television pictures and associated sound.

Natural gas means natural gas as defined by the Federal Power Commission.

Oil means heating oil grade No. 2 as defined in American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) D396-71.

Other clothes washer means a class of clothes washer which is not an automatic or semi-automatic clothes washer.

Other cooking products means any class of cooking products other than the conventional range, conventional cooking top, conventional oven, microwave oven, and microwave/conventional range classes.

Outdoor furnace or boiler is a furnace or boiler normally intended for installation out-of-doors or in an unheated space (such as an attic or a crawl space).

Packaged terminal air conditioner means a wall sleeve and a separate unencased combination of heating and cooling assemblies specified by the builder and intended for mounting through the wall. It includes a prime source of refrigeration, separable outdoor louvers, forced ventilation, and heating availability energy.

Packaged terminal heat pump means a packaged terminal air conditioner that utilizes reverse cycle refrigeration as its prime heat source and should have supplementary heating availability by builder's choice of energy.

Person includes any individual, corporation, company, association, firm, partnership, society, trust, joint venture or joint stock company, the government, and any agency of the United States or any State or political subdivision thereof.

Pool heater means an appliance designed for heating nonpotable water contained at atmospheric pressure, including heating water in swimming pools, spas, hot tubs and similar applications.

Portable electric heater means an electric heater which is intended to stand unsupported, and can be moved from place to place within a structure. It is connected to electric supply by means of a cord and plug, and transfers heat by radiation and/or convention (either natural or forced).

Primary heater means a heating device that is the principal source of heat for a structure and includes baseboard electric heaters, ceiling electric heaters, and wall electric heaters.

Propane means a hydrocarbon whose chemical composition is predominantly C 3 H 8, whether recovered from natural gas or crude oil.

Rated voltage with respect to incandescent lamps means:

(1) The design voltage if the design voltage is 115 V, 130 V or between 115V and 130 V:

(2) 115 V if the design voltage is less than 115 V and greater than or equal to 100 V and the lamp can operate at 115 V; and

(3) 130 V if the design voltage is greater than 130 V and less than or equal to 150 V and the lamp can operate at 130 V.

Rated wattage, with respect to 4-foot medium bi-pin T8, T10 or T12 lamps, means:

(1) If the lamp is listed in ANSI C78.1-1991, the nominal wattage of a lamp determined by the lamp designation in Annex A.2 of ANSI C78.1-1991; or

(2) If the lamp is a residential straight-shaped lamp, the wattage a lamp consumes when operated on a reference ballast for which the lamp is designed; or

(3) If the lamp is neither listed in ANSI C78.1-1991 nor a residential straight-shaped lamp, the wattage a lamp consumes when using reference ballast characteristics of 236 volts, 0.43 amps and 439 ohms for T10 or T12 lamps or reference ballast characteristics of 300 volts, 0.265 amps and 910 ohms for T8 lamps.

Refrigerator means an electric refrigerator.

Refrigerator-freezer means an electric refrigerator-freezer.

Residential straight-shaped lamp means a low pressure mercury electric-discharge source in which a fluorescing coating transforms some of the ultraviolet energy generated by the mercury discharge into light, including a straight-shaped fluorescent lamp with medium bi-pin bases of nominal overall length of 48 inches and is either designed exclusively for residential applications; or designed primarily and marketed exclusively for residential applications.

(1) A lamp is designed exclusively for residential applications if it will not function for more than 100 hours with a commercial high-power-factor ballast.

(2) A lamp is designed primarily and marketed exclusively for residential applications if it:

(i) Is permanently and clearly marked as being for residential use only;

(ii) Has a life of 6,000 hours or less when used with a commercial high-power-factor ballast;

(iii) Is not labeled or represented as a replacement for a fluorescent lamp that is a covered product; and

(iv) Is marketed and distributed in a manner designed to minimize use of the lamp with commercial high-power-factor ballasts.

(3) A manufacturer may market and distribute a lamp in a manner designed to minimize use of the lamp with commercial high-power-factor ballasts by:

(i) Packaging and labeling the lamp in a manner that clearly indicates the lamp is for residential use only and includes appropriate instructions concerning proper and improper use; if the lamp is included in a catalog or price list that also includes commercial/industrial lamps, listing the lamp in a separate residential section accompanied by notes about proper use on the same page; and providing as part of any express warranty accompanying the lamp that improper use voids such warranty; or

(ii) Using other comparably effective measures to minimize use with commercial high-power-factor ballasts.

Room air conditioner means a consumer product, other than a “packaged terminal air conditioner,” which is powered by a single phase electric current and which is an encased assembly designed as a unit for mounting in a window or through the wall for the purpose of providing delivery of conditioned air to an enclosed space. It includes a prime source of refrigeration and may include a means for ventilating and heating.

Rough or vibration service incandescent reflector lamp means a reflector lamp: in which a C-11 (5 support), C-17 (8 support), or C-22 (16 support) filament is mounted (the number of support excludes lead wires); in which the filament configuration is as shown in Chapter 6 of the 1993 Illuminating Engineering Society of North America Lighting Handbook, 8th Edition (see 10 CFR 430.22); and that is designated and marketed specifically for rough or vibration service applications.

Secretary means the Secretary of the Department of Energy.

Semi-automatic clothes washer means a class of clothes washer that is the same as an automatic clothes washer except that user intervention is required to regulate the water temperature by adjusting the external water faucet valves.

Showerhead means any showerhead (including a hand held showerhead), except a safety shower showerhead.

State means a State, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, or any territory or possession of the United States.

State regulation means a law or regulation of a State or political subdivision thereof.

Supplementary heater means a heating device that provides heat to a space in addition to that which is supplied by a primary heater. Supplementary heaters include portable electric heaters.

Surface unit means either a heating unit mounted in a cooking top, or a heating source and its associated heated area of the cooking top, on which vessels are placed for the cooking or heating of food.

Television set means a color television set or a monochrome television set.

Unvented gas heater means an unvented, self-contained, free-standing, nonrecessed gas-burning appliance which furnishes warm air by gravity or fan circulation.

Unvented home heating equipment means a class of home heating equipment, not including furnaces, used for the purpose of furnishing heat to a space proximate to such heater directly from the heater and without duct connections and includes electric heaters and unvented gas and oil heaters.

Unvented oil heater means an unvented, self-contained, free-standing, nonrecessed oil-burning appliance which furnishes warm air by gravity or fan circulation.

Urinal means a plumbing fixture which receives only liquid body waste and, on demand, conveys the waste through a trap seal into a gravity drainage system, except such term does not include fixtures designed for installations in prisons.

Vented floor furnace means a self-contained vented heater suspended from the floor of the space being heated, taking air for combustion from outside this space. The vented floor furnace supplies heated air circulated by gravity or by a fan directly into the space to be heated through openings in the casing.

Vented home heating equipment or vented heater means a class of home heating equipment, not including furnaces, designed to furnish warmed air to the living space of a residence, directly from the device, without duct connections (except that boots not to exceed 10 inches beyond the casing may be permitted) and includes: vented wall furnace, vented floor furnace, and vented room heater.

Vented room heater means a self-contained, free standing, nonrecessed, vented heater for furnishing warmed air to the space in which it is installed. The vented room heater supplies heated air circulated by gravity or by a fan directly into the space to be heated through openings in the casing.

Vented wall furnace means a self-contained vented heater complete with grilles or the equivalent, designed for incorporation in, or permanent attachment to, a wall of a residence and furnishing heated air circulated by gravity or by a fan directly into the space to be heated through openings in the casing.

Voltage range means a band of operating voltages as marked on an incandescent lamp, indicating that the lamp is designed to operate at any voltage within the band.

Wall electric heater means an electric heater (excluding baseboard electric heaters) which is intended to be recessed in or surface mounted on walls, which transfers heat by radiation and/or convection (either natural or forced) and which includes forced convectors, natural convectors, radiant heaters, high wall or valance heaters.

Water closet means a plumbing fixture that has a water-containing receptor which receives liquid and solid body waste, and upon actuation, conveys the waste through an exposed integral trap seal into a gravity drainage system, except such term does not include fixtures designed for installation in prisons.

Water heater means a product which utilizes oil, gas, or electricity to heat potable water for use outside the heater upon demand, including—

(a) Storage type units which heat and store water at a thermostatically controlled temperature, including gas storage water heaters with an input of 75,000 Btu per hour or less, oil storage water heaters with an input of 105,000 Btu per hour or less, and electric storage water heaters with an input of 12 kilowatts or less;

(b) Instantaneous type units which heat water but contain no more than one gallon of water per 4,000 Btu per hour of input, including gas instantaneous water heaters with an input of 200,000 Btu per hour or less, oil instantaneous water heaters with an input of 210,000 Btu per hour or less, and electric instantaneous water heaters with an input of 12 kilowatts or less; and

(c) Heat pump type units, with a maximum current rating of 24 amperes at a voltage no greater than 250 volts, which are products designed to transfer thermal energy from one temperature level to a higher temperature level for the purpose of heating water, including all ancillary equipment such as fans, storage tanks, pumps, or controls necessary for the device to perform its function.

Water use means the quantity of water flowing through a showerhead, faucet, water closet, or urinal at point of use, determined in accordance with test procedures under Appendices S and T of subpart B of this part.

Weatherized warm air furnace or boiler means a furnace or boiler designed for installation outdoors, approved for resistance to wind, rain, and snow, and supplied with its own venting system.

[42 FR 27898, June 1, 1977] Editorial Note:

For Federal Register citations affecting § 430.2, see the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this volume.

 Effective Date Note:

At 62 FR 23115, Apr. 28, 1997, § 430.2 was amended by adding a definition for Compact refrigerator/refrigerator-freezer/freezer effective July 1, 2001.

 Effective Date Note:

At 62 FR 50148, Sept. 24, 1997, § 430.2 was amended by adding definitions for Casement-only and Casement-slider effective Oct. 1, 2000.
Subpart B—Test Procedures
§ 430.21 Purpose and scope.

This subpart contains test procedures required to be prescribed by DOE pursuant to section 323 of the Act.

§ 430.22 Reference Sources.

(a) Materials incorporated by reference.—(1) General. The following standards which are not otherwise set forth in Part 430 are incorporated by reference and made a part of Part 430. The standards listed in this section have been approved for incorporation by reference by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51. The specified versions of the standards are incorporated, and any subsequent amendment to a standard by the standard-setting organization will not affect the DOE test procedures unless and until those test procedures are amended by DOE.

(2) Availability of standards. The standards incorporated by reference are available for inspection at:

(i) Office of the Federal Register Information Center, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC.

(ii) U.S. Department of Energy, Office of Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy, Hearings and Dockets, Forrestal Building, 1000 Independence Ave, SW, Washington, DC 20585.

(b) List of Sources and Standards Incorporated by Reference.

(1) American National Standards Institute (ANSI). The ANSI standards listed in this paragraph may be obtained from the American National Standards Institute, 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10018, (212) 642-4900.

1. ANSI C78.1-1991, “for Fluorescent Lamps—Rapid-Start Types—Dimensional and Electrical Characteristics” 2. ANSI C78.2-1991, “for Fluorescent Lamps—Preheat-Start Types—Dimensional and Electrical Characteristics of Fluorescent Lamps” 3. ANSI C78.3-1991, “for Fluorescent Lamps—Instant-Start and Cold-Cathode Types—Dimensional and Electrical Characteristics” 4. ANSI C78.375-1991, “for Fluorescent Lamps—Guide for Electrical Measurements” 5. ANSI C82.3-1983 “for Reference Ballasts for Fluorescent Lamps” 6. ANSI C79.1-1994, “Nomenclature for Glass Bulbs—Intended for Use with Electric Lamps” 7. ANSI C78.21-1989, “Incandescent Lamps—PAR and R Shapes”

(2) Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA). The IESNA standards listed in this paragraph may be obtained from the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America, 120 Wall Street, Floor 17, New York, NY 10005-4001, (212) 248-5000.

1. Illuminating Engineering Society LM-9-88, “IES Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Fluorescent Lamps” 2. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America LM-16-1993, “IESNA Practical Guide to Colorimetry of Light Sources” 3. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America LM-20-1994, “IESNA Approved Method for Photometric Testing of Reflector-Type Lamps” 4. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America LM-45-91, “IES Approved Method for Electrical and Photometric Measurements of General Service Incandescent Filament Lamps” 5. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America LM-58-1994, “IESNA Guide to Spectroradiometric Measurements” 6. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America LM-66-1991, “IES Approved Method for the Electrical and Photometric Measurements of Single-Ended Compact Fluorescent Lamps” 7. Illuminating Engineering Society of North America Lighting Handbook, Reference and Application, 8th Edition, 1993, Chapter 6, Light Sources

(3) International Commission on Illumination (CIE). The CIE standards listed in this paragraph may be obtained from the International Commission on Illumination, CIE Bureau Central, Kegelgasse 27, A-1030, Vienna, Austria. CIE publications are also available from TLA Lighting Consultants, 7 Pond Street, Salem, MA 10970, (508) 745-6870.

1. International Commission on Illumination (CIE) Publication No. 13.2 1974, corrected reprint 1993, “Method of Measuring and Specifying Color Rendering Properties of Light Sources,” ISBN 3 900 734 39 9

(4) International Electrotechnical Commission. Copies of the International Electrotechnical Commission Publications can be obtained from the American National Standards Institute, 11 West 42nd Street, New York, New York 10036, (212) 642-4936.

1. IEC 705, “Methods for Measuring the Performance of Microwave Ovens for Household and Similar Purposes,” Section 4, Methods of Measurement, Paragraph 13 “Electrical Power Input Measurement,” and Paragraph 14 “Efficiency” (1988). 2. IEC 705, Amendment 2, “Methods for Measuring the Performance of Microwave Ovens for Household and Similar Purposes,” Section 4, Methods of Measurement, Paragraph 12 “Microwave Power Output Measurement” (1993).

(5) American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., Publication Sales, 1791 Tullie Circle, NE, Atlanta, GA 30329, (1-800-5-ASHRAE).

1. American National Standards Institute/American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers Standard 103-1993, “Methods of Testing for Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency of Residential Central Furnaces and Boilers,” (with Errata of October 24, 1996) except for sections 3.0, 7.2.2.5, 8.6.1.1, 9.1.2.2, 9.5.1.1, 9.5.1.2.1, 9.5.1.2.2, 9.5.2.1, 9.7.1, 10.0, 11.2.12, 11.3.12, 11.4.12, 11.5.12 and appendices B and C. 2. American National Standards Institute Standard Z21.56-1994, “Gas-Fired Pool Heaters,” section 2.9.

(6) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). The ASME standards listed in this paragraph may be obtained from the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Service Center, 22 Law Drive, P.O. Box 2900, Fairfield, NJ 07007.

1. ASME/ANSI Standard A112.18.1M-1996, “Plumbing Fixture Fittings.” 2. ASME/ANSI Standard A112.19.6-1995, “Hydraulic Requirements for Water Closets and Urinals.”

(c) Reference Standards. (1) General. The standards listed in this paragraph are referred to in the DOE test procedures and elsewhere in 10 CFR part 430 but are not incorporated by reference. These sources are given here for information and guidance.

(2) List of References.

1. National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program Handbook 150-01, “Energy Efficient Lighting Products, Lamps and Luminaires, August 1993.” National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program, NIST, Gaithersburg, MD.

2. “Illuminating Engineering Society Lighting Handbook,” 8th Edition, New York, NY 1993.

[59 FR 49474, Sept. 28, 1994, as amended at 62 FR 29239, May 29, 1997; 62 FR 51981, Oct. 3, 1997; 63 FR 13316, Mar. 18, 1998]
§ 430.23 Test procedures for measures of energy and water consumption.

(a) Refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers. (1) The estimated annual operating cost for electric refrigerators and electric refrigerator-freezers without an anti-sweat heater switch shall be the product of the following three factors: (i) The representative average-use cycle of 365 cycles per year, (ii) the average per-cycle energy consumption for the standard cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally vented units) of appendix A1 of this subpart, and (iii) the representative average unit cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(2) The estimated annual operating cost for electric refrigerators and electric refrigerator-freezers with an anti-sweat heater switch shall be the product of the following three factors: (i) The representative average-use cycle of 365 cycles per year, (ii) half the sum of the average per-cycle energy consumption for the standard cycle and the average per-cycle energy consumption for a test cycle type with the anti-sweat heater switch in the position set at the factory just prior to shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally vented units) of appendix A1 of this subpart, and (iii) the representative average unit cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(3) The estimated annual operating cost for any other specified cycle type for electric refrigerators and electric refrigerator-freezers shall be the product of the following three factors: (i) The representative average-use cycle of 365 cycles per year, (ii) the average per-cycle energy consumption for the specified cycle type, determined according to 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally vented units) of appendix A1 to this subpart, and (iii) the representative average unit cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(4) The energy factor for electric refrigerators and electric refrigerator-freezers, expressed in cubic feet per kilowatt-hour per cycle, shall be—

(i) For electric refrigerators and electric refrigerator-freezers not having an anti-sweat heater switch, the quotient of (A) the adjusted total volume in cubic feet, determined according to 6.1 of appendix A1 of this subpart, divided by (B) the average per-cycle energy consumption for the standard cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally vented units) of appendix A1 of this subpart, the resulting quotient then being rounded off to the second decimal place, and

(ii) For electric refrigerators and electric refrigerator-freezers having an anti-sweat heater switch, the quotient of (A) the adjusted total volume in cubic feet, determined according to 6.1 of appendix A1 of this subpart, divided by (B) half the sum of the average per-cycle energy consumption for the standard cycle and the average per-cycle energy consumption for a test cycle type with the anti-sweat heater switch in the position set at the factory just prior to shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally vented units) of appendix A1 of this subpart, the resulting quotient then being rounded off to the second decimal place.

(5) The annual energy use of electric refrigerators and electric refrigerator-freezers equals the representative average use cycle of 365 cycles per year times the average per-cycle energy consumption for the standard cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 6.2 (6.3.6 for externally vented units) of appendix A1 of this subpart.

(6) Other useful measures of energy consumption for electric refrigerators and electric refrigerator-freezers shall be those measures of energy consumption for electric refrigerators and electric refrigerator-freezers which the Secretary determines are likely to assist consumers in making purchasing decisions which are derived from the application of appendix A1 of this subpart.

(7) The estimated regional annual operating cost for externally vented electric refrigerators and externally vented electric refrigerator-freezers without an anti-sweat heater switch shall be the product of the following three factors:

(i) The representative average-use cycle of 365 cycles per year,

(ii) The regional average per-cycle energy consumption for the standard cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 6.3.7 of appendix A1 of this subpart and

(iii) The representative average unit cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(8) The estimated regional annual operating cost for externally vented electric refrigerators and externally vented electric refrigerator-freezers with an anti-sweat heater switch shall be the product of the following three factors:

(i) The representative average-use cycle of 365 cycles per year,

(ii) Half the sum of the average per-cycle energy consumption for the standard cycle and the regional average per-cycle energy consumption for a test cycle with the anti-sweat heater switch in the position set at the factory just prior to shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 6.3.7 of appendix A1 of this subpart, and

(iii) The representative average unit cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(9) The estimated regional annual operating cost for any other specified cycle for externally vented electric refrigerators and externally vented electric refrigerator-freezers shall be the product of the following three factors:

(i) The representative average-use cycle of 365 cycles per year,

(ii) The regional average per-cycle energy consumption for the specified cycle, in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 6.3.7 of appendix A1 of this subpart, and

(iii) The representative average unit cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(b) Freezers. (1) The estimated annual operating cost for freezers without an anti-sweat heater switch shall be the product of the following three factors: (i) The representative average-use cycle of 365 cycles per year, (ii) the average per-cycle energy consumption for the standard cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 6.2 of appendix B1 of this subpart, and (iii) the representative average unit cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(2) The estimated annual operating cost for freezers with an anti-sweat heater switch shall be the product of the following three factors: (i) The representative average-use cycle of 365 cycles per year, (ii) half the sum of the average per-cycle energy consumption for the standard cycle and the average per-cycle energy consumption for a test cycle type with the anti-sweat heater switch in the position set at the factory just prior to shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 6.2 of appendix B1 of this subpart, and (iii) the representative average unit cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(3) The estimated annual operating cost for an other specified cycle type for freezers shall be the product of the following three factors: (i) The representative average-use cycle of 365 cycles per year, (ii) the average per-cycle energy consumption for the specified cycle type, determined according to 6.2 of appendix B1 of this subpart and (iii) the representative average unit cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(4) The energy factor for freezers, expressed in cubic feet per kilowatt-hour per cycle, shall be—

(i) For freezers not having an anti-sweat heater switch, the quotient of (A) the adjusted net refrigerated volume in cubic feet, determined according to 6.1 of appendix B1 of this subpart, divided by (B) the average per-cycle energy consumption for the standard cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to or 6.2 of appendix B1 of this subpart, the resulting quotient then being rounded off to the second decimal place, and

(ii) For freezers having an anti-sweat heater switch, the quotient of (A) the adjusted net refrigerated volume in cubic feet, determined according to 6.1 of appendix B1 of this subpart, divided by (B) half the sum of the average per-cycle energy consumption for the standard cycle and the average per-cycle energy consumption for a test cycle type with the anti-sweat switch in the position set at the factory just prior to shipping, each in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to or 6.2 of appendix B1 of this subpart, the resulting quotient then being rounded off to the second decimal place.

(5) The annual energy use of all freezers equals the representative average-use cycle of 365 cycles per year times the average per-cycle energy consumption for the standard cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 6.2 of appendix B1 of this subpart.

(6) Other useful measures of energy consumption for freezers shall be those measures of energy consumption for freezers which the Secretary determines are likely to assist consumers in making purchasing decisions and which are derived from the application of appendix B1 of this subpart.

(c) Dishwashers. (1) The estimated annual operating cost for dishwashers not having a truncated normal cycle as defined in 1.5 of appendix C to this subpart shall be—

(i) When electrically-heated water is used, the product of the following three factors: (A) The representative average-use cycle of 322 cycles per year, (B) the total per-cycle energy consumption for the normal cycle as defined in 1.3 of appendix C to this subpart in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 4.4 of appendix C to this subpart, and (C) the representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year, and

(ii) When gas-heated or oil-heated water is used, the product of: The representative average use cycle of 322 cycles per year times the sum of (A) the product of the per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption for the normal cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 4.3 of appendix C to this subpart, times the representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hours as provided by the Secretary plus (B) the product of the per-cycle water energy consumption for gas-heated or oil-heated water for the normal cycle, in Btu's per cycle, determined according to 4.2 of appendix C to this subpart, times the representative average unit cost in dollars per Btu for gas or oil, as appropriate, as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(iii) When cold water (50 ° F) is used, the product of the following three factors:

(A) The representative average use cycle of 322 cycles per year times,

(B) The product of the per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption for the normal cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 4.3 of appendix C to this subpart, and

(C) The representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hours as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(2) The estimated annual operating cost for dishwashers having a truncated normal cycle as defined in 1.5 of appendix C to this subpart shall be—

(i) When electrically-heated water is used, the product of the following three factors: (A) The representative average use cycle of 322 cycles per year, (B) one-half the sum of (1) the total per-cycle energy consumption for the normal cycle as defined in 1.3 of appendix C to this subpart plus (2) the total per-cycle energy consumption for the truncated normal cycle as defined in 1.5 of appendix C to this subpart, each in kilowatt-hours and determined according to 4.4 of appendix C to this subpart, and (C) the representative average unit cost in dollars per killowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year, and

(ii) When gas-heated or oil-heated water is used, the product of: The representative average use cycle of 322 cycles per year times the sum of (A) one-half the product of the per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption for the normal cycle as defined in 1.3 of appendix C to this subpart, determined according to 4.3 of appendix C to this subpart, times the representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, plus one-half the product of the per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption for the truncated normal cycle as defined in 1.5 of appendix C to this subpart, determined according to 4.3 of appendix C to this subpart, times the representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary plus (B) one-half the product of the per-cycle water energy consumption for gas-heated or oil-heated water for the normal cycle as defined in 1.3 of appendix C to this subpart, in Btu's per cycle, determined according to 4.2 of appendix C to this subpart, times the representative average unit cost in dollars per Btu for gas or oil, as appropriate, as provided by the Secretary, plus one-half the product of the per-cycle water energy consumption for gas-heated or oil-heated water for the truncated normal cycle as defined in 1.5 of appendix C to this subpart, in Btu's per cycle, determined according to 4.2 of appendix C to this subpart, times the representative average unit cost in dollars per Btu for gas or oil, as appropriate, as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(iii) When cold water (50 ° F) is used, the product of the following three factors:

(A) The representative average use cycle of 322 cycles per year,

(B) One-half the sum of (1) the total per-cycle energy consumption for the normal cycle as defined in 1.3 of appendix C to this subpart plus (2) the truncated normal cycle as defined in 1.5 of appendix C to this subpart, each in kilowatt-hours and determined according to 4.4 of appendix C to this subpart, and

(C) The representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(3) The energy factor for dishwashers, expressed in cycles per kilowatt-hour shall be—

(i) For dishwashers not having a truncated normal cycle, as defined in 1.5 of appendix C to this subpart, capable of being preset, the reciprocal of the total per cycle energy consumption for the normal cycle in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 4.4 of appendix C to this subpart, and

(ii) For dishwashers having a truncated normal cycle, as defined in 1.5 of appendix C to this subpart, capable of being preset, the reciprocal of one-half the sum of (A) the total per-cycle energy consumption for the normal cycle plus (B) the total per-cycle energy consumption for the truncated normal cycle, each in kilowatt-hours per cycle and determined according to 4.4 of appendix C to this subpart.

(4) Other useful measures of energy consumption for dishwashers shall be those measures of energy consumption for dishwashers which the Secretary determines are likely to assist consumers in making purchasing decisions and which are derived from the application of appendix C to this subpart.

(d) Clothes dryers. (1) The estimated annual operating cost for clothes dryers shall be—

(i) For an electric clothes dryer, the product of the following three factors: (A) The representative average-use cycle of 416 cycles per year, (B) the total per-cycle energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per-cycle, determined according to 4.1 of appendix D to this subpart, and (C) the representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year, and

(ii) For a gas clothes dryer, the product of the representative average-use cycle of 416 cycles per year times the sum of (A) the product of the gas dryer electric per-cycle energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 4.2 of appendix D to this subpart, times the representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary plus (B) the product of the total gas dryer gas energy consumption per cycle, in Btu's per cycle, determined according to 4.5 of appendix D of this subpart, times the representative average unit cost in dollars per Btu as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(2) The energy factor, expressed in pounds of clothes per kilowatt-hour, for clothes dryers shall be either the quotient of a 3-pound bone-dry test load for compact dryers, as defined by 2.6.1 of appendix D to this subpart or the quotient of a 7 pound bone-dry test load for standard dryers, as defined by 2.6.2 of appendix D to this subpart, as applicable, divided by the clothes dryer energy consumption per cycle, as determined according to 4.1 for electric clothes dryers and 4.6 for gas clothes dryers of appendix D to this subpart, the resulting quotient then being rounded off to the nearest hundredth (.01).

(3) Other useful measures of energy consumption for clothes dryers shall be those measures of energy consumption for clothes dryers which the Secretary determines are likely to assist consumers in making purchasing decisions and which are derived from the application of appendix D to this subpart.

(e) Water Heaters. (1) The estimated annual operating cost for water heaters shall be—

(i) For a gas or oil water heater, the product of the annual energy consumption, determined according to section 6.1.8 or 6.2.5 of appendix E of this subpart, times the representative average unit cost of gas or oil, as appropriate, in dollars per Btu as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(ii) For an electric water heater, the product of the annual energy consumption, determined according to section 6.1.8 or 6.2.5 of appendix E of this subpart, times the representative average unit cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, divided by 3412 Btu per kilowatt-hour, the resulting quotient then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(2) The energy factor for the water heaters shall be—

(i) For a gas or oil water heater, as determined by section 6.1.7 or 6.2.4 of appendix E of this subpart rounded off to the nearest 0.01.

(ii) For an electric water heater, as determined by section 6.1.7 or 6.2.4 of appendix E of this subpart rounded off to the nearest 0.01.

(3) Other useful measures of energy consumption for water heaters shall be those measures of energy consumption for water heaters which the Secretary determines are likely to assist consumers in making purchasing decisions and which are derived from the application of appendix E of this subpart.

(4) The alternative uniform test method for measuring the energy consumption of untested water heaters shall be that set forth in section 7.0 of appendix E of this subpart.

(f) Room air conditioners. (1) The estimated annual operating cost for room air conditioners, expressed in dollars per year, shall be determined by multiplying the following three factors: (i) Electrical input power in kilowatts as determined in accordance with 4.2 of appendix F to this subpart, (ii) The representative average-use cycle of 750 hours of compressor operation per year, and (iii) A representative average unit cost of electrical energy in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(2) The energy efficiency ratio for room air conditioners, expressed in Btu's per watt-hour, shall be the quotient of: (i) The cooling capacity in Btu's per hour as determined in accordance with 4.1 of appendix F to this subpart divided by: (ii) The electrical input power in watts as determined in accordance with 4.2 of appendix F to this subpart the resulting quotient then being rounded off to the nearest 0.1 Btu per watt-hour.

(3) The average annual energy consumption for room air conditioners, expressed in kilowatt-hours per year, shall be determined by multiplying together the following two factors: (i) Electrical input power in kilowatts as determined in accordance with 4.2 of appendix F to this subpart, and (ii) A representative average use cycle of 750 hours of compressor operation per year, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest kilowatt-hour per year.

(4) Other useful measures of energy consumption for room air conditioners shall be those measures of energy consumption which the Secretary determines are likely to assist consumers in making purchasing decisions and which are derived from the application of appendix F to this subpart.

(g) Unvented home heating equipment. (1) The estimated annual operating cost for primary electric heaters, shall be the product of: (i) The average annual electric energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per year, determined according to section 3.1 of appendix G of this subpart and (ii) the representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(2) The estimated regional annual operating cost for primary electric heaters, shall be the product of: (i) The regional annual electric energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per year for primary heaters determined according to section 3.2 of appendix G of this subpart and (ii) the representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(3) The estimated operating cost per million Btu output shall be—

(i) For primary and supplementary electric heaters and unvented gas and oil heaters without an auxiliary electric system, the product of: (A) One million; and (B) the representative unit cost in dollars per Btu for natural gas, propane, or oil, as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act as appropriate, or the quotient of the representative unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hour, as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, divided by 3,412 Btu per kilowatt hour, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest 0.01 dollar per million Btu output; and

(ii) For unvented gas and oil heaters with an auxiliary electric system, the product of: (A) The quotient of one million divided by the rated output in Btu's per hour as determined in 3.4 of appendix G of this subpart; and (B) the sum of: (1) The product of the maximum fuel input in Btu's per hour as determined in 2.2. of this appendix times the representative unit cost in dollars per Btu for natural gas, propane, or oil, as appropriate, as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, plus (2) the product of the maximum auxiliary electric power in kilowatts as determined in 2.1 of appendix G of this subpart times the representative unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, the resulting quantity shall be rounded off to the nearest 0.01 dollar per million Btu output.

(4) The rated output for unvented heaters is the rated output as determined according to either sections 3.3 or 3.4 of appendix G of this subpart, as appropriate, with the result being rounded to the nearest 100 Btu per hour.

(5) Other useful measures of energy consumption for unvented home heating equipment shall be those measures of energy consumption for unvented home heating equipment which the Secretary determines are likely to assist consumers in making purchasing decisions and which are derived from the application of appendix G of this subpart.

(h) Television sets. (1) The estimated average annual operating cost for television sets shall be the product of:

(i) The average annual energy consumed by the television set in kilowatt-hours per year, determined according to 3.0 of appendix H of this subpart, and

(ii) The representative average unit cost of energy in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(2) The receiver energy efficiency factor for television sets shall be:

(i) For color television sets, the product of the estimated minimum power requirement (.130 kilowatts) and the average annual hours of use (2,200 hr/yr.), divided by the average annual energy consumed by the television set in kilowatt-hours per year, determined according to 3.0 of appendix H to this subpart. The resultant is then multiplied by 100 and expressed as a percent.

(ii) For monochrome television sets, the product of the estimated minimum power requirement (.040 kilowatts) and the average annual hours of use (2,200 hr/yr.), divided by the average annual energy consumed by the television set in kilowatt-hours per year determined according to 3.0 of appendix H of this subpart. The result is then multiplied by 100 and expressed as a percent.

(3) Other useful measures of energy consumption for televison sets shall be those measures of energy consumption for television sets which the Secretary determines are likely to assist consumers in making purchasing decisions and which are derived from the application of appendix H of this subpart.

(i) Kitchen ranges and ovens. (1) The estimated annual operating cost for conventional ranges, conventional cooking tops, conventional ovens, microwave ovens, and microwave/conventional ranges shall be the sum of the following products: (i) The total annual electrical energy consumption for any electrical energy usage, in kilowatt-hours (kWh's) per year, times the representative average unit cost for electricity, in dollars per kWh, as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act; plus (ii) the total annual gas energy consumption for any natural gas usage, in British thermal units (Btu's) per year, times the representative average unit cost for natural gas, in dollars per Btu, as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act; plus (iii) the total annual gas energy consumption for any propane usage, in Btu's per year, times the representative average unit cost for propane, in dollars per Btu, as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act. The total annual energy consumption for conventional ranges, conventional cooking tops, conventional ovens, microwave ovens, and microwave/conventional ranges shall be as determined according to 4.3, 4.2.2, 4.1.2, and 4.4.3, respectively, of appendix I to this subpart. The estimated annual operating cost shall be rounded off to the nearest dollar per year, except for microwave ovens, for which the estimated annual operating cost shall be rounded off to the nearest one-quarter of a dollar per year.

(2) The cooking efficiency for conventional cooking tops, conventional ovens, and microwave ovens shall be the ratio of the cooking energy output for the test to the cooking energy input for the test, as determined according to 4.2.1, 4.1.3, and 4.4.4, respectively, of appendix I to this subpart. The final cooking efficiency values shall be rounded off to three significant digits.

(3) [Reserved]

(4) The energy factor for conventional ranges, conventional cooking tops, conventional ovens, microwave ovens, and microwave/conventional ranges shall be the ratio of the annual useful cooking energy output to the total annual energy input, as determined according to 4.3, 4.2.3, 4.1.4, 4.4.5, respectively, of Appendix I to this subpart. The final energy factor values shall be rounded off to three significant digits.

(5) There shall be two estimated annual operating costs, two cooking efficiencies, and two energy factors for convertible cooking appliances—(i) an estimated annual operating cost, a cooking efficiency and an energy factor which represent values for those three measures of energy consumption for the operation of the appliance with natural gas; and (ii) an estimated annual operating cost, a cooking efficiency and an energy factor which represent values for those three measures of energy consumption for the operation of the appliance with LP-gas.

(6) The estimated annual operating cost for convertible cooking appliances which represents natural gas usage, as described in paragraph (i)(5)(i) of this section, shall be determined according to paragraph (i)(1) of this section using the total annual gas energy consumption for natural gas times the representative average unit cost for natural gas.

(7) The estimated annual operating cost for convertible cooking appliances which represents LP-gas usage, as described in paragraph (i)(5)(ii) of this section, shall be determined according to paragraph (i)(1) of this section using the representative average unit cost for propane times the total annual energy consumption of the test gas, either propane or natural gas.

(8) The cooking efficiency for convertible cooking appliances which represents natural gas usage, as described in paragraph (i)(5)(i) of this section, shall be determined according to paragraph (i)(2) of this section when the appliance is tested with natural gas.

(9) The cooking efficiency for convertible cooking appliances which represents LP-gas usage, as described in paragraph (i)(5)(ii) of this section, shall be determined according to paragraph (i)(2) of this section, when the appliance is tested with either natural gas or propane.

(10) The energy factor for convertible cooking appliances which represents natural gas usage, as described in paragraph (i)(5)(i) of this section, shall be determined according to paragraph (i)(4) of this section when the appliance is tested with natural gas.

(11) The energy factor for convertible cooking appliances which represents LP-gas usage, as described in paragraph (i)(5)(ii) of this section, shall be determined according to paragraph (i)(4) of this section when the appliance is tested with either natural gas or propane.

(12) Other useful measures of energy consumption for conventional ranges, conventional cooking tops, conventional ovens, microwave ovens and microwave/conventional ranges shall be those measures of energy consumption which the Secretary determines are likely to assist consumers in making purchasing decisions and which are derived from the application of appendix I to this subpart.

(j) Clothes washers. (1) The estimated annual operating cost for automatic and semi-automatic clothes washers shall be—

(i) When electrically heated water is used, the product of the following three factors:

(A) The representative average-use of 392 cycles per year,

(B) The total per-cycle energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per cycle determined according to 4.1.6 of appendix J before appendix J1 becomes mandatory and 4.1.7 of appendix J1 when appendix J1 becomes mandatory, (see the note at the beginning of appendix J1), and

(C) The representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year, and

(ii) When gas-heated or oil-heated water is used, the product of: the representative average-use of 392 cycles per year and the sum of both:

(A) The product of the per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per cycle, determined according to 4.1.5 of appendix J before the date that appendix J1 to the subpart becomes mandatory or 4.1.6 of appendix J1 upon the date that appendix J1 to this subpart becomes mandatory, and the representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hours as provided by the Secretary, and

(B) The product of the per-cycle water energy consumption for gas-heated or oil-heated water in BTU per cycle, determined according to 4.1.4 of appendix J before the date that appendix J1 becomes mandatory or 4.1.4 of appendix J1 upon the date that appendix J1 to this subpart becomes mandatory, and the representative average unit cost in dollars per Btu for oil or gas, as appropriate, as provided by the Secretary, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(2)(i) The energy factor for automatic and semi-automatic clothes washers is determined in accordance with 4.5 of appendix J before the date that appendix J1 becomes mandatory or 4.5 of appendix J1 upon the date that appendix J1 to this subpart becomes mandatory. The result shall be rounded off to the nearest 0.01 cubic foot per kilowatt-hours.

(ii) The modified energy factor for automatic and semi-automatic clothes washers is determined in accordance with 4.4 of appendix J before the date that appendix J1 becomes mandatory or 4.4 of appendix J1 upon the date that appendix J1 to this subpart becomes mandatory. The result shall be rounded off to the nearest 0.01 cubic foot per kilowatt-hours.

(3) Other useful measures of energy consumption for automatic or semi-automatic clothes washers shall be those measures of energy consumption which the Secretary determines are likely to assist consumers in making purchasing decisions and which are derived from the application of appendix J before the date that appendix J1 becomes mandatory or appendix J1 upon the date that appendix J1 to this subpart becomes mandatory. In addition, the annual water consumption of a clothes washer can be determined by the product of:

(A) The representative average-use of 392 cycles per year, and

(B) The total weighted per-cycle water consumption in gallons per cycle determined according to 4.3.2 of appendix J before the date that appendix J1 becomes mandatory or 4.2.2 of appendix J1 upon the date that appendix J1 to this subpart becomes mandatory. The water consumption factor can be determined in accordance with 4.3.3 of appendix J before the date that appendix J1 becomes mandatory or 4.2.3 of appendix J1 upon the date that appendix J1 to this subpart becomes mandatory. The remaining moisture content can be determined in accordance with 3.3 of appendix J before the date that appendix J1 becomes mandatory or 3.8 of appendix J1 upon the date that appendix J1 to this subpart becomes mandatory.

(k)—(l) [Reserved]

(m) Central Air Conditioners. (1) The estimated annual operating cost for cooling-only units and air-source heat pumps shall be one of the following:

(i) For cooling-only units or the cooling portion of the estimated annual operating cost for air-source heat pumps which provide both heating and cooling, the product of: (A) The quotient of the cooling capacity, in Btu's per hour, determined from the steady-state wet-coil test (Test A) measured at the highest compressor speed, as described in section 3.1 of appendix M to this subpart, divided by the seasonal energy efficiency ratio, in Btu's per watt-hour, determined from section 5.1 of appendix M to this subpart; (B) the representative average use cycle for cooling of 1,000 hours per year; (C) a conversion factor of 0.001 kilowatt per watt; and (D) the representative average unit cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year;

(ii) For air-source heat pumps which provide only heating or the heating portion of the estimated annual operating cost for air-source heat pumps which provide both heating and cooling, the product of: (A) The quotient of the standardized design heating requirement, in Btu's per hour, nearest to the capacity measured in the high temperature test, determined in sections 5.2 and 6.2.6 of appendix M to this subpart, divided by the heating seasonal performance factor, in Btu's per watt-hour, calculated for heating region IV corresponding to the above mentioned standardized design heating requirement determined from section 5.2 of appendix M to this subpart; (B) the representative average use cycle for heating of 2,080 hours per year; (C) the adjustment factor of 0.77 which serves to adjust the calculated design heating requirement and heating load hours to the actual load experienced by a heating system; (D) a conversion factor of 0.001 kilowatt per watt; and (E) the representative average unit cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year; or

(iii) For air-source heat pumps which provide both heating and cooling, the estimated annual operating cost is the sum of the quantity determined in paragraph (m)(1)(i) of this section added to the quantity determined in paragraph (m)(1)(ii) of this section.

(2) The estimated regional annual operating cost for cooling-only units and for air-source heat pumps shall be one of the following:

(i) For cooling-only units or the cooling portion of the estimated regional annual operating cost for air-source heat pumps which provide both heating and cooling, the product of: (A) The quotient of the cooling capacity, in Btu's per hour, determined from the steady-state wet-coil test (Test A) measured at the highest compressor speed, as described in section 3.1 of appendix M to this subpart, divided by the seasonal energy efficiency ratio, in Btu's per watt-hour, determined from section 5.1 of appendix M to this subpart; (B) the estimated number of regional cooling load hours per year determined from section 6.1.3 of appendix M to this subpart; (C) a conversion factor of 0.001 kilowatts per watt; and (D) the representative average unit cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year;

(ii) For air-source heat pumps which provide only heating or the heating portion of the estimated regional annual operating cost for air-source heat pumps which provide both heating and cooling, the product of: (A) The quotient of the standardized design heating requirement, in Btu's per hour, nearest to the capacity measured in the high temperature test (Test A), determined in sections 5.2 and 6.2.6 of appendix M to this subpart, divided by the heating seasonal performance factor, in Btu's per watt-hour, calculated for the appropriate region of interest and corresponding to the above mentioned standardized design heating requirement determined from section 5.2 of appendix M to this subpart; (B) the estimated number of regional heating load hours per year determined from section 6.2.5 of appendix M to this subpart; (C) the adjustment factor of 0.77 which serves to adjust the calculated design heating requirement and heating load hours to the actual load experienced by a heating system; (D) a conversion factor of 0.001 kilowatts per watt; and (E) the representative average unit cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year; or

(iii) For air-source heat pumps which provide both heating and cooling, the estimated regional annual operating cost is the sum of the quantity determined in paragraph (m)(3)(i) of this section added to the quantity determined in paragraph (m)(3)(ii) of this section.

(3) The measure(s) of efficiency for cooling-only units and air-source heat pumps shall be one or more of the following:

(i) The seasonal energy efficiency ratio for cooling-only units and air-source heat pumps which provide cooling shall be the seasonal energy efficiency ratio, in Btu's per watt-hour, determined according to section 5.1 of appendix M to this subpart, rounded off to the nearest 0.05.

(ii) The heating seasonal performance factors for air-source heat pumps shall be the heating seasonal performance factors, in Btu's per watt-hour, determined according to section 5.2 of appendix M to this subpart for each applicable standardized design heating requirement within each climatic region, rounded off to the nearest 0.05.

(iii) The annual performance factors for air-source heat pumps which provide heating and cooling, shall be the annual performance factors, in Btu's per watt-hour, determined according to section 5.3 of appendix M to this subpart for each standardized design heating requirement within each climatic region, rounded off to the nearest 0.05.

(4) Other useful measures of energy consumption for central air conditioners shall be those measures of energy consumption which the Secretary of Energy determines are likely to assist consumers in making purchasing decisions and which are derived from the application of appendix M to this subpart.

(5) After September 12, 1988, all measures of energy consumption shall be determined by the test method as set forth in appendix M to this subpart; or by an alternate rating method set forth in § 430.23(m)(4) as approved by the Assistant Secretary for Conservation and Renewable Energy in accordance with § 430.23(m)(5).

(n) Furnaces. (1) The estimated annual operating cost for furnaces is the sum of: (i) The product of the average annual fuel energy consumption, in Btu's per year for gas or oil furnaces or in kilowatt-hours per year for electric furnaces, determined according to section 10.2.2 or 10.3 of appendix N of this subpart, respectively, and the representative average unit cost in dollars per Btu for gas or oil, or dollars per kilowatt-hour for electric, as appropriate, as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, plus (ii) the product of the average annual auxiliary electric energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per year determined according to section 10.2.3 of appendix N of this subpart, and the representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, the resulting sum then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year. (For furnaces which operate with variable inputs, an estimated annual operating cost is to be calculated for each degree of oversizing specified in section 10 of appendix N of this subpart.)

(2) The annual fuel utilization efficiency for furnaces, expressed in percent, is the ratio of annual fuel output of useful energy delivered to the heated space to the annual fuel energy input to the furnace determined according to section 10.1 of appendix N of this subpart for gas and oil furnaces and determined in accordance with section 11.1 of American National Standards Institute/American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ANSI/ASHRAE) Standard 103-1993 for electric furnaces.

(3) The estimated regional annual operating cost for furnaces is the sum of: (i) The product of the regional annual fuel energy consumption in Btu's per year for gas or oil furnaces or in kilowatt-hours per year for electric furnaces, determined according to section 10.5.1 or 10.5.3 of appendix N of this subpart, respectively, and the representative average unit cost in dollars per Btu for gas or oil, or dollars per kilowatt-hour for electric, as appropriate, as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, plus (ii) the product of the regional annual auxiliary electrical energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per year, determined according to section 10.5.2 of appendix N of this subpart, and the representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, the resulting sum then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(4) The energy factor for furnaces, expressed in percent, is the ratio of annual fuel output of useful energy delivered to the heated space to the total annual energy input to the furnace determined according to section 10.4 of appendix N of this subpart.

(5) Other useful measures of energy consumption for furnaces shall be those measures of energy consumption which the Secretary determines are likely to assist consumers in making purchasing decisions and which are derived from the application of appendix N of this subpart.

(o) Vented home heating equipment.

(1) The annual fuel utilization efficiency for vented home heating equipment, expressed in percent, which is the ratio of the annual fuel output of useful energy delivered to the heated space to the annual fuel energy input to the vented heater, shall be determined either according to section 4.1.17 of appendix O of this subpart for vented heaters without either manual controls or thermal stack dampers; according to section 4.2.6 of appendix O of this subpart for vented heaters equipped with manual controls; or according to section 4.3.7 of appendix O of this subpart for vented heaters equipped with thermal stack dampers.

(2) The estimated annual operating cost for vented home heating equipment is the sum of: (i) The product of the average annual fuel energy consumption, in Btu's per year for natural gas, propane, or oil fueled vented home heating equipment, determined according to section 4.6.2 of appendix O of this subpart, and the representative average unit cost in dollars per Btu for natural gas, propane, or oil, as appropriate, as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act; plus (ii) The product of the average annual auxiliary electric energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per year determined according to section 4.6.3 of appendix O of this subpart, and the representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hours as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, the resulting sum then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(3) The estimated operating cost per million Btu output for gas or oil vented home heating equipment with an auxiliary electric system shall be the product of: (A) The quotient of one million Btu divided by the sum of: (1) The product of the maximum fuel input in Btu's per hour as determined in 3.1.1 or 3.1.2 of appendix 0 of this subpart times the annual fuel utilization efficiency in percent as determined in 4.1.17, 4.2.6, or 4.3.7 of this appendix as appropriate divided by 100, plus (2) the product of the maximum electric power in watts as determined in 3.1.3 of appendix 0 of this subpart times the quantity 3.412; and (B) of the sum of: (1) the product of the maximum fuel input in Btu's per hour as determined in 3.1.1 of this appendix times the representative unit cost in dollars per Btu for natural gas, propane, or oil, as appropriate, as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act; plus (2) the product of the maximum auxiliary electric power in kilowatts as determined in 3.1.3 of appendix O of this subpart times the representative unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, the resulting quantity shall be rounded off to the nearest 0.01 dollar per million Btu output.

(4) Other useful measures of energy consumption for vented home heating equipment shall be those measures of energy consumption which the Secretary determines are likely to assist consumers in making purchasing decisions and which are derived from the application of appendix O of this subpart.

(p) Pool heaters. (1) The estimated annual operating cost for pool heaters is the sum of:

(i) The product of the average annual fuel energy consumption, in Btu's per year, of natural gas or oil fueled pool heaters, determined according to section 4.2 of appendix P of this subpart, and the representative average unit cost in dollars per Btu for natural gas or oil, as appropriate, as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act; plus

(ii) The product of the average annual auxiliary electric energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per year determined according to section 4.3 of appendix P of this subpart, and the representative average unit cost in dollars per kilowatt-hours as provided pursuant to section 323(b)(2) of the Act, the resulting sum then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(2) The thermal efficiency of pool heaters, expressed as a percent, shall be determined in accordance with section 4 of appendix P to this subpart.

(q) Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts. (1) The Estimated Annual Energy Consumption (EAEC) for fluorescent lamp ballasts, expressed in kilowatt-hours per year, shall be the product of: (i) The input power in kilowatts as determined in accordance with section 3.3.1 of appendix Q to this subpart and (ii) the representative average use cycle of 1,000 hours per year, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest kilowatt-hour per year.

(2) Ballast Efficacy Factor (BEF) shall be as determined in section 4.2 of appendix Q of this subpart.

(3) The Estimated Annual Operating Cost (EAOC) for fluorescent lamp ballasts, expressed in dollars per year, shall be the product of: (i) The representative average unit energy cost of electricity in dollars per kilowatt-hour as provided by the Secretary, (ii) the representative average use cycle of 1,000 hours per year, and (iii) the input power in kilowatts as determined in accordance with section 3.3.1 of appendix Q to this subpart, the resulting product then being rounded off to the nearest dollar per year.

(4) Other useful measures which may be applicable. [Reserved]

(r) General Service Fluorescent Lamps and General Service Incandescent Lamps.

(1) The estimated annual energy consumption for general service fluorescent lamps and incandescent reflector lamps, expressed in kilowatt-hours per year, shall be the product of the input power in kilowatts as determined in accordance with section 4 of Appendix R to this subpart and an average annual use specified by the manufacturer, with the resulting product rounded off to the nearest kilowatt-hour per year. Manufacturers must provide a clear and accurate description of the assumptions used for the estimated annual energy consumption.

(2) The lamp efficacy for general service fluorescent lamps shall be equal to the average lumen output divided by the average lamp wattage as determined in section 4 of Appendix R of this subpart, with the resulting quotient rounded off to the nearest lumen per watt.

(3) The lamp efficacy for incandescent reflector lamps shall be equal to the average lumen output divided by the average lamp wattage as determined in section 4 of Appendix R of this subpart, with the resulting quotient rounded off to the nearest tenth of a lumen per watt.

(4) The color rendering index of a general service fluorescent lamp shall be tested and determined in accordance with section 4.5 of Appendix R of this subpart and rounded off to the nearest unit.

(s) Faucets. The maximum permissible water use allowed for lavatory faucets, lavatory replacement aerators, kitchen faucets, and kitchen replacement aerators, expressed in gallons and liters per minute (gpm and L/min), shall be measured in accordance to section 2(a) of Appendix S of this subpart. The maximum permissible water use allowed for metering faucets, expressed in gallons and liters per cycle (gal/cycle and L/cycle), shall be measured in accordance to section 2(a) of Appendix S of this subpart.

(t) Showerheads. The maximum permissible water use allowed for showerheads, expressed in gallons and liters per minute (gpm and L/min), shall be measured in accordance to section 2(b) of Appendix S of this subpart.

(u) Water closets. The maximum permissible water use allowed for water closets, expressed in gallons and liters per flush (gpf and Lpf), shall be measured in accordance to section 3(a) of Appendix T of this subpart.

(v) Urinals. The maximum permissible water use allowed for urinals, expressed in gallons and liters per flush (gpf and Lpf), shall be measured in accordance to section 3(b) of Appendix T of this subpart.

[42 FR 27898, June 1, 1977] Editorial Note:

For Federal Register citations affecting § 430.23, see the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this volume.
§ 430.24 Units to be tested.

When testing of a covered product is required to comply with section 323(c) of the Act, or to comply with rules prescribed under sections 324 or 325 of the Act, a sample shall be selected and tested comprised of units which are production units, or are representative of production units of the basic model being tested, and shall meet the following applicable criteria.

(a)(1) For each basic model 1 of electric refrigerators and electric refrigerator-freezers, a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

1 Components of similar design may be substituted without requiring additional testing if the represented measures of energy consumption continue to satisfy the applicable sampling provision.

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the upper 95 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.10, and

(ii) Any represented value of the energy factor or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumer would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the lower 95 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .90.

(b)(1) For each basic model 1 of freezers, a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the upper 95 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.10, and

(ii) Any represented value of the energy factor or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the lower 95 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .90.

(c)(1) For each basic model 1 of dishwashers, a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the upper 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.05, and

(ii) Any represented value of the energy factor or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the lower 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .95.

(d)(1) For each basic model 1 of clothes dryers a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the upper 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.05, and

(ii) Any represented value of the energy factor or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the lower 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .95.

(e)(1) For each basic model 1 of water heaters, a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the upper 95 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.10, and

(ii) Any represented value of the energy factor or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the lower 95 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .90.

(f)(1) For each basic model 1 of room air conditioners, a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the upper 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.05, and

(ii) Any represented value of the energy efficiency ratio or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the lower 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .95.

(g)(1) For each basic model 1 of unvented home heating equipment (not including furnaces), a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

1 Components of similar design may be substituted without requiring additional testing if the represented measures of energy consumption continue to satisfy the applicable sampling provision.

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the upper 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.075, and

(ii) Any represented value of the annual fuel utilization efficiency or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be not greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the lower 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .925.

(h)(1) For each basic model 1 of television sets, a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the upper 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.05, and

(ii) Any represented value of the energy factor or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the lower 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .95.

(i)(1) Except as provided in paragraph (i)(2) of this section, for each basic model 1 of conventional cooking tops, conventional ovens and microwave ovens a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the upper 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.05, and

(ii) Any represented value of the energy factor or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the lower 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .95.

(2) Basic models need not be tested which differ from other tested basic models by only the design of oven doors the use of which leads to improved efficiency and decreased energy consumption and estimated annual operating cost. Any represented values of measures of energy consumption for basic models not tested shall be the same as for the tested basic model.

(j)(1) For each basic model 1 of clothes washers, a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the upper 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.05, and

(ii) Any represented value of the energy factor or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the lower 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .95.

(k)—(l) [Reserved]

(m)(1) For central air conditioners, each condensing unit shall have a condenser-evaporator coil combination selected and a sample of sufficient size tested in accordance with applicable provisions of this subpart such that—

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of the condenser-evaporator coil combination for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the upper 90 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.05, and

(ii) Any represented value of the energy efficiency or other measure of energy consumption of the condenser-evaporator coil combination for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the lower 90 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 0.95.

(2) The condenser-evaporator coil combination selected for tests pursuant to paragraph (m)(1) of this section shall be that combination manufactured by the condensing unit manufacturer likely to have the largest volume of retail sales. Components of similar design may be substituted without requiring additional testing if the represented measures of energy consumption continue to satisfy the applicable sampling provisions of paragraphs (m)(1)(i) and (m)(1)(ii) of this section. For every other condenser-evaporator coil combination manufactured by the same manufacturer or in part by a component manufacturer using that same condensing unit, either—

(i) A sample of sufficient size, comprised of production units or representing production units, shall be tested to ensure that the requirements of paragraphs (m)(1)(i) and (m)(1)(ii) of this section are met for such other condenser-evaporator coil combinations; or

(ii) The representative values of the measures of energy consumption shall be based on an alternative rating method that has been approved by DOE in accordance with the provisions of paragraphs (m)(4) and (m)(5) of this section.

(3) Whenever the representative values of the measures of energy consumption, as determined by the provisions of paragraph (m)(2)(ii) of this section, do not agree within five percent of the representative values of the measures of energy consumption as determined by actual testing, the representative values determined by actual testing shall be used to comply with section 323(c) of the Act, or to comply with rules prescribed under section 324 of the Act.

(4) The basis of the alternative rating method referred to in paragraph (m)(2)(ii) of this section shall be a representation of the test data and calculations of a mechanical vapor compression refrigeration cycle. The major components in the refrigeration cycle shall be modeled as “fits” to manufacturer performance data or by graphic or tabular performance data. Heat transfer characteristics of coils may be modeled as a function of face area, number of rows, fins per inch, refrigerant circuitry, air flow rate and entering air enthalpy. Additional performance-related characteristics to be considered may include type of expansion device, refrigerant flow rate through the expansion device, power of the indoor fan and degradation coefficient.

(5) Manufacturers who elect to use an alternative rating method for determining measures of energy consumption under paragraphs (m)(2)(ii) and (m)(4) of this section must submit a request to DOE for reviewing the alternative rating method to the Assistant Secretary of Conservation and Renewable Energy, 1000 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20585, and receive approval to use the alternative method by the Assistant Secretary before the alternative method may be used for rating central air conditioners.

(6) Each request to DOE for reviewing an alternative rating method shall include:

(i) The name, address and telephone number of the official representing the manufacturer.

(ii) Complete documentation of the alternative rating procedure, including the computer code when a computer model is used.

(iii) Test data for two coils from two different coil families for two different condensing units. The tested capacities for the matched systems for the two condensing units shall differ by at least a factor of two. Rating information for the mixed systems shall include the ratings from testing, and from the alternative rating method.

(iv) Complete test data, product information, and related information to allow DOE to verify the rating information submitted by the manufacturer.

(7) Manufacturers that elect to use an alternative rating method for determining measures of energy consumption under paragraphs (m)(2)(ii) and (m)(4) of this section must either subject a sample of their units to independent testing on a regular basis, e.g., voluntary certification program, or have the representations reviewed and certified by an independent state-registered professional engineer who is not an employee of the manufacturer. The registered professional engineer is to certify that the results of the alternative rating procedure accurately represent the energy consumption of the unit(s). The manufacturer is to keep the registered professional engineer's certifications on file for review by DOE for as long as said combination is made available for sale by the manufacturer. Any change to be made to the alternative rating method, must be approved by DOE prior to its use for rating.

(8) Manufacturers who choose to use computer simulation or engineering analysis for determining measures of energy consumption under paragraphs (m)(2)(ii) and (m)(5) of this section shall permit representatives of the Department of Energy to inspect for verification purposes the simulation method or methods used. This inspection may include conducting simulations to predict the performance of particular condenser-evaporator coil combinations specified by DOE, analysis of previous simulations conducted by a manufacturer, or both.

(n)(1) For each basic model1 of furnaces, other than basic models of those sectional cast-iron boilers which may be aggregated into groups having identical intermediate sections and combustion chambers, a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample, or (B) the upper 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.05, and

(ii) Any represented value of the annual fuel utilization efficiency or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample, or (B) the lower 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .95.

(2) For the lowest capacity basic model 1 of a group of basic models of those sectional cast-iron boilers having identical intermediate sections and combustion chambers, a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

1 Components of similar design may be substituted without requiring additional testing if the represented measures of energy consumption continue to satisfy the applicable sampling provision.

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample, or (B) the upper 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.05, and

(ii) Any represented value of the fuel utilization efficiency or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample, or (B) the lower 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .95.

(3) For the highest capacity basic model1 of a group of basic models of those sectional cast-iron boilers having identical intermediate sections and combustion chambers, a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample, or (B) the upper 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.05, and

(ii) Any represented value of the fuel utilization efficiency or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample, or (B) the lower 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .05.

(4) For basic model1 or capacity other than the highest or lowest of the group of basic models 1 of sectional cast-iron boilers having identical intermediate sections and combustion chambers, represented values of measures of energy consumption shall be determined by either—

(i) A linear interpolation of data obtained for the smallest and largest capacity units of the family, or

(ii) Testing a sample of sufficient size to insure that (A) any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (1) the mean of the sample, or (2) the upper 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.05, and (B) any represented value of the energy factor or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (1) the mean of the sample, or (2) the lower 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .95.

(5) Whenever measures of energy consumption determined by linear interpolation do not agree with measures of energy consumption determined by actual testing, the values determined by testing will be assumed to be the more reliable values.

(6) In calculating the measures of energy consumption for each unit tested, use the design heating requirement corresponding to the mean of the capacities of the units of the sample.

(o)(1) For each basic model 1 of vented home heating equipment (not including furnaces) a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual operating cost, energy consumption or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the upper 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.05, and

(ii) Any represented value of the fuel utilization efficiency or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the lower 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .95.

(2) In calculating the measures of energy consumption for each unit tested use the design heating requirement corresponding to the mean of the capacities of the units of the sample.

(p)(1) For each basic model 1 of pool heater a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to insure that—

1 Components of similar design may be substituted without requiring additional testing if the represented measures of energy consumption continue to satisfy the applicable sampling provision.

(i) [Reserved]

(ii) Any represented value of the fuel utilization efficiency or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor higher values shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the lower 971/2 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by .95.

(q)(1) For each basic model of fluorescent lamp ballasts, as defined in paragraph (14) of § 430.2, a sample of sufficient size, no less than four, shall be tested to insure that—

(i) Any represented value of estimated annual energy operating costs, energy consumption, or other measure of energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the upper 99 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.01, and

(ii) Any represented value of the ballast efficacy factor or other measure of the energy consumption of a basic model for which consumers would favor a higher value shall be no greater than the lower of (A) the mean of the sample or (B) the lower 99 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 0.99.

(r)(1) For each basic model of general service fluorescent lamp and incandescent reflector lamp, samples of production lamps shall be tested and the results for all samples shall be averaged for a 12-month period. A minimum sample of 21 lamps shall be tested. The manufacturer shall randomly select a minimum of three lamps from each month of production for a minimum of 7 out of the 12-month period. In the instance where production occurs during fewer than 7 of such 12 months, the manufacturer shall randomly select a 3 or more lamps from each month of production, where the number of lamps selected for each month shall be distributed as evenly as practicable among the months of production to attain a minimum sample of 21 lamps. Any represented value of lamp efficacy of a basic model shall be based on the sample and shall be no greater than the lower of the mean of the sample or the lower 95-percent confidence limit of the true mean (XL) divided by 0.97, i.e.,

ER29MY97.001 where: x=the mean luminous efficacy of the sample s=the sample standard deviation t0.95=the t statistic for a 95-percent confidence limit for n-1 degrees of freedom (from statistical tables) n=sample size

(2) For each basic model of general service fluorescent lamp, the color rendering index (CRI) shall be measured from the same lamps selected for the lumen output and watts input measurements in paragraph (r)(1) of this section, i.e., the manufacturer shall measure all lamps for lumens, watts input, and CRI. The CRI shall be represented as the average of a minimum sample of 21 lamps and shall be no greater than the lower of the mean of the sample or the lower 95-percent confidence limit of the true mean (XL) divided by 0.97, i.e.,

ER29MY97.002 where: x=the mean color rendering index of the sample s=the sample standard deviation t0.95=the t statistic for a 95-percent confidence limit for n-1 degrees of freedom (from statistical tables) n=sample size

(s) For each basic model of faucet,1 a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to ensure that any represented value of water consumption of a basic model for which consumers favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of:

1 Components of similar design may be substituted without requiring additional testing if the represented measures of energy or water consumption continue to satisfy the applicable sampling provision.

(1) The mean of the sample or

(2) The upper 95 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.05.

(t) For each basic model 1 of showerhead, a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to ensure that any represented value of water consumption of a basic model for which consumers favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of:

(1) The mean of the sample or

(2) The upper 95 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.05.

(u) For each basic model 1 of water closet, a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to ensure that any represented value of water consumption of a basic model for which consumers favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of:

(1) The mean of the sample or

(2) The upper 90 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.1.

(v) For each basic model 1 of urinal, a sample of sufficient size shall be tested to ensure that any represented value of water consumption of a basic model for which consumers favor lower values shall be no less than the higher of:

(1) The mean of the sample or

(2) The upper 90 percent confidence limit of the true mean divided by 1.1.

(Energy Policy and Conservation Act, Pub. L. 94-163, as amended by Pub. L. 95-619; Department of Energy Organization Act, Pub. L. 95-91) [44 FR 22416, Apr. 13, 1979, as amended at 44 FR 39153, July 5, 1979; 44 FR 76706, Dec. 27, 1979; 45 FR 53719, Aug. 12, 1980; 53 FR 8312, Mar. 14, 1988; 54 FR 6075, Feb. 7, 1989; 56 FR 18682, April 24, 1991. Redesignated and amended at 59 FR 49474, 49475, Sept. 28, 1994; 62 FR 29239, May 29, 1997; 63 FR 13316, Mar. 18, 1998]
§ 430.25 Laboratory Accreditation Program.

The testing for general service fluorescent lamps, general service incandescent lamps, incandescent reflector lamps, and medium base compact fluorescent lamps, shall be performed in accordance with Appendix R to this subpart and shall be conducted by test laboratories accredited by the National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) or by an accrediting organization recognized by NVLAP. NVLAP is a program of the National Institute of Standards and Technology, U. S. Department of Commerce. NVLAP standards for accreditation of laboratories that test for compliance with standards for lamp efficacy and CRI are given in 15 CFR part 285 as supplemented by NVLAP Handbook 150-01, “Energy Efficient Lighting Products, Lamps and Luminaires.” A manufacturer's or importer's own laboratory, if accredited, may conduct the applicable testing.

[62 FR 29240, May 29, 1997]
§ 430.27 Petitions for waiver and applications for interim waiver.

(a)(1) Any interested person may submit a petition to waive for a particular basic model any requirements of § 430.23, or of any appendix to this subpart, upon the grounds that the basic model contains one or more design characteristics which either prevent testing of the basic model according to the prescribed test procedures, or the prescribed test procedures may evaluate the basic model in a manner so unrepresentative of its true energy consumption characteristics, or water consumption characteristics (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) as to provide materially inaccurate comparative data.

(2) Any interested person who has submitted a Petition for Waiver as provided in this subpart may also file an Application for Interim Waiver of the applicable test procedure requirements.

(b)(1) A Petition for Waiver shall be submitted, in triplicate, to the Assistant Secretary for Conservation and Renewable Energy, United States Department of Energy. Each Petition for Waiver shall:

(i) Identify the particular basic model(s) for which a waiver is requested, the design characteristic(s) constituting the grounds for the petition, and the specific requirements sought to be waived and shall discuss in detail the need for the requested waiver;

(ii) Identify manufacturers of all other basic models marketed in the United States and known to the petitioner to incorporate similar design characteristic(s);

(iii) Include any alternate test procedures known to the petitioner to evaluate in a manner representative of the energy consumption characteristics, or water consumption characteristics (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) of the basic model; and

(iv) Be signed by the petitioner or by an authorized representative. In accordance with the provisions set forth in 10 CFR 1004.11, any request for confidential treatment of any information contained in a Petition for Waiver or in supporting documentation must be accompanied by a copy of the petition, application or supporting documentation from which the information claimed to be confidential has been deleted. DOE shall publish in the Federal Register the petition and supporting documents from which confidential information, as determined by DOE, has been deleted in accordance with 10 CFR 1004.11 and shall solicit comments, data and information with respect to the determination of the petition. Any person submitting written comments to DOE with the respect to a Petition for Waiver shall also send a copy of such comments to the petitioner. In accordance with paragraph (i) of this section, a petitioner may submit a rebuttal statement to the Assistant Secretary for Conservation and Renewable Energy.

(2) An Application for Interim Waiver shall be submitted in triplicate, with the required three copies of the Petition for Waiver, to the Assistant Secretary for Conservation and Renewable Energy, U.S. Department of Energy. Each Application for Interim Waiver shall reference the Petition for Waiver by identifying the particular basic model(s) for which a waiver and temporary exception are being sought. Each Application for Interim Waiver shall demonstrate likely success of the Petition for Waiver and shall address what economic hardship and/or competitive disadvantage is likely to result absent a favorable determination on the Application for Interim Waiver. Each Application for Interim Waiver shall be signed by the applicant or by an authorized representative.

(c)(1) Each petitioner, after filing a Petition for Waiver with DOE, and after the Petition for Waiver has been published in the Federal Register, shall, within five working days of such publication, notify in writing all known manufacturers of domestically marketed units of the same product type (as listed in section 322(a) of the Act) and shall include in the notice a statement that DOE has published in the Federal Register on a certain date the Petition for Waiver and supporting documents from which confidential information, if any, as determined by DOE, has been deleted in accordance with 10 CFR 1004.11. Each petitioner, in complying with the requirements of this paragraph, shall file with DOE a statement certifying the names and addresses of each person to whom a notice of the Petition for Waiver has been sent.

(2) Each applicant for Interim Waiver, whether filing jointly with, or subsequent to, a Petition for Waiver with DOE, shall concurrently notify in writing all known manufacturers of domestically marketed units of the same product type (as listed in Section 322(a) of the Act) and shall include in the notice a copy of the Petition for Waiver and a copy of the Application for Interim Waiver. In complying with this section, each applicant shall in the written notification include a statement that the Assistant Secretary for Conservation and Renewable Energy will receive and consider timely written comments on the Application for Interim Waiver. Each applicant, upon filing an Application for Interim Waiver, shall in complying with the requirements of this paragraph certify to DOE that a copy of these documents have been sent to all known manufacturers of domestically marked units of the same product type (as listed in section 322(a) of the Act). Such certification shall include the names and addresses of such persons. Each applicant also shall comply with the provisions of paragraph (c)(1) of this section with respect to the petition for waiver.

(d) Any person submitting written comments to DOE with respect to an Application for Interim Waiver shall also send a copy of the comments to the applicant.

(e) If administratively feasible, applicant shall be notified in writing of the disposition of the Application for Interim Waiver within 15 business days of receipt of the application. Notice of DOE's determination on the Application for Interim Waiver shall be published in the Federal Register.

(f) The filing of an Application for Interim Waiver shall not constitute grounds for noncompliance with any requirements of this subpart, until an Interim Waiver has been granted.

(g) An Interim Waiver from test procedure requirements will be granted by the Assistant Secretary for Conservation and Renewable Energy if it is determined that the applicant will experience economic hardship if the Application for Interim Waiver is denied, if it appears likely that the Petition for Waiver will be granted, and/or the Assistant Secretary determines that it would be desirable for public policy reasons to grant immediate relief pending a determination on the Petition for Waiver.

(h) An interim waiver will terminate 180 days after issuance or upon the determination on the Petition for Waiver, whichever occurs first. An interim waiver may be extended by DOE for 180 days. Notice of such extension and/or any modification of the terms or duration of the interim waiver shall be published in the Federal Register, and shall be based on relevant information contained in the record and any comments received subsequent to issuance of the interim waiver.

(i) Following publication of the Petition for Waiver in the Federal Register, a petitioner may, within 10 working days of receipt of a copy of any comments submitted in accordance with paragraph (b)(1) of this section, submit a rebuttal statement to the Assistant Secretary for Conservation and Renewable Energy. A petitioner may rebut more than one response in a single rebuttal statement.

(j) The petitioner shall be notified in writing as soon as practicable of the disposition of each Petition for Waiver. The Assistant Secretary for Conservation and Renewable Energy shall issue a decision on the petition as soon as is practicable following receipt and review of the Petition for Waiver and other applicable documents, including, but not limited to, comments and rebuttal statements.

(k) The filing of a Petition for Waiver shall not constitute grounds for noncompliance with any requirements of this subpart, until a waiver or interim waiver has been granted.

(l) Waivers will be granted by the Assistant Secretary for Conservation and Renewable Energy, if it is determined that the basic model for which the waiver was requested contains a design characteristic which either prevents testing of the basic model according to the prescribed test procedures, or the prescribed test procedures may evaluate the basic model in a manner so unrepresentative of its true energy consumption characteristics, or water consumption characteristics (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) as to provide materially inaccurate comparative data. Waivers may be granted subject to conditions, which may include adherence to alternate test procedures specified by the Assistant Secretary for Conservation and Renewable Energy. The Assistant Secretary shall consult with the Federal Trade Commission prior to granting any waiver, and shall promptly publish in the Federal Register notice of each waiver granted or denied, and any limiting conditions of each waiver granted.

(m) Within one year of the granting of any waiver, the Department of Energy will publish in the Federal Register a notice of proposed rulemaking to amend its regulations so as to eliminate any need for the continuation of such waiver. As soon thereafter as practicable, the Department of Energy will publish in the Federal Register a final rule. Such waiver will terminate on the effective date of such final rule.

(n) In order to exhaust administrative remedies, any person aggrieved by an action under this section must file an appeal with the DOE's Office of Hearings and Appeals as provided in 10 CFR part 1003, subpart C.

[51 FR 42826, Nov. 26, 1986, as amended at 60 FR 15017, Mar. 21, 1995; 63 FR 13316, Mar. 18, 1998]
Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. A1 Appendix A1 To Subpart B of Part 430— Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Electric Refrigerators and Electric Refrigerator-Freezers 1. Definitions

1.1“HRF-1-1979” means the Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers standard for household refrigerators, combination refrigerator-freezers, and household freezers, also approved as an American National Standard as a revision of ANSI B 38.1-1970.

1.2“Adjusted total volume” means the sum of (i) the fresh food compartment volume as defined in HRF-1-1979 in cubic feet, and (ii) the product of an adjustment factor and the net freezer compartment volume as defined in HRF-1-1979, in cubic feet.

1.3“Anti-sweat heater” means a device incorporated into the design of a refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer to prevent the accumulation of moisture on exterior surfaces of the cabinet under conditions of high ambient humidity.

1.4“All-refrigerator” means an electric refrigerator which does not include a compartment for the freezing and long time storage of food at temperatures below 32° F. (0.0° C.). It may include a compartment of 0.50 cubic feet capacity (14.2 liters) or less for the freezing and storage of ice.

1.5“Cycle” means the period of 24 hours for which the energy use of an electric refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer is calculated as though the consumer activated compartment temperature controls were set so that the desired compartment temperatures were maintained.

1.6“Cycle type” means the set of test conditions having the calculated effect of operating an electric refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer for a period of 24 hours, with the consumer activated controls other than those that control compartment temperatures set to establish various operating characteristics.

1.7“Standard cycle” means the cycle type in which the anti-sweat heater control, when provided, is set in the highest energy consuming position.

1.8“Automatic defrost” means a system in which the defrost cycle is automatically initiated and terminated, with resumption of normal refrigeration at the conclusion of the defrost operation. The system automatically prevents the permanent formation of frost on all refrigerated surfaces. Nominal refrigerated food temperatures are maintained during the operation of the automatic defrost system.

1.9“Long-time Automatic Defrost” means an automatic defrost system where successive defrost cycles are separated by 14 hours or more of compressor-operating time.

1.10“Stabilization Period” means the total period of time during which steady-state conditions are being attained or evaluated.

1.11“Variable defrost control” means a long-time automatic defrost system (except the 14-hour defrost qualification does not apply) where successive defrost cycles are determined by an operating condition variable or variables other than solely compressor operating time. This includes any electrical or mechanical device. Demand defrost is a type of variable defrost control.

1.12“Externally vented refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer” means an electric refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer that: has an enclosed condenser or an enclosed condenser/compressor compartment and a set of air ducts for transferring the exterior air from outside the building envelope into, through and out of the refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer cabinet; is capable of mixing exterior air with the room air before discharging into, through, and out of the condenser or condenser/compressor compartment; includes thermostatically controlled dampers or controls that enable the mixing of the exterior and room air at low outdoor temperatures, and the exclusion of exterior air when the outdoor air temperature is above 80 °F or the room air temperature; and may have a thermostatically actuated exterior air fan.

2. Test Conditions

2.1Ambient temperature. The ambient temperature shall be 90.0 ± 1° F. (32.3±0.6° C.) during the stabilization period and during the test period. The ambient temperature shall be 80±2°F dry bulb and 67°F wet bulb during the stabilization period and during the test period when the unit is tested in accordance with section 3.3.

2.2Operational conditions. The electric refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer shall be installed and its operating conditions maintained in accordance with HRF-1-1979, section 7.2 through section 7.4.3.3, except that the vertical ambient temperature gradient at locations 10 inches (25.4 cm) out from the centers of the two sides of the unit being tested is to be maintained during the test. Unless the area is obstructed by shields or baffles, the gradient is to be maintained from 2 inches (5.1 cm) above the floor or supporting platform to a height one foot (30.5 cm) above the unit under test. Defrost controls are to be operative and the anti-sweat heater switch is to be “on” during one test and “off” during a second test. Other exceptions are noted in 2.3, 2.4, and 5.1 below.

2.3Conditions for automatic defrost refrigerator-freezers. For automatic defrost refrigerator-freezers, the freezer compartments shall not be loaded with any frozen food packages. Cylindrical metallic masses of dimensions 1.12±0.25 inches (2.9±0.6 cm) in diameter and height shall be attached in good thermal contact with each temperature sensor within the refrigerated compartments. All temperature measuring sensor masses shall be supported by nonthermally conductive supports in such a manner that there will be at least one inch (2.5 cm) of air space separating the thermal mass from contact with any surface. In case of interference with hardware at the sensor locations specified in section 5.1, the sensors shall be placed at the nearest adjacent location such that there will be a one inch air space separating the sensor mass from the hardware.

2.4Conditions for all-refrigerators. There shall be no load in the freezer compartment during the test.

2.5Steady State Condition. Steady state conditions exist if the temperature measurements in all measured compartments taken at four minute intervals or less during a stabilization period are not changing at a rate greater than 0.042° F. (0.023° C.) per hour as determined by the applicable condition of A or B.

A. The average of the measurements during a two hour period if no cycling occurs or during a number of complete repetitive compressor cycles through a period of no less than two hours is compare to the average over an equivalent time period with three hours elapsed between the two measurement periods.

B. If A above cannot be used, the average of the measurements during a number of complete repetitive compressor cycles through a period of no less than two hours and including the last complete cycle prior to a defrost period, or if no cycling occurs, the average of the measurements during the last two hours prior to a defrost period; are compared to the same averaging period prior to the following defrost period.

2.6Exterior air for externally vented refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer. An exterior air source shall be provided with adjustable temperature and pressure capabilities. The exterior air temperature shall be adjustable from 35±1 °F (1.7±0.6 °C) to 90±1 °F (32.2±0.6 °C).

2.6.1Air duct. The exterior air shall pass from the exterior air source to the test unit through an insulated air duct.

2.6.2Air temperature measurement. The air temperature entering the condenser or condenser/compressor compartment shall be maintained to ±3 °F (1.7 °C) during the stabilization and test periods and shall be measured at the inlet point of the condenser or condenser/compressor compartment (“condenser inlet”). Temperature measurements shall be taken from at least three temperature sensors or one sensor per 4 square inches of the air duct cross sectional area, whichever is greater, and shall be averaged. For a unit that has a condenser air fan, a minimum of three temperature sensors at the condenser fan discharge shall be required. Temperature sensors shall be arranged to be at the centers of equally divided cross sectional areas. The exterior air temperature, at its source, shall be measured and maintained to ±1 °F (0.6 °C) during the test period. The temperature measuring devices shall have an error not greater than ±0.5 °F (±0.3 °C). Measurements of the air temperature during the test period shall be taken at regular intervals not to exceed four minutes.

2.6.3Exterior air static pressure. The exterior air static pressure at the inlet point of the unit shall be adjusted to maintain a negative pressure of 0.20″±0.05″ water column (62 Pa±12.5 Pa) for all air flow rates supplied to the unit. The pressure sensor shall be located on a straight duct with a distance of at least 7.5 times the diameter of the duct upstream and a distance of at least 3 times the diameter of the duct downstream. There shall be four static pressure taps at 90° angles apart. The four pressures shall be averaged by interconnecting the four pressure taps. The air pressure measuring instrument shall have an error not greater than 0.01″ water column (2.5 Pa).

3. Test Control Settings

3.1Model with no user operable temperature control. A test shall be performed during which the compartment temperatures and energy use shall be measured. A second test shall be performed with the temperature control electrically short circuited to cause the compressor to run continuously.

3.2Model with user operable temperature control. Testing shall be performed in accordance with one of the following sections using the standardized temperatures of:

All-refrigerator: 38° F. (3.3° C.) fresh food compartment temperature Refrigerator: 15° F. (−9.4° C.) freezer compartment temperature Refrigerator-freezer: 5° F. (−15° C.) freezer compartment temperature

Variable defrost control models: 5° F (−15° C) freezer compartment temperature and 38±2° F fresh food compartment temperature during steady-state conditions with no door-openings. If both settings cannot be obtained, then test with the fresh food compartment temperature at 38±2° F and the freezer compartment as close to 5° F as possible.

3.2.1A first test shall be performed with all compartment temperature controls set at their median position midway between their warmest and coldest settings. Knob detents shall be mechanically defeated if necessary to attain a median setting. A second test shall be performed with all controls set at either their warmest or their coldest setting (not electrically or mechanically bypassed), whichever is appropriate, to attempt to achieve compartment temperatures measured during the two tests which bound (i.e., one is above and one is below) the standardized temperature for the type of product being tested. If the compartment temperatures measured during these two tests bound the appropriate standardized temperature, then these test results shall be used to determine energy consumption. If the compartment temperature measured with all controls set at their coldest setting is above the standardized temperature, a third test shall be performed with all controls set at their warmest setting and the result of this test shall be used with the result of the test performed with all controls set at their coldest setting to determine energy consumption. If the compartment temperature measured with all controls set at their warmest setting is below the standardized temperature; and the fresh food compartment temperature is below 45° F. (7.22° C.) in the case of a refrigerator or a refrigerator-freezer, excluding an all-refrigerator, then the result of this test alone will be used to determine energy consumption.

3.2.2Alternatively, a first test may be performed with all temperature controls set at their warmest setting. If the compartment temperature is below the appropriate standardized temperature, and the fresh food compartment temperature is below 45° F. (7.22° C.) in the case of a refrigerator or a refrigerator-freezer, excluding an all-refrigerator, then the result of this test alone will be used to determine energy consumption. If the above conditions are not met, then the unit shall be tested in accordance with 3.2.1 above.

3.2.3Alternatively, a first test may be performed with all temperature controls set at their coldest setting. If the compartment temperature is above the appropriate standardized temperature, a second test shall be performed with all controls set at their warmest control setting and the results of these two tests shall be used to determine energy consumption. If the above condition is not met, then the unit shall be tested in accordance with 3.2.1 above.

3.3Variable defrost control optional test. After a steady-state condition is achieved, the optional test requires door-openings for 12±2 seconds every 60 minutes on the fresh food compartment door and a simultaneous 12±2 second freezer compartment door-opening occurring every 4th time, to obtain 24 fresh food and six freezer compartment door-openings per 24-hour period. The first freezer door-opening shall be simultaneous with the fourth fresh food door-opening. The doors are to be opened 60° to 90° with an average velocity for the leading edge of the door of approximately 2 ft./sec. Prior to the initiation of the door-opening sequence, the refrigerator defrost control mechanism may be re-initiated in order to minimize the test duration.

4. Test Period

4.1Test Period. Tests shall be performed by establishing the conditions set forth in Section 2, and using control settings as set forth in Section 3, above.

4.1.1Nonautomatic Defrost. If the model being tested has no automatic defrost system, the test time period shall start after steady state conditions have been achieved and be of not less than three hours in duration. During the test period, the compressor motor shall complete two or more whole compressor cycles (a compressor cycle is a complete “on” and a complete “off” period of the motor). If no “off” cycling will occur, as determined during the stabilization period, the test period shall be three hours. If incomplete cycling (less than two compressor cycles) occurs during a 24 hour period, the results of the 24 hour period shall be used.

4.1.2Automatic Defrost. If the model being tested has an automatic defrost system, the test time period shall start after steady state conditions have been achieved and be from one point during a defrost period to the same point during the next defrost period. If the model being tested has a long-time automatic defrost system, the alternative provisions of 4.1.2.1 may be used.If the model being tested has a variable defrost control, the provisions of section 4.1.2.2 or 4.1.2.3 shall apply. If the model has a dual compressor system the provisions of 4.1.2.4 shall apply.

4.1.2.1 Long-time Automatic Defrost. If the model being tested has a long-time automatic defrost system, the test time period may consist of two parts. A first part would be the same as the test for a unit having no defrost provisions (section 4.1.1). The second part would start when a defrost period is initiated during a compressor “on” cycle and terminate at the second turn “on” of the compressor motor or after four hours, whichever comes first.

4.1.2.2Variable defrost control. If the model being tested has a variable defrost control system, the test shall consist of three parts. Two parts shall be the same as the test for long-time automatic defrost (section 4.1.2.1). The third part is the optional test to determine the time between defrosts (section 5.2.1.3). The third part is used by manufacturers that choose not to accept the default value of F of 0.20, to calculate CT.

4.1.2.3Variable defrost control optional test. After steady-state conditions with no door openings are achieved in accordance with section 3.3 above, the test is continued using the above daily door-opening sequence until stabilized operation is achieved. Stabilization is defined as a minimum of three consecutive defrost cycles with times between defrosts that will allow the calculation of a Mean Time Between Defrosts (MTBD1) that satisfies the statistical relationship of 90 percent confidence. The test is repeated on at least one more unit of the model and until the Mean Time Between Defrosts for the multiple unit tests (MTBD2) satisfies the statistical relationship. If the time between defrosts is greater than 96 hours (compressor “on” time) and this defrost period can be repeated on a second unit, the test may be terminated at 96 hours (CT) and the absolute time value used for MTBD for each unit.

4.1.2.4Dual compressor systems with automatic defrost. If the model being tested has separate compressor systems for the refrigerator and freezer sections, each with its own automatic defrost system, then the two-part method in 4.1.2.1 shall be used. The second part of the method will be conducted separately for each automatic defrost system. The auxiliary components (fan motors, anti-sweat heaters, etc.) will be identified for each system and the energy consumption measured during each test.

5. Test Measurements

5.1Temperature Measurements. Temperature measurements shall be made at the locations prescribed in Figures 7.1 and 7.2 of HRF-1-1979 and shall be accurate to within ± 0.5° F. (0.3° C.) of true value. No freezer temperature measurements need be taken in an all-refrigerator model.

If the interior arrangements of the cabinet do not conform with those shown in Figure 7.1 and 7.2 of HRF-1-1979, measurements shall be taken at selected locations chosen to represent approximately the entire refrigerated compartment. The locations selected shall be a matter of record.

5.1.1Measured Temperature. The measured temperature of a compartment is to be the average of all sensor temperature readings taken in that compartment at a particular time. Measurements shall be taken at regular intervals not to exceed four minutes.

5.1.2Compartment Temperature. The compartment temperature for each test period shall be an average of the measured temperatures taken in a compartment during a complete cycle or several complete cycles of the compressor motor (one compressor cycle is one complete motor “on” and one complete motor “off” period). For long-time automatic defrost models, compartment temperatures shall be those measured in the first part of the test period specified in 4.1.1. For models equipped with variable defrost controls, compartment temperatures shall be those measured in the first part of the test period specified in 4.1.2.2 above.

5.1.2.1The number of complete compressor motor cycles over which the measured temperatures in a compartment are to be averaged to determine compartment temperature shall be equal to the number of minutes between measured temperature readings, rounded up to the next whole minute or a number of complete cycles over a time period exceeding one hour. One of the cycles shall be the last complete compressor motor cycle during the test period.

5.1.2.2If no compressor motor cycling occurs, the compartment temperature shall be the average of the measured temperatures taken during the last thirty-two minutes of the test period.

5.1.2.3If incomplete cycling occurs, the compartment temperatures shall be the average of the measured temperatures taken during the last three hours of the last complete “on” period.

5.2Energy Measurements

5.2.1Per-day Energy Consumption. The energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per day for each test period shall be the energy expended during the test period as specified in section 4.1 adjusted to a 24 hour period. The adjustment shall be determined as follows:

5.2.1.1Nonautomatic and automatic defrost models. The energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated equivalent to:

ET=EP×1440/T where ET=test cycle energy expended in kilowatt-hours per day, EP=energy expended in kilowatt-hours during the test period, T=length of time of the test period in minutes, and 1440=conversion factor to adjust to a 24 hour period in minutes per day.

5.2.1.2Long-time Automatic Defrost. If the two part test method is used, the energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated equivalent to:

ET=(1440×EP1/T1)+((EP2−(EP1×T2/T1))×12/CT) where ET and 1440 are defined in 5.2.1.1, EP1=energy expended in kilowatt-hours during the first part of the test, EP2=energy expended in kilowatt-hours during the second part of the test, T1 and T2=length of time in minutes of the first and second test parts respectively, CT=Defrost timer run time in hours required to cause it to go through a complete cycle, to the nearest tenth hour per cycle, and 12=factor to adjust for a 50% run time of the compressor in hours per day.

5.2.1.3Variable defrost control. The energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated equivalent to:

ET=(1440×EP1/T1)+(EP2−(EP1×T2/T1))×(12/CT) where 1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1 and EP1, EP2, T1, T2 and 12 are defined in 5.2.1.2. CT=CTL×CTM)/(F×(CTM−CTL)+CTL) CTL=least or shortest time between defrosts in tenths of an hour (greater than or equal to six but less than or equal to 12 hours) CTM=maximum time between defrost cycles in tenths of an hour (greater than CTL but not more than 96 hours) F=ratio of per day energy consumption in excess of the least energy and the maximum difference in per day energy consumption and is equal to F = (1/CT − 1/CTM)/(1/CTL − 1/CTM = (ET−ETL)/ETM − ETL) or 0.20 in lieu of testing to find CT. ETL = least electrical energy used (kilowatt hours) ETM=maximum electrical energy used (kilowatt hours). For demand defrost models with no values for CTL and CTM in the algorithm the default values of 12 and 84 shall be used, respectively.

5.2.1.4Optional test method for variable defrost controls.

CT = MTBD×0.5 where: MTBD = mean time between defrosts EC14NO91.027 where: X=in time between defrost cycles N=number of defrost cycles

5.2.1.5Dual compressor systems with dual automatic defrost. The two-part test method in section 4.1.2.2 must be used, the energy consumption in kilowatt per day shall be calculated equivalent to:

ET=(1440 × EP1/T1) + (EP2F − (EPF × T2/T1)) × 12/CTF + (EP2R − (EPR × T3/T1)) × 12/CTR Where 1440, EP1, T1, EP2, 12, and CT are defined in 5.2.1.2 EPF = energy expended in kilowatt-hours during the second part of the test for the freezer system by the freezer system. EP2F = total energy expended during the second part of the test for the freezer system. EPR = energy expended in kilowatt-hours during the second part of the test for the refrigerator system by the refrigerator system. EP2R = total energy expended during the second part of the test for the refrigerator system. T2 and T3 = length of time in minutes of the second test part for the freezer and refrigerator systems respectively. CTF = compressor “on” time between freezer defrosts (tenths of an hour). CTR = compressor “on” time between refrigerator defrosts (tenths of an hour).

5.3Volume measurements. The electric refrigerator or electric refrigerator-freezer total refrigerated volume, VT, shall be measured in accordance with HRF-1-1979, section 3.20 and sections 4.2 through 4.3 and be calculated equivalent to:

VT=VF+VFF where VT=total refrigerated volume in cubic feet, VF=freezer compartment volume in cubic feet, and VFF=fresh food compartment volume in cubic feet.

5.4Externally vented refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer units. All test measurements for the externally vented refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer shall be made in accordance with the requirements of other sections of this appendix, except as modified in this section 5.4 or other sections expressly applicable to externally vented refrigerators or refrigerator-freezers.

5.4.1Operability of thermostatic and mixing of air controls. Prior to conducting energy consumption tests, the operability of thermostatic controls that permit the mixing of exterior and ambient air when exterior air temperatures are less than 60 °F must be verified. The operability of such controls shall be verified by operating the unit under ambient air temperature of 90 °F and exterior air temperature of 45 °F. If the inlet air entering the condenser or condenser/compressor compartment is maintained at 60 °F, plus or minus three degrees, energy consumption of the unit shall be measured under 5.4.2.2 and 5.4.2.3. If the inlet air entering the condenser or condenser/compressor compartment is not maintained at 60 °F, plus or minus three degrees, energy consumption of the unit shall also be measured under 5.4.2.4.

5.4.2Energy consumption tests.

5.4.2.1Correction factor test. To enable calculation of a correction factor, K, two full cycle tests shall be conducted to measure energy consumption of the unit with air mixing controls disabled and the condenser inlet air temperatures set at 90 °F (32.2 °C) and 80 °F (26.7 °C). Both tests shall be conducted with all compartment temperature controls set at the position midway between their warmest and coldest settings and the anti-sweat heater switch off. Record the energy consumptions ec90 and ec80, in kWh/day.

5.4.2.2Energy consumption at 90 °F. The unit shall be tested at 90 °F (32.2 °C) exterior air temperature to record the energy consumptions (e90)i in kWh/day. For a given setting of the anti-sweat heater, i corresponds to each of the two states of the compartment temperature control positions.

5.4.2.3Energy consumption at 60 °F. The unit shall be tested at 60 °F (26.7 °C) exterior air temperature to record the energy consumptions (e60)i in kWh/day. For a given setting of the anti-sweat heater, i corresponds to each of the two states of the compartment temperature control positions.

5.4.2.4Energy consumption if mixing controls do not operate properly. If the operability of temperature and mixing controls has not been verified as required under 5.4.1, the unit shall be tested at 50 °F (10.0 °C) and 30 °F (−1.1 °C) exterior air temperatures to record the energy consumptions (e50)i and (e30)i. For a given setting of the anti-sweat heater, i corresponds to each of the two states of the compartment temperature control positions.

6. Calculation of Derived Results from Test Measurements

6.1Adjusted Total Volume.

6.1.1Electric refrigerators. The adjusted total volume, VA, for electric refrigerators under test shall be defined as:

VA=(VF×CR)+VFF where VA=adjusted total volume in cubic feet, VF and VFF are defined in 5.3, and CR=adjustment factor of 1.44 for refrigerators other than all-refrigerators, or 1.0 for all-refrigerators, dimensionless,

6.1.2Electric refrigerator-freezers. The adjusted total volume, VA, for electric refrigerator-freezers under test shall be calculated as follows:

VA=(VF×CRF)+VFF where VF and VFF are defined in 5.3 and VA is defined in 6.1.1, CRF=adjustment factor of 1.63, dimensionless,

6.2Average Per-Cycle Energy consumption.

6.2.1All-refrigerator Models. The average per-cycle energy consumption for a cycle type is expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle to the nearest one hundredth (0.01) kilowatt-hour and shall depend upon the temperature attainable in the fresh food compartment as shown below.

6.2.1.1If the fresh food compartment temperature is always below 38.0° F. (3.3° C.), the average per-cycle energy consumption shall be equivalent to:

E=ET1 where E=Total per-cycle energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per day, ET is defined in 5.2.1, and Number 1 indicates the test period during which the highest fresh food compartment temperature is measured.

6.2.1.2If one of the fresh food compartment temperatures measured for a test period is greater than 38.0° F. (3.3° C.), the average per-cycle energy consumption shall be equivalent to:

E=ET1+((ET2−ET1)×(38.0−TR1)/(TR2−TR1)) where E is defined in 6.2.1.1, ET is defined in 5.2.1, TR=Fresh food compartment temperature determined according to 5.1.2 in degrees F, Number 1 and 2 indicates measurements taken during the first and second test period as appropriate, and 38.0=Standardized fresh food compartment temperature in degrees F.

6.2.2Refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers. The average per-cycle energy consumption for a cycle type is expressed in kilowatt-hours per-cycle to the nearest one hundredth (0.01) kilowatt-hour and shall be defined in the applicable following manner.

6.2.2.1If the fresh food compartment temperature is always at or below 45° F. (7.2° C.) in both of the tests and the freezer compartment temperature is always at or below 15° F. (−9.4° C.) in both tests of a refrigerator or at or below 5° F. (−15° C.) in both tests of a refrigerator-freezer, the per-cycle energy consumption shall be:

E=ET1 where E is defined in 6.2.1.1, ET is defined in 5.2.1, and Number 1 indicates the test period during which the highest freezer compartment temperature was measured.

6.2.2.2If the conditions of 6.2.2.1 do not exist, the per-cycle energy consumption shall be defined by the higher of the two values calculated by the following two formulas:

E=ET1+((ET2−ET1)×(45.0−TR1)/(TR2−TR1)) and E=ET1+((ET2−ET1)×(k−TF1)/(TF2−TF1)) where E is defined in 6.2.1.1, ET is defined in 5.2.1, TR and number 1 and 2 are defined in 6.2.1.2, TF=Freezer compartment temperature determined according to 5.1.2 in degrees F, 45.0 is a specified fresh food compartment temperature in degree F, and k is a constant 15.0 for refrigerators or 5.0 for refrigerator-freezers each being standardized freezer compartment temperature in degrees F.

6.3Externally vented refrigerator or refrigerator-freezers. Per-cycle energy consumption measurements for the externally vented refrigerator or refrigerator-freezer shall be calculated in accordance with the requirements of this Appendix, as modified in sections 6.3.1-6.3.7.

6.3.1Correction factor. A correction factor, K, shall be calculated as:

K = ec90/ec80 where ec90 and ec80 = the energy consumption test results as determined under 5.4.2.1.

6.3.2Combining test results of different settings of compartment temperature controls. For a given setting of the anti-sweat heater, follow the calculation procedures of 6.2 to combine the test results for energy consumption of the unit at different temperature control settings for each condenser inlet air temperature tested under 5.4.2.2, 5.4.2.3, and 5.4.2.4, where applicable, (e90)i, (e60)i, (e50)i, and (e30)i. The combined values are e 90, e 60, e 50, and e 30, where applicable, in kWh/day.

6.3.3Energy consumption corrections. For a given setting of the anti-sweat heater, the energy consumptions e 90, e 60, e 50, and e 30 calculated in 6.3.2 shall be adjusted by multiplying the correction factor K to obtain the corrected energy consumptions per day, in kWh/day:

E90 = K × e 90, E60 = K × e 60 E50 = K × e 50, and E30 = K × e 30 where, K is determined under section 6.3.1, and e 90, e 60, e 50, and e 30 are determined under section 6.3.2.

6.3.4Energy profile equation. For a given setting of the anti-sweat heater, the energy consumption EX, in kWh/day, at a specific exterior air temperature between 80 °F (26.7 °C) and 60 °F (26.7 °C) shall be calculated by the following equation:

EX = a + bTX, where, TX = exterior air temperature in °F; a = 3E60−2E90, in kWh/day; b = (E90−E60)/30, in kWh/day per °F.

6.3.5Energy consumption at 80 °F (26.7 °C), 75 °F (23.9 °C) and 65 °F (18.3 °C). For a given setting of the anti-sweat heater, calculate the energy consumptions at 80 °F (26.7 °C), 75 °F (23.9 °C) and 65 °F (18.3 °C) exterior air temperatures, E80, E75 and E65, respectively, in kWh/day, using the equation in 6.3.4.

6.3.6National average per cycle energy consumption. For a given setting of the anti-sweat heater, calculate the national average energy consumption, EN, in kWh/day, using one of the following equations:

EN = 0.523 × E60 + 0.165 × E65 + 0.181 × E75 + 0.131 × E80, for units not tested under 5.4.2.4, EN = 0.257 × E30 + 0.266 × E50 + 0.165 × E65 + 0.181 × E75 + 0.131 × E80, for units tested under 5.4.2.4, where, E30, E50, and E60 are defined in 6.3.3, E65, E75, and E80 are defined in 6.3.5, and the coefficients are weather associated weighting factors.

6.3.7Regional average per cycle energy consumption. If regional average per cycle energy consumption is required to be calculated, for a given setting of the anti-sweat heater, calculate the regional average per cycle energy consumption, ER, in kWh/day, for the regions in figure 1 using one of the following equations and the coefficients in the table A:

ER = a1 × E60 + c × E65 + d × E75 + e × E80, for a unit that is not required to be tested under 5.4.2.4, ER = a × E30 + b × E50 + c × E65 + d × E75 + e × E80, for a unit tested under 5.4.2.4, where: E30, E50, and E60 are defined in 6.3.3, E65, E75, and E80 are defined in 6.3.5, and a1, a, b, c, d, e are weather associated weighting factors for the Regions, as specified in Table A: Table A.—Coefficients for Calculating Regional Average per Cycle Energy Consumption [Weighting Factors] Regions a1 a b c d e I 0.282 0.039 0.244 0.194 0.326 0.198 II 0.486 0.194 0.293 0.191 0.193 0.129 III 0.584 0.302 0.282 0.178 0.159 0.079 IV 0.664 0.420 0.244 0.161 0.121 0.055 ER09SE97.000 [47 FR 34526, Aug. 10, 1982; 48 FR 13013, Mar. 29, 1983, as amended at 54 FR 36240, Aug. 31, 1989; 54 FR 38788, Sept. 20, 1989; 62 FR 47539, 47540, Sept. 9, 1997] Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. B1 Appendix B1 to Subpart B of Part 430— Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Freezers 1. Definitions.

1.1“HRF-1-1979” means the Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers standard for household refrigerators, combination refrigerators-freezers, and household freezers, also approved as an American National Standard as a revision of ANSI B38.1-1970.

1.2“Anti-sweat heater” means a device incorporated into the design of a freezer to prevent the accumulation of moisture on exterior surfaces of the cabinet under conditions of high ambient humidity.

1.3“Cycle” means the period of 24 hours for which the energy use of a freezer is calculated as though the consumer-activated compartment temperature controls were preset so that the desired compartment temperatures were maintained.

1.4“Cycle type” means the set of test conditions having the calculated effect of operating a freezer for a period of 24 hours with the consumer-activated controls other than the compartment temperature control set to establish various operating characteristics.

1.5“Standard cycle” means the cycle type in which the anti-sweat heater switch, when provided, is set in the highest energy consuming position.

1.6“Adjusted total volume” means the product of, (1) the freezer volume as defined in HRF-1-1979 in cubic feet, times (2) an adjustment factor.

1.7“Automatic Defrost” means a system in which the defrost cycle is automatically initiated and terminated, with resumption of normal refrigeration at the conclusion of defrost operation. The system automatically prevents the permanent formation of frost on all refrigerated surfaces. Nominal refrigerated food temperatures are maintained during the operation of the automatic defrost system.

1.8“Long-time Automatic Defrost” means an automatic defrost system where successive defrost cycles are separated by 14 hours or more of compressor-operating time.

1.9“Stabilization Period” means the total period of time during which steady-state conditions are being attained or evaluated.

1.10“Variable defrost control” means a long-time automatic defrost system (except the 14-hour defrost qualification does not apply) where successive defrost cycles are determined by an operating condition variable or variables other than solely compressor operating time. This includes any electrical or mechanical device. Demand defrost is a type of variable defrost control.

1.11“Quick freeze” means an optional feature on freezers which is initiated manually and shut off manually. It bypasses the thermostat control and places the compressor in a steady-state operating condition until it is shut off.

2. Test Conditions.

2.1Ambient temperature. The ambient temperature shall be 90.0±1.0° F. (32.2±0.6° C.) during the stabilization period and during the test period. The ambient temperature shall be 80±2°F dry bulb and 67°F wet bulb during the stabilization period and during the test period when the unit is tested in accordance with section 3.3.

2.2Operational conditions. The freezer shall be installed and its operating conditions maintained in accordance with HRF-1-1979, section 7.2 through section 7.4.3.3, except that the vertical ambient gradient at locations 10 inches (25.4 cm) out from the the centers of the two sides of the unit being tested is to be maintained during the test. Unless the area is obstructed by shields or baffles, the gradient is to be maintained from 2 inches (5.1 cm) above the floor or supporting platform to a height one foot (30.5 cm) above the unit under test. Defrost controls are to be operative and the anti-sweat heater switch is to be “on” during one test and “off” during a second test. The quick freeze option shall be switched off unless specified.

2.3Steady State Condition. Steady state conditions exist if the temperature measurements taken at four minute intervals or less during a stabilization period are not changing at a rate greater than 0.042° F. (0.023° C.) per hour as determined by the applicable condition of A or B.

A—The average of the measurements during a two hour period if no cycling occurs or during a number of complete repetitive compressor cycles through a period of no less than two hours is compared to the average over an equivalent time period with three hours elapsed between the two measurement periods. B—If A above cannot be used, the average of the measurements during a number of complete repetitive compressor cycles through a period of no less than two hours and including the last complete cycle prior to a defrost period, or if no cycling occurs, the average of the measurements during the last two hours prior to a defrost period; are compared to the same averaging period prior to the following defrost period. 3. Test Control Settings.

3.1Model with no user operable temperature control. A test shall be performed during which the compartment temperature and energy use shall be measured. A second test shall be performed with the temperature control electrically short circuited to cause the compressor to run continuously. If the model has the quick freeze option, it is to be used to bypass the temperature control.

3.2Model with user operable temperature control. Testing shall be performed in accordance with one of the following sections using the standardized temperature of 0.0° F. (−17.8° C.). Variable defrost control models shall achieve 0±2°F during the steady-state conditions prior to the optional test with no door openings.

3.2.1A first test shall be performed with all temperature controls set at their median position midway between their warmest and coldest settings. Knob detents shall be mechanically defeated if necessary to attain a median setting. A second test shall be performed with all controls set at either their warmest or their coldest setting (not electrically or mechanically bypassed), whichever is appropriate, to attempt to achieve compartment temperatures measured during the two tests which bound (i.e., one is above and one is below) the standardized temperature. If the compartment temperatures measured during these two tests bound the standardized temperature, then these test results shall be used to determine energy consumption. If the compartment temperature measured with all controls set at their coldest setting is above the standardized temperature, a third test shall be performed with all controls set at their warmest setting and the result of this test shall be used with the result of the test performed with all controls set at their coldest setting to determine energy consumption. If the compartment temperature measured with all controls set at their warmest setting is below the standardized temperature; then the result of this test alone will be used to determine energy consumption.

3.2.2Alternatively, a first test may be performed with all temperature controls set at their warmest setting. If the compartment temperature is below the standardized temperature, then the result of this test alone will be used to determine energy consumption. If the above condition is not met, then the unit shall be tested in accordance with 3.2.1 above.

3.2.3Alternatively, a first test may be performed with all temperature controls set at their coldest setting. If the compartment temperature is above the standardized temperature, a second test shall be performed with all controls set at their warmest setting and the results of these two tests shall be used to determine energy consumption. If the above condition is not met, then the unit shall be tested in accordance with 3.2.1 above.

3.3 Variable defrost control optional test. After a steady-state condition is achieved, the door-opening sequence is initiated with an 18±2 second freezer door-opening occurring every eight hours to obtain three door-openings per 24-hour period. The first freezer door-opening shall occur at the initiation of the test period. The door(s) are to be opened 60 to 90° with an average velocity for the leading edge of the door of approximately two feet per second. Prior to the initiation of the door-opening sequence, the freezer defrost control mechanism may be re-initiated in order to minimize the test duration.

4. Test Period.

4.1Test Period. Tests shall be performed by establishing the conditions set forth in Section 2 and using control settings as set forth in Section 3 above.

4.1.1Nonautomatic Defrost. If the model being tested has no automatic defrost system, the test time period shall start after steady state conditions have been achieved, and be of not less than three hours’ duration. During the test period the compressor motor shall complete two or more whole cycles (a compressor cycle is a complete “on” and a complete “off” period of the motor). If no “off” cycling will occur, as determined during the stabilization period, the test period shall be three hours. If incomplete cycling (less than two compressor cycles) occurs during a 24 hour period, the results of the 24 hour period shall be used.

4.1.2Automatic Defrost. If the model being tested has an automatic defrost system, the test time period shall start after steady state conditions have been achieved and be from one point during a defrost period to the same point during the next defrost period. If the model being tested has a long-time automatic defrost system, the alternate provisions of 4.1.2.1 may be used. If the model being tested has a variable defrost control the provisions of 4.1.2.2. shall apply.

4.1.2.1Long-time Automatic Defrost. If the model being tested has a long-time automatic defrost system, the test time period may consist of two parts. A first part would be the same as the test for a unit having no defrost provisions (section 4.1.1). The second part would start when a defrost period is initiated during a compressor “on” cycle and terminate at the second turn “on” of the compressor motor or after four hours, whichever comes first.

4.1.2.2 Variable defrost control. If the model being tested has a variable defrost control system, the test shall consist of three parts. Two parts shall be the same as the test for long-time automatic defrost in accordance with section 4.1.2.1 above. The third part is the optional test to determine the time between defrosts (5.2.1.3). The third part is used by manufacturers that choose not to accept the default value of F of 0.20, to calculate CT.

4.1.2.3 Variable defrost control optional test. After steady-state conditions with no door-openings are achieved in accordance with section 3.3 above, the test is continued using the above daily door-opening sequence until stabilized operation is achieved. Stabilization is defined as a minimum of three consecutive defrost cycles with times between defrost that will allow the calculation of a Mean Time Between Defrosts (MTBD1) that satisfies the statistical relationship of 90 percent confidence. The test is repeated on at least one more unit of the model and until the Mean Time Between Defrosts for the multiple unit test (MTBD2) satisfies the statistical relationship. If the time between defrosts is greater than 96 hours (compressor “on” time) and this defrost period can be repeated on a second unit, the test may be terminated at 96 hours (CT) and the absolute time value used for MTBD for each unit.

5. Test Measurements.

5.1Temperature Measurements. Temperature measurements shall be made at the locations prescribed in Figure 7-2 of HRF-1-1979 and shall be accurate to within ±0.5° F. (0.3° C.) of true value.

5.1.1Measured Temperature. The measured temperature is to be the average of all sensor temperature readings taken at a particular time. Measurements shall be taken at regular intervals not to exceed four minutes.

5.1.2Compartment Temperature. The compartment temperature for each test period shall be an average of the measured temperatures taken during a complete cycle or several complete cycles of the compressor motor (one compressor cycle is one complete motor “on” and one complete motor “off” period). For long-time automatic defrost models, compartment temperature shall be that measured in the first part of the test period specified in 4.1.1. For models equipped with variable defrost controls, compartment temperatures shall be those measured in the first part of the test period specified in 4.1.2.2.

5.1.2.1The number of complete compressor motor cycles over which the measured temperatures in a compartment are to be averaged to determine compartment temperature shall be equal to the number of minutes between measured temperature readings rounded up to the next whole minute or a number of complete cycles over a time period exceeding one hour. One of the cycles shall be the last complete compressor motor cycles during the test period.

5.1.2.2If no compressor motor cycling occurs, the compartment temperature shall be the average of the measured temperatures taken during the last thirty-two minutes of the test period.

5.1.2.3If incomplete cycling occurs (less than one cycle) the compartment temperature shall be the average of all readings taken during the last three hours of the last complete “on” period.

5.2Energy Measurements:

5.2.1Per-day Energy Consumption. The energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per day for each test period shall be the energy expended during the test period as specified in section 4.1 adjusted to a 24 hour period.

The adjustment shall be determined as follows:

5.2.1.1Nonautomatic and automatic defrost models. The energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated equivalent to:

ET=(EP×1440× K)/T where ET=test cycle energy expended in kilowatt-hours per day, EP=energy expended in kilowatt-hours during the test period. T=length of time of the test period in minutes, 1440=conversion factor to adjust to a 24 hour period in minutes per day, and K=correction factor of 0.7 for chest freezers and 0.85 for upright freezers to adjust for average household usage, dimensionless.

5.2.1.2Long-time Automatic Defrost. If the two part test method is used, the energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated equivalent to:

ET=(1440× K× EP1/T1) + ((EP2−(EP1× T2/T1))× K×12/CT) where ET, 1440, and K are defined in 5.2.1.1 EP1=energy expended in kilowatt-hours during the first part of the test. EP2=energy expended in kilowatt-hours during the second part of the test, CT=Defrost timer run time in hours required to cause it to go through a complete cycle, to the nearest tenth hour per cycle, 12=conversion factor to adjust for a 50% run time of the compressor in hours per day, and T1 and T2=length of time in minutes of the first and second test parts respectively.

5.2.1.3 Variable defrost control. The energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per day shall be calculated equivalent to:

ET=(1440 x EP1/T1) + (EP2 − (EP1 x T2/T1) x (12/CT) where 1440 is defined in 5.2.1.1 and EP1, EP2, T1, T2 and 12 are defined in 5.2.1.2. CT=(CTL x CTM)/(Fx (CTM − CTL) + CTL) where: CTL=least or shortest time between defrost in tenths of an hour (greater than or equal to 6 hours but less than or equal to 12 hours, 6 ≤ L ≤ 12) CTM=maximum time between defrost cycles in tenths of an hour (greater than CTL but not more than 96 hours, CTL ≤ CTM ≤ 96) F=ratio of per day energy consumption in excess of the least energy and the maximum difference in per day energy consumption and is equal to F=(1/CT − 1/CTM)/(1/CTL − 1/CTM) = (ET − ETL)/(ETM − ETL) or 0.20 in lieu of testing to find CT ETL=least electrical energy consumed, in kilowatt hours ETM=maximum electrical energy consumed, in kilowatt hours

For demand defrost models with no values for CTL and CTM in the algorithm the default values of 12 and 84 shall be used, respectively.

5.2.1.4 Variable defrost control optional test. Perform the optional test for variable defrost control models to find CT.

CT=MTBD x 0.5 MTBD=mean time between defrost EC14NO91.028 X=time between defrost cycles N=number of defrost cycles

5.3Volume measurements. The total refrigerated volume, VT, shall be measured in accordance with HRF-1-1979, section 3.20 and section 5.1 through 5.3.

6. Calculation of Derived Results From Test Measurements.

6.1Adjusted Total Volume. The adjusted total volume, VA, for freezers under test shall be defined as:

VA=VT× CF where VA=adjusted total volume in cubic feet, VT=total refrigerated volume in cubic feet, and CF=Correction factor of 1.73, dimensionless.

6.2Average Per Cycle Energy Consumption:

6.2.1The average per-cycle energy consumption for a cycle type is expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle to the nearest one hundredth (0.01) kilowatt-hour and shall depend upon the compartment temperature attainable as shown below.

6.2.1.1If the compartment temperature is always below 0.0° F. (−17.8° C.), the average per-cycle energy consumption shall be equivalent to:

E=ET1 where E=Total per-cycle energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per day. ET is defined in 5.2.1, and Number 1 indicates the test period during which the highest compartment temperature is measured.

6.2.1.2If one of the compartment temperatures measured for a test period is greater than 0.0° F. (17.8° C.), the average per-cycle energy consumption shall be equivalent to:

E=ET1+((ET2−ET1)×(0.0−TF1)/(TF2−TF1)) where E is defined in 6.2.1.1 ET is defined in 5.2.1 TF=compartment temperature determined according to 5.1.2 in degrees F. Numbers 1 and 2 indicate measurements taken during the first and second test period as appropriate, and 0.0=Standardized compartment temperature in degrees F. [47 FR 34528, Aug. 10, 1982; 48 FR 13013, Mar. 29, 1983, as amended at 54 FR 36241, Aug. 31, 1989; 54 FR 38788, Sept. 20, 1989] Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. C Appendix C to Subpart B of Part 430— Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Dishwashers

1. Definitions: 1.1 “Cycle” means a sequence of operations of a dishwasher which performs a complete dishwashing operation, and may include variations or combinations of the functions of washing, rinsing and drying.

1.2 “Cycle type” means any complete sequence of operations capable of being preset on the dishwasher prior to the initiation of machine operation.

1.3 “Normal cycle” means the cycle type recommended by the manufacturer for completely washing a full load of normally soiled dishes including the power-dry feature.

1.4 “Power-dry feature” means that function in a cycle in which electrically generated heat is introduced into the washing chamber for the purpose of improving the drying performance of the dishwasher.

1.5 “Truncated normal cycle” means the normal cycle interrupted to eliminate the power-dry feature after the termination of the last rinse operation.

1.6 “Water Heating Dishwasher” means a dishwasher which is designed for hearing cold inlet water (nominal 50 ° F) or a dishwasher for which the manufacturer recommends operation with a nominal inlet water temperature of 120 ° F, and may operate at either of these inlet water temperatures by providing internal water heating to above 120 ° F in at least one wash phase of the normal cycle.

2. Testing conditions: 2.1Installation. Install the dishwasher in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction, except that undercounter dishwashers need not be installed under a counter.

2.2 Electrical supply.

2.2.1 Dishwashers that operate with an electrical supply of 115 volts. Maintain the electrical supply to the dishwasher within two percent of 115 volts and within one percent of the nameplate frequency as specified by the manufacturer.

2.2.2 Dishwashers that operate with an electricial supply of 240 volts. Maintain the electrical supply to the dishwasher within two percent of 240 volts and within one percent of its nameplate frequency as specified by the manufacturer.

2.3 Water temperature.

2.3.1 Dishwashers to be tested at a nominal 140°F inlet water temperature. Maintain the water supply temperature between 135°F and 145°F.

2.3.2 Dishwashers to be tested at a nominal 120°F inlet water temperature. Maintain the water supply temperature between 118°F and 122°F.

2.3.3 Dishwashers to be tested at a nominal 50 ° F inlet water temperature. Maintain the water supply temperature between 48 ° F and 52 ° F.

2.4 Water pressure. Maintain the pressure of the water supply between 32.5 and 37.5 pounds per square inch.

2.5 Ambient and machine temperature. Maintain the room ambient air temperature between 70°F and 85°F, and assure that the dishwasher and the test load are at room ambient temperature at the start of each test cycle.

2.6 Load.

2.6.1 Dishwashers to be tested at a nominal 140°F inlet water temperature. The dishwasher shall be tested on the normal cycle and the truncated normal cycle without a test load.

2.6.2 Dishwashers to be tested at a nominal inlet water temperature of 50 ° F or 120 ° F. The dishwasher shall be tested or normal cycle and the truncated normal cycle with a test load of eight place settings plus six serving pieces as specified in section 6.1.1 of AHAM Standard DW-1. If the capacity of the dishwasher, as stated by the manufacturer, is less than eight place setting then the test load shall be that capacity.

2.7 Testing requirements. Provisions in this Appendix pertaining to dishwashers which operate with a nominal inlet temperature of 50 ° F or 120 ° F shall apply only to water heating dishwashers.

3. Test cycle and measurements.

3.1 Test cycle. Perform a test cycle by establishing the testing conditions set forth in 2 of this Appendix, setting the dishwasher to the cycle type to be tested, initiating the cycle and allowing the cycle to proceed to completion.

3.2 Machine electrical energy consumption.

3.2.1 Dishwashers that operate with a nominal 140°F inlet water temperature, only. Measure the machine electrical energy consumption, M, specified as the number of kilowatt-hours of electrical energy consumed during the entire test cycle using a water supply temperature as set forth in 2.3.1 of this Appendix. Use a kilowatt-hour meter having a resolution no larger than 0.001 kilowatt hours and a maximum error no greater than one percent.

3.2.2 Dishwashers that operate with a nominal inlet water temperature of 120°F. Measure the machine electrical energy consumption, M, specified as the number of kilowatt-hours of electrical energy consumed during the entire test cycle using a water supply temperature as set forth in 2.3.2 of this Appendix. Use a kilowatt-hour meter having a resolution no larger than 0.001 kilowatt-hours and a maximum error no greater than one percent.

3.2.3 Dishwashers that operate with a nominal inlet water temperature of 50 ° F. Measure the machine electrical energy consumption, M, specified as the number of kilowatt-hours of electrical energy consumed during the entire test cycle using a water supply temperature as set forth in 2.3.3 of this appendix. Use a kilowatt-hour meter having a resolution no longer than 0.001 kilowatt-hours and a maximum error no greater than one percent.

3.3 Water consumption. Measure the water consumption specified as the number of gallons delivered to the dishwasher during the entire test cycle, using a water meter having a resolution no larger than 0.1 gallon and a maximum error no greater than 1.5 percent for all water flow rates from one to five gallons per minute and for all water temperatures encountered in the test cycle.

3.4 Report values. State the reported values of machine electrical energy consumption and water consumption as measured.

4. Calculation of derived results from test measurements: 4.1 Per-cycle water energy consumption using electrically heated water.

4.1.1 Dishwashers that operate with a nominal 140°F inlet water temperature, only. Calculate for the cycle type under test the per-cycle water energy consumption using electrically heated water, We, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

We=V×T×K, where V=reported water consumption in gallons per cycle for the cycle type under test. T=nominal water heater temperature rise=90°F. K=specific heat of water in kilowatt-hours per gallon per degree Fahrenheit=0.00240.

4.1.2 Dishwashers that operate with a nominal inlet water temperature of 120°F. Calculate for the cycle type under test the per cycle water energy consumption using electrically heated water, We, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

We=V×T′×K where V and K are defined in 4.1.1 of this Appendix and T′=nominal water heated temperature rise=70°F.

4.2 Per cycle water energy consumption using gas-heated or oil-heated water.

4.2.1 Dishwashers that operate with a nominal 140°F inlet water temperature, only. Calculate for the cycle type under test the per cycle water energy consumption using gas-heated or oil-heated water, We, expressed in Btu's per cycle and defined as:

Wg=V×T×C/e. where V and T are defined in 4.1.1 of this Appendix, and C=specific heat of water in Btu's per gallon per degree fahrenheit=8.20 e=nominal gas or oil water heater recovery efficiency=0.75.

4.2.2 Dishwashers that operate with a nominal inlet water temperature of 120°F. Calculate for the cycle type under test the per cycle water energy consumption using gas-heated or oil-heated water, Wg, expressed in Btu's per cycle and defined as:

Wg=V × T′ × C/e where V and T′ are defined in 4.1.2 of this Appendix, and C and e are defined in 4.2.1 of this Appendix.

4.3Per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption.

4.3.1Dishwashers that operate with a nominal 140°F inlet water temperature, only. Use the measured value recorded in 3.2.1 as the per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption, M, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle.

4.3.2Dishwashers that operate with a nominal inlet water temperature of 120°F. Use the measured value recorded in 3.2.2 as the per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption, M, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle.

4.3.3 Dishwashers that operate with a nominal inlet water temperature of 50 ° F. Use the measured value recorded at 3.2.3 as the per-cycle machine electrical consumption, M, expressed in kilowatt-hours per-cycle.

4.4Total per-cycle energy consumption. Calculate for the cycle type under test the total per-cycle energy consumption, E, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle, and defined as the sum of the per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption, M, plus the per-cycle water energy consumption of electrically-heated water, W, calculated for the cycle type, determined according to 4.3 and 4.1 respectively.

[48 FR 9206, Mar. 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 46536, Nov. 27, 1984; 49 FR 47479, Dec. 5, 1984; 52 FR 47551, Dec. 15, 1987] Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. D Appendix D to Subpart B of Part 430— Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Clothes Dryers 1. definitions

1.1“AHAM” means the Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers.

1.2“Bone dry” means a condition of a load of test clothes which has been dried in a dryer at maximum temperature for a minimum of 10 minutes, removed and weighed before cool down, and then dried again for 10-minute periods until the final weight change of the load is 1 percent or less.

1.3“Compact” or compact size” means a clothes dryer with a drum capacity of less than 4.4 cubic feet.

1.4“Cool down” means that portion of the clothes drying cycle when the added gas or electric heat is terminated and the clothes continue to tumble and dry within the drum.

1.5“Cycle” means a sequence of operation of a clothes dryer which performs a clothes drying operation, and may include variations or combinations of the functions of heating, tumbling and drying.

1.6“Drum capacity” means the volume of the drying drum in cubic feet.

1.7“HLD-1” means the test standard promulgated by AHAM and titled “AHAM Performance Evaluation Procedure for Household Tumble Type Clothes Dryers”, June 1974, and designated as HLD-1.

1.8“HLD-2EC” means the test standard promulgated by AHAM and titled “Test Method for Measuring Energy Consumption of Household Tumble Type Clothes Dryers,” December 1975, and designated as HLD-2EC.

1.9“Standard size” means a clothes dryer with a drum capacity of 4.4 cubic feet or greater.

1.10“Moisture content” means the ratio of the weight of water contained by the test load to the bone-dry weight of the test load, expressed as a percent.

1.11“Automatic termination control” means a dryer control system with a sensor which monitors either the dryer load temperature or its moisture content and with a controller which automatically terminates the drying process. A mark or detent which indicates a preferred automatic termination control setting must be present if the dryer is to be classified as having an “automatic termination control.” A mark is a visible single control setting on one or more dryer controls.

1.12“Temperature sensing control” means a system which monitors dryer exhaust air temperature and automatically terminates the dryer cycle.

1.13“Moisture sensing control” means a system which utilizes a moisture sensing element within the dryer drum that monitors the amount of moisture in the clothes and automatically terminates the dryer cycle.

2. testing conditions

2.1Installation. Install the clothes dryer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. The dryer exhaust shall be restricted by adding the AHAM exhaust simulator described in 3.3.5 of HLD-1. All external joints should be taped to avoid air leakage. Disconnect all console light or other lighting systems on the clothes dryer which do not consume more than 10 watts during the clothes dryer test cycle.

2.2Ambient temperature and humidity. Maintain the room ambient air temperature at 75 ±3° F and the room relative humidity at 50±10 percent relative humidity.

2.3Energy supply.

2.3.1Electrical supply. Maintain the electrical supply at the clothes dryer terminal block within 1 percent of 120/240 or 120/208Y or 120 volts as applicable to the particular terminal block wiring system and within 1 percent of the nameplate frequency as specified by the manufacturer. If the dryer has a dual voltage conversion capability, conduct test at the highest voltage specified by the manufacturer.

2.3.2Gas supply.

2.3.2.1Natural gas. Maintains the gas supply to the clothes dryer at a normal inlet test pressure immediately ahead of all controls at 7 to 10 inches of water column. If the clothes dryer is equipped with a gas appliance pressure regulator, the regulator outlet pressure at the normal test pressure shall be approximately that recommended by the manufacturer. The hourly Btu rating of the burner shall be maintained within ±5 percent of the rating specified by the manufacturer. The natural gas supplied should have a heating value of approximately 1,025 Btu's per standard cubic foot. The actual heating value, H n2, in Btu's per standard cubic foot, for the natural gas to be used in the test shall be obtained either from measurements made by the manufacturer conducting the test using a standard continuous flow calorimeter as described in 2.4.6 or by the purchase of bottled natural gas whose Btu rating is certified to be at least as accurate a rating as could be obtained from measurements with a standard continuous flow calorimeter as described in 2.4.6.

2.3.2.2Propane gas. Maintain the gas supply to the clothes dryer at a normal inlet test pressure immediately ahead of all controls at 11 to 13 inches of water column. If the clothes dryer is equipped with a gas appliance pressure regulator, the regulator outlet pressure at the normal test pressure shall be approximately that recommended by the manufacturer. The hourly Btu rating of the burner shall be maintained within ±5 percent of the rating specified by the manufacturer. The propane gas supplied should have a heating value of approximately 2,500 Btu's per standard cubic foot. The actual heating value, H p, in Btu's per standard cubic foot, for the propane gas to be used in the test shall be obtained either from measurements made by the manufacturer conducting the test using a standard continuous flow calorimeter as described in 2.4.6 or by the purchase of bottled gas whose Btu rating is certified to be at least as accurate a rating as could be obtained from measurement with a standard continuous calorimeter as described in 2.4.6.

2.4Instrumentation. Perform all test measurements using the following instruments as appropriate.

2.4.1Weighing scale for test cloth. The scale shall have a range of 0 to a maximum of 30 pounds with a resolution of at least 0.2 ounces and a maximum error no greater than 0.3 percent of any measured value within the range of 3 to 15 pounds.

2.4.1.2Weighing scale for drum capacity measurements. The scale should have a range of 0 to a maximum of 500 pounds with resolution of 0.50 pounds and a maximum error no greater than 0.5 percent of the measured value.

2.4.2Kilowatt-hour meter. The kilowatt-hour meter shall have a resolution of 0.001 kilowatt-hours and a maximum error no greater than 0.5 percent of the measured value.

2.4.3Gas meter. The gas meter shall have a resolution of 0.001 cubic feet and a maximum error no greater than 0.5 percent of the measured value.

2.4.4Dry and wet bulb psychrometer. The dry and wet bulb psychrometer shall have an error no greater than ±1°F.

2.4.5Temperature. The temperature sensor shall have an error no greater than ±1°F.

2.4.6Standard Continuous Flow Calorimeter. The Calorimeter shall have an operating range of 750 to 3,500 Btu per cubic feet. The maximum error of the basic calorimeter shall be no greater than 0.2 percent of the actual heating value of the gas used in the test. The indicator readout shall have a maximum error no greater than 0.5 percent of the measured value within the operating range and a resolution of 0.2 percent of the full scale reading of the indicator instrument.

2.5Lint trap. Clean the lint trap thoroughly before each test run.

2.6Test cloths.

2.6.1Energy test cloth. The energy test cloth shall be clean and consist of the following:

(a) Pure finished bleached cloth, made with a momie or granite weave, which is a blended fabric of 50 percent cotton and 50 percent polyester and weighs within +10 percent of 5.75 ounces per square yard after test cloth preconditioning and has 65 ends on the warp and 57 picks on the fill. The individual warp and fill yarns are a blend of 50 percent cotton and 50 percent polyester fibers.

(b) Cloth material that is 24 inches by 36 inches and has been hemmed to 22 inches by 34 inches before washing. The maximum shrinkage after five washes shall not be more than four percent on the length and width.

(c) The number of test runs on the same energy test cloth shall not exceed 25 runs.

2.6.2Energy stuffer cloths. The energy stuffer cloths shall be made from energy test cloth material and shall consist of pieces of material that are 12 inches by 12 inches and have been hemmed to 10 inches by 10 inches before washing. The maximum shrinkage after five washes shall not be more than four percent on the length and width. The number of test runs on the same energy stuffer cloth shall not exceed 25 runs after test cloth preconditioning.

2.6.3Test Cloth Preconditioning.

A new test cloth load and energy stuffer cloths shall be treated as follows:

(1) Bone dry the load to a weight change of ±1 percent, or less, as prescribed in Section 1.2.

(2) Place test cloth load in a standard clothes washer set at the maximum water fill level. Wash the load for 10 minutes in soft water (17 parts per million hardness or less), using 6.0 grams of AHAM Standard Test Detergent, IIA, per gallon of water. Wash water temperature is to controlled at 140°±5°F (60°±2.7°C). Rinse water temperature is to be controlled at 100°±5°F (37.7±2.7°C).

(3) Rinse the load again at the same water temperature.

(4) Bone dry the load as prescribed in Section 1.2 and weigh the load.

(5) This procedure is repeated until there is a weight change of one percent or less.

(6) A final cycle is to be a hot water wash with no detergent, followed by two warm water rinses.

2.7Test loads.

2.7.1Compact size dryer load. Prepare a bone-dry test load of energy cloths which weighs 3.00 pounds ±.03 pounds. Adjustments to the test load to achieve the proper weight can be made by the use of energy stuffer cloths, with no more than five stuffer cloths per load. Dampen the load by agitating it in water whose temperature is 100°±5° F and consists of 0 to 17 parts per million hardness for approximately two minutes in order to saturate the fabric. Then, extract water from the wet test load by spinning the load until the moisture content of the load is between 66.5 percent to 73.5 percent of the bone-dry weight of the test load.

2.7.2Standard size dryer load. Prepare a bone-dry test load of energy cloths which weighs 7.00 pounds ± .07 pounds. Adjustments to the test load to achieve the proper weight can be made by the use of energy stuffer cloths, with no more than five stuffer cloths per load. Dampen the load by agitating it in water whose temperature is 100° ± 5°F and consists of 0 to 17 parts per million hardness for approximately two minutes in order to saturate the fabric. Then, extract water from the wet test load by spinning the load until the moisture content of the load is between 66.5 percent to 73.5 percent of the bone-dry weight of the test load.

2.7.3Method of loading. Load the energy test cloths by grasping them in the center, shaking them to hang loosely and then dropping them in the dryer at random.

2.8Clothes dryer preconditioning. Before any test cycle, operate the dryer without a test load in the non-heat mode for 15 minutes or until the discharge air temperature is varying less than 1°F for 10 minutes, which ever is longer, in the test installation location with the ambient conditions within the specified rest condition tolerances of 2.2.

3. test procedures and measurements

3.1Drum capacity. Measure the drum capacity by sealing all openings in the drum except the loading port with a plastic bag, and ensure that all corners and depressions are filled and that there are no extrusions of the plastic bag through the opening in the drum. Support the dryer's rear drum surface on a platform scale to prevent deflection of the dryer, and record the weight of the empty dryer. Fill the drum with water to a level determined by the intersection of the door plane and the loading port. Record the temperature of the water and then the weight of the dryer with the added water and then determine the mass of the water in pounds. Add or subtract the appropriate volume depending on whether or not the plastic bag protrudes into the drum interior. The drum capacity is calculated as follows:

C=w/d C= capacity in cubic feet. w= weight of water in pounds. d= density of water at the measured temperature in pounds per cubic feet.

3.2Dryer loading. Load the dryer as specified in 2.7.

3.3Test cycle. Operate the clothes dryer at the maximum temperature setting and, if equipped with a timer, at the maximum time setting and dry the test load until the moisture content of the test load is between 2.5 percent to 5.0 percent of the bone-dry weight of the test load, but do not permit the dryer to advance into cool down. If required, reset the timer or automatic dry control.

3.4Data recording. Record for each test cycle:

3.4.1Bone-dry weight of the test load described in 2.7.

3.4.2Moisture content of the wet test load before the test, as described in 2.7.

3.4.3Moisture content of the dry test load obtained after the test described in 3.3.

3.4.4Test room conditions, temperature and percent relative humidity described in 2.2.

3.4.5For electric dryers—the total kilowatt-hours of electric energy, Et, consumed during the test described in 3.3.

3.4.6For gas dryers:

3.4.6.1Total kilowatt-hours of electrical energy, Ete, consumed during the test described in 3.3.

3.4.6.2Cubic feet of gas per cycle, Etg, consumed during the test described in 3.3.

3.4.6.3On gas dryers using a continuously burning pilot light—the cubic feet of gas, Epg, consumed by the gas pilot light in one hour.

3.4.6.4Correct the gas heating value, GEF, as measured in 2.3.2.1 and 2.3.2.2, to standard pressure and temperature conditions in accordance with U.S. Bureau of Standards, circular C417, 1938. A sample calculation is illustrated in Appendix E of HLD-1.

3.5Test for automatic termination field use factor credits. Credit for automatic termination can be claimed for those dryers which meet the requirements for either temperature-sensing control, 1.12, or moisture sensing control, 1.13, and having present the appropriate mark or detent feed defined in 1.11.

4. calculation of derived results from test measurements

4.1Total per-cycle electric dryer energy consumption. Calculate the total electric dryer energy consumption per cycle, Ece expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

E ce=[66/W w−W d)]×E tt×FU E t=the energy recorded in 3.4.5. 66=an experimentally established value for the percent reduction in the moisture content of the test load during a laboratory test cycle expressed as a percent. FU=Field use factor. =1.18 for time termination control systems. =1.04 for automatic control systems which meet the requirements of the definitions for automatic termination controls in 1.11.1, 1.12 and 1.13. Ww=the moisture content of the wet test load as recorded in 3.4.2. Wd=the moisture content of the dry test load as recorded in 3.4.3.

4.2Per-cycle gas dryer electrical energy consumption. Calculate the gas dryer electrical energy consumption per cycle, E ge, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

E ge=[66/(W w −W d)]×E te ×FU E te=the energy recorded in 3.4.6.1 FU, 66, W w, W d as defined in 4.1

4.3Per-cycle gas dryer gas energy consumption. Calculate the gas dryer gas energy consumption per cycle, E ge. expressed in Btu's per cycle as defined as:

E gg=[66/(W w −W d)]×E tg ×FU×GEF E tg=the energy recorded in 3.4.6.2 GEF=corrected gas heat value (Btu per cubic feet) as defined in 3.4.6.4 FU, 66, W w W d as defined in 4.1

4.4Per-cycle gas dryer continuously burning pilot light gas energy consumption. Calculate the gas dryer continuously burning pilot light gas energy consumption per cycle, E up expressed in Btu's per cycle and defined as:

E up =E pg ×(8760−140/416)×GEF E pg=the energy recorded in 3.4.6.3 8760=number of hours in a year 416=representative average number of clothes dryer cycles in a year 140=estimated number of hours that the continuously burning pilot light is on during the operation of the clothes dryer for the representative average use cycle for clothes dryers (416 cycles per year) GEF as defined in 4.3

4.5Total per-cycle gas dryer gas energy consumption expressed in Btu's. Calculate the total gas dryer energy consumption per cycle, E g, expressed in Btu's per cycle and defined as:

E g =E gg +E up E gg as defined in 4.3 E up as defined in 4.4

4.6Total per-cycle gas dryer energy consumption expressed in kilowatt-hours. Calculate the total gas dryer energy consumption per cycle, E cg, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

E cg =E ge +(E g /3412 Btu/k Wh) E ge as defined in 4.2 E g as defined in 4.5 [46 FR 27326, May 19, 1981] Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. E Appendix E to Subpart B of Part 430— Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Water Heaters 1. Definitions

1.1Cut-in means the time when or water temperature at which a water heater control or thermostat acts to increase the energy or fuel input to the heating elements, compressor, or burner.

1.2Cut-out means the time when or water temperature at which a water heater control or thermostat acts to reduce to a minimum the energy or fuel input to the heating elements, compressor, or burner.

1.3Design Power Rating means the nominal power rating that a water heater manufacturer assigns to a particular design of water heater, expressed in kilowatts or Btu (kJ) per hour as appropriate.

1.4Energy Factor means a measure of water heater overall efficiency.

1.5First-Hour Rating means an estimate of the maximum volume of “hot” water that a storage-type water heater can supply within an hour that begins with the water heater fully heated (i.e., with all thermostats satisfied). It is a function of both the storage volume and the recovery rate.

1.6Heat Trap means a device which can be integrally connected or independently attached to the hot and/or cold water pipe connections of a water heater such that the device will develop a thermal or mechanical seal to minimize the recirculation of water due to thermal convection between the water heater tank and its connecting pipes.

1.7Instantaneous Water Heaters

1.7.1Electric Instantaneous Water Heater Reserved.

1.7.2Gas Instantaneous Water Heater means a water heater that uses gas as the energy source, initiates heating based on sensing water flow, is designed to deliver water at a controlled temperature of less than 180°F (82°C), has an input greater than 50,000 Btu/h (53 MJ/h) but less than 200,000 Btu/h (210 MJ/h), and has a manufacturer's specified storage capacity of less than 2 gallons (7.6 liters). The unit may use a fixed or variable burner input.

1.8Maximum gpm (L/min) Rating means the maximum gallons per minute (liters per minute) of hot water that can be supplied by an instantaneous water heater while maintaining a nominal temperature rise of 77°F (42.8°C) during steady state operation.

1.9Rated Storage Volume means the water storage capacity of a water heater, in gallons (liters), as specified by the manufacturer.

1.10Recovery Efficiency means the ratio of energy delivered to the water to the energy content of the fuel consumed by the water heater.

1.11Standby means the time during which water is not being withdrawn from the water heater. There are two standby time intervals used within this test procedure: t stby,1 represents the elapsed time between the time at which the maximum mean tank temperature is observed after the sixth draw and subsequent recovery and the end of the 24-hour test; t stby,2 represents the total time during the 24-hour simulated use test when water is not being withdrawn from the water heater.

1.12Storage-type Water Heaters

1.12.1Electric Storage-type Water Heater means a water heater that uses electricity as the energy source, is designed to heat and store water at a thermostatically controlled temperature of less than 180°F (82°C), has a nominal input of 12 kilowatts (40,956 Btu/h) or less, and has a rated storage capacity of not less than 20 gallons (76 liters) nor more than 120 gallons (450 liters).

1.12.2Gas Storage-type Water Heater means a water heater that uses gas as the energy source, is designed to heat and store water at a thermostatically controlled temperature of less than 180°F (82°C), has a nominal input of 75,000 Btu (79 MJ) per hour or less, and has a rated storage capacity of not less than 20 gallons (76 liters) nor more than 100 gallons (380 liters).

1.12.3Heat Pump Water Heater means a water heater that uses electricity as the energy source, is designed to heat and store water at a thermostatically controlled temperature of less than 180°F (82°C), has a maximum current rating of 24 amperes (including the compressor and all auxiliary equipment such as fans, pumps, controls, and, if on the same circuit, any resistive elements) for an input voltage of 250 volts or less, and, if the tank is supplied, has a manufacturer's rated storage capacity of 120 gallons (450 liters) or less. Resistive elements used to provide supplemental heating may use the same circuit as the compressor if (1) an interlocking mechanism prevents concurrent compressor operation and resistive heating or (2) concurrent operation does not result in the maximum current rating of 24 amperes being exceeded. Otherwise, the resistive elements and the heat pump components must use separate circuits. A heat pump water heater may be sold by the manufacturer with or without a storage tank.

a. Heat Pump Water Heater with Storage Tank means an air-to-water heat pump sold by the manufacturer with an insulated storage tank as a packaged unit. The tank and heat pump can be an integral unit or they can be separated.

b. Heat Pump Water Heater without Storage Tank (also called Add-on Heat Pump Water Heater) means an air-to-water heat pump designed for use with a storage-type water heater or a storage tank that is not specified or supplied by the manufacturer.

1.12.4Oil Storage-type Water Heater means a water heater that uses oil as the energy source, is designed to heat and store water at a thermostatically controlled temperature of less than 180°F (82°C), has a nominal energy input of 105,000 Btu/h (110 MJ/h) or less, and has a manufacturer's rated storage capacity of 50 gallons (190 liters) or less.

1.12.5Storage-type Water Heater of More than 2 Gallons (7.6 Liters) and Less than 20 Gallons (76 Liters). Reserved.

1.13ASHRAE Standard 41.1-86 means the standard published in 1986 by the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc., and titled Standard Measurement Guide: Section on Temperature Measurements.

1.14ASTM-D-2156-80 means the test standard published in 1980 by the American Society for Testing and Measurements and titled “Smoke Density in Flue Gases from Burning Distillate Fuels, Test Method for”.

1.15Symbol Usage The following identity relationships are provided to help clarify the symbology used throughout this procedure:

C p specific heat capacity of water E annual annual energy consumption of a water heater E f energy factor of a water heater F hr first-hour rating of a storage-type water heater F max maximum gpm (L/min) rating of an instantaneous water heater rated at a temperature rise of 77°F (42.8°C) across the heater i a subscript to indicate an ith draw during a test M i mass of water removed during the ith draw (i=1 to 6) of the 24-hr simulated use test M* i for storage-type water heaters, mass of water removed during the ith draw (i=1 to n) during the first-hour rating test M 10m for instantaneous water heaters, mass of water removed continuously during a 10-minute interval in the maximum gpm (L/min) rating test n for storage-type water heaters, total number of draws during the first-hour rating test Q total fossil fuel and/or electric energy consumed during the entire 24-hr simulated use test Q d daily water heating energy consumption adjusted for net change in internal energy Q da adjusted daily water heating energy consumption with adjustment for variation of tank to ambient air temperature difference from nominal value Q dm overall adjusted daily water heating energy consumption including Qda and QHWD Q hr hourly standby losses Q HW daily energy consumption to heat water over the measured average temperature rise across the water heater Q HWD adjustment to daily energy consumption, Qhw, due to variation of the temperature rise across the water heater not equal to the nominal value of 77°F (42.8°C) Q r energy consumption of fossil fuel or heat pump water heaters between thermostat (or burner) cut-out prior to the first draw and cut-out following the first draw of the 24-hr simulated use test Q r, max energy consumption of a modulating instantaneous water heater between cut-out (burner) prior to the first draw and cut-out following the first draw of the 24-hr simulated use test Q r, min energy consumption of a modulating instantaneous water heater from immediately prior to the fourth draw to burner cut-out following the fourth draw of the 24-hr simulated use test Q stby total energy consumed by the water heater during the standby time interval t stby, 1 Q su total fossil fueled and/or electric energy consumed from the beginning of the first draw to the thermostat (or burner) cut-out following the completion of the sixth draw during the 24-hr simulated use test T min for modulating instantaneous water heaters, steady state outlet water temperature at the minimum fuel input rate T 0 mean tank temperature at the beginning of the 24-hr simulated use test T 24 mean tank temperature at the end of the 24-hr simulated use test T a, stby average ambient air temperature during standby periods of the 24-hr use test T del for instantaneous water heaters, average outlet water temperature during a 10-minute continuous draw interval in the maximum gpm (L/min) rating test T del, i average outlet water temperature during the ith draw of the 24-hr simulated use test T in for instantaneous water heaters, average inlet water temperature during a 10-minute continuous draw interval in the maximum gpm (L/min) rating test T in, i average inlet water temperature during the ith draw of the 24-hr simulated use test T max, 1 maximum measured mean tank temperature after cut-out following the first draw of the 24-hr simulated use test T stby average storage tank temperature during the standby period t stby, 2 of the 24-hr use test T su maximum measured mean tank temperature after cut-out following the sixth draw of the 24-hr simulated use test T t, stby average storage tank temperature during the standby period t stby, 1 of the 24-hr use test T* del, i for storage-type water heaters, average outlet water temperature during the ith draw (i=1 to n) of the first-hour rating test T* max, i for storage-type water heaters, maximum outlet water temperature observed during the ith draw (i=1 to n) of the first-hour rating test T* min, i for storage-type water heaters, minimum outlet water temperature to terminate the ith draw during the first-hour rating test UA standby loss coefficient of a storage-type water heater V i volume of water removed during the ith draw (i=1 to 6) of the 24-hr simulated use test V* i volume of water removed during the ith draw (i=1 to n) during the first-hour rating test V 10m for instantaneous water heaters, volume of water removed continuously during a 10-minute interval in the maximum gpm (L/min) rating test V max steady state water flow rate of an instantaneous water heater at the rated input to give a discharge temperature of 135°F ± 5°F (57.2°C ± 2.8°C) V min steady state water flow rate of a modulating instantaneous water heater at the minimum input to give a discharge temperature of Tmin up to 135°F ± 5°F (57.2°C ± 2.8°C) V st measured storage volume of the storage tank W f weight of storage tank when completely filled with water W t tare weight of storage tank when completely empty of water n r recovery efficiency p density of water t stby, 1 elapsed time between the time the maximum mean tank temperature is observed after the sixth draw and the end of the 24-hr simulated use test t stby, 2 overall standby periods when no water is withdrawn during the 24-hr simulated use test 2. Test Conditions

2.1Installation Requirements. Tests shall be performed with the water heater and instrumentation installed in accordance with Section 4 of this appendix.

2.2Ambient Air Temperature. The ambient air temperature shall be maintained between 65.0°F and 70.0°F (18.3°C and 21.1°C) on a continuous basis. For heat pump water heaters, the dry bulb temperature shall be maintained at 67.5°F ± 1°F (19.7°C ± 0.6°C) and, in addition, the relative humidity shall be maintained between 49% and 51%.

2.3Supply Water Temperature. The temperature of the water being supplied to the water heater shall be maintained at 58°F ± 2°F (14.4°C ± 1.1°C) throughout the test.

2.4Storage Tank Temperature. The average temperature of the water within the storage tank shall be set to 135°F ± 5°F (57.2°C ± 2.8°C).

2.5Supply Water Pressure. During the test when water is not being withdrawn, the supply pressure shall be maintained between 40 psig (275 kPa) and the maximum allowable pressure specified by the water heater manufacturer.

2.6Electrical and/or Fossil Fuel Supply.

2.6.1Electrical. Maintain the electrical supply voltage to within ± 1% of the center of the voltage range specified by the water heater and/or heat pump manufacturer.

2.6.2Natural Gas. Maintain the supply pressure in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. If the supply pressure is not specified, maintain a supply pressure of 7-10 inches of water column (1.7-2.5 kPa). If the water heater is equipped with a gas appliance pressure regulator, the regulator outlet pressure shall be within ± 10% of the manufacturer's specified manifold pressure. For all tests, use natural gas having a heating value of approximately 1,025 Btu per standard cubic foot (38,190 kJ per standard cubic meter).

2.6.3Propane Gas. Maintain the supply pressure in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. If the supply pressure is not specified, maintain a supply pressure of 11-13 inches of water column (2.7-3.2 kPa). If the water heater is equipped with a gas appliance pressure regulator, the regulator outlet pressure shall be within ± 10% of the manufacturer's specified manifold pressure. For all tests, use propane gas with a heating value of approximately 2,500 Btu per standard cubic foot (93,147 kJ per standard cubic meter).

2.6.4Fuel Oil Supply. Maintain an uninterrupted supply of fuel oil. Use fuel oil having a heating value of approximately 138,700 Btu per gallon (38,660 kJ per liter).

3. Instrumentation

3.1Pressure Measurements. Pressure-measuring instruments shall have an error no greater than the following values:

Item measured Instrument accuracy Instrument precision Gas pressure ± 0.1 inch of water column (± 0.025 kPa) ± 0.05 inch of water column (± 0.012 kPa). Atmospheric pressure ± 0.1 inch of mercury column (± 0.34 kPa) ± 0.05 inch of mercury column (± 0.17 kPa). Water pressure ± 1.0 pounds per square inch (± 6.9 kPa) ± 0.50 pounds per square inch (± 3.45 kPa).

3.2Temperature Measurement

3.2.1Measurement. Temperature measurements shall be made in accordance with the Standard Measurement Guide: Section on Temperature Measurements, ASHRAE Standard 41.1-86.

3.2.2Accuracy and Precision. The accuracy and precision of the instruments, including their associated readout devices, shall be within the following limits:

Item measured Instrument accuracy Instrument precision Air dry bulb temperature ± 0.2°F (± 0.1°C) ± 0.1°F (± 0.06°C) Air wet bulb temperature ± 0.2°F (± 0.1°C) ± 0.1°F (± 0.06°C) Inlet and outlet water temperatures ± 0.2°F (± 0.1°C) ± 0.1°F (± 0.06°C) Storage tank temperatures ± 0.5°F (± 0.3°C) ± 0.25°F (± 0.14°C)

3.2.3Scale Division. In no case shall the smallest scale division of the instrument or instrument system exceed 2 times the specified precision.

3.2.4Temperature Difference. Temperature difference between the entering and leaving water may be measured with any of the following:

a. A thermopile b. Calibrated resistance thermometers c. Precision thermometers d. Calibrated thermistors e. Calibrated thermocouples f. Quartz thermometers

3.2.5Thermopile Construction. If a thermopile is used, it shall be made from calibrated thermocouple wire taken from a single spool. Extension wires to the recording device shall also be made from that same spool.

3.2.6Time Constant. The time constant of the instruments used to measure the inlet and outlet water temperatures shall be no greater than 5 seconds.

3.3Liquid Flow Rate Measurement. The accuracy of the liquid flow rate measurement, using the calibration if furnished, shall be equal to or less than ± 1% of the measured value in mass units per unit time.

3.4Electric Energy. The electrical energy used shall be measured with an instrument and associated readout device that is accurate within ± 1% of the reading.

3.5Fossil Fuels. The quantity of fuel used by the water heater shall be measured with an instrument and associated readout device that is accurate within ± 1% of the reading.

3.6Mass Measurements. For mass measurements greater than or equal to 10 pounds (4.5 kg), a scale that is accurate within ± 1% of the reading shall be used to make the measurement. For mass measurements less than 10 pounds (4.5 kg), the scale shall provide a measurement that is accurate within ± 0.1 pound (0.045 kg).

3.7Heating Value. The higher heating value of the natural gas, propane, or fuel oil shall be measured with an instrument and associated readout device that is accurate within ± 1% of the reading. The heating value of natural gas and propane must be corrected for local temperature and pressure conditions.

3.8Time. The elapsed time measurements shall be measured with an instrument that is accurate within ± 0.5 seconds per hour.

3.9Volume. Volume measurements shall be measured with an accuracy of ± 2% of the total volume.

4. Installation

4.1Water Heater Mounting. A water heater designed to be freestanding shall be placed on a 3/4 inch (2 cm) thick plywood platform supported by three 2 × 4 inch (5 cm × 10 cm) runners. If the water heater is not approved for installation on combustible flooring, suitable non-combustible material shall be placed between the water heater and the platform. Counter-top water heaters shall be placed against a simulated wall section. Wall-mounted water heaters shall be supported on a simulated wall in accordance with the manufacturer-published installation instructions. When a simulated wall is used, the recommended construction is 2 × 4 inch (5 cm × 10 cm) studs, faced with 3/4 inch (2 cm) plywood. For heat pump water heaters that are supplied with a storage tank, the two components, if not delivered as a single package, shall be connected in accordance with the manufacturer-published installation instructions and the overall system shall be placed on the above-described plywood platform. If installation instructions are not provided by the heat pump manufacturer, uninsulated 8 foot (2.4 m) long connecting hoses having an inside diameter of 5/8 inch (1.6 cm) shall be used to connect the storage tank and the heat pump water heater. With the exception of using the storage tank described in 4.10, the same requirements shall apply for heat pump water heaters that are supplied without a storage tank from the manufacturer. The testing of the water heater shall occur in an area that is protected from drafts.

4.2Water Supply. Connect the water heater to a water supply capable of delivering water at conditions as specified in Sections 2.3 and 2.5 of this appendix.

4.3Water Inlet and Outlet Configuration. For freestanding water heaters that are taller than 36 inches (91.4 cm), inlet and outlet piping connections shall be configured in a manner consistent with Figures 1 and 2. Inlet and outlet piping connections for wall-mounted water heaters shall be consistent with Figure 3. For freestanding water heaters that are 36 inches or less in height and not supplied as part of a counter-top enclosure (commonly referred to as an under-the-counter model), inlet and outlet piping shall be installed in a manner consistent with Figures 4, 5, and 6. For water heaters that are supplied with a counter-top enclosure, inlet and outlet piping shall be made in a manner consistent with Figures 7A and 7B, respectively. The vertical piping noted in Figures 7A and 7B shall be located (whether inside the enclosure or along the outside in a recessed channel) in accordance with the manufacturer-published installation instructions.

All dimensions noted in Figures 1 through 7 shall be achieved. All piping between the water heater and the inlet and outlet temperature sensors, noted as TIN and TOUT in the figures, shall be Type “L” hard copper having the same diameter as the connections on the water heater. Unions may be used to facilitate installation and removal of the piping arrangements. A pressure gauge and diaphragm expansion tank shall be installed in the supply water piping at a location upstream of the inlet temperature sensor. An appropriately rated pressure and temperature relief valve shall be installed on all water heaters at the port specified by the manufacturer. Discharge piping for the relief valve shall be non-metallic. If heat traps, piping insulation, or pressure relief valve insulation are supplied with the water heater, they shall be installed for testing. Except when using a simulated wall, clearance shall be provided such that none of the piping contacts other surfaces in the test room.

ER20JY98.005 ER20JY98.006 ER20JY98.007 ER20JY98.008

4.4Fuel and/or Electrical Power and Energy Consumption. Install one or more instruments which measure, as appropriate, the quantity and rate of electrical energy and/or fossil fuel consumption in accordance with Section 3. For heat pump water heaters that use supplemental resistive heating, the electrical energy supplied to the resistive element(s) shall be metered separately from the electrical energy supplied to the entire appliance or to the remaining components (e.g., compressor, fans, pumps, controls).

4.5Internal Storage Tank Temperature Measurements. Install six temperature measurement sensors inside the water heater tank with a vertical distance of at least 4 inches (100 mm) between successive sensors. A temperature sensor shall be positioned at the vertical midpoint of each of the six equal volume nodes within the tank. Nodes designate the equal volumes used to evenly partition the total volume of the tank. As much as is possible, the temperature sensor should be positioned away from any heating elements, anodic protective devices, tank walls, and flue pipe walls. If the tank cannot accommodate six temperature sensors and meet the installation requirements specified above, install the maximum number of sensors which comply with the installation requirements. The temperature sensors shall be installed either through (1) the anodic device opening; (2) the relief valve opening; or (3) the hot water outlet. If installed through the relief valve opening or the hot water outlet, a tee fitting or outlet piping, as applicable, shall be installed as close as possible to its original location. If the relief valve temperature sensor is relocated, and it no longer extends into the top of the tank, a substitute relief valve that has a sensing element that can reach into the tank shall be installed. If the hot water outlet includes a heat trap, the heat trap shall be installed on top of the tee fitting. Added fittings shall be covered with thermal insulation having an R value between 4 and 8 h÷ft2÷°F/Btu (0.7 and 1.4 m2÷°C/W).

4.6Ambient Air Temperature Measurement. Install an ambient air temperature sensor at the vertical mid-point of the water heater and approximately 2 feet (610 mm) from the surface of the water heater. The sensor shall be shielded against radiation.

4.7Inlet and Outlet Water Temperature Measurements. Install temperature sensors in the cold-water inlet pipe and hot-water outlet pipe as shown in Figures 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7a and 7b, as applicable.

4.8Flow Control. A valve shall be installed to provide flow as specified in sections 5.1.4.1 for storage tank water heaters and 5.2.1 for instantaneous water heaters.

4.9Flue Requirements.

4.9.1Gas-Fired Water Heaters. Establish a natural draft in the following manner. For gas-fired water heaters with a vertically discharging draft hood outlet, a 5-foot (1.5-meter) vertical vent pipe extension with a diameter equal to the largest flue collar size of the draft hood shall be connected to the draft hood outlet. For gas-fired water heaters with a horizontally discharging draft hood outlet, a 90-degree elbow with a diameter equal to the largest flue collar size of the draft hood shall be connected to the draft hood outlet. A 5-foot (1.5-meter) length of vent pipe shall be connected to the elbow and oriented to discharge vertically upward. Direct vent gas-fired water heaters shall be installed with venting equipment specified in the manufacturer's instructions using the minimum vertical and horizontal lengths of vent pipe recommended by the manufacturer.

4.9.2Oil-Fired Water Heaters. Establish a draft at the flue collar at the value specified in the manufacturer's instructions. Establish the draft by using a sufficient length of vent pipe connected to the water heater flue outlet, and directed vertically upward. For an oil-fired water heater with a horizontally discharging draft hood outlet, a 90-degree elbow with a diameter equal to the largest flue collar size of the draft hood shall be connected to the draft hood outlet. A length of vent pipe sufficient to establish the draft shall be connected to the elbow fitting and oriented to discharge vertically upward. Direct-vent oil-fired water heaters should be installed with venting equipment as specified in the manufacturer's instructions, using the minimum vertical and horizontal lengths of vent pipe recommended by the manufacturer.

4.10Heat Pump Water Heater Storage Tank. The tank to be used for testing a heat pump water heater without a tank supplied by the manufacturer (see Section 1.12.3b) shall be an electric storage-type water heater having a measured volume of 47.0 gallons ±1.0 gallon (178 liters ±3.8 liters); two 4.5 kW heating elements controlled in such a manner as to prevent both elements from operating simultaneously; and an energy factor greater than or equal to the minimum energy conservation standard (as determined in accordance with Section 6.1.7) and less than or equal to the sum of the minimum energy conservation standard and 0.02.

5. Test Procedures

5.1Storage-type Water Heaters, Including Heat Pump Water Heaters.

5.1.1Determination of Storage Tank Volume. Determine the storage capacity, Vst, of the water heater under test, in gallons (liters), by subtracting the tare weight—measured while the tank is empty—from the gross weight of the storage tank when completely filled with water (with all air eliminated and line pressure applied as described in section 2.5) and dividing the resulting net weight by the density of water at the measured temperature.

5.1.2Setting the Thermostat.

5.1.2.1Single Thermostat Tanks. Starting with a tank at the supply water temperature, initiate normal operation of the water heater. After cut-out, determine the mean tank temperature every minute until the maximum value is observed. Determine whether this maximum value for the mean tank temperature is within the range of 135°F±5°F (57.2°C±2.8°C). If not, turn off the water heater, adjust the thermostat, drain and refill the tank with supply water. Then, once again, initiate normal operation of the water heater, and determine the maximum mean tank temperature after cut-out. Repeat this sequence until the maximum mean tank temperature after cut-out is 135°F±5°F (57.2°C±2.8°C).

5.1.2.2Tanks with Two or More Thermostats. Follow the same sequence as for a single thermostat tank, i.e. start at the supply water temperature, operate normally until cutout. Determine if the thermostat that controls the uppermost heating element yields a maximum water temperature of 135°F±5°F (57.2°C±2.8°C), as measured by the in-tank sensors that are positioned above the uppermost heating element. If the tank temperature at the thermostat is not within 135°F±5°F (57.2°C±2.8°C), turn off the water heater, adjust the thermostat, drain and refill the tank with supply water. The thermostat that controls the heating element positioned next highest in the tank shall then be set to yield a maximum water temperature of 135°F±5°F (57.2°C±2.8°C). This process shall be repeated until the thermostat controlling the lowest element is correctly adjusted. When adjusting the thermostat that controls the lowest element, the maximum mean tank temperature after cut-out, as determined using all the in-tank sensors, shall be 135°F±5°F (57.2°C±2.8°C). When adjusting all other thermostats, use only the in-tank temperature sensors positioned above the heating element in question to evaluate the maximum water temperature after cut-out.

For heat pump water heaters that control an auxiliary resistive element, the thermostat shall be set in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions.

5.1.3Power Input Determination. For all water heaters except electric types having immersed heating elements, initiate normal operation and determine the power input, P, to the main burners (including pilot light power, if any) after 15 minutes of operation. If the water heater is equipped with a gas appliance pressure regulator, the regulator outlet pressure shall be set within ± 10% of that recommended by the manufacturer. For oil-fired water heaters the fuel pump pressure shall be within ± 10% of the manufacturer's specified pump pressure. All burners shall be adjusted to achieve an hourly Btu (kJ) rating that is within ± 2% of the value specified by the manufacturer. For an oil-fired water heater, adjust the burner to give a CO2 reading recommended by the manufacturer and an hourly Btu (kJ) rating that is within ± 2% of that specified by the manufacturer. Smoke in the flue may not exceed No. 1 smoke as measured by the procedure in ASTM-D-2156-80.

5.1.4First-Hour Rating Test.

5.1.4.1General. During hot water draws, remove water at a rate of 3.0±0.25 gallons per minute (11.4±0.95 liters per minute). Collect the water in a container that is large enough to hold the volume removed during an individual draw and suitable for weighing at the termination of each draw. Alternatively, a water meter may be used to directly measure the water volume(s) withdrawn.

5.1.4.2Draw Initiation Criteria. Begin the first-hour rating test by imposing a draw on the storage-type water heater. After completion of this first draw, initiate successive draws based on the following criteria. For gas-and oil-fired water heaters, initiate successive draws when the thermostat acts to reduce the supply of fuel to the main burner. For electric water heaters having a single element or multiple elements that all operate simultaneously, initiate successive draws when the thermostat acts to reduce the electrical input supplied to the element(s). For electric water heaters having two or more elements that do not operate simultaneously, initiate successive draws when the applicable thermostat acts to reduce the electrical input to the element located vertically highest in the storage tank. For heat pump waters heaters that do not use supplemental resistive heating, initiate successive draws immediately after the electrical input to the compressor is reduced by the action of the water heater's thermostat. For heat pump waters heaters that use supplemental resistive heating, initiate successive draws immediately after the electrical input to the compressor or the uppermost resistive element is reduced by the action of the applicable water heater thermostat. This draw initiation criterion for heat pump water heaters that use supplemental resistive heating, however, shall only apply when the water located above the thermostat at cut-out is heated to 135°F±5°F (57.2°C±2.8°C).

5.1.4.3Test Sequence. Establish normal water heater operation. If the water heater is not presently operating, initiate a draw. The draw may be terminated anytime after cut-in occurs. After cut-out occurs (i.e., all thermostats are satisfied), monitor the internal storage tank temperature sensors described in section 4.5 every minute.

Initiate a draw after a maximum mean tank temperature has been observed following cut-out. Record the time when the draw is initiated and designate it as an elapsed time of zero (t* = 0). (The superscript * is used to denote variables pertaining to the first-hour rating test.) Record the outlet water temperature beginning 15 seconds after the draw is initiated and at 5-second intervals thereafter until the draw is terminated. Determine the maximum outlet temperature that occurs during this first draw and record it as T*max, 1. For the duration of this first draw and all successive draws, in addition, monitor the inlet temperature to the water heater to ensure that the required 58°F±2°F (14.4°C±1.1°C) test condition is met. Terminate the hot water draw when the outlet temperature decreases to T*max,1−25°F (T*max,1−13.9°C). Record this temperature as T*min,1. Following draw termination, determine the average outlet water temperature and the mass or volume removed during this first draw and record them as T*del,1 and M*1 or V*1, respectively.

Initiate a second and, if applicable, successive draw each time the applicable draw initiation criteria described in section 5.1.4.2 are satisfied. As required for the first draw, record the outlet water temperature 15 seconds after initiating each draw and at 5-second intervals thereafter until the draw is terminated. Determine the maximum outlet temperature that occurs during each draw and record it as T*max, i, where the subscript i refers to the draw number. Terminate each hot water draw when the outlet temperature decreases to T*max, i−25°F (T*max, i−13.9°C). Record this temperature as T*min, i. Calculate and record the average outlet temperature and the mass or volume removed during each draw (T*del, i and M*i or V*i, respectively). Continue this sequence of draw and recovery until one hour has elapsed, then shut off the electrical power and/or fuel supplied to the water heater.

If a draw is occurring at an elapsed time of one hour, continue this draw until the outlet temperature decreases to T*max, n−25°F (T*max, n −13.9°C), at which time the draw shall be immediately terminated. (The subscript n shall be used to denote quantities associated with the final draw.) If a draw is not occurring at an elapsed time of one hour, a final draw shall be imposed at one hour. This draw shall be immediately terminated when the outlet temperature first indicates a value less than or equal to the cut-off temperature used for the previous draw (T*min, n−1). For cases where the outlet temperature is close to T*min, n−1, the final draw shall proceed for a minimum of 30 seconds. If an outlet temperature greater than T*min, n−1 is not measured within 30 seconds, the draw shall be immediately terminated and zero additional credit shall be given towards first-hour rating (i.e., M*n = 0 or V*n = 0). After the final draw is terminated, calculate and record the average outlet temperature and the mass or volume removed during the draw (T*del, n and M*n or V*n, respectively).

5.1.524-Hour Simulated Use Test. During the simulated use test, a total of 64.±3 1.0 gallons (243±3.8 liters) shall be removed. This value is referred to as the daily hot water usage in the following text.

With the water heater turned off, fill the water heater with supply water and apply pressure as described in section 2.5. Turn on the water heater and associated heat pump unit, if present. After the cut-out occurs, the water heater may be operated for up to three cycles of drawing until cut-in, and then operating until cut-out, prior to the start of the test.

At this time, record the mean tank temperature (T o), and the electrical and/or fuel measurement readings, as appropriate. Begin the 24-hour simulated use test by withdrawing a volume from the water heater that equals one-sixth of the daily hot water usage. Record the time when this first draw is initiated and assign it as the test elapsed time (t) of zero (0). Record the average storage tank and ambient temperature every 15 minutes throughout the 24-hour simulated use test unless a recovery or a draw is occurring. At elapsed time intervals of one, two, three, four, and five hours from t = 0, initiate additional draws, removing an amount of water equivalent to one-sixth of the daily hot water usage with the maximum allowable deviation for any single draw being ± 0.5 gallons (1.9 liters). The quantity of water withdrawn during the sixth draw shall be increased or decreased as necessary such that the total volume of water withdrawn equals 64.3 gallons ± 1.0 gallon (243.4 liters ± 3.8 liters).

All draws during the simulated use test shall be made at flow rates of 3.0 gallons ± 0.25 gallons per minute (11.4 liters ± 0.95 liters per minute). Measurements of the inlet and outlet temperatures shall be made 15 seconds after the draw is initiated and at every subsequent 5-second interval throughout the duration of each draw. The arithmetic mean of the hot water discharge temperature and the cold water inlet temperature shall be determined for each draw (T del, i and T in, i). Determine and record the net mass or volume removed (Mi or Vi ), as appropriate, after each draw.

At the end of the recovery period following the first draw, record the maximum mean tank temperature observed after cut-out, T max, 1, and the energy consumed by an electric resistance, gas or oil-fired water heater, Qr. For heat pump water heaters, the total electrical energy consumed during the first recovery by the heat pump (including compressor, fan, controls, pump, etc.) and, if applicable, by the resistive element(s) shall be recorded as Qr.

At the end of the recovery period that follows the sixth draw, determine and record the total electrical energy and/or fossil fuel consumed since the beginning of the test, Qsu. In preparation for determining the energy consumed during standby, record the reading given on the electrical energy (watt-hour) meter, the gas meter, and/or the scale used to determine oil consumption, as appropriate. Record the maximum value of the mean tank temperature after cut-out as T su. Except as noted below, allow the water heater to remain in the standby mode until 24 hours have elapsed from the start of the test (i.e., since = 0). Prevent the water heater from beginning a recovery cycle during the last hour of the test by turning off the electric power to the electrical heating elements and heat pump, if present, or by turning down the fuel supply to the main burner at an elapsed time of 23 hours. If a recovery is taking place at an elapsed time of 23 hours, wait until the recovery is complete before reducing the electrical and/or fuel supply to the water heater. At 24 hours, record the mean tank temperature, T 24, and the electric and/or fuel instrument readings. Determine the total fossil fuel or electrical energy consumption, as appropriate, for the entire 24-hour simulated use test, Q. Record the time interval between the time at which the maximum mean tank temperature is observed after the sixth draw and the end of the 24-hour test as stby, 1. Record the time during which water is not being withdrawn from the water heater during the entire 24-hour period as stby, 2.

5.2Instantaneous Gas and Electric Water Heaters

5.2.1Setting the Outlet Discharge Temperature. Initiate normal operation of the water heater at the full input rating for electric instantaneous water heaters and at the maximum firing rate specified by the manufacturer for gas instantaneous water heaters. Monitor the discharge water temperature and set to a value of 135°F ± 5°F (57.2°C ± 2.8°C) in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. If the water heater is not capable of providing this discharge temperature when the flow rate is 3.0 gallons ± 0.25 gallons per minute (11.4 liters ± 0.95 liters per minute), then adjust the flow rate as necessary to achieve the specified discharge water temperature. Record the corresponding flow rate as Vmax.

5.2.2Additional Requirements for Variable Input Instantaneous Gas Water Heaters. If the instantaneous water heater incorporates a controller that permits operation at a reduced input rate, adjust the flow rate as necessary to achieve a discharge water temperature of 135°F ± 5°F (57.2°C ± 2.8°C) while maintaining the minimum input rate. Record the corresponding flow rate as Vmin. If an outlet temperature of 135°F ± 5°F (57.2°C ± 2.8°C) cannot be achieved at the minimum flow rate permitted by the instantaneous water heater, record the flow rate as Vmin and the corresponding outlet temperature as Tmin.

5.2.3Maximum GPM Rating Test for Instantaneous Water Heaters. Establish normal water heater operation at the full input rate for electric instantaneous water heaters and at the maximum firing rate for gas instantaneous water heaters with the discharge water temperature set in accordance with Section 5.2.1. During the 10-minute test, either collect the withdrawn water for later measurement of the total mass removed, or alternatively, use a water meter to directly measure the water volume removed.

After recording the scale or water meter reading, initiate water flow throughout the water heater, record the inlet and outlet water temperatures beginning 15 seconds after the start of the test and at subsequent 5-second intervals throughout the duration of the test. At the end of 10 minutes, turn off the water. Determine the mass of water collected, M10m, in pounds (kilograms), or the volume of water, V10m, in gallons (liters).

5.2.4 24-hour Simulated Use Test for Gas Instantaneous Water Heaters.

5.2.4.1Fixed Input Instantaneous Water Heaters. Establish normal operation with the discharge water temperature and flow rate set to values of 135°F ± 5°F (57.2°C ± 2.8°C) and Vmax per Section 5.2.1, respectively. With no draw occurring, record the reading given by the gas meter and/or the electrical energy meter as appropriate. Begin the 24-hour simulated use test by drawing an amount of water out of the water heater equivalent to one-sixth of the daily hot water usage. Record the time when this first draw is initiated and designate it as an elapsed time, t, of 0. At elapsed time intervals of one, two, three, four, and five hours from t = 0, initiate additional draws, removing an amount of water equivalent to one-sixth of the daily hot water usage, with the maximum allowable deviation for any single draw being ± 0.5 gallons (1.9 liters). The quantity of water drawn during the sixth draw shall be increased or decreased as necessary such that the total volume of water withdrawn equals 64.3 gallons ± 1.0 gallons (243.4 liters ± 3.8 liters).

Measurements of the inlet and outlet water temperatures shall be made 15 seconds after the draw is initiated and at every 5-second interval thereafter throughout the duration of the draw. The arithmetic mean of the hot water discharge temperature and the cold water inlet temperature shall be determined for each draw. Record the scale used to measure the mass of the withdrawn water or the water meter reading, as appropriate, after each draw. At the end of the recovery period following the first draw, determine and record the fossil fuel or electrical energy consumed, Qr. Following the sixth draw and subsequent recovery, allow the water heater to remain in the standby mode until exactly 24 hours have elapsed since the start of the test (i.e., since t = 0). At 24 hours, record the reading given by the gas meter and/or the electrical energy meter as appropriate. Determine the fossil fuel or electrical energy consumed during the entire 24-hour simulated use test and designate the quantity as Q.

5.2.4.2Variable Input Instantaneous Water Heaters. If the instantaneous water heater incorporates a controller that permits continuous operation at a reduced input rate, the first three draws shall be conducted using the maximum flow rate, Vmax, while removing an amount of water equivalent to one-sixth of the daily hot water usage, with the maximum allowable deviation for any one of the three draws being ± 0.5 gallons (1.9 liters). The second three draws shall be conducted at Vmin. If an outlet temperature of 135°F ± 5°F (57.2°C ± 2.8°C) could not be achieved at the minimum flow rate permitted by the instantaneous water heater, the last three draws should be lengthened such that the volume removed is:

ER11MY98.001 or ER11MY98.002 where Tmin is the outlet water temperature at the flow rate Vmin as determined in Section 5.2.1, and where the maximum allowable variation for any one of the three draws is ± 0.5 gallons (1.9 liters). The quantity of water withdrawn during the sixth draw shall be increased or decreased as necessary such that the total volume of water withdrawn equals (32.15 + 3÷V4,5,6) ± 1.0 gallons ((121.7 + 3÷V. 4,5,6) ± 3.8 liters).

Measurements of the inlet and outlet water temperatures shall be made 5 seconds after a draw is initiated and at every 5-second interval thereafter throughout the duration of the draw. Determine the arithmetic mean of the hot water discharge temperature and the cold water inlet temperature for each draw. Record the scale used to measure the mass of the withdrawn water or the water meter reading, as appropriate, after each draw. At the end of the recovery period following the first draw, determine and record the fossil fuel or electrical energy consumed, Qr, max. Likewise, record the reading of the meter used to measure fossil fuel or electrical energy consumption prior to the fourth draw and at the end of the recovery period following the fourth draw, and designate the difference as Qr,min. Following the sixth draw and subsequent recovery, allow the water heater to remain in the standby mode until exactly 24 hours have elapsed since the start of the test (i.e., since t=0). At 24 hours, record the reading given by the gas meter and/or the electrical energy meter, as appropriate. Determine the fossil fuel or electrical energy consumed during the entire 24-hour simulated use test and designate the quantity as Q.

6. Computations

6.1Storage Tank and Heat Pump Water Heaters.

6.1.1Storage Tank Capacity. The storage tank capacity is computed using the following:

ER11MY98.003 Where: Vst = the storage capacity of the water heater, gal (L). Wf = the weight of the storage tank when completely filled with water, lb (kg). Wt = the (tare) weight of the storage tank when completely empty, lb (kg). r = the density of water used to fill the tank measured at the temperature of the water, lb/gal (kg/L).

6.1.2.First-Hour Rating Computation. For the case in which the final draw is initiated at or prior to an elapsed time of one hour, the first-hour rating shall be computed using,

ER11MY98.004 Where: n = the number of draws that are completed during the first-hour rating test. V*i = the volume of water removed during the ith draw of the first-hour rating test, gal (L) or, if the mass of water is being measured, ER11MY98.005 Where: M*i = the mass of water removed during the ith draw of the first-hour rating test, lb (kg). r = the water density corresponding to the average outlet temperature measured during the ith draw, (T*del, I), lb/gal (kg/L).

For the case in which a draw is not in progress at the elapsed time of one hour and a final draw is imposed at the elapsed time of one hour, the first-hour rating shall be calculated using

ER11MY98.006 where n and V*i are the same quantities as defined above, and V*n = the volume of water drawn during the nth (final) draw of the first-hour rating test, gal (L) T*del,n−1 = the average water outlet temperature measured during the (n−1)th draw of the first-hour rating test, °F (°C). T*del,n = the average water outlet temperature measured during the nth (final) draw of the first-hour rating test, °F (°C). T*min,n−1 = the minimum water outlet temperature measured during the (n−1)th draw of the first-hour rating test, °F (°C).

6.1.3Recovery Efficiency. The recovery efficiency for gas, oil, and heat pump storage-type water heaters is computed as:

ER11MY98.007 Where: M1 = total mass removed during the first draw of the 24-hour simulated use test, lb (kg), or, if the volume of water is being measured, M1 = V1 r 1 Where: V1 = total volume removed during the first draw of the 24-hour simulated use test, gal (L). r 1 = density of the water at the water temperature measured at the point where the flow volume is measured, lb/gal (kg/L). Cp1 = specific heat of the withdrawn water, (T del,1 + T in,1) 2, Btu/lb°F (kJ/kg°C). T del,1 = average water outlet temperature measured during the first draw of the 24-hour simulated use test, °F (°C). T in,1 = average water inlet temperature measured during the first draw of the 24-hour simulated use test, °F (°C). Vst = as defined in section 6.1.1. r 2 = density of stored hot water, (T max,1 + T o)/2, lb/gal (kg/L). Cp2 = specific heat of stored hot water evaluated at (T max,1 + T o) / 2, Btu/lb°F (kJ/kg2°C). T max,1 = maximum mean tank temperature recorded after cut-out following the first draw of the 24-hour simulated use test, °F (°C). T o = maximum mean tank temperature recorded prior to the first draw of the 24-hour simulated use test, °F (°C). Qr = the total energy used by the water heater between cut-out prior to the first draw and cut-out following the first draw, including auxiliary energy such as pilot lights, pumps, fans, etc., Btu (kJ). (Electrical auxiliary energy shall be converted to thermal energy using the following conversion: 1 kWh = 3,412 Btu.)

The recovery efficiency for electric water heaters with immersed heating elements is assumed to be 98%.

6.1.4Hourly Standby Losses. The hourly standby energy losses are computed as:

ER11MY98.008 Where:

Qhr = the hourly standby energy losses of the water heater, Btu/h (kJ/h).

Qstby = the total energy consumed by the water heater between the time at which the maximum mean tank temperature is observed after the sixth draw and the end of the 24-hour test period, Btu (kJ). Vst = as defined in section 6.1.1. r = density of stored hot water, (T 24 + T su) / 2, lb/gal (kg/L). Cp = specific heat of the stored water, (T 24 + T su) / 2, Btu/lb÷°F (kJ/kg÷°C). T 24 = the mean tank temperature at the end of the 24-hour simulated use test, °F (°C). T su = the maximum mean tank temperature observed after the sixth draw, °F (°C). h r = as defined in section 6.1.3. t stby, 1 = elapsed time between the time at which the maximum mean tank temperature is observed after the sixth draw and the end of the 24-hour simulated use test, h.

The standby heat loss coefficient for the tank is computed as:

ER11MY98.009 Where: UA = standby heat loss coefficient of the storage tank, Btu/h÷°F (kJ/h÷°C). Qhr = as defined in this section. T t, stby,1= overall average storage tank temperature between the time when the maximum mean tank temperature is observed after the sixth draw and the end of the 24-hour simulated use test, °F (°C). T a, stby,1= overall average ambient temperature between the time when the maximum mean tank temperature is observed after the sixth draw and the end of the 24-hour simulated use test, °F (°C).

6.1.5Daily Water Heating Energy Consumption. The daily water heating energy consumption, Qd, is computed as:

ER11MY98.010 Where: Q = total energy used by the water heater during the 24-hour simulated use test including auxiliary energy such as pilot lights, pumps, fans, etc., Btu (kJ). (Electrical auxiliary energy shall be converted to thermal energy using the following conversion: 1 kWh = 3,412 Btu.) Vst = as defined in section 6.1.1. r= density of the stored hot water, (T 24 + T o) / 2, lb/gal (kg/L). Cp = specific heat of the stored water, (T 24 + T o) / 2, Btu/lb÷°F (kJ/kg÷°C). T 24 = mean tank temperature at the end of the 24-hour simulated use test, °F (°C). T o = mean tank temperature at the beginning of the 24-hour simulated use test, recorded one minute before the first draw is initiated, °F (°C). h r = as defined in section 6.1.3.

6.1.6Adjusted Daily Water Heating Energy Consumption. The adjusted daily water heating energy consumption, Qda, takes into account that the temperature difference between the storage tank and surrounding ambient air may not be the nominal value of 67.5°F (135°F-67.5°F) or 37.5°C (57.2°C-19.7°C) due to the 10°F (5.6°C) allowable variation in storage tank temperature, 135°F ± 5°F (57.2°C ± 2.8°C), and the 5°F (2.8°C) allowable variation in surrounding ambient temperature 65 °F (18.3°C) to 70°F (21.1°C). The adjusted daily water heating energy consumption is computed as:

Q da = Q D − [(T stby, 2 − T a, stby,2 ) − (135°F − 67.5°F)] UA t stby, 2 or Q da = Q D − [(T stby, 2 − T a, stby, 2 ) − (57.2°C − 19.7°C)] UA t stby, 2 Where: Qda = the adjusted daily water heating energy consumption, Btu (kJ). Qd = as defined in section 6.1.5. T stby, 2 = the mean tank temperature during the total standby portion, t stby, 2, of the 24-hour test, °F (°C). T a, stby, 2 = the average ambient temperature during the total standby portion, t stby, 2, of the 24-hour test, °F (°C). UA = as defined in section 6.1.4. t stby, 2 = the number of hours during the 24-hour simulated test when water is not being withdrawn from the water heater.

A modification is also needed to take into account that the temperature difference between the outlet water temperature and supply water temperature may not be equivalent to the nominal value of 77°F (135°F-58°F) or 42.8°C (57.2°C-14.4°C). The following equations adjust the experimental data to a nominal 77°F (42.8°C) temperature rise.

The energy used to heat water, Btu/day (kJ/day), may be computed as:

ER11MY98.011 Where: Mi = the mass withdrawn for the ith draw (i = 1 to 6), lb (kg). Cpi = the specific heat of the water of the ith draw, Btu/lb÷°F (kJ/kg÷°C). T del, i = the average water outlet temperature measured during the ith draw (i=1 to 6), °F (°C). T in, i = the average water inlet temperature measured during the ith draw (i=1 to 6), °F (°C). h r = as defined in section 6.1.3.

The energy required to heat the same quantity of water over a 77°F (42.8°C) temperature rise, Btu/day (kJ/day), is:

ER11MY98.012

The difference between these two values is:

Q HWD = Q HW, 77°−F −Q HW or Q HWD = Q HW,42.8°−F −Q HW which must be added to the adjusted daily water heating energy consumption value. Thus, the daily energy consumption value which takes into account that the temperature difference between the storage tank and ambient temperature may not be 67.5°F (37.5°C) and that the temperature rise across the storage tank may not be 77°F (42.8°C) is: Q dm = Q da + Q HWD

6.1.7Energy Factor. The energy factor, Ef, is computed as:

ER11MY98.013 or ER11MY98.014 Where: Q dm = the modified daily water heating energy consumption as computed in accordance with section 6.1.6, Btu (kJ). Mi = the mass withdrawn for the ith draw (i = 1 to 6), lb (kg). Cpi = the specific heat of the water of the ith draw, Btu/lb °F (kJ/kg °C).

6.1.8Annual Energy Consumption. The annual energy consumption for storage-type and heat pump water heaters is computed as:

E annual = 365 × Q dm Where: Q dm = the modified daily water heating energy consumption as computed in accordance with section 6.1.6, Btu (kJ). 365 = the number of days in a year.

6.2Instantaneous Water Heaters.

6.2.1Maximum GPM (L/min) Rating Computation. Compute the maximum gpm (L/min) rating as:

ER11MY98.015 which may be expressed as: ER11MY98.016 Where: M10m = the mass of water collected during the 10-minute test, lb (kg). T del = the average delivery temperature, °F (°C). T in = the average inlet temperature, °F (°C). r = the density of water at the average delivery temperature, lb/gal (kg/L).

If a water meter is used the maximum gpm (L/min) rating is computed as:

ER11MY98.017 Where: V10m = the volume of water measured during the 10-minute test, gal (L). T del = as defined in this section. T in = as defined in this section.

6.2.2Recovery Efficiency

6.2.2.1Fixed Input Instantaneous Water Heaters. The recovery efficiency is computed as:

ER11MY98.018 Where: M1 = total mass removed during the first draw of the 24-hour simulated use test, lb (kg), or, if the volume of water is being measured, M1 = V1. r Where: V1 = total volume removed during the first draw of the 24-hour simulated use test, gal (L). r= density of the water at the water temperature measured at the point where the flow volume is measured, lb/gal (kg/L). Cp1 = specific heat of the withdrawn water, (T del,1 + Tin,1) / 2, Btu/lb °F (kJ/kg °C). T del, 1 = average water outlet temperature measured during the first draw of the 24-hour simulated use test, °F (°C). T in, 1 = average water inlet temperature measured during the first draw of the 24-hour simulated use test, °F (°C). Qr = the total energy used by the water heater between cut-out prior to the first draw and cut-out following the first draw, including auxiliary energy such as pilot lights, pumps, fans, etc., Btu (kJ). (Electrical auxiliary energy shall be converted to thermal energy using the following conversion: 1 kWh = 3,412 Btu.)

6.2.2.2Variable Input Instantaneous Water Heaters. For instantaneous water heaters that have a variable firing rate, two recovery efficiency values are computed, one at the maximum input rate and one at the minimum input rate. The recovery efficiency used in subsequent computations is taken as the average of these two values. The maximum recovery efficiency is computed as:

ER11MY98.019 Where: M1 = as defined in section 6.2.2.1. Cp1 = as defined in section 6.2.2.1. T del, 1 = as defined in section 6.2.2.1. T in, 1 = as defined in section 6.2.2.1. Qr, max = the total energy used by the water heater between burner cut-out prior to the first draw and burner cut-out following the first draw, including auxiliary energy such as pilot lights, Btu (kJ).

The minimum recovery efficiency is computed as:

ER11MY98.020 Where: M4 = the mass withdrawn during the fourth draw, lb (kg), or, if the volume of water is being measured, M4 = V4 r Where: V4 = total volume removed during the first draw of the 24-hour simulated use test, gal (L). r = as defined in 6.2.2.1 Cp4 = the specific heat of water, Btu/lb°F (kJ/kg °C). T del, 4 = the average delivery temperature for the fourth draw, °F (°C). T in, 4 = the average inlet temperature for the fourth draw, °F (°C). Qr, min = the total energy consumed between the beginning of the fourth draw and burner cut-out following the fourth draw, including auxiliary energy such as pilot lights, Btu (kJ).

The recovery efficiency is computed as:

ER11MY98.021

Where: h r,max = as calculated above. h r,min = as calculated above.

6.2.3Daily Water Heating Energy Consumption. The daily water heating energy consumption, Qd, is computed as:

Q d = Q Where: Q = the energy used by the instantaneous water heater during the 24-hr simulated use test.

A modification is needed to take into account that the temperature difference between the outlet water temperature and supply water temperature may not be equivalent to the nominal value of 77°F (135°F−58°F) or 42.8°C (57.2°C−14.4°C). The following equations adjust the experimental data to a nominal 77°F (42.8°C) temperature rise.

The energy used to heat water may be computed as:

ER11MY98.022 Where: Mi = the mass withdrawn during the ith draw, lb (kg). Cpi = the specific heat of water of the ith draw, Btu/lb°F (kJ/kg (°C). T del,i = the average delivery temperature of the ith draw, °F (°C). T in,i = the average inlet temperature of the ith draw, °F (°C). h r = as calculated in section 6.2.2.2.

The energy required to heat the same quantity of water over a 77°F (42.8°C) temperature rise is:

ER11MY98.023 Where: Mi = the mass withdrawn during the ith draw, lb (kg). Cpi = the specific heat of water of the ith draw, Btu/lb°F (kJ/kg (°C). h r = as calculated above.

The difference between these two values is:

Q HWD = Q HW, 77°F − Q HW or Q HWD = Q HW,42.8°C − Q HW which much be added to the daily water heating energy consumption value. Thus, the daily energy consumption value which takes into account that the temperature rise across the storage tank may not be 77°F (42.8°C) is: Q dm = Q d + Q HWD

6.2.4Energy Factor. The energy factor, Ef, is computed as:

ER11MY98.024 Where: Qdm = the daily water heating energy consumption as computed in accordance with section 6.2.3, Btu (kJ). Mi = the mass associated with the ith draw, lb (kg). Cpi = the specific heat of water computed at a temperature of (58°F + 135°F) / 2, Btu/lb °F [(14.4°C + 57.2°C) / 2, kJ/kg °C].

6.2.5Annual Energy Consumption. The annual energy consumption for instantaneous type water heaters is computed as:

E annual = 365 × Q dm Where: Qdm = the modified daily energy consumption, Btu/day (kJ/day). 365 = the number of days in a year. 7. Ratings for Untested Models

In order to relieve the test burden on manufacturers who offer water heaters which differ only in fuel type or power input, ratings for untested models may be established in accordance with the following procedures. In lieu of the following procedures a manufacturer may elect to test the unit for which a rating is sought.

7.1Gas Water Heaters. Ratings obtained for gas water heaters using natural gas can be used for an identical water heater which utilizes propane gas if the input ratings are within ± 10%.

7.2Electric Water Heaters

7.2.1First-Hour Rating. If an electric storage-type water heater is available with more than one input rating, the manufacturer shall designate the standard input rating, and the water heater need only be tested with heating elements at the designated standard input ratings. The first-hour ratings for units having power input rating less than the designated standard input rating shall be assigned a first-hour rating equivalent to the first draw of the first-hour rating for the electric water heater with the standard input rating. For units having power inputs greater than the designated standard input rating, the first-hour rating shall be equivalent to that measured for the water heater with the standard input rating.

7.2.2Energy Factor. The energy factor for identical electric storage-type water heaters, with the exception of heating element wattage, may use the energy factor obtained during testing of the water heater with the designated standard input rating.

[63 FR 26008, May 11, 1998; 63 FR 38738, July 20, 1998] Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. F Appendix F to Subpart B of Part 430— Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Room Air Conditioners

1. Test method. The test method for testing room air conditioners shall consist of application of the methods and conditions in American National Standard (ANS) Z234.1-1972, “Room Air Conditioners,” sections 4, 5, 6.1, and 6.5, and in American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning in Engineers (ASHRAE) Standard 16-69, “Method of Testing for Rating Room Air Conditioners.”

2. Test conditions. Establish the test conditions described in sections 4 and 5 of ANS Z234.1-1972 and in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 16-69.

3. Measurements. Measure the quantities delineated in section 5 of ANS Z234.1-1972.

4. Calculations. 4.1 Calculate the cooling capacity (expressed in Btu/hr) as required in section 6.1 of ANS Z234.1-1972 and in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 16-69.

4.2Determine the electrical power input (expressed in watts) as required by section 6.5 of ANS Z234.1-1972 and in accordance with ASHRAE Standard 16-69.

[42 FR 27898, June 1, 1977. Redesignated and amended at 44 FR 37938, June 29, 1979] Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. G Appendix G to Subpart B of Part 430— Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Unvented Home Heating Equipment 1. Testing conditions.

1.1Installation.

1.1.1Electric heater. Install heater according to manufacturer's instructions. Heaters shall be connected to an electrical supply circuit of nameplate voltage with a wattmeter installed in the circuit. The wattmeter shall have a maximum error not greater than one percent.

1.1.2Unvented gas heater. Install heater according to manufacturer's instructions. Heaters shall be connected to a gas supply line with a gas displacement meter installed between the supply line and the heater according to manufacturer's specifications. The gas displacement meter shall have a maximum error not greater than one percent. Gas heaters with electrical auxiliaries shall be connected to an electrical supply circuit of nameplate voltage with a wattmeter installed in the circuit. The wattmeter shall have a maximum error not greater than one percent.

1.1.3Unvented oil heater. Install heater according to manufacturer's instructions. Oil heaters with electric auxiliaries shall be connected to an electrical supply circuit of nameplate voltage with a wattmeter installed in the circuit. The wattmeter shall have a maximum error not greater than one percent.

1.2Temperature regulating controls. All temperature regulating controls shall be shorted out of the circuit or adjusted so that they will not operate during the test period.

1.3Fan controls. All fan controls shall be set at the highest fan speed setting.

1.4Energy supply.

1.4.1Electrical supply. Supply power to the heater within one percent of the nameplate voltage.

1.4.2Natural gas supply. For an unvented gas heater utilizing natural gas, maintain the gas supply to the heater with a normal inlet test pressure immediately ahead of all controls at 7 to 10 inches of water column. The regulator outlet pressure at normal supply test pressure shall be approximately that recommended by the manufacturer. The natural gas supplied should have a higher heating value within ± 5 percent of 1,025 Btu's per standard cubic foot. Determine the higher heating value, in Btu's per standard cubic foot, for the natural gas to be used in the test, with an error no greater than one percent. Alternatively, the test can be conducted using “bottled” natural gas of a higher heating value within ± 5 percent of 1,025 Btu's per standard cubic foot as long as the actual higher heating value of the bottled natural gas has been determined with an error no greater than one percent as certified by the supplier.

1.4.3Propane gas supply. For an unvented gas heater utilizing propane, maintain the gas supply to the heater with a normal inlet test pressure immediately ahead of all controls at 11 to 13 inches of water column. The regulator outlet pressure at normal supply test pressure shall be that recommended by the manufacturer. The propane supplied should have a higher heating value of within± 5 percent of 2,500 Btu's per standard cubic foot. Determine the higher heating value in Btu's per standard foot, for the propane to be used in the test, with an error no greater than one percent. Alternatively, the test can be conducted using “bottled” propane of a higher heating value within ± 5 percent of 2,500 Btu's per standard cubic foot as long as the actual higher heating value of the bottled propane has been determined with an error no greater than one percent as certified by the supplier.

1.4.4Oil supply. For an unvented oil heater utilizing kerosene, determine the higher heating value in Btu's per gallon with an error no greater than one percent. Alternatively, the test can be conducted using a tested fuel of a higher heating value within ± 5 percent of 137,400 Btu's per gallon as long as the actual higher heating value of the tested fuel has been determined with an error no greater than one percent as certified by the supplier.

1.5Energy flow instrumentation. Install one or more energy flow instruments which measure, as appropriate and with an error no greater than one percent, the quantity of electrical energy, natural gas, propane gas, or oil supplied to the heater.

2. Testing and measurements.

2.1Electric power measurement. Establish the test conditions set forth in section 1 of this appendix. Allow an electric heater to warm up for at least five minutes before recording the maximum electric power measurement from the wattmeter. Record the maximum electric power (PE) expressed in kilowatts.

Allow the auxiliary electrical system of a forced air unvented gas, propane, or oil heater to operate for at least five minutes before recording the maximum auxiliary electric power measurement from the wattmeter. Record the maximum auxiliary electric power (PA) expressed in kilowatts.

2.2Natural gas, propane, and oil measurement. Establish the test conditions as set forth in section 1 of this appendix. A natural gas, propane, or oil heater shall be operated for one hour. Using either the nameplate rating or the energy flow instrumentation set forth in section 1.5 of this appendix and the fuel supply rating set forth in sections 1.4.2, 1.4.3, or 1.4.4 of this appendix, as appropriate, determine the maximum fuel input (PF) of the heater under test in Btu's per hour. The energy flow instrumentation shall measure the maximum fuel input with an error no greater than one percent.

3. Calculations.

3.1Annual energy consumption for primary electric heaters. For primary electric heaters, calculate the annual energy consumption (EE) expressed in kilowatt-hours per year and defined as:

EE=2080(0.77)DHR where: 2080=national average annual heating load hours 0.77=adjustment factor DHR=design heating requirement and is equal to PE /1.2 in kilowatts. PE=as defined in 2.1 of this appendix 1.2=typical oversizing factor for primary electric heaters

3.2Annual energy consumption for primary electric heaters by geographic region of the United States. For primary electric heaters, calculate the annual energy consumption by geographic region of the United States (ER) expressed in kilowatt-hours per year and defined as:

ER=HLH(0.77) (DHR) where: HLH=heating load hours for a specific region determined from Figure 1 of this appendix in hours 0.77=as defined in 3.1 of this appendix DHR=as defined in 3.1 of this appendix

3.3Rated output for electric heaters. Calculate the rated output (Qout) for electric heaters, expressed in Btu's per hour, and defined as:

Qout=PE (3,412 Btu/kWh) where: PE=as defined in 2.1 of this appendix

3.4Rated output for unvented heaters using either natural gas, propane, or oil. For unvented heaters using either natural gas, propane, or oil equipped without auxiliary electrical systems, the rated output (Qout), expressed in Btu's per hour, is equal to PF, as determined in section 2.2 of this appendix.

For unvented heaters using either natural gas, propane, or oil equipped with auxiliary electrical systems, calculate the rated output (Qout), expressed in Btu's per hour, and defined as:

Qout=PF+PA (3,412 Btu/kWh) where: PF=as defined in 2.2 of this appendix in Btu/hr PA=as defined in 2.1 of this appendix in Btu/hr EC04OC91.002 (Energy Policy and Conservation Act, Pub. L. 94-163, as amended by Pub. L. 94-385; Federal Energy Administration Act of 1974, Pub. L. 93-275, as amended by Pub. L. 94-385; Department of Energy Organization Act, Pub. L. 95-91; E.O. 11790, 39 FR 23185) [43 FR 20132, May 10, 1978. Redesignated and amended at 44 FR 37938, June 29, 1979; 49 FR 12157, Mar. 28, 1984] Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. H Appendix H to Subpart B of Part 430— Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Television Sets 1. definitions

1.1“IRE-unit flat field” means a specific video electrical signal which results in a particular level of brightness of the television screen as established by the Institute of Radio Engineers.

1.2“Filament keep-warm” means a feature that provides a voltage to keep vacuum tube and/or picture tube filaments warm for the purpose of allowing almost instantaneous response to the power control swtich.

1.3“Operating time” (t o) means the hours per year during which the television set is operating with power control turned on.

1.4“Remote control” means an optional feature which allows the user to control the television set from more than one location by a hand held device.

1.5“Standby power consumption” (P s) means the minimum amount of energy consumed with the power control switch turned off.

1.6“Standby time” (t s) means the hours per year during which the television set is connected to a power outlet with the power control switch turned off.

1.7“Vacation switch or master on-off switch” means an optional energy saving feature incorporated into the design of a television set that permits the user to disconnect the filament keep-warm circuit(s).

1.8“Remote control defeat switch” means a switch which permits the user to disconnect all standby power to a television set.

2. testing conditions and measurements

2.1Test equipment and test signals. The following equipment and test signals shall be used for testing of television sets.

2.1.1Regulated power source capable of supplying 120 volts (±1.2 volts) alternating current.

2.1.2Signal generator capable of producing radio frequency (RF) television test signals, at a convenient very high frequency (VHF) channel, modulated with, National Television System Committee composite video as follows:

2.1.2.1Standard White Pattern, RF signal modulated to 87 percent with a 100 IRE-unit flat field.

2.1.2.2Standard Black Pattern, all adjustments as for 2.1.2.1 except modulated with a zero IRE-unit flat field.

2.1.2.3The test signals in 2.1.2.1 and 2.1.2.2, supplied by a source whose impedance equals the design antenna impedance of the television set under test, shall be adjusted to a level of 70 decibels (dB) ±3dB, referred to a zero dB level of one femtowatt (1×10−15 watt) available power. (For a 300 ohm source, 70 dB referred to one femtowatt corresponds to an open-circuit voltage of 3.5 millivolts. For the calculation of “available power” use American National Standard C.16.13-1961, Method of Testing Monochrome Television Broadcast Receivers.)

2.1.3Wattmeter capable of measuring the average power consumption of the television set under test. The wattmeter shall be accurate to within 1 percent of the full scale value. All measurements shall be made on the upper half of the scale of the wattmeter.

2.2Initial set-up of television set.

2.2.1Remove all batteries from television sets designed for both battery and alternating current operation. Deactivate all present or automatic controls affecting brightness which are customer options. Adjust all non-customer controls according to the manufacturer's service procedure.

2.2.2Apply power to the television set under test from the power source specified in 2.1.1 through the wattmeter specified in 2.1.3. Adjust the volume control to the lowest possible setting.

2.2.3Connect the output of the signal generator as specified in 2.1.2 to the VHF antenna terminals of the television set. Tune the television set to the channel of the RF signal.

2.3Measurement of operating power consumption (P o)

2.3.1Turn on the television set and allow at least five minutes warm-up time. With the synchronization controls adjusted for a stable test pattern, apply the standard white pattern specified in 2.1.2.1 to the television set. Adjust any customer controls other than the volume or synchronization controls for maximum power consumption as indicated by the wattmeter specified in 2.1.3. Illuminate any room illuminance sensor which has not been deactivated, to produce maximum power consumption. Record the white pattern consumption (P w) as indicated by the wattmeter in watts.

2.3.2Change the signal source to the standard black pattern specified in 2.1.2.2. Adjust any customer controls, other than the volume or synchronization controls, for the minimum power consumption as indicated by the wattmeter. Cover any room illuminance sensor which has not been deactivated. Record the black pattern power consumption (P b) as indicated by the wattmeter in watts.

2.3.3Compute the operating power consumption (p o) as follows:

P o=(P w+P b/2)where

P o=operating power consumption in watts

P w=as determined from 2.3.1

P b=as determined from 2.3.2

2.2Measurements of standby power consumption (P s)

2.4.1For television sets without either a vacation switch or a remote control defeat switch, turn the power switch off and after two minutes measure the standby power consumption (P).

2.4.2For a television set equipped with a remote control defeat switch, a vacation switch or both, turn the power switch, any vacation switch, and any remote er consumptions, (P max).The standby power is then calculated from the equation:

P s=[(P max−P min)/2]+P min where

P s=standby power consumption in watts

P max=power consumption, in watts, measured with the television set power switch off and the vacation switch and remote control defeat switch in the highest energy consuming position.

P min=power consumption, in watts, measured with the television set power switch off and the vacation switch and remote control defeat switch in the lowest energy consuming position.

3.0Average Annual Energy Consumption

E=(P o t o/1,000)+(P s t s/1,000)=2.2P o+6.56P s where

E=total average energy consumed by the television set (kilowatt-hour per year)

P o=operating power consumption as computed in 2.3.3

t o=operating time, 2,200 h/yr

Ps=standby power consumption computed in 2.4

t s=standby time, 6,560 h/yr

 [42 FR 46154, Sept. 14, 1977. Redesignated and amended at 44 FR 37938, June 29, 1979] Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. I Appendix I to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Conventional Ranges, Conventional Cooking Tops, Conventional Ovens, and Microwave Ovens 1. Definitions

1.1Built-in means the product is supported by surrounding cabinetry, walls, or other similar structures.

1.2Drop-in means the product is supported by horizontal surface cabinetry.

1.3Forced convection means a mode of conventional oven operation in which a fan is used to circulate the heated air within the oven compartment during cooking.

1.4Freestanding means the product is not supported by surrounding cabinetry, walls, or other similar structures.

1.5IEC 705 refers to the test standard published by the International Electrotechnical Commission, entitled “Method for Measuring the Performance of Microwave Ovens for Household and Similar Purposes,” Publication 705-1988 and Amendment 2—1993. (See 10 CFR 430.22)

1.6Normal nonoperating temperature means the temperature of all areas of an appliance to be tested are within 5°F (2.8°C) of the temperature that the identical areas of the same basic model of the appliance would attain if it remained in the test room for 24 hours while not operating with all oven doors closed and with any gas pilot lights on and adjusted in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

1.7Primary energy consumption means either the electrical energy consumption of a conventional electric oven or the gas energy consumption of a conventional gas oven.

1.8Secondary energy consumption means any electrical energy consumption, other than clock energy consumption, of a conventional gas oven.

1.9Standard cubic foot (L) of gas means that quantity of gas that occupies 1 cubic foot (L) when saturated with water vapor at a temperature of 60°F (15.6°C) and a pressure of 30 inches of mercury (101.6 kPa) (density of mercury equals 13.595 grams per cubic centimeter).

1.10Thermocouple means a device consisting of two dissimilar metals which are joined together and, with their associated wires, are used to measure temperature by means of electromotive force.

1.11Symbol Usage. The following identity relationships are provided to help clarify the symbology used throughout this procedure.

A—Number of Hours in a Year B—Number of Hours Pilot Light Contributes to Cooking C—Specific Heat E—Energy Consumed Eff—Cooking Efficiency H—Heating Value of Gas K—Conversion for Watt-hours to Kilowatt hours Ke—3.412 Btu/Wh, Conversion for Watt-hours to Btu's M—Mass n—Number of Units O—Annual Useful Cooking Energy Output P—Power Q—Gas Flow Rate R—Energy Factor, Ratio of useful Cooking Energy Output to Total Energy Input S—Number of Self Cleaning Operations per Year T—Temperature t—Time V—Volume of Gas Consumed W—Weight of Test Block 2. Test Conditions

2.1Installation. A free standing kitchen range shall be installed with the back directly against, or as near as possible to, a vertical wall which extends at least 1 foot above and on either side of the appliance. There shall be no side walls. A drop-in, built-in or wall-mounted appliance shall be installed in an enclosure in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. These appliances are to be completely assembled with all handles, knobs, guards and the like mounted in place. Any electric resistance heaters, gas burners, baking racks, and baffles shall be in place in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions; however, broiler pans are to be removed from the oven's baking compartment. Disconnect any electrical clock which uses energy continuously, except for those that are an integral part of the timing or temperature controlling circuit of the oven, cooktop, or microwave oven. Do not disconnect or modify the circuit to any other electrical devices or features.

2.1.1Conventional electric ranges, ovens, and cooking tops. These products shall be connected to an electrical supply circuit with voltage as specified in Section 2.2.1 with a watt-hour meter installed in the circuit. The watt-hour meter shall be as described in Section 2.9.1.1.

2.1.2Conventional gas ranges, ovens, and cooking tops. These products shall be connected to a gas supply line with a gas meter installed between the supply line and the appliance being tested, according to manufacturer's specifications. The gas meter shall be as described in Section 2.9.2. Conventional gas ranges, ovens and cooking tops with electrical ignition devices or other electrical components shall be connected to an electrical supply circuit of nameplate voltage with a watt-hour meter installed in the circuit. The watt-hour meter shall be as described in Section 2.9.1.1.

2.1.3Microwave ovens. Install the microwave oven in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and connect to an electrical supply circuit with voltage as specified in Section 2.2.1. A watt-hour meter and watt meter shall be installed in the circuit and shall be as described in Section 2.9.1.1 and 2.9.1.2. If trial runs are needed to set the “on” time for the test, the test measurements are to be separated according to Section 4, Paragraph 12.6 of IEC 705 Amendment 2. (See 10 CFR 430.22)

2.2Energy supply.

2.2.1Electrical supply. Maintain the electrical supply to the conventional range, conventional cooking top, and conventional oven being tested at 240/120 volts except that basic models rated only at 208/120 volts shall be tested at that rating. Maintain the voltage within 2 percent of the above specified voltages. For the microwave oven testing, however, maintain the electrical supply to a microwave oven at 120 volts ±1 volt and at 60 hertz.

2.2.2Gas supply.

2.2.2.1Gas burner adjustments. Conventional gas ranges, ovens, and cooking tops shall be tested with all of the gas burners adjusted in accordance with the installation or operation instructions provided by the manufacturer. In every case, the burner must be adjusted with sufficient air flow to prevent a yellow flame or a flame with yellow tips.

2.2.2.2Natural gas. For testing convertible cooking appliances or appliances which are designed to operate using only natural gas, maintain the natural gas pressure immediately ahead of all controls of the unit under test at 7 to 10 inches of water column (1743.6 to 2490.8 Pa). The regulator outlet pressure shall equal the manufacturer's recommendation. The natural gas supplied should have a heating value of approximately 1,025 Btu's per standard cubic foot (38.2 kJ/L). The actual gross heating value, Hn, in Btu's per standard cubic foot (kJ/L), for the natural gas to be used in the test shall be obtained either from measurements made by the manufacturer conducting the test using equipment that meets the requirements described in Section 2.9.4 or by the use of bottled natural gas whose gross heating value is certified to be at least as accurate a value that meets the requirements in Section 2.9.4.

2.2.2.3Propane. For testing convertible cooking appliances with propane or for testing appliances which are designed to operate using only LP-gas, maintain the propane pressure immediately ahead of all controls of the unit under test at 11 to 13 inches of water column (2740 to 3238 Pa). The regulator outlet pressure shall equal the manufacturer's recommendation. The propane supplied should have a heating value of approximately 2,500 Btu's per standard cubic foot (93.2 kJ/L). The actual gross heating value, Hp, in Btu's per standard cubic foot (kJ/L), for the propane to be used in the test shall be obtained either from measurements made by the manufacturer conducting the test using equipment that meets the requirements described in Section 2.9.4 or by the use of bottled propane whose gross heating value is certified to be at least as accurate a value that meets the requirements described in Section 2.9.4.

2.2.2.4Test gas. A basic model of a convertible cooking appliance shall be tested with natural gas, but may also be tested with propane. Any basic model of a conventional range, conventional cooking top, or conventional oven which is designed to operate using only natural gas as the energy source must be tested with natural gas. Any basic model of a conventional range, conventional cooking top, or conventional oven which is designed to operate using only LP gas as the gas energy source must be tested with propane gas.

2.3Air circulation. Maintain air circulation in the room sufficient to secure a reasonably uniform temperature distribution, but do not cause a direct draft on the unit under test.

2.4Setting the conventional oven thermostat.

2.4.1Conventional electric oven. Install a thermocouple approximately in the center of the usable baking space. Provide a temperature indicator system for measuring the oven's temperature with an accuracy as indicated in Section 2.9.3.2. If the oven thermostat does not cycle on and off, adjust or determine the conventional electric oven thermostat setting to provide an average internal temperature which is 325°±5°F (180.6° ±2.8°C) higher than the room ambient air temperature. If the oven thermostat operates by cycling on and off, adjust or determine the conventional electric oven thermostat setting to provide an average internal temperature which is 325°±5°F (180.6°±2.8°C) higher than the room ambient air temperature. This shall be done by measuring the maximum and minimum temperatures in any three consecutive cut-off/cut-on actions of the electric resistance heaters, excluding the initial cut-off/cut-on action, by the thermostat after the temperature rise of 325°±5°F (180.6° ±2.8°C) has been attained by the conventional electric oven. Remove the thermocouple after the thermostat has been set.

2.4.2Conventional gas oven. Install five parallel-connected weighted thermocouples, one located at the center of the conventional gas oven's usable baking space and the other four equally spaced between the center and the corners of the conventional gas oven on the diagonals of a horizontal plane through the center of the conventional gas oven. Each weighted thermocouple shall be constructed of a copper disc that is 1-inch (25.4 mm) in diameter and 1/8-inch (3.2 mm) thick. The two thermocouple wires shall be located in two holes in the disc spaced 1/2-inch (12.7 mm) apart, with each hole being located 1/4-inch (6.4 mm) from the center of the disc. Both thermocouple wires shall be silver-soldered to the copper disc. Provide a temperature indicator system for measuring the oven's temperature with an accuracy as indicated in Section 2.9.3.2. If the oven thermostat does not cycle on or off, adjust or determine the conventional gas oven thermostat setting to provide an average internal temperature which is 325°±5°F (180.6°±2.8°C) higher than the room ambient air temperature. If the oven thermostat operates by cycling on and off, adjust or determine the conventional gas oven thermostat setting to provide an average internal temperature which is 325°±5°F (180.6±2.8°C) higher than the room ambient air temperature. This shall be done by measuring the maximum and minimum temperatures in any three consecutive cut-off/cut-on actions of the gas burners, excluding the initial cut-off/cut-on action, by the thermostat after the temperature rise of 325°±5°F (180.6°±2.8°C) has been attained by the conventional gas oven. Remove the thermocouples after the thermostat has been set.

2.5Ambient room air temperature. During the test, maintain an ambient room air temperature, TR, of 77°±9°F (25°±5°C) for conventional ovens and cooking tops, or as indicated in Section 4, Paragraph 12.4 of IEC 705 Amendment 2 for microwave ovens, as measured at least 5 feet (1.5 m) and not more than 8 feet (2.4 m) from the nearest surface of the unit under test and approximately 3 feet (0.9 m) above the floor. The temperature shall be measured with a thermometer or temperature indicating system with an accuracy as specified in Section 2.9.3.1.

2.6 Normal nonoperating temperature. All areas of the appliance to be tested shall attain the normal nonoperating temperature, as defined in Section 1.6, before any testing begins. The equipment for measuring the applicable normal nonoperating temperature shall be as described in Sections 2.9.3.1, 2.9.3.2, 2.9.3.3, 2.9.3.4, and 2.9.3.5, as applicable.

2.7Test blocks for conventional oven and cooking top. The test blocks shall be made of aluminum alloy No. 6061, with a specific heat of 0.23 Btu/lb- °F (0.96 kJ/[kg÷ °C]) and with any temper that will give a czoefficient of thermal conductivity of 1073.3 to 1189.1 Btu-in/h-ft2- °F (154.8 to 171.5 W/[m÷ °C]). Each block shall have a hole at its top. The hole shall be 0.08 inch (2.03 mm) in diameter and 0.80 inch (20.3 mm) deep. The manufacturer conducting the test may provide other means which will ensure that the thermocouple junction is installed at this same position and depth.

The bottom of each block shall be flat to within 0.002 inch (0.051 mm) TIR (total indicator reading). Determine the actual weight of each test block with a scale with an accuracy as indicated in Section 2.9.5.

2.7.1Conventional oven test block. The test block for the conventional oven, W1, shall be 6.25±0.05 inches (158.8±1.3 mm) in diameter, approximately 2.8 inches (71 mm) high and shall weigh 8.5±0.1 lbs (3.86±0.05 kg). The block shall be finished with an anodic black coating which has a minimum thickness of 0.001 inch (0.025 mm) or with a finish having the equivalent absorptivity.

2.7.2Small test block for conventional cooking top. The small test block, W2, shall be 6.25±0.05 inches (158.8±1.3 mm) in diameter, approximately 2.8 inches (71 mm) high and shall weigh 8.5±0.1 lbs (3.86±0.05 kg).

2.7.3Large test block for conventional cooking top. The large test block for the conventional cooking top, W3, shall be 9±0.05 inches (228.6±1.3 mm) in diameter, approximately 3.0 inches (76 mm) high and shall weigh 19±0.1 lbs (8.62±0.05 kg).

2.7.4Thermocouple installation. Install the thermocouple such that the thermocouple junction (where the thermocouple contacts the test block) is at the bottom of the hole provided in the test block and that the thermocouple junction makes good thermal contact with the aluminum block. If the test blocks are to be water cooled between tests the thermocouple hole should be sealed, or other steps taken, to insure that the thermocouple hole is completely dry at the start of the next test. Provide a temperature indicator system for measuring the test block temperature with an accuracy as indicated in Section 2.9.3.3.

2.7.5Initial test block temperature. Maintain the initial temperature of the test blocks, TI, within ±4°F (±2.2°C) of the ambient room air temperature as specified in Section 2.5. If the test block has been cooled (or heated) to bring it to room temperature, allow the block to stabilize for at least 2 minutes after removal from the cooling (or heating) source, before measuring its initial temperature.

2.8Microwave oven test load.

2.8.1Test container. The test container shall be as specified in Section 4, Paragraph 12.2 of IEC 705 Amendment 2.

2.8.2Test water load. The test water load shall be as specified in Section 4, Paragraph 12.1 of IEC 705 Amendment 2.

2.8.2.1Test water load and test container temperature. Before the start of the test, the oven and the test container shall be at ambient temperature as specified in Section 4, Paragraph 12.4 of IEC 705 Amendment 2. The test water load shall be contained in a chiller (not the test container) and maintained at 18° ± 1.8°F (10° ± 1°C) below the ambient room temperature.

2.9Instrumentation. Perform all test measurements using the following instruments, as appropriate:

2.9.1Electrical Measurements.

2.9.1.1Watt-hour meter. The watt-hour meter for measuring the electrical energy consumption of conventional ovens and cooking tops shall have a resolution of 1 watt-hour (3.6 kJ) or less and a maximum error no greater than 1.5 percent of the measured value for any demand greater than 100 watts. The watt-hour meter for measuring the energy consumption of microwave ovens shall have a resolution of 0.1 watt-hour (0.36 kJ) or less and a maximum error no greater than 1.5 percent of the measured value.

2.9.1.2Watt meter. The watt meter used to measure the conventional oven, conventional range, range clock power or the power input of the microwave oven shall have a resolution of 0.2 watt (0.2 J/s) or less and a maximum error no greater than 5 percent of the measured value.

2.9.2Gas Measurements.

2.9.2.1Positive displacement meters. The gas meter to be used for measuring the gas consumed by the gas burners of the oven or cooking top shall have a resolution of 0.01 cubic foot (0.28 L) or less and a maximum error no greater than 1 percent of the measured value for any demand greater than 2.2 cubic feet per hour (62.3 L/h). If a positive displacement gas meter is used for measuring the gas consumed by the pilot lights, it shall have a resolution of at least 0.01 cubic foot (0.28 L) or less and have a maximum error no greater than 2 percent of the measured value.

2.9.2.2Flow meter. If a gas flow meter is used for measuring the gas consumed by the pilot lights, it shall be calibrated to have a maximum error no greater than 1.5 percent of the measured value and a resolution of 1 percent or less of the measured value.

2.9.3Temperature measurement equipment.

2.9.3.1Room temperature indicating system. The room temperature indicating system shall be as specified in Section 4, Paragraph 12.3 of IEC 705 Amendment 2 for microwave ovens and Section 2.9.3.5 for ranges, ovens and cooktops.

2.9.3.2Temperature indicator system for measuring conventional oven temperature. The equipment for measuring the conventional oven temperature shall have an error no greater than ±4°F (±2.2°C) over the range of 65° to 500°F (18°C to 260°C).

2.9.3.3Temperature indicator system for measuring test block temperature. The system shall have an error no greater than ±2°F (±1.1°C) when measuring specific temperatures over the range of 65° to 330°F (18.3°C to 165.6°C). It shall also have an error no greater than ±2°F (±1.1°C) when measuring any temperature difference up to 240°F (133.3 °C) within the above range.

2.9.3.4Test load temperatures. The thermometer or other temperature measuring instrument used to measure the test water load temperature shall be as specified in Section 4, Paragraph 12.3 of IEC 705 Amendment 2. Use only one thermometer or other temperature measuring device throughout the entire test procedure.

2.9.3.5Temperature indicator system for measuring surface temperatures. The temperature of any surface of an appliance shall be measured by means of a thermocouple in firm contact with the surface. The temperature indicating system shall have an error no greater than ±1°F (±0.6°C) over the range 65° to 90°F (18°C to 32°C).

2.9.4Heating Value. The heating value of the natural gas or propane shall be measured with an instrument and associated readout device that has a maximum error no greater than ±0.5% of the measured value and a resolution of ±0.2% or less of the full scale reading of the indicator instrument. The heating value of natural gas or propane must be corrected for local temperature and pressure conditions.

2.9.5Scale. The scale used for weighing the test blocks shall have a maximum error no greater than 1 ounce (28.4 g). The scale used for weighing the microwave oven test water load shall be as specified in Section 4, paragraph 12.3 of IEC 705 Amendment 2.

3. Test Methods and Measurements

3.1Test methods.

3.1.1Conventional oven. Perform a test by establishing the testing conditions set forth in Section 2, “TEST CONDITIONS,” of this Appendix, and adjust any pilot lights of a conventional gas oven in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and turn off the gas flow to the conventional cooking top, if so equipped. Before beginning the test, the conventional oven shall be at its normal nonoperating temperature as defined in Section 1.6 and described in Section 2.6. Set the conventional oven test block W1 approximately in the center of the usable baking space. If there is a selector switch for selecting the mode of operation of the oven, set it for normal baking. If an oven permits baking by either forced convection by using a fan, or without forced convection, the oven is to be tested in each of those two modes. The oven shall remain on for at least one complete thermostat “cut-off/cut-on” of the electrical resistance heaters or gas burners after the test block temperature has increased 234°F (130°C) above its initial temperature.

3.1.1.1Self-cleaning operation of a conventional oven. Establish the test conditions set forth in Section 2, “TEST CONDITIONS,” of this Appendix. Adjust any pilot lights of a conventional gas oven in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and turn off the gas flow to the conventional cooking top. The temperature of the conventional oven shall be its normal nonoperating temperature as defined in Section 1.6 and described in Section 2.6. Then set the conventional oven's self-cleaning process in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. If the self-cleaning process is adjustable, use the average time recommended by the manufacturer for a moderately soiled oven.

3.1.1.2Continuously burning pilot lights of a conventional gas oven. Establish the test conditions set forth in Section 2, “TEST CONDITIONS,” of this Appendix. Adjust any pilot lights of a conventional gas oven in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and turn off the gas flow to the conventional cooking top. If a positive displacement gas meter is used the, test duration shall be sufficient to measure a gas consumption which is at least 200 times the resolution of the gas meter.

3.1.2Conventional cooking top. Establish the test conditions set forth in Section 2, “TEST CONDITIONS,” of this Appendix. Adjust any pilot lights of a conventional gas cooking top in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and turn off the gas flow to the conventional oven(s), if so equipped. The temperature of the conventional cooking top shall be its normal nonoperating temperature as defined in Section 1.6 and described in Section 2.6. Set the test block in the center of the surface unit under test. The small test block, W2, shall be used on electric surface units of 7 inches (178 mm) or less in diameter. The large test block, W3, shall be used on electric surface units over 7 inches (177.8 mm) in diameter and on all gas surface units. Turn on the surface unit under test and set its energy input rate to the maximum setting. When the test block reaches 144 °F (80 °C) above its initial test block temperature, immediately reduce the energy input rate to 25±5 percent of the maximum energy input rate. After 15±0.1 minutes at the reduced energy setting, turn off the surface unit under test.

3.1.2.1Continuously burning pilot lights of a conventional gas cooking top. Establish the test conditions set forth in Section 2, “TEST CONDITIONS,” of this Appendix. Adjust any pilot lights of a conventional gas cooking top in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and turn off the gas flow to the conventional oven(s). If a positive displacement gas meter is used, the test duration shall be sufficient to measure a gas consumption which is at least 200 times the resolution of the gas meter.

3.1.3Microwave oven.

3.1.3.1Microwave oven test energy or power output. Establish the testing conditions set forth in Section 2, “TEST CONDITIONS,” of this Appendix. Follow the test procedure as specified in Section 4, Paragraph 12.4 of IEC 705 Amendment 2.

3.2Test measurements.

3.2.1Conventional oven test energy consumption. If the oven thermostat controls the oven temperature without cycling on and off, measure the energy consumed, EO, when the temperature of the block reaches TO (TO is 234 °F (130 °C) above the initial block temperature, TI). If the oven thermostat operates by cycling on and off, make the following series of measurements: Measure the block temperature, TA, and the energy consumed, EA, or volume of gas consumed, VA, at the end of the last “ON” period of the conventional oven before the block reaches TO. Measure the block temperature, TB, and the energy consumed, EB, or volume of gas consumed, VB, at the beginning of the next “ON” period. Measure the block temperature, TC, and the energy consumed, EC, or volume of gas consumed, VC, at the end of that “ON” period. Measure the block temperature, TD, and the energy consumed, ED, or volume of gas consumed, VD, at the beginning of the following “ON” period. Energy measurements for EO, EA, EB, EC and ED, should be expressed in watt-hours (kJ) for conventional electric ovens and volume measurements for VA, VB, VC and VD should be expressed in standard cubic feet (L) of gas for conventional gas ovens. For a gas oven, measure in watt-hours (kJ) any electrical energy, EIO, consumed by an ignition device or other electrical components required for the operation of a conventional gas oven while heating the test block to TO. The energy consumed by a continuously operating clock that is an integral part of the timing or temperature control circuit and cannot be disconnected during the test may be subtracted from the oven test energy to obtain the test energy consumption, EO or EIO.

3.2.1.1Conventional oven average test energy consumption. If the conventional oven permits baking by either forced convection or without forced convection and the oven thermostat does not cycle on and off, measure the energy consumed with the forced convection mode, (EO)1, and without the forced convection mode, (EO)2, when the temperature of the block reaches TO (TO is 234 °F (130 °C) above the initial block temperature, TI). If the conventional oven permits baking by either forced convection or without forced convection and the oven thermostat operates by cycling on and off, make the following series of measurements with and without the forced convection mode: Measure the block temperature, TA, and the energy consumed, EA, or volume of gas consumed, VA, at the end of the last “ON” period of the conventional oven before the block reaches TO. Measure the block temperature, TB, and the energy consumed, EB, or volume of gas consumed, VB, at the beginning of the next “ON” period. Measure the block temperature, TC, and the energy consumed, EC, or volume of gas consumed, VC, at the end of that “ON” period. Measure the block temperature, TD, and the energy consumed, ED, or volume of gas consumed, VD, at the beginning of the following “ON” period. Energy measurements for EO, EA, EB, EC and ED should be expressed in watt-hours (kJ) for conventional electric ovens and volume measurements for VA, VB, VC and VD should be expressed in standard cubic feet (L) of gas for conventional gas ovens. For a gas oven that can be operated with or without forced convection, measure in watt-hours (kJ) any electrical energy consumed by an ignition device or other electrical components required for the operation of a conventional gas oven while heating the test block to TO using the forced convection mode, (EIO)1, and without using the forced convection mode, (EIO)2. The energy consumed by a continuously operating clock that is an integral part of the timing or temperature control circuit and cannot be disconnected during the test may be subtracted from the oven test energy to obtain the test energy consumption, (EO)1 and (EO)2 or (EIO)1 and (EIO)2.

3.2.1.2Energy consumption of self-cleaning operation. Measure the energy consumption, ES, in watt-hours (kJ) of electricity or the volume of gas consumption, VS, in standard cubic feet (L) during the self-cleaning test set forth in Section 3.1.1.1. For a gas oven, also measure in watt-hours (kJ) any electrical energy, EIS, consumed by ignition devices or other electrical components required during the self-cleaning test. The energy consumed by a continuously operating clock that is an integral part of the timing or temperature control circuit and cannot be disconnected during the test may be subtracted from the self-cleaning test energy to obtain the energy consumption, ES or EIS

3.2.1.3Gas consumption of continuously burning pilot lights. Measure the gas consumption of the pilot lights, VOP, in standard cubic feet (L) of gas and the test duration, tOP, in hours for the test set forth in Section 3.1.1.2. If a gas flow rate meter is used, measure the flow rate, QOP, in standard cubic feet per hour (L/h).

3.2.1.4Clock power. If the conventional oven or conventional range includes an electric clock which is on continuously, and the power rating in watts (J/s) of this feature is not known, measure the clock power, PCL, in watts (J/s.) The power rating or measurement of continuously operating clocks, that are an integral part of the timing or temperature control circuits and cannot be disconnected during testing, shall be multiplied by the applicable test period to calculate the clock energy consumption, in watt-hours (kJ), during a test. The energy consumed by the clock during the test may then be subtracted from the test energy to obtain the specified test energy consumption value.

3.2.2Conventional surface unit test energy consumption. For the surface unit under test, measure the energy consumption, ECT, in watt-hours (kJ) of electricity or the volume of gas consumption, VCT, in standard cubic feet (L) of gas and the test block temperature, TCT, at the end of the 15 minute (reduced input setting) test interval for the test specified in Section 3.1.2 and the total time, tCT, in hours, that the unit is under test. Measure any electrical energy, EIC, consumed by an ignition device of a gas heating element in watt-hours (kJ). The energy consumed by a continuously operating clock that is an integral part of the timing or temperature control circuit and cannot be disconnected during the test may be subtracted from the cooktop test energy to obtain the test energy consumption, ECT or EIC.

3.2.2.1Gas consumption of continuously burning pilot lights. If the conventional gas cooking top under test has one or more continuously burning pilot lights, measure the gas consumed during the test by the pilot lights, VCP, in standard cubic feet (L) of gas, and the test duration, tCP, in hours as specified in Section 3.1.2.1. If a gas flow rate meter is used, measure the flow rate, QCP, in standard cubic feet per hour (L/h).

3.2.3Microwave oven test energy consumption and power input. Measurements are to be made as specified in Section 4, Paragraphs 12.4 and 13 of IEC 705 and Amendment 2. Measure the electrical input energy, EM, in watt-hours (kJ) consumed by the microwave oven during the test. Repeat the tests three times unless the power output value resulting from the second measurement is within 1.5% of the value obtained from the first measurement as stated in Section 4, Paragraphs 12.6 of IEC 705 Amendment 2. (See 10 CFR 430.22.)

3.3Recorded values.

3.3.1Record the test room temperature, TR, at the start and end of each range, oven or cooktop test, as determined in Section 2.5.

3.3.2Record measured test block weights W1, W2, and W3 in pounds (kg).

3.3.3Record the initial temperature, T1, of the test block under test.

3.3.4For a conventional oven with a thermostat which operates by cycling on and off, record the conventional oven test measurements TA, EA, TB, EB, TC, EC, TD, and ED for conventional electric ovens or TA, VA, TB, VB, TC, VC, TD, and VD for conventional gas ovens. If the thermostat controls the oven temperature without cycling on and off, record EO. For a gas oven which also uses electrical energy for the ignition or operation of the oven, also record EIO.

3.3.5For a conventional oven that can be operated with or without forced convection and the oven thermostat controls the oven temperature without cycling on and off, measure the energy consumed with the forced convection mode, (EO)1, and without the forced convection mode, (EO)2. If the conventional oven operates with or without forced convection and the thermostat controls the oven temperature by cycling on and off, record the conventional oven test measurements TA, EA, TB, EB, TC, EC, TD, and ED for conventional electric ovens or TA, VA, TB, VB, TC, VC, TD, and VD for conventional gas ovens. For a gas oven that can be operated with or without forced convection, measure any electrical energy consumed by an ignition device or other electrical components used during the forced convection mode, (EIO)1, and without using the forced convection mode, (EIO)2.

3.3.6Record the measured energy consumption, ES, or gas consumption, VS, and for a gas oven, any electrical energy, EIS, for the test of the self-cleaning operation of a conventional oven.

3.3.7Record the gas flow rate, QOP; or the gas consumption, VOP, and the elapsed time, tOP, that any continuously burning pilot lights of a conventional oven are under test.

3.3.8Record the clock power measurement or rating, PCL, in watts (J/s), except for microwave oven tests.

3.3.9For the surface unit under test, record the electric energy consumption, ECT, or the gas volume consumption, VCT, the final test block temperature, TCT, the total test time, tCT. For a gas cooking top which uses electrical energy for ignition of the burners, also record EIC.

3.3.10Record the gas flow rate, QCP; or the gas consumption, VCP, and the elapsed time, tCP, that any continuously burning pilot lights of a conventional gas cooking top are under test.

3.3.11Record the heating value, Hn, as determined in Section 2.2.2.2 for the natural gas supply.

3.3.12Record the heating value, Hp, as determined in Section 2.2.2.3 for the propane supply.

3.3.13Record the electrical input energy and power input, EM and PM, for the microwave oven test; the initial and final temperature, T1 and T2, of the test water load; the mass of the test container before filling with the test water load and the mass of the test water load, MC and MW respectively; and the measured room temperature, T0; as determined in Section 3.2.3.

4. Calculation of Derived Results From Test Measurements

4.1Conventional oven.

4.1.1Test energy consumption. For a conventional oven with a thermostat which operates by cycling on and off, calculate the test energy consumption, EO, expressed in watt-hours (kJ) for electric ovens and in Btu's (kJ) for gas ovens, and defined as:

ER03OC97.000 for electric ovens, and, ER03OC97.001 For gas ovens Where:

H = either Hn or Hp, the heating value of the gas used in the test as specified in Section 2.2.2.2 and Section 2.2.2.3, expressed in Btu's per standard cubic foot (kJ/L).

TO = 234°F (130°C) plus the initial test block temperature. and, ER03OC97.002 Where: TA = block temperature in °F (°C) at the end of the last “ON” period of the conventional oven before the test block reaches TO. TB = block temperature in °F (°C) at the beginning of the “ON” period following the measurement of TA. TC = block temperature in °F (°C) at the end of the “ON” period which starts with TB. TD = block temperature in °F (°C) at the beginning of the “ON” period which follows the measurement of TC. EA = electric energy consumed in Wh (kJ) at the end of the last “ON” period before the test block reaches TO. EB = electric energy consumed in Wh (kJ) at the beginning of the “ON” period following the measurement of TA. EC = electric energy consumed in Wh (kJ) at the end of the “ON” period which starts with TB. ED = electric energy consumed in Wh (kJ) at the beginning of the “ON” period which follows the measurement of TC. VA = volume of gas consumed in standard cubic feet (L) at the end of the last “ON” period before the test block reaches TO. VB = volume of gas consumed in standard cubic feet (L) at the beginning of the “ON” period following the measurement of TA. VC = volume of gas consumed in standard cubic feet (L) at the end of the “ON” period which starts with TB. VD = volume of gas consumed in standard cubic feet (L) at the beginning of the “ON” period which follows the measurement of TC.

The energy consumed by a continuously operating clock that cannot be disconnected during the test may be subtracted from the oven test energy to obtain the oven test energy consumption, EO.

4.1.1.1Average test energy consumption. If the conventional oven can be operated with or without forced convection, determine the average test energy consumption, EO and EIO, in watt-hours (kJ) for electric ovens and Btu's (kJ) for gas ovens using the following equations:

ER03OC97.003 Where: (EO)1=test energy consumption using the forced convection mode in watt-hours (kJ) for electric ovens and in Btu's (kJ) for gas ovens as measured in Section 3.2.1.1. (EO)2=test energy consumption without using the forced convection mode in watt-hours (kJ) for electric ovens and in Btu's (kJ) for gas ovens as measured in Section 3.2.1.1. (EIO)1=electrical energy consumption in watt-hours (kJ) of a gas oven in forced convection mode as measured in Section 3.2.1.1. (EIO)2=electrical energy consumption in watt-hours (kJ) of a gas oven without using the forced convection mode as measured in Section 3.2.1.1.

The energy consumed by a continuously operating clock that cannot be disconnected during the test may be subtracted from the oven test energy to obtain the average test energy consumption EO and EIO.

4.1.2Conventional oven annual energy consumption.

4.1.2.1.Annual cooking energy consumption.

4.1.2.1.1.Annual primary energy consumption. Calculate the annual primary energy consumption for cooking, ECO, expressed in kilowatt-hours (kJ) per year for electric ovens and in Btu's (kJ) per year for gas ovens, and defined as:

ER03OC97.004 Where: E O=test energy consumption as measured in Section 3.2.1 or as calculated in Section 4.1.1 or Section 4.1.1.1. K e=3.412 Btu/Wh (3.6 kJ/Wh,) conversion factor of watt-hours to Btu's. O O=29.3 kWh (105,480 kJ) per year, annual useful cooking energy output of conventional electric oven. W 1=measured weight of test block in pounds (kg). C p=0.23 Btu/lb-°F (0.96 kJ/kg ÷°C), specific heat of test block. T S=234°F (130°C), temperature rise of test block. ER03OC97.005 Where: EO=test energy consumption as measured in Section 3.2.1. or as calculated in Section 4.1.1 or Section 4.1.1.1. OO=88.8 kBtu (93,684 kJ) per year, annual useful cooking energy output of conventional gas oven. W1, Cp and TS are the same as defined above.

4.1.2.1.2Annual secondary energy consumption for cooking of gas ovens. Calculate the annual secondary energy consumption for cooking, ESO, expressed in kilowatt-hours (kJ) per year and defined as:

ER03OC97.006 Where: EIO=electrical test energy consumption as measured in Section 3.2.1 or as calculated in Section 4.1.1.1. OO=29.3 kWh (105,480 kJ) per year, annual useful cooking energy output. Ke, W1, Cp, and TS are as defined in Section 4.1.2.1.1.

4.1.2.2Annual energy consumption of any continuously burning pilot lights. Calculate the annual energy consumption of any continuously burning pilot lights, EPO, expressed in Btu's (kJ) per year and defined as:

EPO=QOP×H×(A−B), or, ER03OC97.007 Where: QOP=pilot gas flow rate in standard cubic feet per hour (L/h), as measured in Section 3.2.1.3. VOP=standard cubic feet (L) of gas consumed by any continuously burning pilot lights, as measured in Section 3.2.1.3. tOP=elapsed test time in hours for any continuously burning pilot lights tested, as measured in Section 3.2.1.3. H=Hn or Hp, the heating value of the gas used in the test as specified in Section 2.2.2.2 and Section 2.2.2.3 in Btu's per standard cubic foot (kJ/L). A=8,760, number of hours in a year. B=300, number of hours per year any continuously burning pilot lights contribute to the heating of an oven for cooking food.

4.1.2.3Annual conventional oven self-cleaning energy.

4.1.2.3.1Annual primary energy consumption. Calculate the annual primary energy consumption for conventional oven self-cleaning operations, ESC, expressed in kilowatt-hours (kJ) per year for electric ovens and in Btu's (kJ) for gas ovens, and defined as:

ESC=ES×Se×K, for electric ovens, Where: ES=energy consumption in watt-hours, as measured in Section 3.2.1.2. Se=4, average number of times a self-cleaning operation of a conventional electric oven is used per year. K=0.001 kWh/Wh conversion factor for watt-hours to kilowatt-hours. or ESC=VS×H×Sg, for gas ovens, Where: VS=gas consumption in standard cubic feet (L), as measured in Section 3.2.1.2. H=Hn or Hp, the heating value of the gas used in the test as specified in Section 2.2.2.2 and Section 2.2.2.3 in Btu's per standard cubic foot (kJ/L). Sg=4, average number of times a self-cleaning operation of a conventional gas oven is used per year.

The energy consumed by a continuously operating clock that cannot be disconnected during the self-cleaning test procedure may be subtracted from the test energy to obtain the test energy consumption, ESC.

4.1.2.3.2Annual secondary energy consumption for self-cleaning operation of gas ovens. Calculate the annual secondary energy consumption for self-cleaning operations of a gas oven, ESS, expressed in kilowatt-hours (kJ) per year and defined as:

ESS=EIS x Sg x K, Where: EIS=electrical energy consumed during the self-cleaning operation of a conventional gas oven, as measured in Section 3.2.1.2. Sg=4, average number of times a self-cleaning operation of a conventional gas oven is used per year. K=0.001 kWh/Wh conversion factor for watt-hours to kilowatt-hours.

4.1.2.4Annual clock energy consumption. Calculate the annual energy consumption of any constantly operating electric clock, ECL, expressed in kilowatt-hours (kJ) per year and defined as:

ECL = PCL × A × K, Where: PCL=power rating of clock which is on continuously, in watts, as measured in Section 3.2.1.4. A=8,760, number of hours in a year. K=0.001 kWh/Wh conversion factor for watt-hours to kilowatt-hours.

4.1.2.5Total annual energy consumption of a single conventional oven.

4.1.2.5.1Conventional electric oven energy consumption. Calculate the total annual energy consumption of a conventional electric oven, EAO, expressed in kilowatt-hours (kJ) per year and defined as:

EAO=ECO+ESC+ECL, Where: ECO=annual primary cooking energy consumption as determined in Section 4.1.2.1.1. ESC=annual primary self-cleaning energy consumption as determined in Section 4.1.2.3.1. ECL=annual clock energy consumption as determined in Section 4.1.2.4.

4.1.2.5.2Conventional gas oven energy consumption. Calculate the total annual gas energy consumption of a conventional gas oven, EAOG, expressed in Btu's (kJ) per year and defined as:

EAOG=ECO+ESC+EPO, Where: ECO=annual primary cooking energy consumption as determined in Section 4.1.2.1.1. EPO=annual pilot light energy consumption as determined in Section 4.1.2.2. ESC=annual primary self-cleaning energy consumption as determined in Section 4.1.2.3.1.

If the conventional gas oven uses electrical energy, calculate the total annual electrical energy consumption, EAOE, expressed in kilowatt-hours (kJ) per year and defined as:

EAOE=ESO+ESS+ECL, Where: ESO=annual secondary cooking energy consumption as determined in Section 4.1.2.1.2. ESS=annual secondary self-cleaning energy consumption as determined in Section 4.1.2.3.2. ECL=annual clock energy consumption as determined in Section 4.1.2.4.

4.1.2.6.Total annual energy consumption of multiple conventional ovens. If the cooking appliance includes more than one conventional oven, calculate the total annual energy consumption of the conventional ovens using the following equations:

4.1.2.6.1Conventional electric oven energy consumption. Calculate the total annual energy consumption, ETO, in kilowatt-hours (kJ) per year and defined as:

ETO = EACO + EASC + ECL, Where: ER03OC97.008 is the average annual primary energy consumption for cooking, and where: n = number of conventional ovens in the basic model. ECO = annual primary energy consumption for cooking as determined in Section 4.1.2.1.1. ER03OC97.009 average annual self-cleaning energy consumption, Where: n = number of self-cleaning conventional ovens in the basic model. ESC = annual primary self-cleaning energy consumption as determined according to Section 4.1.2.3.1. ECL = clock energy consumption as determined according to Section 4.1.2.4. 4.1.2.6.2Conventional gas oven energy consumption. Calculate the total annual gas energy consumption, ETOG, in Btu's (kJ) per year and defined as: ETOG = EACO + EASC + ETPO, Where: EACO = average annual primary energy consumption for cooking in Btu's (kJ) per year and is calculated as: ER03OC97.010 Where: n = number of conventional ovens in the basic model. ECO = annual primary energy consumption for cooking as determined in Section 4.1.2.1.1. and, EASC = average annual self-cleaning energy consumption in Btu's (kJ) per year and is calculated as: ER03OC97.011 Where: n = number of self-cleaning conventional ovens in the basic model. ESC = annual primary self-cleaning energy consumption as determined according to Section 4.1.2.3.1. ER03OC97.012 total energy consumption of any pilot lights, Where: EPO = annual energy consumption of any continuously burning pilot lights determined according to Section 4.1.2.2. n = number of pilot lights in the basic model.

If the oven also uses electrical energy, calculate the total annual electrical energy consumption, ETOE, in kilowatt-hours (kJ) per year and defined as:

ETOE = EASO + EAAS + ECL, Where: ER03OC97.013 is the average annual secondary energy consumption for cooking, Where: n=number of conventional ovens in the basic model. ESO=annual secondary energy consumption for cooking of gas ovens as determined in Section 4.1.2.1.2. ER03OC97.014 is the average annual secondary self-cleaning energy consumption, Where: n=number of self-cleaning ovens in the basic model. ESS=annual secondary self-cleaning energy consumption of gas ovens as determined in Section 4.1.2.3.2. ECL=annual clock energy consumption as determined in Section 4.1.2.4.

4.1.3Conventional oven cooking efficiency.

4.1.3.1Single conventional oven. Calculate the conventional oven cooking efficiency, EffAO, using the following equations:

For electric ovens:

ER03OC97.015 and,

For gas ovens:

ER03OC97.016 Where: W1=measured weight of test block in pounds (kg). Cp=0.23 Btu/lb-°F (0.96 kJ/kg÷ °C), specific heat of test block. TS=234°F (130°C), temperature rise of test block. EO=test energy consumption as measured in Section 3.2.1 or calculated in Section 4.1.1 or Section 4.1.1.1. Ke=3.412 Btu/Wh (3.6 kJ/Wh), conversion factor for watt-hours to Btu's. EIO=electrical test energy consumption according to Section 3.2.1 or as calculated in Section 4.1.1.1.

4.1.3.2Multiple conventional ovens. If the cooking appliance includes more than one conventional oven, calculate the cooking efficiency for all of the conventional ovens in the appliance, EffTO, using the following equation:

ER03OC97.017 Where: n=number of conventional ovens in the cooking appliance. EffAO=cooking efficiency of each oven determined according to Section 4.1.3.1.

4.1.4Conventional oven energy factor. Calculate the energy factor, or the ratio of useful cooking energy output to the total energy input, RO, using the following equations:

ER03OC97.018

For electric ovens,

Where: OO=29.3 kWh (105,480 kJ) per year, annual useful cooking energy output. EAO=total annual energy consumption for electric ovens as determined in Section 4.1.2.5.1.

For gas ovens:

ER03OC97.019 Where: OO=88.8 kBtu (93,684 kJ) per year, annual useful cooking energy output. EAOG=total annual gas energy consumption for conventional gas ovens as determined in Section 4.1.2.5.2. EAOE=total annual electrical energy consumption for conventional gas ovens as determined in Section 4.1.2.5.2. Ke=3,412 Btu/kWh (3,600 kJ/kWh), conversion factor for kilowatt-hours to Btu's.

4.2Conventional cooking top

4.2.1Conventional cooking top cooking efficiency

4.2.1.1Electric surface unit cooking efficiency. Calculate the cooking efficiency, EffSU, of the electric surface unit under test, defined as:

ER03OC97.020 Where: W=measured weight of test block, W2 or W3, expressed in pounds (kg). Cp=0.23 Btu/lb-°F (0.96 kJ/kg÷ °C), specific heat of test block. TSU=temperature rise of the test block: final test block temperature, TCT, as determined in Section 3.2.2, minus the initial test block temperature, TI, expressed in °F (°C) as determined in Section 2.7.5. Ke=3.412 Btu/Wh (3.6 kJ/Wh), conversion factor of watt-hours to Btu's. ECT=measured energy consumption, as determined according to Section 3.2.2, expressed in watt-hours (kJ).

The energy consumed by a continuously operating clock that cannot be disconnected during the cooktop test may be subtracted from the energy consumption, ECT, as determined in Section 3.2.2.

4.2.1.2Gas surface unit cooking efficiency. Calculate the cooking efficiency, EffSU, of the gas surface unit under test, defined as:

ER03OC97.021 Where: W3=measured weight of test block as measured in Section 3.3.2, expressed in pounds (kg). Cp and TSU are the same as defined in Section 4.2.1.1. and, E=[VCT − VCP×H] + (EIC×Ke), Where: VCT=total gas consumption in standard cubic feet (L) for the gas surface unit test as measured in Section 3.2.2. EIC=electrical energy consumed in watt-hours (kJ) by an ignition device of a gas surface unit as measured in Section 3.2.2. Ke=3.412 Btu/Wh (3.6 kJ/Wh), conversion factor of watt-hours to Btu's. H=either Hn or Hp, the heating value of the gas used in the test as specified in Section 2.2.2.2 and Section 2.2.2.3, expressed in Btu's per standard cubic foot (kJ/L) of gas. VCP=QCP×tCT, pilot consumption, in standard cubic feet (L), during unit test, Where: tCT=the elapsed test time as defined in Section 3.2.2. and ER03OC97.022 (pilot flow in standard cubic feet per hour) Where: VCP=any pilot lights gas consumption defined in Section 3.2.2.1. tCP=elapsed time of the cooking top pilot lights test as defined in Section 3.2.2.1.

4.2.1.3Conventional cooking top cooking efficiency. Calculate the conventional cooking top cooking efficiency, EffCT, using the following equation:

ER03OC97.023 Where: n=number of surface units in the cooking top. EffSU=the efficiency of each of the surface units, as determined according to Section 4.2.1.1 or Section 4.2.1.2.

4.2.2Conventional cooking top annual energy consumption.

4.2.2.1Conventional electric cooking top energy consumption. Calculate the annual energy consumption of an electric cooking top, ECA, in kilowatt-hours (kJ) per year, defined as:

ER03OC97.024 Where: OCT=173.1 kWh (623,160 kJ) per year, annual useful cooking energy output. EffCT=conventional cooking top cooking efficiency as defined in Section 4.2.1.3.

4.2.2.2Conventional gas cooking top

4.2.2.2.1Annual cooking energy consumption. Calculate the annual energy consumption for cooking, ECC, in Btu's (kJ) per year for a gas cooking top, defined as:

ER03OC97.025 Where: OCT=527.6 kBtu (556,618 kJ) per year, annual useful cooking energy output. EffCT=the gas cooking top efficiency as defined in Section 4.2.1.3. 4.2.2.2.2Annual energy consumption of any continuously burning gas pilots. Calculate the annual energy consumption of any continuously burning gas pilot lights of the cooking top, EPC, in Btu's (kJ) per year, defined as: EPC=QCP×A×H, Where: QCP=pilot light gas flow rate as measured in Section 3.2.2.1. A=8,760 hours, the total number of hours in a year. H=either Hn or Hp, the heating value of the gas used in the test as specified in Section 2.2.2.2. and Section 2.2.2.3, expressed in Btu's per standard cubic foot (kJ/L) of gas.

4.2.2.2.3Total annual energy consumption of a conventional gas cooking top. Calculate the total annual energy consumption of a conventional gas cooking top, ECA, in Btu's (kJ) per year, defined as:

ECA=ECC + EPC, Where: ECC=energy consumption for cooking as determined in Section 4.2.2.2.1. EPC=annual energy consumption of the pilot lights as determined in Section 4.2.2.2.2.

4.2.3Conventional cooking top energy factor. Calculate the energy factor or ratio of useful cooking energy output for cooking to the total energy input, RCT, as follows:

For an electric cooking top, the energy factor is the same as the cooking efficiency as determined according to Section 4.2.1.3.

For gas cooking tops,

ER03OC97.026 Where: OCT=527.6 kBtu (556,618 kJ) per year, annual useful cooking energy output of cooking top. ECA=total annual energy consumption of cooking top determined according to Section 4.2.2.2.3.

4.3Combined components. The annual energy consumption of a kitchen range, e.g. a cooktop and oven combined, shall be the sum of the annual energy consumption of each of its components. The annual energy consumption for other combinations of ovens, cooktops and microwaves will also be treated as the sum of the annual energy consumption of each of its components. The energy factor of a combined component is the sum of the annual useful cooking energy output of each component divided by the sum of the total annual energy consumption of each component.

4.4Microwave oven.

4.4.1Microwave oven test energy output. Calculate the microwave oven test energy output, ET, in watt-hour's (kJ). The calculation is repeated two or three times as required in section 3.2.3. The average of the ET's is used for a calculation in section 4.4.3. For calculations specified in units of energy [watt-hours (kJ)], use the equation below:

ER03OC97.027 Where: MW=the measured mass of the test water load, in pounds (g). MC=the measured mass of the test container before filling with test water load, in pounds (g). T1=the initial test water load temperature, in °F (°C). T2=the final test water load temperature, in °F (°C). T0=the measured ambient room temperature, in °F (°C). CC=0.210 Btu/lb−°F (0.88 kJ/kg · °C), specific heat of test container. Cp=1.0 Btu/lb−°F (4.187 kJ/kg · °C), specific heat of water. Ke=3,412 Btu/kWh (3,600 kJ/kWh) conversion factor of kilowatt-hours to Btu's.

4.4.2Microwave oven test power output. Calculate the microwave oven test power output, PT, in watts (J/s) as specified in Section four, paragraph 12.5 of IEC 705 Amendment 2 See Section 430.22. The calculation is repeated for each test as required in section 3.2.3. The average of the two or three PT's is used for calculations in section 4.4.4. (See 10 CFR 430.22)

4.4.3Microwave oven annual energy consumption. Calculate the microwave oven annual energy consumption, Emo, in KWh's per year, defined as:

ER03OC97.028 Where: EM=the energy consumption as defined in Section 3.2.3. OM=79.8 kWh (287,280 kJ) per year, the microwave oven annual useful cooking energy output. ET=the test energy as calculated in Section 4.4.1. 4.4.4Microwave oven cooking efficiency. Calculate the microwave oven cooking efficiency, EffMO, as specified in Section four, paragraph 14 of IEC 705. 4.4.5Microwave oven energy factor. Calculate the energy factor or the ratio of the useful cooking energy output to total energy input on a yearly basis, RMO, defined as: ER03OC97.029 Where: OM=79.8 kWh (287,280 kJ) per year, annual useful cooking energy output. EMO=annual total energy consumption as determined in Section 4.4.3. [62 FR 51981, Oct. 3, 1997] Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. J Appendix J to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Automatic and Semi-Automatic Clothes Washers

The procedures and calculations in sections 3.3, 4.3, and 4.4 of this Appendix need not be performed to determine compliance with the energy conservation standards for clothes washers.

1. DEFINITIONS

1.1Adaptive control system means a clothes washer control system, other than an adaptive water fill control system, which is capable of automatically adjusting washer operation or washing conditions based on characteristics of the clothes load placed in the clothes container, without allowing or requiring consumer intervention or actions. The automatic adjustments may, for example, include automatic selection, modification, or control of any of the following: wash water temperature, agitation or tumble cycle time, number of rinse cycles, and spin speed. The characteristics of the clothes load, which could trigger such adjustments, could, for example, consist of or be indicated by the presence of either soil, soap, suds, or any other additive laundering substitute or complementary product.

Note:

Appendix J does not provide a means for determining the energy consumption of a clothes washer with an adaptive control system. Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 430.27, a waiver must be obtained to establish an acceptable test procedure for each such clothes washer.

1.2Adaptive water fill control system means a clothes washer water fill control system which is capable of automatically adjusting the water fill level based on the size or weight of the clothes load placed in the clothes container, without allowing or requiring consumer intervention and/or actions.

1.3Bone-dry means a condition of a load of test cloth which has been dried in a dryer at maximum temperature for a minimum of 10 minutes, removed and weighed before cool down, and then dried again for 10-minute periods until the final weight change of the load is 1 percent or less.

1.4Clothes container means the compartment within the clothes washer that holds the clothes during operation of the machine.

1.5Compact means a clothes washer which has a clothes container capacity of less than 1.6 ft3 (45 L).

1.6Deep rinse cycle means a rinse cycle in which the clothes container is filled with water to a selected level and the clothes load is rinsed by agitating it or tumbling it through the water.

1.7Front-loader clothes washer means a clothes washer which sequentially rotates or tumbles portions of the clothes load above the water level allowing the clothes load to fall freely back into the water. The principal axis of the clothes container is in a horizontal plane and the access to the clothes container is through the front of the machine.

1.8Lockout means that at least one wash/rinse water temperature combination is not available in the normal cycle that is available in another cycle on the machine.

1.9Make-up water means the amount of fresh water needed to supplement the amount of stored water pumped from the external laundry tub back into the clothes washer when the suds-return feature is activated in order to achieve the required water fill level in the clothes washer.

1.10Modified energy factor means the quotient of the cubic foot (or liter) capacity of the clothes container divided by the total clothes washer energy consumption per cycle, with such energy consumption expressed as the sum of the machine electrical energy consumption, the hot water energy consumption, and the energy required for removal of the remaining moisture in the wash load.

1.11Most energy intensive cycle means the non-normal cycle that uses the most energy for a given wash/rinse temperature combination.

1.12Non-normal cycle means a cycle other than the normal cycle, but does not include any manually selected pre-wash, pre-soak, and extra-rinse option.

1.13Nonwater-heating clothes washer means a clothes washer which does not have an internal water heating device to generate hot water.

1.14Normal cycle means the cycle recommended by the manufacturer for washing cotton and/or linen clothes.

1.15Sensor filled means a water fill control which automatically terminates the fill when the water reaches an appropriate level in the tub.

1.16Spray rinse cycle means a rinse cycle in which water is sprayed onto the clothes load for a definite period of time without maintaining any specific water level in the clothes container.

1.17Standard means a clothes washer which has a clothes container capacity of 1.6 ft 3 (45 L) or greater.

1.18Suds-return means a feature or option on a clothes washer which causes the stored wash water obtained by utilizing the suds-saver feature to be pumped from the external laundry tub back into the clothes washer.

1.19Suds-saver means a feature or option on a clothes washer which allows the user to store used wash water in an external laundry tub for use with subsequent wash loads.

1.20Temperature use factor means the percentage of the total number of washes a user would wash with a particular wash/rinse temperature setting.

1.21Thermostatically controlled water valves means clothes washer controls that have the ability to sense and adjust the hot and cold supply water.

1.22Time filled means a water fill control which uses a combination of water flow controls in conjunction with time to terminate the water fill cycle.

1.23Top-loader-horizontal-axis clothes washer means a clothes washer which: rotates or tumbles portions of the clothes load above the water level allowing the clothes load to fall freely back into the water with the principal axis in a horizontal plane and has access to the clothes container through the top of the clothes washer.

1.24Top-loader-vertical-axis clothes washer means a clothes washer that: flexes and oscillates the submerged clothes load through the water by means of mechanical agitation or other movement; has a clothes container with the principal axis in a vertical plane; and has access to the clothes container through the top of the clothes washer.

1.25Water consumption factor means the quotient of the total weighted per-cycle water consumption divided by the capacity of the clothes washer.

1.26Water-heating clothes washer means a clothes washer where some or all of the hot water for clothes washing is generated by a water heating device internal to the clothes washer.

2. TESTING CONDITIONS

2.1Installation. Install the clothes washer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

2.2Electrical energy supply. Maintain the electrical supply at the clothes washer terminal block within 2 percent of 120, 120/240 or 120/208Y volts as applicable to the particular terminal block wiring system as specified by the manufacturer. If the clothes washer has a dual voltage conversion capability, conduct the test at the highest voltage specified by the manufacturer.

2.3Supply water. For nonwater-heating clothes washers not equipped with thermostatically controlled water valves, the temperature of the hot and cold water supply shall be maintained at 100°F±10°F (37.8°C±5.5°C). For nonwater-heating clothes washers equipped with thermostatically controlled water valves, the temperature of the hot water supply shall be maintained at 140°F±5°F (60.0°C±2.8°C) and the cold water supply shall be maintained at 60°F±5°F (15.6°C±2.8°C). For water-heating clothes washers, the temperature of the hot water supply shall be maintained at 140°F±5°F (60.0°C±2.8°C) and the cold water supply shall not exceed 60°F (15.6°C). Water meters shall be installed in both the hot and cold water lines to measure water consumption.

2.4Water pressure. The static water pressure at the hot and cold water inlet connections of the machine shall be maintained during the test at 35 pounds per square inch gauge (psig)±2.5 psig (241.3 kPa±17.2 kPa). The static water pressure for a single water inlet connection shall be maintained during the test at 35 psig±2.5 psig (241.3 kPa±17.2 kPa). Water pressure gauges shall be installed in both the hot and cold water lines to measure water pressure.

2.5Instrumentation. Perform all test measurements using the following instruments, as appropriate:

2.5.1Weighing scales.

2.5.1.1Weighing scale for test cloth. The scale shall have a resolution no larger than 0.2 oz (5.7 g) and a maximum error no greater than 0.3 percent of the measured value.

2.5.1.2Weighing scale for clothes container capacity measurements. The scale should have a resolution no larger than 0.50 lbs (0.23 kg) and a maximum error no greater than 0.5 percent of the measured value.

2.5.2Watt-hour meter. The watt-hour meter shall have a resolution no larger than 1 Wh (3.6 kJ) and a maximum error no greater than 2 percent of the measured value for any demand greater than 50 Wh (180.0 kJ).

2.5.3Temperature measuring device. The device shall have an error no greater than ±1°F (±0.6°C) over the range being measured.

2.5.4Water meter. The water meter shall have a resolution no larger than 0.1 gallons (0.4 liters) and a maximum error no greater than 2 percent for all water flow rates from 1 gal/min (3.8 L/min) to 5 gal/min (18.9 L/min).

2.5.5Water pressure gauge. The water pressure gauge shall have a resolution no larger than 1 psig (6.9 kPa) and shall have an error no greater than 5 percent of any measured value over the range of 32.5 psig (224.1 kPa) to 37.5 psig (258.6 kPa).

2.6Test cloths.

2.6.1Energy test cloth. The energy test cloth shall be clean and consist of the following:

2.6.1.1Pure finished bleached cloth, made with a momie or granite weave, which is 50 percent cotton and 50 percent polyester and weighs 5.75 oz/yd 2 (195.0 g/m 2) and has 65 ends on the warp and 57 picks on the fill.

2.6.1.2Cloth material that is 24 in by 36 in (61.0 cm by 91.4 cm) and has been hemmed to 22 in by 34 in (55.9 cm by 86.4 cm) before washing. The maximum shrinkage after five washes shall not be more than four percent on the length and width.

2.6.1.3The number of test runs on the same energy test cloth shall not exceed 25 runs.

2.6.2Energy stuffer cloths. The energy stuffer cloths shall be made from energy test cloth material and shall consist of pieces of material that are 12 in by 12 in (30.5 cm by 30.5 cm) and have been hemmed to 10 in by 10 in (25.4 cm by 25.4 cm) before washing. The maximum shrinkage after five washes shall not be more than four percent on the length and width. The number of test runs on the same energy stuffer cloth shall not exceed 25 runs.

2.7Composition of test loads.

2.7.1Seven pound test load. The seven pound test load shall consist of bone-dry energy test cloths which weigh 7 lbs ±0.07 lbs (3.18 kg ±0.03 kg). Adjustments to the test load to achieve the proper weight can be made by the use of energy stuffer cloths.

2.7.2Three pound test load. The three pound test load shall consist of bone-dry energy test cloths which weigh 3 lbs ±0.03 lbs (1.36 kg ±0.014 kg). Adjustments to the test load to achieve the proper weight can be made by the use of energy stuffer cloths.

2.8Use of test loads.

2.8.1For a standard size clothes washer, a seven pound load, as described in section 2.7.1, shall be used to test the maximum water fill and a three pound test load, as described in section 2.7.2, shall be used to test the minimum water fill.

2.8.2For a compact size clothes washer, a three pound test load as described in section 2.7.2 shall be used to test the maximum and minimum water fill levels.

2.8.3A vertical-axis clothes washer without adaptive water fill control system also shall be tested without a test load for purposes of calculating the energy factor.

2.8.4The test load sizes to be used to measure remaining moisture content (RMC) are specified in section 3.3.2.

2.8.5Load the energy test cloths by grasping them in the center, shaking them to hang loosely and then dropping them into the clothes container prior to activating the clothes washer.

2.9Preconditioning. If the clothes washer has not been filled with water in the preceding 96 hours, pre-condition it by running it through a cold rinse cycle and then draining it to ensure that the hose, pump, and sump are filled with water.

2.10Wash time setting. The actual wash time (period of agitation) shall be not less than 9.75 minutes.

2.11Agitation and spin speed settings. Where controls are provided for agitation and spin speed selections, set them as follows:

2.11.1For energy and water consumption tests, set at the normal cycle settings. If settings at the normal cycle are not offered, set the control settings to the maximum levels permitted on the clothes washer.

2.11.2For remaining moisture content tests, see section 3.3.

3. TEST MEASUREMENTS

3.1Clothes container capacity. Measure the entire volume which a dry clothes load could occupy within the clothes container during washer operation according to sections 3.1.1 through 3.1.5.

3.1.1Place the clothes washer in such a position that the uppermost edge of the clothes container opening is leveled horizontally, so that the container will hold the maximum amount of water.

3.1.2Line the inside of the clothes container with 2 mil (0.051 mm) plastic sheet. All clothes washer components which occupy space within the clothes container and which are recommended for use with the energy test cycle shall be in place and shall be lined with 2 mil (0.051 mm) plastic sheet to prevent water from entering any void space.

3.1.3Record the total weight of the machine before adding water.

3.1.4Fill the clothes container manually with either 60°F ±5°F (15.6°C ±2.8°C) or 100°F ±10°F (37.8°C ±5.5°C) water to its uppermost edge. Measure and record the weight of water, W, in pounds.

3.1.5The clothes container capacity is calculated as follows:

C=W/d. where: C=Capacity in cubic feet (or liters). W=Mass of water in pounds (or kilograms). d=Density of water (62.0 lbs/ft 3 for 100°F (993 kg/m 3 for 37.8°C) or 62.3 lbs/ft 3 for 60°F (998 kg/m 3 for 15.6°C)).

3.2Test cycle. Establish the test conditions set forth in section 2 of this Appendix.

3.2.1A clothes washer that has infinite temperature selections shall be tested at the following temperature settings: hottest setting available on the machine, hot (a minimum of 140°F (60.0°C) and a maximum of 145°F (62.8°C)), warm (a minimum of 100°F (37.8°C) and a maximum of 105°F (40.6°C)), and coldest setting available on the machine. These temperatures must be confirmed by measurement using a temperature measuring device. If the measured final water temperature is not within the specified range, stop testing, adjust the temperature selector accordingly, and repeat the procedure.

3.2.2Clothes washers with adaptive water fill control system and/or unique temperature selections.

3.2.2.1Clothes washers with adaptive water fill control system. When testing a clothes washer that has adaptive water fill control, the maximum and the minimum test loads as specified in 2.8.1 and 2.8.2 shall be used. The amount of water fill shall be determined by the control system. If the clothes washer provides consumer selection of variable water fill amounts for the adaptive water fill control system, two complete sets of tests shall be conducted. The first set of tests shall be conducted with the adaptive water fill control system set in the setting that will use the greatest amount of energy. The second set of tests shall be conducted with the adaptive water fill control system set in the setting that will use the smallest amount of energy. Then, the results from these two tests shall be averaged to determine the adaptive water fill energy consumption value. If a clothes washer with an adaptive water fill control system allows consumer selection of manual controls as an alternative, both the manual and adaptive modes shall be tested and the energy consumption values, ET, ME, and DE (if desired), calculated in section 4 for each mode, shall be averaged between the manual and adaptive modes.

3.2.2.2Clothes washers with multiple warm wash temperature combination selections.

3.2.2.2.1If a clothes washer's temperature combination selections are such that the temperature of each warm wash setting that is above the mean warm wash temperature (the mean temperature of the coldest and warmest warm settings) is matched by a warm wash setting that is an equal distance below the mean, then the energy test shall be conducted at the mean warm wash temperature if such a selection is provided, or if there is no position on the control that permits selection of the mean temperature, the energy test shall be conducted with the temperature selection set at the next hotter temperature setting that is available above the mean.

3.2.2.2.2If the multiple warm wash temperature combination selections do not meet criteria in section 3.2.2.2.1, the energy test shall be conducted with the temperature selection set at the warm wash temperature setting that gives the next higher water temperature than the mean temperature of the coldest and warmest warm settings.

3.2.2.3Clothes washers with multiple temperature settings within a temperature combination selection. When a clothes washer is provided with a secondary control that can modify the wash or rinse temperature within a temperature combination selection, the secondary control shall be set to provide the hottest wash temperature available and the hottest rinse temperature available. For instance, when the temperature combination selection is set for the middle warm wash temperature and a secondary control exists which allows this temperature to be increased or decreased, the secondary control shall be set to provide the hottest warm wash temperature available for the middle warm wash setting.

3.2.3Clothes washers that do not lockout any wash/rinse temperature combinations in the normal cycle. Test in the normal cycle all temperature combination selections that are required to be tested.

3.2.3.1Hot water consumption, cold water consumption, and electrical energy consumption at maximum fill. Set the water level selector at maximum fill available on the clothes washer, if manually controlled, and insert the appropriate test load, if applicable. Activate the normal cycle of the clothes washer and also any suds-saver switch.

3.2.3.1.1For automatic clothes washers, set the wash/rinse temperature selector to the hottest temperature combination setting. For semi-automatic clothes washers, open the hot water faucet valve completely and close the cold water faucet valve completely to achieve the hottest temperature combination setting.

3.2.3.1.2Measure the electrical energy consumption of the clothes washer for the complete cycle.

3.2.3.1.3Measure the respective number of gallons (or liters) of hot and cold water used to fill the tub for the wash cycle.

3.2.3.1.4Measure the respective number of gallons (or liters) of hot and cold water used for all deep rinse cycles.

3.2.3.1.5Measure the respective gallons (or liters) of hot and cold water used for all spray rinse cycles.

3.2.3.1.6For non-water-heating automatic clothes washers repeat sections 3.2.3.1.3 through 3.2.3.1.5 for each of the other wash/rinse temperature selections available that uses heated water and is required to be tested. For water-heating clothes washers, repeat sections 3.2.3.1.2 through 3.2.3.1.5 for each of the other wash/rinse temperature selections available that uses heated water and is required to be tested. (When calculating water consumption under section 4.3 for any machine covered by the previous two sentences, also test the cold wash/cold rinse selection.) For semi-automatic clothes washers, repeat sections 3.2.3.1.3 through 3.2.3.1.5 for the other wash/rinse temperature settings in section 6 with the following water faucet valve adjustments:

Faucet position Hot valve Cold valve Hot Completely open Closed. Warm Completely open Completely open. Cold Closed Completely open.

3.2.3.1.7If the clothes washer is equipped with a suds-saver cycle, repeat sections 3.2.3.1.2 to 3.2.3.1.5 with suds-saver switch set to suds return for the Warm/Cold temperature setting.

3.2.3.2Hot water consumption, cold water consumption, and electrical energy consumption with the water level selector at minimum fill. Set the water level selector at minimum fill, if manually controlled, and insert the appropriate test load, if applicable. Activate the normal cycle of the clothes washer and also any suds-saver switch. Repeat sections 3.2.3.1.1 through 3.2.3.1.7.

3.2.3.3Hot and cold water consumption for clothes washers that incorporate a partial fill during the rinse cycle. For clothes washers that incorporate a partial fill during the rinse cycle, activate any suds-saver switch and operate the clothes washer for the complete normal cycle at both the maximum water fill level and the minimum water fill level for each of the wash/rinse temperature selections available. Measure the respective hot and cold water consumed during the complete normal cycle.

3.2.4Clothes washers that lockout any wash/rinse temperature combinations in the normal cycle. In addition to the normal cycle tests in section 3.2.3, perform the following tests on non-normal cycles for each wash/rinse temperature combination selection that is locked out in the normal cycle.

3.2.4.1Set the cycle selector to a non-normal cycle which has the wash/rinse temperature combination selection that is locked out. Set the water level selector at maximum fill and insert the appropriate test load, if applicable. Activate the cycle of the clothes washer and also any suds-saver switch. Set the wash/rinse temperature selector to the temperature combination setting that is locked out in the normal cycle and repeat sections 3.2.3.1.2 through 3.2.3.1.5.

3.2.4.2Repeat section 3.2.4.1 under the same temperature combination setting for all other untested non-normal cycles on the machine that have the wash/rinse temperature combination selection that is locked out.

3.2.4.3Total the measured hot water consumption of the wash, deep rinse, and spray rinse of each non-normal cycle tested in sections 3.2.4.1 through 3.2.4.2 and compare the total for each cycle. The cycle that has the highest hot water consumption shall be the most energy intensive cycle for that particular wash/rinse temperature combination setting.

3.2.4.4Set the water level selector at minimum fill and insert the appropriate test load, if applicable. Activate the most energy intensive cycle, as determined in section 3.2.4.3, of the clothes washer and also any suds-saver switch. Repeat tests as described in section 3.2.4.1.

3.3Remaining Moisture Content (RMC).

3.3.1The wash temperature shall be the same as the rinse temperature for all testing.

3.3.2Determine the test load as shown in the following table:

Container volume cu. ft.
  • ≥<
    •  liter
  • ≥<
    •  Test load lb kg     0-0.80 0-22.7 3.00 1.36 0.80-0.90 22.7-25.5 3.50 1.59 0.90-1.00 25.5-28.3 3.90 1.77 1.00-1.10 28.3-31.1 4.30 1.95 1.10-1.20 31.1-34.0 4.70 2.13 1.20-1.30 34.0-36.8 5.10 2.31 1.30-1.40 36.8-39.6 5.50 2.49 1.40-1.50 39.6-42.5 5.90 2.68 1.50-1.60 42.5-45.3 6.40 2.90 1.60-1.70 45.3-48.1 6.80 3.08 1.70-1.80 48.1-51.0 7.20 3.27 1.80-1.90 51.0-53.8 7.60 3.45 1.90-2.00 53.8-56.6 8.00 3.63 2.00-2.10 56.6-59.5 8.40 3.81 2.10-2.20 59.5-62.3 8.80 3.99 2.20-2.30 62.3-65.1 9.20 4.17 2.30-2.40 65.1-68.0 9.60 4.35 2.40-2.50 68.0-70.8 10.00 4.54 2.50-2.60 70.8-73.6 10.50 4.76 2.60-2.70 73.6-76.5 10.90 4.94 2.70-2.80 76.5-79.3 11.30 5.13 2.80-2.90 79.3-82.1 11.70 5.31 2.90-3.00 82.1-85.0 12.10 5.49 3.00-3.10 85.0-87.8 12.50 5.67 3.10-3.20 87.8-90.6 12.90 5.85 3.20-3.30 90.6-93.4 13.30 6.03 3.30-3.40 93.4-96.3 13.70 6.21 3.40-3.50 96.3-99.1 14.10 6.40 3.50-3.60 99.1-101.9 14.60 6.62 3.60-3.70 101.9-104.8 15.00 6.80 3.70-3.80 104.8-107.6 15.40 6.99 Notes: (1) All test load weights are bone dry weights. (2) Allowable tolerance on the test load weights are +/−0.10 lbs (0.05 kg).

    3.3.3For clothes washers with cold rinse only.

    3.3.3.1Record the actual bone dry weight of the test load (WI), then place the test load in the clothes washer.

    3.3.3.2Set water level selector to maximum fill.

    3.3.3.3Run the normal cycle.

    3.3.3.4Record the weight of the test load immediately after completion of the normal cycle (WC).

    3.3.3.5Calculate the remaining moisture content of the test load, RMC, expressed as a percentage and defined as:

    RMC=[(WC−WI)/WI]×100%

    3.3.4For clothes washers with cold and warm rinse options.

    3.3.4.1Complete steps 3.3.3.1 through 3.3.3.4 for the cold rinse. Calculate the remaining moisture content of the test load for cold rinse, RMCCOLD, expressed as a percentage and defined as:

    RMCCOLD=[(WC−WI)/WI]×100%

    3.3.4.2Complete steps 3.3.3.1 through 3.3.3.4 for the warm rinse. Calculate the remaining moisture content of the test load for warm rinse, RMCWARM, expressed as a percentage and defined as:

    RMCWARM=[(WC−WI)/WI]×100%

    3.3.4.3Calculate the remaining moisture content of the test load, RMC, expressed as a percentage and defined as:

    RMC=0.73×RMCCOLD+0.27×RMCWARM

    3.3.5Clothes washers which have options that result in different RMC values, such as multiple selection of spin speeds or spin times that are available in the normal cycle, shall be tested at the maximum and minimum settings of the available options, excluding any “no spin” (zero spin speed) settings, in accordance with requirements in 3.3.3 or 3.3.4. The calculated RMCmax extraction and RMCmin extraction at the maximum and minimum settings, respectively, shall be combined as follows and the final RMC to be used in section 4.2 shall be:

    RMC=0.75×RMCmax extraction+0.25× RMCmin extraction

    3.4Data recording. Record for each test cycle in sections 3.2.1 through 3.3.5.

    3.4.1For non-water-heating clothes washers, record the kilowatt-hours of electrical energy, ME, consumed during the test to operate the clothes washer in section 3.2.3.1.2. For water-heating clothes washers record the kilowatt-hours of electrical energy, Ehi consumed at maximum fill in sections 3.2.3.1.2 and 3.2.3.1.6, and Ehj consumed at minimum fill in section 3.2.3.2.

    3.4.2Record the individual gallons (or liters) of hot and cold water consumption, Vhi and Vci, measured at maximum fill level for each wash/rinse temperature combination setting tested in section 3.2.3, or in both 3.2.3 and 3.2.4, excluding any fresh make-up water required to complete the fill during a suds-return cycle.

    3.4.3Record the individual gallons (or liters) of hot and cold water consumption, Vhj and Vcj, measured at minimum fill level for each wash/rinse temperature combination setting tested in section 3.2.3, or in both 3.2.3 and 3.2.4, excluding any fresh make-up water required to complete the fill during a suds-return cycle.

    3.4.4Record the individual gallons (or liters) of hot and cold water, ShH and ScH, measured at maximum fill for the suds-return cycle.

    3.4.5Record the individual gallons (or liters) of hot and cold water, ShL and ScL, measured at minimum fill for the suds-return cycle.

    3.4.6Data recording requirements for RMC tests are listed in sections 3.3.3 through 3.3.5.

    4. CALCULATION OF DERIVED RESULTS FROM TEST MEASUREMENTS

    4.1Energy consumption.

    4.1.1Per-cycle temperature-weighted hot water consumption for maximum and minimum water fill levels. Calculate for the cycle under test the per-cycle temperature weighted hot water consumption for the maximum water fill level, Vhmax, and for the minimum water fill level, Vhmin, expressed in gallons per cycle (or liters per cycle) and defined as:

    ER27AU97.000 where: Vhi=reported hot water consumption in gallons per cycle (or liters per cycle) at maximum fill for each wash/rinse temperature combination setting, as provided in section 3.4.2. If a clothes washer is equipped with two or more different wash/rinse temperature selections that have the same basic temperature combination selection label (for example, one of them has its water temperature controlled by thermostatically controlled valves and the other one does not), then the largest Vhi shall be used for this calculation. If a clothes washer has lockout(s), there will be “Vhi's” for wash/rinse temperature combination settings available in the normal cycle and “Vhi's” for wash/rinse temperature combination settings in the most energy intensive cycle. Vhj=reported hot water consumption in gallons per cycle (or liters per cycle) at minimum fill for each wash/rinse temperature combination setting, as provided in section 3.4.3. If a clothes washer is equipped with two or more different wash/rinse temperature selections that have the same basic temperature combination selection label (for example, one of them has its water temperature controlled by thermostatically controlled valves and the other one does not), then the largest Vhj shall be used for the calculation. If a clothes washer has lockouts, there will be “Vhj's” for wash/rinse temperature combination settings available in the normal cycle and “Vhj's” for wash/rinse temperature combination settings in the most energy intensive cycle. L=lockout factor to be applied to the reported hot water consumption. For wash/rinse temperature combination settings that are not locked out in the normal cycle, L=1. For each wash/rinse temperature combination setting that is locked out in the normal cycle, L=0.32 in the normal cycle and L=0.68, in the most energy intensive cycle. TUFi=applicable temperature use factor in section 5 or 6. TUFj=applicable temperature use factor in section 5 or 6. n=number of wash/rinse temperature combination settings available to the user for the clothes washer under test. For clothes washers that lockout temperature selections in the normal cycle, n=the number of wash/rinse temperature combination settings on the washers plus the number of wash/rinse temperature combination settings that lockout the temperature selections in the normal cycle. TUFw=temperature use factor for warm wash setting.

    For clothes washers equipped with the suds-saver feature:

    X1=frequency of use without the suds-saver feature=0.86. X2=frequency of use with the suds-saver feature=0.14. ShH=fresh make-up water measured during suds-return cycle at maximum water fill level. ShL=fresh hot make-up water measured during suds-return cycle at minimum water fill level.

    For clothes washers not equipped with the suds-saver feature:

    X1=1.0 X2=0.0

    4.1.2Total per-cycle hot water energy consumption for maximum and minimum water fill levels. Calculate the total per-cycle hot water energy consumption for the maximum water fill level, Emax and for the minimum water fill level, Emin, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

    Emax=[Vhmax×T×K×MF] Emin=[Vhmin×T×K×MF] where: T=temperature rise=90°F (50°C). K=water specific heat=0.00240 kWh/(gal-°F) [0.00114kWh/(L-°C)]. Vhmax=as defined in section 4.1.1. Vhmin=as defined in section 4.1.1. MF=multiplying factor to account for absence of test load=0.94 for top-loader vertical axis clothes washers that are sensor filled, 1.0 for all other clothes washers.

    4.1.3Total weighted per-cycle hot water energy consumption expressed in kilowatt-hours. Calculate the total weighted per cycle hot water energy consumption, ET, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

    ET=[Emax×Fmax]+[Emin×Fmin] where: Fmax=usage fill factor=0.72. Fmin=usage fill factor=0.28. Emax=as defined in section 4.1.2. Emin=as defined in section 4.1.2.

    4.1.4Per-cycle water energy consumption using gas-heated or oil-heated water. Calculate for the normal cycle the per-cycle energy consumption, ETG, using gas-heated or oil-heated water, expressed in Btu per cycle (or megajoules per cycle) and defined as:

    ER27AU97.001 where: e=nominal gas or oil water heater efficiency=0.75. ET=as defined in section 4.1.3.

    4.1.5Per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption.

    4.1.5.1Non-water-heating clothes washers. The electrical energy value recorded for the maximum fill in section 3.4.1 is the per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption, ME, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle.

    4.1.5.2Water-heating clothes washers.

    4.1.5.2.1Calculate for the cycle under test the per-cycle temperature weighted electrical energy consumption for the maximum water fill level, Ehmax, and for the minimum water fill level, Ehmin, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

    ER27AU97.002 where: Ehi=reported electrical energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per cycle at maximum fill for each wash/cycle temperature combination setting, as provided in section 3.4.1. TUFi=applicable temperature use factor in section 5 or 6. n=number of wash/rinse temperature combination settings available to the user for the clothes washer under test. and ER27AU97.003 where: Ehj=reported electrical energy consumption in kilowatt-hours per cycle at minimum fill for each wash/rinse temperature combination setting, as provided in section 3.4.1. TUFj=applicable temperature use factor in section 5 or 6. n=as defined above in this section.

    4.1.5.2.2Weighted per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption. Calculate the weighted per cycle machine energy consumption, ME, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

    ME=[Ehmax×Fmax]+[Ehmin×Fmin] where: Fmax=as defined in section 4.1.3. Fmin=as defined in section 4.1.3. Ehmax=as defined in section 4.1.5.2.1. Ehmin=as defined in section 4.1.5.2.1

    4.1.6Total per-cycle energy consumption when electrically heated water is used. Calculate for the normal cycle the total per-cycle energy consumption, ETE, using electrically heated water, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

    ETE=ET+ME where: ET=as defined in section 4.1.3. ME=as defined in section 4.1.5.1 or 4.1.5.2.2.

    4.2Per-cycle energy consumption for removal of RMC. Calculate the amount of energy per cycle required to remove RMC. Such amount is DE, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

    DE=(LAF)×(test load weight)×(RMC−4%)×(DEF)×(DUF) where: LAF=load adjustment factor=0.52. Test load weight=as shown in test load table in 3.3.2 expressed in lbs/cycle. RMC=as defined in 3.3.3.5, 3.3.4.3, or 3.3.5. DEF=nominal energy required for a clothes dryer to remove moisture from clothes=0.5 kWh/lb (1.1 kWh/kg). DUF=dryer usage factor, percentage of washer loads dried in a clothes dryer=0.84.

    4.3Water consumption.

    4.3.1Per-cycle temperature-weighted water consumption for maximum and minimum water fill levels. To determine these amounts, calculate for the cycle under test the per-cycle temperature-weighted total water consumption for the maximum water fill level, Qmax, and for the minimum water fill level, Qmin, expressed in gallons per cycle (or liters per cycle) and defined as:

    ER27AU97.004 where: Vhi=hot water consumption in gallons per-cycle at maximum fill for each wash/rinse temperature combination setting, as provided in section 3.4.2. Vci=total cold water consumption in gallons per-cycle at maximum fill for each wash/rinse temperature combination setting, cold wash/cold rinse cycle, as provided in section 3.4.2. TUFi=applicable temperature use factor in section 5 or 6. n=number of wash/rinse temperature combination settings available to the user for the clothes washer under test. TUFw=temperature use factor for warm wash setting.

    For clothes washers equipped with suds-saver feature:

    X1=frequency of use without suds-saver feature=0.86 X2=frequency of use with suds-saver feature=0.14 ShH=fresh hot water make-up measured during suds-return cycle at maximum water fill level. ScH=fresh cold water make-up measured during suds-return cycle at maximum water fill level.

    For clothes washers not equipped with suds-saver feature:

    X1=1.0 X2=0.0 and ER27AU97.005 where: Vhj=hot water consumption in gallons per cycle (or liters per cycle) at minimum fill for each wash/rinse temperature combination setting, as provided in section 3.4.3. Vcj=cold water consumption in gallons per cycle (or liters per cycle) at minimum fill for each wash/rinse temperature combination setting, cold wash/cold rinse cycle, as provided in section 3.4.3. TUFj=applicable temperature use factor in section 5 or 6. ShL=fresh hot make-up water measured during suds-return cycle at minimum water fill level. ScL=fresh cold make-up water measured during suds-return cycle at minimum water fill level. n=as defined above in this section. TUFw=as defined above in this section. X1=as defined above in this section. X2=as defined above in this section.

    4.3.2Total weighted per-cycle water consumption. To determine this amount, calculate the total weighted per cycle water consumption, QT, expressed in gallons per cycle (or liters per cycle) and defined as:

    QT=[Qmax×Fmax]+[Qmin×Fmin] where: Fmax=as defined in section 4.1.3. Fmin=as defined in section 4.1.3. Qmax=as defined in section 4.3.1. Qmin=as defined in section 4.3.1.

    4.3.3Water consumption factor. The following calculates the water consumption factor, WCF, expressed in gallon per cycle per cubic foot (or liter per cycle per liter):

    WCF=QT/C where: C=as defined in section 3.1.5. QT=as defined in section 4.3.2.

    4.4Modified energy factor. The following calculates the modified energy factor, MEF, expressed in cubic feet per kilowatt-hours per cycle (or liters per kilowatt-hours per cycle):

    ER27AU97.006 where: C=as defined in section 3.1.5. ME=as defined in section 4.1.5.1 or 4.1.5.2.2. ET=as defined in section 4.1.3. DE=as defined in section 4.2.

    4.5Energy factor. Calculate the energy factor, EF, expressed in cubic feet per kilowatt-hours per cycle (or liters per kilowatt-hours per cycle), as:

    ER27AU97.007 where: C=as defined in section 3.1.5. ME=as defined in section 4.1.5.1 or 4.1.5.2.2. ET=as defined in section 4.1.3. 5. APPLICABLE TEMPERATURE USE FACTORS FOR DETERMINING HOT WATER USAGE FOR VARIOUS WASH/RINSE TEMPERATURE SELECTIONS FOR ALL AUTOMATIC CLOTHES WASHERS

    5.1Clothes washers with discrete temperature selections.

    5.1.1Five-temperature selection (n=5).

    Wash/rinse temperature
  • setting
    •  Temperature Use Factor (TUF)     Hot/Warm 0.18 Hot/Cold .12 Warm/Warm .30 Warm/Cold .25 Cold/Cold .15

    5.1.2Four-temperature selection (n=4).

    Wash/rinse temperature
  • setting
    •  Temperature Use Factor (TUF)     Alternate I: Hot/Warm 0.18 Hot/Cold .12 Warm/Cold .55 Cold/Cold .15 Alternate II: Hot/Warm 0.18 Hot/Cold .12 Warm/Warm .30 Warm/Cold .40 Alternate III: Hot/Cold 0.12 Warm/Warm .18 Warm/Cold .55 Cold/Cold .15

    5.1.3Three-temperature selection (n=3).

    Wash/rinse temperature
  • setting
    •  Temperature Use Factor (TUF)     Alternate I: Hot/Warm 0.30 Warm/Cold .55 Cold/Cold .15 Alternate II: Hot/Cold 0.30 Warm/Cold .55 Cold/Cold .15 Alternate III: Hot/Cold 0.30 Warm/Warm .55 Cold/Cold .15

    5.1.4Two-temperature selection (n=2).

    Wash/rinse temperature
  • setting
    •  Temperature Use Factor (TUF)     Any heated water/Cold 0.85 Cold/Cold .15

    5.1.5One-temperature selection (n=1).

    Wash/rinse temperature
  • setting
    •  Temperature Use Factor (TUF)     Any 1.00

    5.2Clothes washers with infinite temperature selections.

    Wash/rinse tempera-
  • ture setting
    •  Temperature Use Factor (TUF) ≤ 140°F (60°C)
  • (n=3)
    •  > 140°F (60°C)
  • (n=4)
    •      Extra-hot 0.05 Hot 0.30 0.25 Warm 0.55 0.55 Cold 0.15 0.15     6. APPLICABLE TEMPERATURE USE FACTORS FOR DETERMINING HOT WATER USAGE FOR VARIOUS WASH/RINSE TEMPERATURE SETTINGS FOR ALL SEMI-AUTOMATIC, NON-WATER-HEATING, CLOTHES WASHERS

    6.1Six-temperature settings (n=6).

    Wash/rinse temperature
  • setting
    •  Temperature Use Factor (TUF)     Hot/Hot 0.15 Hot/Warm .09 Hot/Cold .06 Warm/Warm .42 Warm/Cold .13 Cold/Cold .15     7. WAIVERS AND FIELD TESTING

    7.1Waivers and Field Testing for Non-conventional Clothes Washers. Manufacturers of non-conventional clothes washers, such as clothes washers with adaptive control systems, must submit a petition for waiver pursuant to 10 CFR 430.27 to establish an acceptable test procedure for that clothes washer. For these and other clothes washers that have controls or systems such that the DOE test procedures yield results that are so unrepresentative of the clothes washer's true energy consumption characteristics as to provide materially inaccurate comparative data, field testing may be appropriate for establishing an acceptable test procedure. The following are guidelines for field testing which may be used by manufacturers in support of petitions for waiver. These guidelines are not mandatory and the Department may determine that they do not apply to a particular model. Depending upon a manufacturer's approach for conducting field testing, additional data may be required. Manufacturers are encouraged to communicate with the Department prior to the commencement of field tests which may be used to support a petition for waiver. Section 7.3 provides an example of field testing for a clothes washer with an adaptive water fill control system. Other features, such as the use of various spin speed selections, could be the subject of field tests.

    7.2Non-conventional Wash System Energy Consumption Test. The field test may consist of a minimum of 10 of the nonconventional clothes washers (“test clothes washers”) and 10 clothes washers already being distributed in commerce (“base clothes washers”). The tests should include a minimum of 50 normal test cycles per clothes washer. The test clothes washers and base clothes washers should be identical in construction except for the controls or systems being tested. Equal numbers of both the test clothes washer and the base clothes washer should be tested simultaneously in comparable settings to minimize seasonal and/or consumer laundering conditions and/or variations. The clothes washers should be monitored in such a way as to accurately record the total energy consumption per cycle. At a minimum, the following should be measured and recorded throughout the test period for each clothes washer: Hot water usage in gallons (or liters), electrical energy usage in kilowatt-hours, and the cycles of usage. The field test results would be used to determine the best method to correlate the rating of the test clothes washer to the rating of the base clothes washer. If the base clothes washer is rated at A kWh per year, but field tests at B kWh per year, and the test clothes washer field tests at D kWh per year, the test unit would be rated as follows:

    A×(D/B)=G kWh per year

    7.3Adaptive water fill control system field test. Section 3.2.2.1 defines the test method for measuring energy consumption for clothes washers which incorporate control systems having both adaptive and alternate manual selections. Energy consumption calculated by the method defined in section 3.2.2.1 assumes the adaptive cycle will be used 50 percent of the time. This section can be used to develop field test data in support of a petition for waiver when it is believed that the adaptive cycle will be used more than 50 percent of the time. The field test sample size should be a minimum of 10 test clothes washers. The test clothes washers should be totally representative of the design, construction, and control system that will be placed in commerce. The duration of field testing in the user's house should be a minimum of 50 normal test cycles, for each unit. No special instructions as to cycle selection or product usage should be given to the field test participants, other than inclusion of the product literature pack which should be shipped with all units, and instructions regarding filling out data collection forms, use of data collection equipment, or basic procedural methods. Prior to the test clothes washers being installed in the field test locations, baseline data should be developed for all field test units by conducting laboratory tests as defined by section 1 through section 6 of these test procedures to determine the energy consumption values. The following data should be measured and recorded for each wash load during the test period: wash cycle selected, the mode of the clothes washer (adaptive or manual), clothes load dry weight (measured after the clothes washer and clothes dryer cycles are completed) in pounds, and type of articles in the clothes load (i.e., cottons, linens, permanent press, etc.). The wash loads used in calculating the in-home percentage split between adaptive and manual cycle usage should be only those wash loads which conform to the definition of the normal test cycle.

    Calculate:

    T=The total number of normal test cycles run during the field test Ta=The total number of adaptive control normal test cycles Tm=The total number of manual control normal test cycles

    The percentage weighting factors:

    Pa=(Ta/T) x 100 (the percentage weighting for adaptive control selection) Pm=(Tm/T) x 100 (the percentage weighting for manual control selection)

    Energy consumption values, ET, ME, and DE (if desired) calculated in section 4 for the manual and adaptive modes, should be combined using Pa and Pm as the weighting factors.

    [62 FR 45501, Aug. 27, 1997]     Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. J1 Appendix J1 to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Automatic and Semi-Automatic Clothes Washers Note:

    Appendix J1 to Subpart B of part 430 is informational. It will not be used for determining compliance with standards, or as a basis for representations, until amended energy conservation standards for clothes washers at 10 CFR 430.32(g) become effective.

     1. DEFINITIONS AND SYMBOLS

    1.1Adaptive control system means a clothes washer control system, other than an adaptive water fill control system, which is capable of automatically adjusting washer operation or washing conditions based on characteristics of the clothes load placed in the clothes container, without allowing or requiring consumer intervention or actions. The automatic adjustments may, for example, include automatic selection, modification, or control of any of the following: wash water temperature, agitation or tumble cycle time, number of rinse cycles, and spin speed. The characteristics of the clothes load, which could trigger such adjustments, could, for example, consist of or be indicated by the presence of either soil, soap, suds, or any other additive laundering substitute or complementary product.

    Note:

    Appendix J1 does not provide a means for determining the energy consumption of a clothes washer with an adaptive control system. Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 430.27, a waiver must be obtained to establish an acceptable test procedure for each such clothes washer.

    1.2Adaptive water fill control system means a clothes washer water fill control system which is capable of automatically adjusting the water fill level based on the size or weight of the clothes load placed in the clothes container, without allowing or requiring consumer intervention or actions.

    1.3Bone-dry means a condition of a load of test cloth which has been dried in a dryer at maximum temperature for a minimum of 10 minutes, removed and weighed before cool down, and then dried again for 10 minute periods until the final weight change of the load is 1 percent or less.

    1.4Clothes container means the compartment within the clothes washer that holds the clothes during the operation of the machine.

    1.5Compact means a clothes washer which has a clothes container capacity of less than 1.6 ft3 (45 L).

    1.6Deep rinse cycle means a rinse cycle in which the clothes container is filled with water to a selected level and the clothes load is rinsed by agitating it or tumbling it through the water.

    1.7Energy test cycle for a basic model means (A) the cycle recommended by the manufacturer for washing cotton or linen clothes, and includes all wash/rinse temperature selections and water levels offered in that cycle, and (B) for each other wash/rinse temperature selection or water level available on that basic model, the portion(s) of other cycle(s) with that temperature selection or water level that, when tested pursuant to these test procedures, will contribute to an accurate representation of the energy consumption of the basic model as used by consumers. Any cycle under (A) or (B) shall include the agitation/tumble operation, spin speed(s), wash times, and rinse times applicable to that cycle, including water heating time for water heating clothes washers.

    1.8Load use factor means the percentage of the total number of wash loads that a user would wash a particular size (weight) load.

    1.9Manual control system means a clothes washer control system which requires that the consumer make the choices that determine washer operation or washing conditions, such as, for example, wash/rinse temperature selections, and wash time before starting the cycle.

    1.10Manual water fill control system means a clothes washer water fill control system which requires the consumer to determine or select the water fill level.

    1.11Modified energy factor means the quotient of the cubic foot (or liter) capacity of the clothes container divided by the total clothes washer energy consumption per cycle, with such energy consumption expressed as the sum of the machine electrical energy consumption, the hot water energy consumption, and the energy required for removal of the remaining moisture in the wash load.

    1.12Non-water-heating clothes washer means a clothes washer which does not have an internal water heating device to generate hot water.

    1.13Spray rinse cycle means a rinse cycle in which water is sprayed onto the clothes for a period of time without maintaining any specific water level in the clothes container.

    1.14Standard means a clothes washer which has a clothes container capacity of 1.6 ft3 (45 L) or greater.

    1.15Temperature use factor means, for a particular wash/rinse temperature setting, the percentage of the total number of wash loads that an average user would wash with that setting.

    1.16Thermostatically controlled water valves means clothes washer controls that have the ability to sense and adjust the hot and cold supply water.

    1.17Uniformly distributed warm wash temperature selection(s) means (A) multiple warm wash selections for which the warm wash water temperatures have a linear relationship with all discrete warm wash selections when the water temperatures are plotted against equally spaced consecutive warm wash selections between the hottest warm wash and the coldest warm wash. If the warm wash has infinite selections, the warm wash water temperature has a linear relationship with the distance on the selection device (e.g. dial angle or slide movement) between the hottest warm wash and the coldest warm wash. The criteria for a linear relationship as specified above is that the difference between the actual water temperature at any warm wash selection and the point where that temperature is depicted on the temperature/selection line formed by connecting the warmest and the coldest warm selections is less than ±5 percent. In all cases, the mean water temperature of the warmest and the coldest warm selections must coincide with the mean of the “hot wash” (maximum wash temperature ≤135°F (57.2°C)) and “cold wash” (minimum wash temperature) water temperatures within ±3.8°F (±2.1°C); or (B) on a clothes washer with only one warm wash temperature selection, a warm wash temperature selection with a water temperature that coincides with the mean of the “hot wash” (maximum wash temperature ≤135°F (57.2°C)) and “cold wash” (minimum wash temperature) water temperatures within ±3.8°F (±2.1°C).

    1.18Warm wash means all wash temperature selections that are below the hottest hot, less than 135°F (57.2°C), and above the coldest cold temperature selection.

    1.19Water consumption factor means the quotient of the total weighted per-cycle water consumption divided by the cubic foot (or liter) capacity of the clothes washer.

    1.20Water-heating clothes washer means a clothes washer where some or all of the hot water for clothes washing is generated by a water heating device internal to the clothes washer.

    1.21Symbol usage. The following identity relationships are provided to help clarify the symbology used throughout this procedure.

    E—Electrical Energy Consumption H—Hot Water Consumption C—Cold Water Consumption R—Hot Water Consumed by Warm Rinse ER—Electrical Energy Consumed by Warm Rinse TUF—Temperature Use Factor HE—Hot Water Energy Consumption F—Load Usage Factor Q—Total Water Consumption ME—Machine Electrical Energy Consumption RMC—Remaining Moisture Content WI—Initial Weight of Dry Test Load WC—Weight of Test Load After Extraction m—Extra Hot Wash (maximum wash temp. >135°F (57.2°C.)) h—Hot Wash (maximum wash temp. ≤135°F (57.2°C.)) w—Warm Wash c—Cold Wash (minimum wash temp.) r—Warm Rinse (hottest rinse temp.) x or max—Maximum Test Load a or avg—Average Test Load n or min—Minimum Test Load

    The following examples are provided to show how the above symbols can be used to define variables:

    Emx=“Electrical Energy Consumption” for an “Extra Hot Wash” and “Maximum Test Load” Ra=“Hot Water Consumed by Warm Rinse” for the “Average Test Load” TUFm=“Temperature Use Factor” for an “Extra Hot Wash” HEmin=“Hot Water Energy Consumption” for the “Minimum Test Load” 2. TESTING CONDITIONS

    2.1Installation. Install the clothes washer in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

    2.2Electrical energy supply. Maintain the electrical supply at the clothes washer terminal block within 2 percent of 120, 120/240, or 120/208Y volts as applicable to the particular terminal block wiring system and within 2 percent of the nameplate frequency as specified by the manufacturer. If the clothes washer has a dual voltage conversion capability, conduct test at the highest voltage specified by the manufacturer.

    2.3Supply Water.

    2.3.1Clothes washers in which electrical energy consumption or water energy consumption are affected by the inlet water temperature. (For example, water heating clothes washers or clothes washers with thermostatically controlled water valves.). The temperature of the hot water supply at the water inlets shall not exceed 135°F (57.2°C) and the cold water supply at the water inlets shall not exceed 60°F (15.6°C). A water meter shall be installed in both the hot and cold water lines to measure water consumption.

    2.3.2Clothes washers in which electrical energy consumption and water energy consumption are not affected by the inlet water temperature. The temperature of the hot water supply shall be maintained at 135°F±5°F (57.2°C±2.8°C) and the cold water supply shall be maintained at 60°F±5°F (15.6°C±2.8°C). A water meter shall be installed in both the hot and cold water lines to measure water consumption.

    2.4Water pressure. The static water pressure at the hot and cold water inlet connection of the clothes washer shall be maintained at 35 pounds per square inch gauge (psig) ±2.5 psig (241.3 kPa±17.2 kPa) during the test. The static water pressure for a single water inlet connection shall be maintained at 35 psig±2.5 psig (241.3 kPa±17.2 kPa) during the test. A water pressure gauge shall be installed in both the hot and cold water lines to measure water pressure.

    2.5Instrumentation. Perform all test measurements using the following instruments, as appropriate:

    2.5.1Weighing scales.

    2.5.1.1Weighing scale for test cloth. The scale shall have a resolution of no larger than 0.2 oz (5.7 g) and a maximum error no greater than 0.3 percent of the measured value.

    2.5.1.2Weighing scale for clothes container capacity measurements. The scale should have a resolution no larger than 0.50 lbs (0.23 kg) and a maximum error no greater than 0.5 percent of the measured value.

    2.5.2Watt-hour meter. The watt-hour meter shall have a resolution no larger than 1 Wh (3.6 kJ) and a maximum error no greater than 2 percent of the measured value for any demand greater than 50 Wh (180.0 kJ).

    2.5.3Temperature measuring device. The device shall have an error no greater than ±1°F (±0.6°C) over the range being measured.

    2.5.4Water meter. The water meter shall have a resolution no larger than 0.1 gallons (0.4 liters) and a maximum error no greater than 2 percent for the water flow rates being measured.

    2.5.5Water pressure gauge. The water pressure gauge shall have a resolution of 1 pound per square inch gauge (psig) (6.9 kPa) and shall have an error no greater than 5 percent of any measured value.

    2.6Test cloths.

    2.6.1Energy test cloth.

    2.6.1.1The energy test cloth shall not be used for more than 25 test runs and shall be clean and consist of the following:

    (A) Pure finished bleached cloth, made with a momie or granite weave, which is 50 percent cotton and 50 percent polyester and weighs 5.75 ounces per square yard (195.0 g/m2) and has 65 ends on the warp and 57 picks on the fill; and

    (B) Cloth material that is 24 inches by 36 inches (61.0 cm by 91.4 cm) and has been hemmed to 22 inches by 34 inches (55.9 cm by 86.4 cm) before washing. The maximum shrinkage after five washes shall not be more than four percent on the length and width.

    2.6.1.2The new test cloths, including energy test cloths and energy stuffer cloths, shall be pre-conditioned in a clothes washer in the following manner:

    2.6.1.2.1Wash the test cloth using a commercially available clothes washing detergent that is suitable for 135°F (57.2°C) wash water as recommended by the manufacturer, with the washer set on maximum water level. Place detergent in washer and then place the new load to be conditioned in the washer. Wash the load for ten minutes in soft water (17ppm or less). Wash water is to be hot, and controlled at 135°F±5°F (57.2°C ±2.8°C). Rinse water temperature is to be cold, and controlled at 60°F ±5°F (15.6°C ±2.8°C). Rinse the load through a second rinse using the same water temperature (if an optional second rinse is available on the clothes washer, use it).

    2.6.1.2.2Dry the load.

    2.6.1.2.3A final cycle is to be hot water wash with no detergent followed by two cold water rinses.

    2.6.1.2.4Dry the load.

    2.6.2Energy stuffer cloth. The energy stuffer cloth shall be made from energy test cloth material and shall consist of pieces of material that are 12 inches by 12 inches (30.5 cm by 30.5 cm) and have been hemmed to 10 inches by 10 inches (25.4 cm by 25.4 cm) before washing. The maximum shrinkage after five washes shall not be more than four percent on the length and width. The number of test runs on the same energy stuffer cloth shall not exceed 25 runs.

    2.7Test Load Sizes. Maximum, minimum, and, when required, average test load sizes shall be determined using Table 5.1 and the clothes container capacity as measured in 3.1.1 through 3.1.5. Test loads shall consist of energy test cloths, except that adjustments to the test loads to achieve proper weight can be made by the use of energy stuffer cloths with no more than 5 stuffer clothes per load.

    2.8Use of Test Loads. Table 2.8 defines the test load sizes and corresponding water fill settings which are to be used when measuring water and energy consumptions. Adaptive water fill control system and manual water fill control system are defined in section 1 of this appendix:

    Table 2.8.—Test Load Sizes and Water Fill Settings Required Manual water fill control system Test load size Water fill setting Adaptive water fill control system Test load size Water fill setting Max
  • Min
    •  Max
  • Min
    •  Max
  • Avg
  • Min
    •  As determined by the Clothes Washer.

    2.8.1The test load sizes to be used to measure RMC are specified in section 3.8.1.

    2.8.2Test loads for energy and water consumption measurements shall be bone dry prior to the first cycle of the test, and dried to a maximum of 104 percent of bone dry weight for subsequent testing.

    2.8.3Load the energy test cloths by grasping them in the center, shaking them to hang loosely and then put them into the clothes container prior to activating the clothes washer.

    2.9Pre-conditioning.

    2.9.1Nonwater-heating clothes washer. If the clothes washer has not been filled with water in the preceding 96 hours, pre-condition it by running it through a cold rinse cycle and then draining it to ensure that the hose, pump, and sump are filled with water.

    2.9.2Water-heating clothes washer. If the clothes washer has not been filled with water in the preceding 96 hours, or if it has not been in the test room at the specified ambient conditions for 8 hours, pre-condition it by running it through a cold rinse cycle and then draining it to ensure that the hose, pump, and sump are filled with water.

    2.10Wash time setting. If one wash time is prescribed in the energy test cycle, that shall be the wash time setting; otherwise, the wash time setting shall be the higher of either the minimum, or 70 percent of the maximum wash time available in the energy test cycle.

    2.11Test room temperature for water-heating clothes washers. Maintain the test room ambient air temperature at 75°F±5°F (23.9°C±2.8°C).

    3. TEST MEASUREMENTS

    3.1Clothes container capacity. Measure the entire volume which a dry clothes load could occupy within the clothes container during washer operation according to the following procedures:

    3.1.1Place the clothes washer in such a position that the uppermost edge of the clothes container opening is leveled horizontally, so that the container will hold the maximum amount of water.

    3.1.2Line the inside of the clothes container with 2 mil (0.051 mm) plastic sheet. All clothes washer components which occupy space within the clothes container and which are recommended for use with the energy test cycle shall be in place and shall be lined with 2 mil (0.051 mm) plastic sheet to prevent water from entering any void space.

    3.1.3Record the total weight of the machine before adding water.

    3.1.4Fill the clothes container manually with either 60°F±5°F (15.6°C±2.8°C) or 100°F±10°F (37.8°C±5.5°C) water to its uppermost edge. Measure and record the weight of water, W, in pounds.

    3.1.5The clothes container capacity is calculated as follows:

    C=W/d. where: C=Capacity in cubic feet (liters). W=Mass of water in pounds (kilograms). d=Density of water (62.0 lbs/ft3 for 100 °F (993 kg/m3 for 37.8°C) or 62.3 lbs/ft3 for 60 °F (998 kg/m3 for 15.6°C)).

    3.2Procedure for measuring water and energy consumption values on all automatic and semi-automatic washers. All energy consumption tests shall be performed under the energy test cycle(s), unless otherwise specified. Table 3.2 defines the sections below which govern tests of particular clothes washers, based on the number of wash/rinse temperature selections available on the model, and also, in some instances, method of water heating. The procedures prescribed are applicable regardless of a clothes washer's washing capacity, loading port location, primary axis of rotation of the clothes container, and type of control system.

    3.2.1Inlet water temperature and the wash/rinse temperature settings.

    3.2.1.1For automatic clothes washers set the wash/rinse temperature selection control to obtain the wash water temperature desired (extra hot, hot, warm, or cold) and cold rinse, and open both the hot and cold water faucets.

    3.2.1.2For semi-automatic washers: (1) For hot water temperature, open the hot water faucet completely and close the cold water faucet; (2) for warm inlet water temperature, open both hot and cold water faucets completely; (3) for cold water temperature, close the hot water faucet and open the cold water faucet completely.

    3.2.1.3Determination of warm wash water temperature(s) to decide whether a clothes washer has uniformly distributed warm wash temperature selections. The wash water temperature, Tw, of each warm water wash selection shall be calculated or measured.

    For non-water-heating clothes washers, calculate Tw as follows:

    Tw(°F)=((Hw×135°F)+(Cw×60°F))/(Hw+Cw) or Tw(°C)=((Hw×57.2°C)+(Cw×15.6°C))/(Hw+Cw) where: Hw=Hot water consumption of a warm wash Cw=Cold water consumption of a warm wash

    For water-heating clothes washers, measure and record the temperature of each warm wash selection after fill.

    3.2.2Total water consumption during the energy test cycle shall be measured, including hot and cold water consumption during wash, deep rinse, and spray rinse.

    3.2.3Clothes washers with adaptive water fill/manual water fill control systems

    3.2.3.1Clothes washers with adaptive water fill control system and alternate manual water fill control systems. If a clothes washer with an adaptive water fill control system allows consumer selection of manual controls as an alternative, then both manual and adaptive modes shall be tested and, for each mode, the energy consumption (HET, MET, and DE) and water consumption (QT), values shall be calculated as set forth in section 4. Then the average of the two values (one from each mode, adaptive and manual) for each variable shall be used in section 4 for the clothes washer.

    3.2.3.2Clothes washers with adaptive water fill control system.

    3.2.3.2.1.Not user adjustable. The maximum, minimum, and average water levels as defined in the following sections shall be interpreted to mean that amount of water fill which is selected by the control system when the respective test loads are used, as defined in Table 2.8. The load usage factors which shall be used when calculating energy consumption values are defined in Table 4.1.3.

    3.2.3.2.2User adjustable. Four tests shall be conducted on clothes washers with user adjustable adaptive water fill controls which affect the relative wash water levels. The first test shall be conducted with the maximum test load and with the adaptive water fill control system set in the setting that will give the most energy intensive result. The second test shall be conducted with the minimum test load and with the adaptive water fill control system set in the setting that will give the least energy intensive result. The third test shall be conducted with the average test load and with the adaptive water fill control system set in the setting that will give the most energy intensive result for the given test load. The fourth test shall be conducted with the average test load and with the adaptive water fill control system set in the setting that will give the least energy intensive result for the given test load. The energy and water consumption for the average test load and water level, shall be the average of the third and fourth tests.

    3.2.3.3Clothes washers with manual water fill control system. In accordance with Table 2.8, the water fill selector shall be set to the maximum water level available on the clothes washer for the maximum test load size and set to the minimum water level for the minimum test load size. The load usage factors which shall be used when calculating energy consumption values are defined in Table 4.1.3.

    Table 3.2.—Test Section Reference Max. Wash Temp. Available ≤135°F (57.2°C) >135°F (57.2°C) 2 Number of Wash Temp. Selections 1 2 >2 3 >3 Test Sections Required to be Followed 3.3 3.3 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 1 3.7 1 3.7 1 3.7 1 3.7 1 3.7 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 1 Only applicable to machines with warm rinse in any cycle. 2 This only applies to water hearting clothes washers on which the maximum wash temperature available exceeds 135°F (57.2°C)

    3.3“Extra Hot Wash” (Max Wash Temp >135°F (57.2°C)) for water heating clothes washers only. Water and electrical energy consumption shall be measured for each water fill level and/or test load size as specified in 3.3.1 through 3.3.3 for the hottest wash setting available.

    3.3.1Maximum test load and water fill. Hot water consumption (Hmx), cold water consumption (Cmx), and electrical energy consumption (Emx) shall be measured for an extra hot wash/cold rinse energy test cycle, with the controls set for the maximum water fill level. The maximum test load size is to be used and shall be determined per Table 5.1.

    3.3.2Minimum test load and water fill. Hot water consumption (Hmn), cold water consumption (Cmn), and electrical energy consumption (Emn) shall be measured for an extra hot wash/cold rinse energy test cycle, with the controls set for the minimum water fill level. The minimum test load size is to be used and shall be determined per Table 5.1.

    3.3.3Average test load and water fill. For clothes washers with an adaptive water fill control system, measure the values for hot water consumption (Hma), cold water consumption (Cma), and electrical energy consumption (Ema) for an extra hot wash/cold rinse energy test cycle, with an average test load size as determined per Table 5.1.

    3.4“Hot Wash” (Max Wash Temp≤135°F (57.2°C)). Water and electrical energy consumption shall be measured for each water fill level or test load size as specified in 3.4.1 through 3.4.3 for a 135°F (57.2°C)) wash, if available, or for the hottest selection less than 135°F (57.2°C)).

    3.4.1Maximum test load and water fill. Hot water consumption (Hhx), cold water consumption (Chx), and electrical energy consumption (Ehx) shall be measured for a hot wash/cold rinse energy test cycle, with the controls set for the maximum water fill level. The maximum test load size is to be used and shall be determined per Table 5.1.

    3.4.2Minimum test load and water fill. Hot water consumption (Hhn), cold water consumption (Chn), and electrical energy consumption (Ehn) shall be measured for a hot wash/cold rinse energy test cycle, with the controls set for the minimum water fill level. The minimum test load size is to be used and shall be determined per Table 5.1.

    3.4.3Average test load and water fill. For clothes washers with an adaptive water fill control system, measure the values for hot water consumption (Hha), cold water consumption (Cha), and electrical energy consumption (Eha) for a hot wash/cold rinse energy test cycle, with an average test load size as determined per Table 5.1.

    3.5“Warm Wash.” Water and electrical energy consumption shall be determined for each water fill level and/or test load size as specified in 3.5.1 through 3.5.2.3 for the applicable warm water wash temperature(s).

    3.5.1Clothes washers with uniformly distributed warm wash temperature selection(s). The reportable values to be used for the warm water wash setting shall be the arithmetic average of the measurements for the hot and cold wash selections. This is a calculation only, no testing is required.

    3.5.2Clothes washers that lack uniformly distributed warm wash temperature selections. For a clothes washer with fewer than four discrete warm wash selections, test all warm wash temperature selections. For a clothes washer that offers four or more warm wash selections, test at all discrete selections, or test at 25 percent, 50 percent, and 75 percent positions of the temperature selection device between the hottest hot (≤135°F (57.2 °C)) wash and the coldest cold wash. If a selection is not available at the 25, 50 or 75 percent position, in place of each such unavailable selection use the next warmer setting. Each reportable value to be used for the warm water wash setting shall be the arithmetic average of all tests conducted pursuant to this section.

    3.5.2.1Maximum test load and water fill. Hot water consumption (Hwx), cold water consumption (Cwx), and electrical energy consumption (Ewx) shall be measured with the controls set for the maximum water fill level. The maximum test load size is to be used and shall be determined per Table 5.1.

    3.5.2.2Minimum test load and water fill. Hot water consumption (Hwn), cold water consumption (Cwn), and electrical energy consumption (Ewn) shall be measured with the controls set for the minimum water fill level. The minimum test load size is to be used and shall be determined per Table 5.1.

    3.5.2.3Average test load and water fill. For clothes washers with an adaptive water fill control system, measure the values for hot water consumption (Hwa), cold water consumption (Cwa), and electrical energy consumption (Ewa) with an average test load size as determined per Table 5.1.

    3.6“Cold Wash” (Minimum Wash Temperature Selection). Water and electrical energy consumption shall be measured for each water fill level or test load size as specified in 3.6.1 through 3.6.3 for the coldest wash temperature selection available.

    3.6.1Maximum test load and water fill. Hot water consumption (Hcx), cold water consumption (Ccx), and electrical energy consumption (Ecx) shall be measured for a cold wash/cold rinse energy test cycle, with the controls set for the maximum water fill level. The maximum test load size is to be used and shall be determined per Table 5.1.

    3.6.2Minimum test load and water fill. Hot water consumption (Hcn), cold water consumption (Ccn), and electrical energy consumption (Ecn) shall be measured for a cold wash/cold rinse energy test cycle, with the controls set for the minimum water fill level. The minimum test load size is to be used and shall be determined per Table 5.1.

    3.6.3Average test load and water fill. For clothes washers with an adaptive water fill control system, measure the values for hot water consumption (Hca), cold water consumption (Cca), and electrical energy consumption (Eca) for a cold wash/cold rinse energy test cycle, with an average test load size as determined per Table 5.1.

    3.7Warm Rinse. Tests in sections 3.7.1 and 3.7.2 shall be conducted with the hottest rinse temperature available. If multiple wash temperatures are available with the hottest rinse temperature, any “warm wash” temperature may be selected to conduct the tests.

    3.7.1For the rinse only, measure the amount of hot water consumed by the clothes washer including all deep and spray rinses, for the maximum (Rx), minimum (Rn), and, if required by section 3.5.2.3, average (Ra) test load sizes or water fill levels.

    3.7.2Measure the amount of electrical energy consumed by the clothes washer to heat the rinse water only, including all deep and spray rinses, for the maximum (ERx), minimum (ERn), and, if required by section 3.5.2.3, average (ERa), test load sizes or water fill levels.

    3.8Remaining Moisture Content:

    3.8.1The wash temperature will be the same as the rinse temperature for all testing. Use the maximum test load as defined in Table 5.1 and section 3.1 for testing.

    3.8.2For clothes washers with cold rinse only:

    3.8.2.1Record the actual ‘bone dry’ weight of the test load (WImax), then place the test load in the clothes washer.

    3.8.2.2Set water level selector to maximum fill.

    3.8.2.3Run the energy test cycle.

    3.8.2.4Record the weight of the test load immediately after completion of the energy test cycle (WCmax).

    3.8.2.5Calculate the remaining moisture content of the maximum test load, RMCMAX, expressed as a percentage and defined as:

    RMCmax=((WCmax−WImax)/WImax)×100%

    3.8.3For clothes washers with cold and warm rinse options:

    3.8.3.1Complete steps 3.8.2.1 through 3.8.2.4 for cold rinse. Calculate the remaining moisture content of the maximum test load for cold rinse, RMCCOLD, expressed as a percentage and defined as:

    RMCCOLD=((WCmax−WImax)/WImax)×100%

    3.8.3.2Complete steps 3.8.2.1 through 3.8.2.4 for warm rinse. Calculate the remaining moisture content of the maximum test load for warm rinse, RMCWARM, expressed as a percentage and defined as:

    RMCWARM=((WCmax−WImax)/WImax)×100%

    3.8.3.3Calculate the remaining moisture content of the maximum test load, RMCmax, expressed as a percentage and defined as:

    RMCmax=RMCCOLD×(1-TUFr)+RMCWARM×(TUFr). where: TUFr is the temperature use factor for warm rinse as defined in Table 4.1.1.

    3.8.4Clothes washers which have options that result in different RMC values, such as multiple selection of spin speeds or spin times, that are available in the energy test cycle, shall be tested at the maximum and minimum extremes of the available options, excluding any “no spin” (zero spin speed) settings, in accordance with requirements in 3.8.2 or 3.8.3. The calculated RMCmax extraction and RMCmin extraction at the maximum and minimum settings, respectively, shall be combined as follows and the final RMC to be used in section 4.3 shall be:

    RMC = 0.75×RMCmax extraction+0.25× RMCmin extraction 4. CALCULATION OF DERIVED RESULTS FROM TEST MEASUREMENTS

    4.1Hot water and machine electrical energy consumption of clothes washers.

    4.1.1Per-cycle temperature-weighted hot water consumption for maximum, average, and minimum water fill levels using each appropriate load size as defined in section 2.8 and Table 5.1. Calculate for the cycle under test the per-cycle temperature weighted hot water consumption for the maximum water fill level, Vhx, the average water fill level, Vha, and the minimum water fill level, Vhn, expressed in gallons per cycle (or liters per cycle) and defined as:

    (a) Vhx=[Hmx×TUFm]+[Hhx×TUFh]+[Hwx ×TUFw]+[Hcx×TUFc]+[Rx×TUFr] (b) Vha=[Hma×TUFm]+[Hha×TUFh]+[Hwa ×TUFw]+[Hca×TUFc]+[Ra×TUFr] (c) Vhn=[Hmn×TUFm]+[Hhn×TUFh]+[Hwn ×TUFw]+[Hcn×TUFc]+[Rn×TUFr] where: Hmx, Hma, and Hmn, are reported hot water consumption values, in gallons per-cycle (or liters per cycle), at maximum, average, and minimum water fill, respectively, for the extra-hot wash cycle with the appropriate test loads as defined in section 2.8. Hhx, Hha, and Hhn, are reported hot water consumption values, in gallons per-cycle (or liters per cycle), at maximum, average, and minimum water fill, respectively, for the hot wash cycle with the appropriate test loads as defined in section 2.8. Hwx, Hwa, and Hwn, are reported hot water consumption values, in gallons per-cycle (or liters per cycle), at maximum, average, and minimum water fill, respectively, for the warm wash cycle with the appropriate test loads as defined in section 2.8. Hcx, Hca, and Hcn, are reported hot water consumption values, in gallons per-cycle (or liters per cycle), at maximum, average, and minimum water fill, respectively, for the cold wash cycle with the appropriate test loads as defined in section 2.8. Rx, Ra, and Rn are the reported hot water consumption values, in gallons per-cycle (or liters per cycle), at maximum, average, and minimum water fill, respectively, for the warm rinse cycle and the appropriate test loads as defined in section 2.8. TUFm, TUFh, TUFw, TUFc, and TUFr are temperature use factors for extra hot wash, hot wash, warm wash, cold wash, and warm rinse temperature selections, respectively, and are as defined in Table 4.1.1. Table 4.1.1.—Temperature Use Factors Max Wash Temp Available ≤135 °F ≤135 °F ≤135 °F >135 °F >135 °F (57.2 °C) (57.2 °C) (57.2 °C) (57.2 °C) (57.2 °C) No. Wash Temp Selections Single 2 Temps >2 Temps 3 Temps >3 Temps TUFm (extra hot) NA NA NA 0.14 0.05 TUFh (hot) NA 0.63 0.14 NA 0.09 TUFw (warm) NA NA 0.49 0.49 0.49 TUFc (cold) 1.00 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.37 TUFr (warm rinse) 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27 0.27

    4.1.2Total per-cycle hot water energy consumption for all maximum, average, and minimum water fill levels tested. Calculate the total per-cycle hot water energy consumption for the maximum water fill level, HEmax, the minimum water fill level, HEmin, and the average water fill level, HEavg, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

    (a) HEmax = [Vhx×T×K]=Total energy when a maximum load is tested. (b) HEavg = [Vha×T×K]=Total energy when an average load is tested. (c) HEmin = [Vhn×T×K]=Total energy when a minimum load is tested. where: T=Temperature rise=75 °F (41.7 °C). K=Water specific heat in kilowatt-hours per gallon degree F=0.00240 (0.00114 kWh/L-°C). Vhx Vha, and Vhn, are as defined in 4.1.1.

    4.1.3Total weighted per-cycle hot water energy consumption. Calculate the total weighted per cycle hot water energy consumption, HET, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

    HET=[HEmax×Fmax]+[HEavg×Favg]+[HEmn×Fmin] where: HEmax, HEavg, and HEmin are as defined in 4.1.2. Fmax, Favg, and Fmin are the load usage factors for the maximum, average, and minimum test loads based on the size and type of control system on the washer being tested. The values are as shown in table 4.1.3. Table 4.1.3—Load Usage Factors Water fill control system Manual Adaptive Fmax = 0.72 1 0.12 2 Favg = 0.74 2 Fmin= 0.28 1 0.14 2 1 Reference 3.2.3.3. 2 Reference 3.2.3.2.

    4.1.4Total per-cycle hot water energy consumption using gas-heated or oil-heated water. Calculate for the energy test cycle the per-cycle hot water consumption, HETG, using gas heated or oil-heated water, expressed in Btu per cycle (or megajoules per cycle) and defined as:

    HETG=HT×1/e×3412 Btu/kWh or HETG=HET×1/e×3.6 MJ/kWh where: e=Nominal gas or oil water heater efficiency=0.75. HET=As defined in 4.1.3.

    4.1.5Per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption for all maximum, average, and minimum test load sizes. Calculate the total per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption for the maximum water fill level, MEmax, the minimum water fill level, MEmin, and the average water fill level, MEavg, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

    (a)MEmax= [Emx×TUFm]+ [Ehx×TUFh]+ [Ewx×TUFw]+ [Ecx×TUFc]+ [ERx×TUFr] (b) MEavg= [Ema×TUFm]+ [Eha×TUFh]+ [Ewa×TUFw]+ [Eca×TUFc]+ [ERa×TUFr] (c) MEmin= [Emn×TUFm]+ [Ehn×TUFh]+ [Ewn×TUFw]+ [Ecn×xTUFc]+ [ERn×TUFr] where: Emx, Ema, and Emn, are reported electrical energy consumption values, in kilowatt-hours per cycle, at maximum, average, and minimum test loads, respectively, for the extra-hot wash cycle. Ehx, Eha, and Ehn, are reported electrical energy consumption values, in kilowatt-hours per cycle, at maximum, average, and minimum test loads, respectively, for the hot wash cycle. Ewx, Ewa, and Ewn, are reported electrical energy consumption values, in kilowatt-hours per cycle, at maximum, average, and minimum test loads, respectively, for the warm wash cycle. Ecx, Eca, and Ecn, are reported electrical energy consumption values, in kilowatt-hours per cycle, at maximum, average, and minimum test loads, respectively, for the cold wash cycle. ERx, ERa, and ERn are reported electrical energy consumption values, in kilowatt-hours per cycle, at maximum, average, and minimum test loads, respectively, for the warm rinse cycle. TUFm, TUFh, TUFw, TUFc, and TUFr are as defined in Table 4.1.1.

    4.1.6Total weighted per-cycle machine electrical energy consumption. Calculate the total per cycle load size weighted energy consumption, MET, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

    MET=[MEmax× Fmax]+[MEavg× Favg]+[MEmin× Fmin] where: MEmax, MEavg, and MEmin are as defined in 4.1.5. Fmax, Favg, and Fmin are as defined in Table 4.1.3.

    4.1.7Total per-cycle energy consumption when electrically heated water is used. Calculate for the energy test cycle the total per-cycle energy consumption, ETE, using electrical heated water, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as:

    ETE=HET+MET where: MET=As defined in 4.1.6. HET=As defined in 4.1.3.

    4.2Water consumption of clothes washers. (The calculations in this Section need not be performed to determine compliance with the energy conservation standards for clothes washers.)

    4.2.1Per-cycle water consumption. Calculate the maximum, average, and minimum total water consumption, expressed in gallons per cycle (or liters per cycle), for the cold wash/cold rinse cycle and defined as:

    Qmax=[Hcx+Ccx] Qavg=[Hca+Cca] Qmin=[Hcn+Ccn] where: Hcx, Ccx, Hca, Cca, Hcn, and Ccn are as defined in 3.6.

    4.2.2Total weighted per-cycle water consumption. Calculate the total weighted per cycle consumption, QT, expressed in gallons per cycle (or liters per cycle) and defined as:

    QT=[Qmax×Fmax]+[Qavg×Favg]+[Qmin×Fmin] where: Qmax, Qavg, and Qmin are as defined in 4.2.1. Fmax, Favg, and Fmin are as defined in table 4.1.3.

    4.2.3Water consumption factor. Calculate the water consumption factor, WCF, expressed in gallon per cycle per cubic feet (or liter per cycle per liter), as:

    WCF=QT / C where: QT=as defined in section 4.2.2. C = as defined in section 3.1.5.

    4.3Per-cycle energy consumption for removal of moisture from test load. Calculate the per-cycle energy required to remove the moisture of the test load, DE, expressed in kilowatt-hours per cycle and defined as

    DE=(LAF)×(Maximum test load weight)×(RMC—4%)×(DEF)×(DUF) where: LAF=Load adjustment factor=0.52. Test load weight=As required in 3.8.1, expressed in lbs/cycle. RMC=As defined in 3.8.2.5, 3.8.3.3 or 3.8.4. DEF=nominal energy required for a clothes dryer to remove moisture from clothes=0.5 kWh/lb (1.1 kWh/kg). DUF=dryer usage factor, percentage of washer loads dried in a clothes dryer=0.84.

    4.4Modified energy factor. Calculate the modified energy factor, MEF, expressed in cubic feet per kilowatt-hour per cycle (or liters per kilowatt-hour per cycle) and defined as:

    MEF=C/(ETE + DE) where: C=As defined in 3.1.5. ETE=As defined in 4.1.7. DE=As defined in 4.3.

    4.5Energy factor. Calculate the energy factor, EF, expressed in cubic feet per kilowatt-hour per cycle (or liters per kilowatt-hour per cycle) and defined as:

    EF=C/ETE where: C=As defined in 3.1.5. ETE=As defined in 4.1.7. 5. TEST LOADS Table 5.1—Test Load Sizes Container volume cu. ft.
  • ≥<
    •  (liter)
  • ≥<
    •  Minimum load lb (kg) Maximum load lb (kg) Average load lb (kg)     0-0.8 0-22.7 3.00 1.36 3.00 1.36 3.00 1.36 0.80-0.90 22.7-25.5 3.00 1.36 3.50 1.59 3.25 1.47 0.90-1.00 25.5-28.3 3.00 1.36 3.90 1.77 3.45 1.56 1.00-1.10 28.3-31.1 3.00 1.36 4.30 1.95 3.65 1.66 1.10-1.20 31.1-34.0 3.00 1.36 4.70 2.13 3.85 1.75 1.20-1.30 34.0-36.8 3.00 1.36 5.10 2.31 4.05 1.84 1.30-1.40 36.8-39.6 3.00 1.36 5.50 2.49 4.25 1.93 1.40-1.50 39.6-42.5 3.00 1.36 5.90 2.68 4.45 2.02 1.50-1.60 42.5-45.3 3.00 1.36 6.40 2.90 4.70 2.13 1.60-1.70 45.3-48.1 3.00 1.36 6.80 3.08 4.90 2.22 1.70-1.80 48.1-51.0 3.00 1.36 7.20 3.27 5.10 2.31 1.80-1.90 51.0-53.8 3.00 1.36 7.60 3.45 5.30 2.40 1.90-2.00 53.8-56.6 3.00 1.36 8.00 3.63 5.50 2.49 2.00-2.10 56.6-59.5 3.00 1.36 8.40 3.81 5.70 2.59 2.10-2.20 59.5-62.3 3.00 1.36 8.80 3.99 5.90 2.68 2.20-2.30 62.3-65.1 3.00 1.36 9.20 4.17 6.10 2.77 2.30-2.40 65.1-68.0 3.00 1.36 9.60 4.35 6.30 2.86 2.40-2.50 68.0-70.8 3.00 1.36 10.00 4.54 6.50 2.95 2.50-2.60 70.8-73.6 3.00 1.36 10.50 4.76 6.75 3.06 2.60-2.70 73.6-76.5 3.00 1.36 10.90 4.94 6.95 3.15 2.70-2.80 76.5-79.3 3.00 1.36 11.30 5.13 7.15 3.24 2.80-2.90 79.3-82.1 3.00 1.36 11.70 5.31 7.35 3.33 2.90-3.00 82.1-85.0 3.00 1.36 12.10 5.49 7.55 3.42 3.00-3.10 85.0-87.8 3.00 1.36 12.50 5.67 7.75 3.52 3.10-3.20 87.8-90.6 3.00 1.36 12.90 5.85 7.95 3.61 3.20-3.30 90.6-93.4 3.00 1.36 13.30 6.03 8.15 3.70 3.30-3.40 93.4-96.3 3.00 1.36 13.70 6.21 8.35 3.79 3.40-3.50 96.3-99.1 3.00 1.36 14.10 6.40 8.55 3.88 3.50-3.60 99.1-101.9 3.00 1.36 14.60 6.62 8.80 3.99 3.60-3.70 101.9-104.8 3.00 1.36 15.00 6.80 9.00 4.08 3.70-3.80 104.8-107.6 3.00 1.36 15.40 6.99 9.20 4.17 Notes: (1) All test load weights are bone dry weights. (2) Allowable tolerance on the test load weights are +/−0.10 lbs (0.05 kg).     6. WAIVERS AND FIELD TESTING

    6.1Waivers and Field Testing for Non-conventional Clothes Washers. Manufacturers of nonconventional clothes washers, such as clothes washers with adaptive control systems, must submit a petition for waiver pursuant to 10 CFR 430.27 to establish an acceptable test procedure for that clothes washer. For these and other clothes washers that have controls or systems such that the DOE test procedures yield results that are so unrepresentative of the clothes washer's true energy consumption characteristics as to provide materially inaccurate comparative data, field testing may be appropriate for establishing an acceptable test procedure. The following are guidelines for field testing which may be used by manufacturers in support of petitions for waiver. These guidelines are not mandatory and the Department may determine that they do not apply to a particular model. Depending upon a manufacturer's approach for conducting field testing, additional data may be required. Manufacturers are encouraged to communicate with the Department prior to the commencement of field tests which may be used to support a petition for waiver. Section 6.3 provides an example of field testing for a clothes washer with an adaptive water fill control system. Other features, such as the use of various spin speed selections, could be the subject of field tests.

    6.2Nonconventional Wash System Energy Consumption Test. The field test may consist of a minimum of 10 of the nonconventional clothes washers (“test clothes washers”) and 10 clothes washers already being distributed in commerce (“base clothes washers”). The tests should include a minimum of 50 energy test cycles per clothes washer. The test clothes washers and base clothes washers should be identical in construction except for the controls or systems being tested. Equal numbers of both the test clothes washer and the base clothes washer should be tested simultaneously in comparable settings to minimize seasonal or consumer laundering conditions or variations. The clothes washers should be monitored in such a way as to accurately record the total energy consumption per cycle. At a minimum, the following should be measured and recorded throughout the test period for each clothes washer: Hot water usage in gallons (or liters), electrical energy usage in kilowatt-hours, and the cycles of usage.

    The field test results would be used to determine the best method to correlate the rating of the test clothes washer to the rating of the base clothes washer. If the base clothes washer is rated at A kWh per year, but field tests at B kWh per year, and the test clothes washer field tests at D kWh per year, the test unit would be rated as follows:

    A×(D/B)=G kWh per year

    6.3Adaptive water fill control system field test. Section 3.2.3.1 defines the test method for measuring energy consumption for clothes washers which incorporate control systems having both adaptive and alternate cycle selections. Energy consumption calculated by the method defined in section 3.2.3.1 assumes the adaptive cycle will be used 50 percent of the time. This section can be used to develop field test data in support of a petition for waiver when it is believed that the adaptive cycle will be used more than 50 percent of the time. The field test sample size should be a minimum of 10 test clothes washers. The test clothes washers should be totally representative of the design, construction, and control system that will be placed in commerce. The duration of field testing in the user's house should be a minimum of 50 energy test cycles, for each unit. No special instructions as to cycle selection or product usage should be given to the field test participants, other than inclusion of the product literature pack which would be shipped with all units, and instructions regarding filling out data collection forms, use of data collection equipment, or basic procedural methods. Prior to the test clothes washers being installed in the field test locations, baseline data should be developed for all field test units by conducting laboratory tests as defined by section 1 through section 5 of these test procedures to determine the energy consumption, water consumption, and remaining moisture content values. The following data should be measured and recorded for each wash load during the test period: wash cycle selected, the mode of the clothes washer (adaptive or manual), clothes load dry weight (measured after the clothes washer and clothes dryer cycles are completed) in pounds, and type of articles in the clothes load (e.g., cottons, linens, permanent press). The wash loads used in calculating the in-home percentage split between adaptive and manual cycle usage should be only those wash loads which conform to the definition of the energy test cycle.

    Calculate:

    T=The total number of energy test cycles run during the field test Ta=The total number of adaptive control energy test cycles Tm=The total number of manual control energy test cycles

    The percentage weighting factors:

    Pa=(Ta/T)×100 (the percentage weighting for adaptive control selection) Pm=(Tm/T)×100 (the percentage weighting for manual control selection)

    Energy consumption (HET, MET, and DE) and water consumption (QT), values calculated in section 4 for the manual and adaptive modes, should be combined using Pa and Pm as the weighting factors.

    [62 FR 45508, Aug. 27, 1997; 63 FR 16669, Apr. 6, 1998]     Appendix K-L To Subpart B of Part 430—[Reserved] Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. M Appendix M to Subpart B—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Central Air Conditioners 1. definitions

    1.1“Annual performance factor” means the total heating and cooling done by a heat pump in a particular region in one year divided by the total electric power used in one year.

    1.2“ARI” means Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute.

    1.3“ARI Standard 210-79” means the test standard published in 1979 by the ARI and titled “Standard for Unitary Air-Conditioning Equipment”.

    1.4“ARI Standard 240-77” means the test standard published in 1977 by the ARI and titled “Standard for Air-Source Unitary Heat Pump Equipment”.

    1.5“ARI Standard 320-76” means the test standard published in 1976 by the ARI and titled “Standard for Water-Source Heat Pumps”. The single number HSPF energy conservation standard for central air conditioning heat pumps specified in section 325(d)(2) (A) and (B) is based on Region IV and the standardized DHR found in section 6 of this appendix, nearest the capacity measured in the 47 ° F test.

    1.6“ASHRAE” means the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.

    1.7“ASHRAE Standard 37-78” means the test standard published by ASHRAE in 1978 and titled “Methods of Testing for Rating Unitary Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment.”

    1.8“Continuously recorded” means a method of recording measurements in intervals no greater than 5 seconds.

    1.9“Cooling load factor (CLF)” means the ratio of the total cooling done in a complete cycle of a specified time period, consisting of an “on” time and “off” time, to the steady-state cooling done over the same period at constant ambient conditions.

    1.10“Cyclic Test” means a test where the indoor and outdoor conditions are held constant, but the unit is manually turned “on” and “off” for specific time periods to simulate part-load operation.

    1.11“Degradation coefficient (CD)” means the measure of the efficiency loss due to the cycling of the unit.

    1.12“Demand-defrost control system” means a system which is designed to perform the defrost function on the outdoor coil of the heat pump only when a predetermined degradation of performance is measured.

    1.13“Design heating requirement (DHR)” is the amount of heating required to maintain a given indoor temperature at a particular outdoor design temperature.

    1.14“Dry-coil test” means a test conducted at a wet-bulb temperature and a dry-bulb temperature such that moisture will not condense on the evaporator coil of the unit.

    1.15“Heating seasonal performance factor (HSPF)” means the total heating output of a heat pump during its normal annual usage period for heating divided by the total electric power input during the same period.

    1.16“Heating load factor (HLF)” means the ratio of the total heating done in a complete cycle of a specified time period, consisting of an “on” time “off” time, to the steady state heating done over the same period at constant ambient conditions.

    1.17“Latent cooling” means the amount of cooling in Btu's necessary to remove water vapor from the air passing over the indoor coil by condensation during a period of time.

    1.18“Part-load factor (PLF)” means the ratio of the cyclic energy efficiency ratio to the steady-state energy efficiency ratio at identical ambient conditions.

    1.19“Seasonal energy efficiency ratio (SEER)” means the total cooling of a central air conditioner in Btu's during its normal annual usage period for cooling divided by the total electric power input in watt-hours during the same period.

    1.20“Sensible cooling” means the amount of cooling in Btu's performed by a unit over a period of time, excluding latent cooling.

    1.21“Single package unit” means any central air conditioner in which all the major assemblies are enclosed in one cabinet.

    1.22“Split system” means any central air conditioner in which one or more of the major assemblies are separate from the others.

    1.23“Steady-state test” means a test in which all indoor and outdoor conditions are held constant and the unit is in non-changing operating mode.

    1.24“Temperature bin” means a 5° F increment over a dry-bulb temperature range of 65° F through 104° F for the cooling cycle and −25° F through 64° F for the heating cycle.

    1.25“Time-temperature defrost control system” means a system which automatically provides the defrost function at a predetermined time interval whenever the outdoor temperature drops below a level where frosting will occur.

    1.26“Test condition tolerance” means the maximum permissible variation of the average of the test observations from the standard or desired test condition as provided in 6.1.1, 6.2.1, 6.2.2, and 6.2.3 of this Appendix.

    1.27“Test operating tolerance” means the maximum permissible difference between the maximum and the minimum instrument observation during a test as provided in 6.1.1, 6.2.1, 6.2.2, and 6.2.3 of this Appendix.

    1.28“Wet-coil test” means a test conducted at a wet-bulb temperature and a dry-bulb temperature such that moisture will condense on the test unit evaporator coil.

    2. testing required

    2.1Testing required for air source cooling only units. Two steady state wet coil tests required to be performed, test A and test B. Test A is to be conducted as an outdoor dry bulb temperature of 95° F and test B at 82° F. Test C and D are optional tests to be conducted when cyclic performance parameters are to be measured in order to determine the degradation coefficient, CD Test C is a steady state dry coil test conducted at an outdoor dry bulb temperature of 82° F. Test D is a cyclic test also conducted at an outdoor dry bulb temperature of 82° F. In lieu of conducting tests C and D, an assigned value of 0.25 may be used for the degradation coefficient, CD.

    2.1.1Testing required for units with single speed compressors and single speed condenser fans. Test A and test B shall be performed according to the test procedures outlined in 4.1 of this Appendix. In addition, the cyclic performance shall be evaluated by conducting test C and D according to the requirements outlined in 4.1 of this Appendix.

    2.1.2Testing required for units with single speed compressors and multiple-speed condenser fans. The test requirements for multiple-speed condenser fan units shall be the same as described in section 2.1.1 for single speed condensor fan units.

    2.1.3Testing required for units with two-speed compressors, two compressors, or cylinder unloading. The test requirements for two-speed compressor units, two compressor units, or units with cylinder unloading are the same as described in 2.1.1 of this Appendix except that test A and test B shall be performed at each compressor speed or at each compressor capacity.

    2.1.4Testing required for units with two-speed compressors, two compressors, or cylinder unloading capable of varying the sensible to total (S/T) capacity ratio. When a unit employing a two-speed compressor, two compressors, or cylinder unloading provides a method of varying the ratio of the sensible cooling capacity to the total cooling capacity, (S/T), the test requirements are the same as for two-speed compressor units as described in 2.1.3 of this Appendix.

    2.1.5Testing required for units with triple-capacity compressors. (Reserved)

    2.1.6Testing required for units with variable-speed compressors. The tests for variable-speed equipment consist of five (5) wet coil tests and two (2) dry coil tests. Two of the wet coil tests, A and B, are conducted at the maximum speed. Two wet coil tests, B2 and low temperature test, are conducted at the minimum speed. The fifth wet coil test is conducted at an intermediate speed. Dry coil tests, C and D, are conducted at the minimum speed if the coefficient of degradation (CD) value of 0.25 is not adopted. The test conditions and procedures for the above are outlined in sections 3.1 and 4.1 of this Appendix.

    2.1.7Testing required for split-type ductless systems. The tests for split-type ductless systems are determined by the type of compressor installed in the outdoor unit. For the appropriate tests refer to sections 2.1.1, 2.1.2, 2.1.3, 2.1.4, 2.1.5, or 2.1.6 of this Appendix.

    2.2Testing required for air source heating only units. Four types of tests are required to be performed: High Temperature, Cyclic, Frost Accumulation, and Low Temperature. In lieu of conducting the Cyclic Test an assigned value of 0.25 may be used for the degradation coefficient, CD.

    2.2.1Testing required for units with single speed compressors. Units with single speed compressors shall be subjected respectively to the High Temperature Test at 47° F described in section 3.2.1.1, the Cyclic Test as described in section 3.2.1.2, the Frost Accumulation Test as described in section 3.2.1.3, and the Low Temperature Test as described in section 3.2.1.4.

    2.2.2Testing required for units with two-speed compressors, two compressors, or cylinder unloading. With the unit operating: at high compressors speed (two-speed compressor), with both compressors in operation (two-compressors), or at the maximum capacity (cylinder unloading); the following tests are required to be performed on all units; the High Temperature Test at 47° F, the Frost Accumulation Test, and the Low Temperature Test. An additional test (cyclic at 47° F) is required, with the unit operating at the high compressor speed (two-speed compressor), with both compressors in operation (two compressors), or at the maximum capacity (cylinder unloading); if the normal mode of operation requires cycling “on” and “off” of the compressor(s) at high speed or maximum capacity.

    With the unit operating: at the low compressor speed (two-speed compressor), with the single compressor which normally operates at low loads (two compressors), or at the low compressor capacity (cylinder unloading); the following tests are required to be performed on all units: the High Temperature Test at 47° F, the High Temperature Test at 62° F, and the Cyclic Test. Additional tests, (Frost Accumulation Test and Low Temperature Test) are required, with the unit operating: on low compressor speed (two-speed compressor), with the single compressor which normally operates at low loads (two compressors) or at the low compressor capacity (cylinder unloading), if the unit's low speed, one compressor or low capacity performance at and below 40° F is needed to calculate its seasonal performance.

    2.2.3Testing required for units with triple-capacity compressors. (Reserved)

    2.2.4Testing required for units with variable-speed compressors. There are seven basic tests and one optional test for variable-speed units. Three tests (high temperature test, low temperature test, and frost accumulation test) are performed at the maximum speed. Three tests (two high temperature and one cyclic test) are performed with the unit operating at minimum speed. A second frost accumulation test is performed at an intermediate speed. The intermediate speed is the same as in the cooling mode.

    In lieu of the maximum speed frost accumulation test, two equations are provided in section 4.2 of this Appendix. In lieu of the cyclic test an assigned value of 0.25 may be used for the coefficient of degradation CD. The optional test is a nominal capacity test applicable to units which have a heating mode maximum speed greater than the cooling mode maximum speed. The conditions and procedures for the above tests are described in sections 3.2 and 4.2 respectively, of this Appendix.

    2.2.5Testing required for split-type ductless system. The type of compressor installed in the outdoor unit determines the testing required, refer to previous sections 2.2.1, 2.2.2, 2.2.3, or 2.2.4. The conditions and procedures will be modified as indicated for the various types as stated in sections 3.2 and 4.2 respectively.

    2.3Testing required for air source units which provide both heating and cooling. The requirements for units which provide both heating and cooling shall be the same as the requirements in Section 2.1. and 2.2 of this Appendix.

    3. testing conditions

    3.1Testing conditions for air source cooling only units. The test room requirement and equipment installation procedures are the same as those specified in sections 11.1 and 11.2 of ASHRAE Standard 37-78. Units designed for both horizontal and vertical installation shall be tested in the orientation in which they are most frequently installed. All tests shall be performed at the normal residential voltage and frequency for which the equipment is designed (either 115 or 230 volts and 60 hertz), the test installation shall be designed such that there will be no air flow through the cooling coil due to natural or forced convection while the indoor fan is “off”. This shall be accomplished by installing dampers upstream and downstream of the test unit to block the off period air flow. Values of capacity for rating purposes are to be rounded off to the nearest 100 Btu/hour for capacities less than 20,000 Btu/hour; to the nearest 200 Btu/hour for capacities between 20,000 and 37,999 Btu/hour; and to the nearest 500 Btu/hour for capacities between 38,000 and 64,999 Btu/hour.

    The following conditions listed in ARI Standard 210.79 shall apply to all tests performed in Section 3.1 of this Appendix:

    5.1.3.4Cooling Coil Air Quantity. 5.1.3.6Requirements for Separated Assemblies. 3.1.1Testing conditions for units with single speed compressors and single speed condenser fans.

    3.1.1.1Steady state wet-coil performance tests (Test A and Test B). Test A and test B shall be performed with the air entering the indoor side of the unit having a dry-bulb temperature of 80° F and a wet-bulb temperature of 87° F. The dry-bulb temperature of the air entering the outdoor side of the unit shall be 95° F in test A and 82° F in test B. The temperature of the air surrounding the outdoor side of the unit in each test shall be the same as the outdoor entering air temperature except for units or sections thereof intended to be installed only indoors, in which case the dry-bulb temperature surrounding that indoor side of the unit shall be 80° F. For those units which reject condensate to the condenser, located in the outdoor side of the unit, the outdoor wet-bulb temperature surrounding the outdoor side of the unit shall be 75° F in test A and 65° F in test B.

    3.1.1.2Steady state dry coil performance test (Test C) and cyclic dry coil performance test (Test D). Test C and test D shall be performed with the air entering the indoor side of the unit having a dry-bulb temperature of 80° F and a wet-bulb temperature which does not result in formation of condensate on the indoor coil. (It is recommended that an indoor wet-bulb temperature of 57° F or less be used.) The dry-bulb temperature of the air entering the outdoor portion of the unit shall be 82° F. The outdoor portion of the unit shall be subject to the same conditions as the requirements for conducting test B as stated previously in section 3.1.1.1. Test C shall be conducted with the unit operating steadily. Test D shall be conducted by cycling the unit “on” and “off” by manual or automatic operation of the normal control circuit of the unit. The unit shall cycle with the compressor “on” for 6 minutes and “off” for 24 minutes. The indoor fan shall also cycle “on” and “off”, the duration of the indoor fan “on” and “off” periods being governed by the automatic controls which the manufacturer normally supplies with the unit. The results of tests C and D shall be used to calculate a degradation coefficient, CD by the procedures outlined in 5.1 of this Appendix.

    3.1.2Testing conditions for units with single speed compressors and multiple-speed condenser fans. The condenser fan speed to be used in test A shall be that speed which normally occurs at an outdoor dry-bulb temperature of 95° F, and for test B, the fan speed shall be that which normally occurs at an outdoor dry-bulb temperature of 82° F. If elected to be performed, tests C and D shall be conducted at the same condenser fan speed as in test B.

    3.1.3Testing conditions for units with two-speed compressors, two compressors, or cylinder unloading. The condenser fan speed used in conducting test A at each compressor speed shall be that which normally occurs at an outdoor dry-bulb temperature of 95° F. For test B, the condenser fan speed at each compressor speed shall be that which normally occurs at an outdoor dry-bulb temperature of 82° F. If elected to be performed, tests C and D shall be conducted at the low compressor speed with the same condenser fan speed as used in test B. For those two-speed units in which the normal mode of operation involves cycling the compressor “on” and “off” at high speed, tests C and D shall also be performed with the compressor operating at high speed and at a condenser fan speed that normally occurs at test A ambient conditions. Units consisting of two compressors are subject to the same requirements as those units containing two-speed compressors, except that when operated at high speed, both compressors shall be operating and when operating at low speed, only the compressor which normally operates at an outdoor dry-bulb temperature of 82° F shall be operating.

    In lieu of conducting tests C and D, an assigned value of 0.25 may be used for the degradation coefficient, CD , at each compressor speed. If the assigned degradation coefficient is used for one compressor speed it must also be used for the other compressor speed.

    In the case of units with cylinder unloading, the loaded and the unloaded conditions correspond to high and low compressor speed on two-speed units respectively.

    3.1.4Testing conditions for units with two-speed compressors, two compressors, or cylinder unloading capable of varying the sensible to total (S/T) capacity ratio. The mode of operation selected for controlling the S/T ratio in the performance of test A and test B at each compressor speed shall be such that it does not result in an operating configuration which is not typical of a normal residential installation. If elected to be performed, tests C and D shall be conducted at low compressor speed (single compressor operating) with the same S/T control mode as used in test B when performed at the low compressor speed. Likewise, tests C and D shall also be conducted at high compressor speed (two compressors operating) and with the same S/T control mode as in test A when performed at the high compressor speed.

    In the case of units with cylinder unloading, the loaded and unloaded conditions correspond to high and low compressor speed on two-speed units respectively.

    3.1.5Testing conditions for units with triple-capacity compressors. (Reserved)

    3.1.6Additional testing conditions for cooling-only units with variable-speed compressors. For cooling-only units and air-source heat pumps with varaible-speed compressors, the air flow rate at fan speeds less than the maximum fan speed shall be determined by using the fan law for a fixed resistance system. The air flow rate is given by the ratio of the actual fan speed to the maximum fan speed multiplied by the air flow rate at the maximum fan speed. Minimum static pressure requirements only apply when the fan is running at the maximum speed.

    3.1.6.1Testing conditions for steady-state wet coil tests. Tests A and B shall be performed at the maximum speed at conditions specified in section 3.1.1 of this Appendix. Test B2 and the low temperature test are performed at the minimum speed with outdoor dry bulb temperatures of 82°F and 67°F respectively. The intermediate speed wet coil test is performed at the outdoor dry bulb temperature of 87°F. For units which reject condensate the outdoor wet bulb temperature shall be maintained at 75°F for Test A, 65°F for Tests B and B2, 53.5°F for the low temperature test and 69°F for the intermediate test. The indoor conditions for all wet coil tests are the same as those given in section 3.1.1 of this Appendix.

    3.1.6.2Test conditions for dry coil tests. Dry coil Tests C and D are conducted at an outdoor dry bulb temperature of 67°F. For units which reject condensate the outdoor wet bulb temperature shall be maintained at 53.5°F. The indoor dry bulb temperature shall be 80°F and the wet bulb temperature shall be sufficiently low so no condensation occurs on the evaporator (It is recommended that an indoor wet bulb temperature of 57°F or less be used).

    3.1.7Split-type ductless systems. Test conditions shall be the same as those specified for the same single outdoor unit compressor type, assuming it was matched with a single indoor coil.

    3.1.7.1Interconnection. For split-type ductless systems, all standard rating tests shall be performed with a minimum length of 25 feet of interconnecting tubing between each indoor fan-coil unit and the common outdoor unit. Such equipment in which the interconnection tubing is furnished as an integral part of the machine not recommended for cutting to length shall be tested with complete length of tubing furnished, or with 25 feet of tubing, whichever is greater. At least 10 feet of the interconnection tubing shall be exposed to the outside conditions. The line sizes, insulation and details of installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's published recommendation.

    3.1.7.2Control testing conditions for split-type ductless systems. For split-type ductless systems, a single control circuit shall be substituted for any multiple thermostats in order to maintain a uniform cycling rate during test D and the high temperature heating cyclic test. During the steady-state tests, all thermostats shall be shunted resulting in all indoor fan-coil units being in operation.

    3.1.7.3Split-type ductless systems with multiple coils or multiple discharge outlets shall have short plenums attached to each outlet. Each plenum shall discharge into a single common duct section, the duct section in turn discharging into the air measuring device (or a suitable dampering device when direct air measurement is not employed). Each plenum shall have an adjustable restrictor located in the plane where the plenums enter the common duct section for the purpose of equalizing the static pressures in each plenum. The length of the plenum is a minimum of 2.5×(A×B).5, A=width and B=height of duct or outlet. Static pressure readings are taken at a distance of 2×(A×B).5 from the outlet.

    3.2Testing conditions for air source heating only units. The equipment under test shall be installed according to the requirements of Section 11.2 of ASHRAE Standard 37-78 and Section 5.1.4.5 of ARI Standard 240-77. Test chamber requirements are the same as given in Section 11.1 of ASHRAE Standard 37-78. Units designed for both horizontal and vertical installation shall be tested in the orientation in which they are most often installed. All tests shall be performed at the normal residential voltage and frequency for which the equipment is designed (either 115 or 230 volts and 60 hertz). Values of capacity for rating purposes are to be rounded off to the nearest 100 Btu/hour for capacities less than 20,000 Btu/hour; to the nearest 200 Btu/hour for capacities between 20,000 and 37,999 Btu/hour; and to the nearest 500 Btu/hour for capacities between 38,000 and 64,999 Btu/hour.

    3.2.1Testing conditions for units with single speed compressors.

    3.2.1.1High temperature test conditions. The High Temperature Test at 47° F shall be conducted at an outdoor dry-bulb temperature of 47° F and an outdoor wet-bulb temperature at 43° F. The High Temperature Test at 62° F shall be conducted at an outdoor dry-bulb temperature of 62° F and an outdoor wet-bulb temperature of 56.5° F. For both tests, the dry-bulb air temperature entering and surrounding the indoor portion of the unit shall be 70° F and a maximum wet-bulb temperature of 60° F. The duration of the tests shall be for a minimum of 1/2 hour.

    3.2.1.2Cycling test conditions. The Cycling Test at 47° F shall be conducted at the same dry-bulb and wet-bulb temperature as the High Temperature Test at 47° F as described in 3.2.1.1. During the Cycling Test, the indoor fan shall cycle “on” and “off”, as the compressor cycles “on” and “off”, except that the indoor fan cycling times may be delayed due to controls that are normally installed with the unit. The compressor cycling times shall be 6 minutes “On” and 24 minutes “off.” The test installation shall be designed such that there will be no airflow through the indoor unit due to natural or forced convection while the indoor fan is “off.” This shall be accomplished by installing dampers upstream and downstream of the test unit to block the off period airflow.

    3.2.1.3Frost accumulation test conditions. The dry-bulb temperature and the resultant dew-point temperature of the air entering the outdoor portion of the unit shall be 35° F and 30° F respectively. The indoor dry-bulb temperature shall be 70° F and the maximum indoor wet-bulb temperature shall be 60° F. The Frost Accumulation Test requires that the unit undergo a defrost prior to the actual test. The test then begins at defrost termination and ends at the next defrost termination. Defrost termination occurs when the controls normally installed within the unit are actuated to cause it to change defrost operation to normal heating operation. During the test, auxiliary resistance heaters shall not be employed during either the heating or defrost portion of the test.

    3.2.1.4Low temperature test conditions. The Low Temperature Test shall be conducted at a dry-bulb temperature entering the outdoor portion of the unit of 17° F and a wet-bulb temperature of 15° F. The air entering the indoor portion of the unit shall have a dry-bulb temperature of 70° F and a maximum wet-bulb temperature of 60° F.

    3.2.1.5Additional testing conditions. All tests shall be conducted at the indoor-side air quantities specified in Sections 4.1.4.3 and 5.1.4.6 and Table 2 of ARI Standard 240-77. The following conditions listed in ARI Standard 240-77 shall apply to all tests performed in Section 3.2 of this Appendix.

    3.2.3Testing conditions for units with triple-capacity compressors. (Reserved)

    3.2.4Testing conditions for units with variable-speed compressors. The testing condition for variable-speed compressors shall be the same as those for single speed units as described in section 3.2.1 of this Appendix with the following exceptions; the cyclic test is performed with an outdoor dry bulb temperature of 62°F and a wet bulb temperature of 56.5°F. The optional, nominal capacity test shall be performed at the conditions specified for the 47°F high temperature test.

    3.2.5Testing conditions for split-type ductless system. The testing conditions for split-type ductless systems shall be based on the type of compressor installed in the single outdoor unit. The heating mode shall have the same piping and control requirements as in 3.1.7.

    5.4.4.4Outdoor-Side Air Quantity; and 5.1.4.5Requirements for Separated Assemblies. In all tests, the specified dry-bulb temperature entering the outdoor portion of the unit also applies to the air temperature surrounding the outdoor portion of the unit. Similarly, models where portions are intended to be installed indoors shall have the air temperature surrounding that portion of the unit the same as the indoor air temperature.

    3.2.2Testing conditions for units with two-speed compressors, two compressors or cylinder unloading. The testing conditions for two-speed compressors, two compressors, or cylinder unloading shall be the same as those for single speed units as described in 3.2.1.

    3.3Testing conditions for air source units which provide both heating and cooling. The testing conditions for units which provide both heating and cooling shall be the same as the requirements in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 of this Appendix.

    4.0Testing procedures. Measure all electrical inputs as described in the procedures below. All electrical measurements during all “on” and “off” periods shall include auxiliary power or energy (controls, transformers, crankcase heaters, etc.) delivered to the unit.

    4.1Test procedures for air source cooling-only units. All steady-state wet- and dry-coil performance tests on single package units shall simultaneously employ the Air-Enthalpy Method (Section 3 of ASHRAE Standard 37-78) on the indoor side and one other method consisting of either the Air-Enthalpy Method or the Compressor Calibration Method (Section 4 of ASHRAE Standard 37-78 on the outdoor side. All steady-state wet- and dry-coil performance tests on split systems shall simultaneously employ the Air-Enthalpy Method or the Compressor Calibration Method on the indoor side and the Air-Enthalpy Method, the Compressor Calibration Method or the Volatile Refrigerant Flow Method (Section 5 of ASHRAE Standard 37-78) on the outside. All cyclic dry-coil performance tests shall employ the Air-Enthalpy Method, indoor side only. The values calculated from the two test methods must agree within 6 percent in order to constitute a valid test. Only the results from the Air-Enthalpy Method on the indoor side shall be used in the calculations in Section 5.1. Units shall be installed and tested in such a manner that when operated under steady-state conditions, the cooling coil and condenser coil air flows meet the requirements of Sections 5.1.3.4, 5.1.3.5, and 5.1.3.7 of ARI Standard 210.79.

    4.1.1Test operating procedures.

    4.1.1.1Steady-state wet-coil performance tests (Test A and Test B). Steady-state wet-coil performance tests (A and B) shall be conducted in accordance with the conditions described in sections 3.1.1.1, 3.1.2, 3.1.3, 3.1.4, and 3.1.5 of this Appendix and the procedures described for cooling tests in Section 11.3 of ASHRAE standard 37-78 and evaluated in accordance with the cooling-related requirements of Section 12 of the ASHRAE Standard 37-78. The test room reconditioning apparatus and the equipment under test shall be operated until equilibrium conditions are attained.

    4.1.1.2Steady-state and cyclic dry-coil performance tests (Test C and Test D). The steady-state and cyclic dry-coil tests (C and D) shall be conducted as described below in accordance with the conditions described in sections 3.1.1.2, 3.1.2, 3.1.3, 3.1.4, and 3.1.5 of this Appendix. The results shall be evaluated in accordance with the cooling related requirements of Sections 12.1.5, 12.1.6, 12.1.7, of ASHRAE Standard 37.78. The test room reconditioning apparatus and the equipment under test shall be operated until equilibrium conditions are attained, but not for less than one hour before data for test C are recorded. For all equipment test methods including the Compressor Calibration Method, test C shall be performed with data recorded at 10-minute intervals until four consecutive sets of readings are attained with the tolerance prescribed in Section 11.6 of ASHRAE Standard 37-78. When the Air-Enthalpy Method is used on the outdoor side for test C, the requirements of this section shall apply to both the preliminary test and the regular equipment test; the requirements of Section 3.6 of ASHRAE Standard 37-78 shall also apply. Immediately after test C is completed the test unit shall be manually cycled “off” and “on” using the time periods from 3.1.1 of this Appendix until steadily repeating ambient conditions are again achieved in both the indoor and outdoor test chambers, but for not less than 2 complete “off”/“on” cycles. Without a break in the cycling pattern, the unit shall be run through an additional “off”/“on” cycle during which the test data required in 5.1 shall be recorded. During this last cycle, which is referred to as the test cycle, the indoor and outdoor test room ambient conditions shall remain within the tolerances specified in 4.1.3 of this Appendix during the cyclic dry-coil tests, all air moving equipment on the condenser side shall cycle “on” and “off” when the compressor cycles “on” and “off”. The indoor air moving equipment shall also cycle “off” as governed by any automatic controls normally installed with the unit. This last requirement applies to units having an indoor fan time delay. Units not supplied with an indoor fan time delay shall have the indoor air moving equipment cycle “on” and “off” as the compressor cycles “on” and “off.”

    Cooling cyclic tests for variable-speed units shall be conducted by cycling the compressor 12 minutes “on” and 48 minutes “off”. The capacity shall be measured for the integration time (θ), which is the compressor “on” time of 12 minutes or the “on” time as extended by fan delay, if so equipped. The electrical energy shall be measured for the total integration time (θ cyc) of 60 minutes. In lieu of conducting C and D tests, an assigned value of 0.25 shall be used for the degradation coefficient for cooling, CD.

    4.1.1.3Testing procedures for triple-capacity compressors. (Reserved)

    4.1.1.4Intermediate cooling steady-state test for units with variable-speed compressors. For units with variable-speed compressors, an intermediate cooling steady-state test shall be conducted in which the unit shall be operated at a constant, intermediate compressor speed (k=i) in which the dry/bulb and wet-bulb temperatures of the air entering the indoor coil are 80 °FDB and 67 °FWB and the outdoor coil are 87 °DB and 69 °FWB. The tolerances for the dry-bulb and wet-bulb temperatures of the air entering the indoor and outdoor coils shall be the test operating tolerance and test condition tolerance specified in Table 6.1.1 of this Appendix. The intermediate compressor speed shall be the minimum compressor speed plus one-third the difference between the maximum and minimum speeds of the cooling mode. (Inter. speed=min. speed+1/3 (max. speed−min. speed.) A tolerance of plus five percent or the next higher inverter frequency step from that calculated is allowed.

    4.1.1.5Testing procedures for split-type ductless systems. Cyclic tests of ductless units will be conducted without dampers. The data cycle shall be preceded by a minimum of two cycles in which the indoor fan cycles on and off with the compressor. For the data cycle the indoor fan will operate three minutes prior to compressor cut-on and remain on for three minutes after compressor cut-off. The integration time for capacity and power shall be from compressor cut-on time to indoor fan cut-off time. The fan power for three minutes after compressor cut-off shall be added to the integrated cooling capacity.

    4.1.2Test instrumentation. The steady-state and cyclic performance tests shall have the same requirements pertaining to instrumentation and data as those specified in Section 10 and Table II of ASHRAE Standard 37.78. For the cyclic dry-coil performance tests, the dry-bulb temperature of the air entering and leaving the cooling coil, or the difference between these two dry-bulb temperatures, shall be continuously recorded with instrumentation accurate to within ±0.3° F of indicated value and have a response time of 2.5 seconds or less. Response time in the time required for the instrumentation to obtain 63 percent of the final steady-state temperature difference when subjected to a step change in temperature difference of 15° F or more. Electrical measurement devices (watt-hour meters) used during all tests shall be accurate to within ±0.5 percent of indicated value.

    4.1.3Test tolerances. All steady-state wet-and dry-coil performance tests shall be performed within the applicable operating and test condition tolerances specified in Section 11.6 and Table III of ASHRAE Standard 37-78.

    4.1.3.1The indoor and outdoor average dry-bulb temperature for the cyclic dry coil test D shall both be within 1.0° F of the indoor and outdoor average dry bulb temperature for the steady-state dry coil test C, respectively.

    4.1.3.2The test condition and test operating tolerances for conducting test D are stated in 6.1.1 of this Appendix. Variation in the test conditions greater than the tolerances prescribed in 6.1.1 of this Appendix shall invalidate the test. It is suggested that an electric resistance heater having a heating capacity approximately equal to the sum of the cooling capacity and compressor and condenser fan power should be installed in the outdoor test room and cycled “off” and “on” as the unit cycles “on” and “off” respectively to improve control in the outdoor test room. Similarly, an electric resistance heater having a heating capacity approximately equal to the cooling capacity of the unit could be installed in the indoor test room, and cycled “on” and “off” as the test unit cycles “on” and “off” to improve indoor room control.

    4.2Testing procedures for air source heating only units.

    4.2.1Test operating procedures. All High Temperature Tests, the Cyclic Test, the Frost Accumulation Test, and the low Temperature test shall have the performance evaluated by the Air-Enthalpy Method on the indoor side. In addition, the High Temperature Test and the Low Temperature Test shall have a simultaneous test method (as described in 4.1) used as a check. The values calculated from the two methods must agree within 6 percent in order to constitute a valid test. Only the results from the Air-Enthalpy Method on the indoor side shall be used in the calulations in section 5.2.

    4.2.1.1Test procedure for high temperature test. When the outdoor Air-Enthalpy Method is used, the outdoor chamber must not interfere with the normal air circulating pattern during the preliminary test. It is necessary to determine and adjust for system resistance when the outdoor air measuring apparatus is attached to the outdoor portion of the unit. The test room apparatus and test units must be operated for at least one hour with at least 1/2 hour at equilibrium and at the specified test conditions prior to starting the test. The High Temperature Test shall then be conducted for a minimum of 1/2 hour with intermittent data being recorded at 10-minute intervals. For all units, especially those having controls which periodically cause the unit to operate in defrost mode, attention should be given to prevent defrost during the High Temperature Test. Units which have undergone a defrost should operate in the heating mode for at least 10-minutes after defrost termination prior to the start of the test. When the outdoor Air-Enthalpy Method is used as a second test then a preliminary test must be conducted for a minimum of 30 minutes with 4 or more sets of data recorded at 10 minute intervals, all remaining requirements of Section 3.6.1 in the ASHRAE Standard 37-78 shall then apply in conducting the preliminary test for the outdoor air enthalpy method. For some units, at the ambient condition of the test, frost may accumulate on the outdoor coil. If the supply air temperature or the difference between the supply air temperature and the indoor air entering temperature has decreased by more than 1.5° F at the end of the test, the unit shall be defrosted and the test restarted. Only the results of this second High Temperature Test shall be used in the heating seasonal performance calculation in section 5.2. Prior to beginning the High Temperature Test, a unit shall operate in the heating mode for at least 10 minutes after defrost termination to establish equilibrium conditions for the unit and the room reconditioning apparatus. The High Temperature Test may only begin when the test unit and room conditions are within the test condition tolerances specified in Section 6.2.1 of this Appendix.

    4.2.1.2Test procedures for the cyclic test. The cyclic test shall follow the High Temperature Test and by cycled “on” and “off” as specified in 3.2.1.2 until steadily repeating ambient conditions are achieved for both the indoor and outdoor test chambers, but for not less than 2 complete “off”/“on” cycles. Without a break in the cycling pattern, the unit shall be operated through an additional “off”/“on” cycle, during which the required test data shall be recorded. During the last cycle, which is referred to as the test cycle, the indoor and outdoor test room ambient conditions shall remain within the tolerance specified in section 6.2.2. of this Appendix. If, prior to the High Temperature Test, the unit underwent a defrost cycle to rid the outdoor coil of any accumulated frost, then prior to cycling the unit “off” and “on” it should be made to undergo a defrost. After defrost is completed and before starting the cycling process, the unit shall be operated continuously in the heating mode for a least 10 minutes to assure that equilibrium conditions have again been established for the unit and the room conditioning apparatus. Cycling the unit may begin when the test unit and room conditions are within the High Temperature Test condition tolerances specified in section 6.2.1 of this Appendix. Attention should be given to prevent defrost after the cycling process has begun.

    The cycle times for variable-speed units is the same as the cyclic time in the cooling mode as specified in section 4.1.1.2 of this Appendix. Cyclic tests of split-type ductless units will be conducted without dampers, and the data cycle shall be preceded by a minimum of two cycles in which the indoor fan cycles on and off with the compressor. During the data cycle for the split type ductless units, the indoor fan will operate three minutes prior to compressor “cut-on” and remain on for three minutes after compressor “cut-off”. The integration time for capacity and power will be from compressor “cut-on” time to indoor fan “cut-off” time. The fan power for the three minutes after compressor “cut-off” shall be subtracted from the integrated heating capacity. For split-type ductless systems which turn the indoor fan off during defrost, the indoor supply duct shall not be blocked.

    4.2.1.3Test procedures for the frost accumulation test. The defrost controls shall be set at the normal settings which most typify those encountered in Region IV as described in section 6.2.4 and 6.2.5 of this Appendix. The test room reconditioning equipment and the unit under test shall be operated for at least 1/2 hour prior to the start of a “preliminary” test period. The preliminary test period and the test period itself are to be conducted within the test tolerances given in section 4.2.3.3 of this Appendix. In some cases, the preliminary defrost cycle may be manually induced, however, it is important that the normally operating controls govern the defrost termination in all cases. For units containing defrost controls which are likely to cause defrost at intervals less than one hour when the unit is operating at the required test conditions, the preliminary test period shall start at the termination of a defrost cycle which automatically occurs and shall end at the termination of the next automatically occurring defrost cycle. For units containing defrost controls which are likely to cause defrost at intervals exceeding one hour when operating at the required test condition, the preliminary test period consists of “heating-only” preliminary operation for at least one hour, after which a defrost may be manually or automatically induced. The test period then begins at the termination of this defrost cycle and ends at the termination of the next automatically occurring defrost cycle. If the unit has not undergone a defrost after 12 hours, then the tests shall be concluded and the results calculated for this 12-hour period. For units which turn the indoor fan off during defrost the indoor supply duct shall be blocked during all defrost cycles to prevent natural or forced convection through the indoor unit. During defrost, resistance heaters normally installed with the unit shall be prevented from operating.

    For units with variable-speed compressors, the frost accumulation test at the intermediate speed shall be conducted such that the unit will operate at a constant, intermediate compressor speed (k=i) as determined in section 4.1.1.4 of this Appendix. The following two equations may be used in lieu of the frost accumulation test for variable-speed.

    EC04OC91.039

    4.2.1.4Test procedures for the low temperature test. Where applicable, the High Temperature Test preparation and performance requirements shall also be used in the Low Temperature Test. The test room reconditioning equipment shall first be operated in a steady-state manner for at least one-half hour at equilibrium and at the specified test conditions. The unit shall then undergo a defrost, either automatic or manually induced. It is important that the unit terminate the defrost sequence by the action of its own defrost controls. The defrost controls are to remain at the same setting as specified in 4.2.1.3. At a time no earlier than 10 minutes after defrost termination, the test shall start. Test duration is one-half hour. For all units, defrost should be prevented during the one-half hour test period.

    4.2.2Test instrumentation.

    4.2.2.1Test instrumentation for the high temperature test. The indoor air flow rate shall be determined as described in Section 7.1 through 7.4 of ASHRAE Standard 37-78. This requires the construction of an air receiving chamber and discharge chamber separated by partition in which one or more nozzles are located. The receiving chamber is connected to the indoor air discharge side of the test specimen through a short plenum. The exhaust side of the air flow rate measuring device contains an exhaust fan with some means to vary its capacity to obtain the desired external resistance to air flow rate. The exhaust side is then left open to the test room or is ducted through a conditioning apparatus and then back to the test specimen inlet. The static pressure across the nozzles, the velocity pressure, and the static pressure measurements at the nozzle throat shall be measured with manometers which will result in errors which are no greater than ±1.0 percent of indicated value and having minimum scale divisions not exceeding 2.0 percent of the reading. Static pressure and temperature measurements must be taken at the nozzle throat in order to obtain density of the air. The areas of the nozzles shall be determined by measuring their diameter with an error no greater than ±0.2 percent in four places approximately 45 degrees apart around the nozzle in each of two places through the nozzle throat, one at the outlets and the others in the straight section near the radius. The energy usage of the compressor, indoor and outdoor fan, and all other equipment components shall be measured with a watt-hour meter which is accurate to within ±0.5 percent of the quantity measured. Measurements of the air temperature entering and leaving the indoor coil or the difference between these two shall be made in accordance with the requirements of ASHRAE Standard 41 part 1. These temperatures shall be continuously recorded with instrumentation having a total system accuracy within ±0.3° F of indicated value and a response time of 2.5 seconds or less. Temperature measurements are to be made upstream of the static pressure tap on the inlet and downstream of the static pressure taps on the outlet. The indoor and outdoor dry-bulb temperatures shall be continuously recorded with instrumentation which will result in an error no greater than ±0.3° F of indicated value. The outdoor wet-bulb temperature shall be continuously recorded. Static pressure measurements in the ducts and across the unit shall be made in accordance with Section 8 of ASHRAE Standard 37-78 using equipment which will result in an error no greater than ±0.01 inch of water. Static pressure measurements shall be made and recorded at 5 minute intervals. All other data not continuously recorded shall be recorded at 10 minute intervals.

    4.2.2.2Test instrumentation for the cycling test. The air flow rate during the on-period of the Cyclic Test shall be the same agreed within ±1. percent as the air flow rate measured during the previously conducted High Temperature Test. All other instrumentation requirements are identical to 4.2.2.1 of this Appendix.

    4.2.2.3Test instrumentation for the frost accumulation test. The air flow rate for the Frost Accumulation Test shall be the same as described in 4.2.2.1. The indoor-side dry-bulb temperature and outdoor-side dry-bulb temperature shall be continuously recorded with instrumentation having a total system accuracy within ±0.3° F of indicated value. The outdoor dew point temperature shall be determined with an error no greater than ±0.5° F of indicated value using continuously recording instrumentation. All other data shall be recorded at 10 minute intervals during the heating cycle. Defrost initiation, termination and complete test cycle time (from defrost termination to defrost termination) shall be recorded. Defrost initiation is defined as the actuation (either automatically or manually) of the controls normally installed with the unit which cause it to alter its normal heating operation in order to eliminate possible accumulations of frost on the outdoor coil. Defrost termination occurs when the controls normally within the unit are actuated to change from defrost operation to normal heating operation. Provisions should be made so that instrumentation in capable of recording the cooling done during defrost as well as the total electrical energy usage during defrost. These data and the continuously recorded data need be the only data obtained during defrost.

    4.2.2.4Test instrumentation for the low temperature test. Instrumentation for the Low Temperature Test is identical to that of the High Temperature Test described in section 4.2.2.1 of this Appendix.

    4.2.3Test tolerances.

    4.2.3.1Test tolerances for the high temperature test. All tests shall be conducted within the tolerances specified in Section 6.2.1. Variation greater than those given shall invalidate the test. The heating capacity results by the indoor Air Enthalpy Method shall agree within 6 percent of the value determined by any other simultaneously conducted capacity test in order for the test to be valid.

    4.2.3.2Test tolerances for the cyclic test. The test condition tolerances and test operating tolerances for the on-period portion of the test cycle are specified in Section 6.2.2. Variation exceeding any specified test tolerance shall invalidate the test results.

    4.2.3.3Test tolerances for the frost accumulation test. Test condition and test operating tolerances for Frost Accumulation Tests are specified in Section 6.2.3. Test operating tolerances during heating applies when the unit is in the heating mode, except for the first 5 minutes after the termination of a defrost cycle. Test operating tolerance during defrost applies during a defrost cycle and during the first 5 minutes after defrost termination when the unit is operating in the heating mode. In determining whether the test condition tolerances are met, only the heating portion of the test period shall be used in calculating the average values. Variations exceeding the tolerances presented in Section 6.2.3 shall invalidate the test.

    4.2.3.4Test tolerances for the low temperature test. During the test period for the Low Temperature Test, the operating conditions shall be within the tolerances specified in Section 6.2.1 of this Appendix.

    4.3Testing procedures for air source units which provide both heating and cooling. The testing procedures for units which provide both heating and cooling shall be the same as those specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 of this Appendix. Also during the off-period of the dry-coil cooling test (test D), the switch-over valve shall remain in the cooling mode, unless the controls normally supplied with the unit are designed to reverse it, in which case the controls shall operate the valve. During the off-period of the cyclic heating test at 47° F, the switch-over valve shall remain in the heating mode, unless the controls normally supplied with the unit are designed to reverse it, in which case the controls shall operate the valve.

    5.0Calculations for performance factors.

    5.1Calculations of seasonal energy efficiency ratios (SEER) in air-source units.

    The testing data and results required to calculate the seasonal energy efficiency ratio (SEER) in Btu's per watt-hour shall include the following:

    (i) Cooling capacities (Btu/hr) from tests A and B and, if applicable, the cooling capacity (Btu/hr) from test C and the total cooling done from test D (Btu's).

    Q ss k (95F) Q ss k (82F) Q ss, dry Q cyc, dry

    (ii) Electrical power input to all components and controls (watts) from tests A, B, and if applicable the electrical power input to all components and controls (watts) from test C and the electrical usage (watt-hour) from test D.

    E ss k (95F) E ss k (82F) E ss k, dry E cyc, dry

    (iii) Indoor air flow rate (SCFM) and external resistance to indoor air flow (inches of water).

    (iv) Air temperature (° F)

    Outdoor dry bulb Outdoor wet bulb Indoor dry bulb Indoor wet bulb

    Where the cooling capacities Q ss k (95F), from test A, Q ss k (82), from test B, and Q ss, dry, from test C, are calculated using the equations specified in section 3.7 of ASHRAE Standard 37-78. The total cooling done, Qcyc, dry from test D, is calculated using equation (1) below.

    Units which do not have indoor air circulating fans furnished as part of the model shall have their measured total cooling capacities adjusted by subtracting 1250 Btu/hr per 1,000 CFM of measured indoor air flow and adding to the total steady-state electrical power input 365 watts per 1,000 CFM of measured indoor air flow.

    Energy efficiency ratios from tests A, B, and C, EERA, EERB, EERss, dry respectively, are each calculated as the ratio of the total cooling capacity in Btu/hr to the total electrical power input in watts.

    Units which do not have indoor air circulating fans furnished as part of the model shall adjust their total cooling done and energy used in one complete cycle for the effect of circulating indoor air equipment power. The value to be used for the circulating indoor air equipment power shall be 1250 Btu/hr per 1,000 CFM of circulating indoor air. The energy usage required in one complete cycle required for indoor air circulation is the product of the circulating indoor air equipment power and the duration of time in one cycle that the circulating indoor air equipment is on. The total cooling done shall then be the measured cooling in one complete cycle minus the energy usage required for indoor air circulation in one complete cycle. The total electrical energy usage shall be the sum of the energy usage required for indoor air circulation in one complete cycle and the energy used by the remaining equipment components (compressor(s), outdoor fan, crankcase heater, transformer(s), etc.) in one complete test cycle.

    Energy efficiency ratio from tests D, EERcyc dry is calculated as the ratio of the total cooling done in Btu's to the total electrical energy usage in watt-hours.

    EC04OC91.040 EC04OC91.041 EC04OC91.042 EC04OC91.043 EC04OC91.044 EC04OC91.045 EC04OC91.046 EC04OC91.047 EC04OC91.048 EC04OC91.049 EC04OC91.050 EC04OC91.051 EC04OC91.052

    6.0Reference material.

    6.1Cooling reference material.

    6.1.1Test operating and test condition tolerance for cyclic dry-coil tests.

    Readings, remarks Test operating tolerance 1 Test condition tolerance 2 Outdoor dry-bulb air temperature, Fahrenheit: Entering 2.0 0.5 Indoor dry-bulb air temperature, Fahrenheit: Entering 2.0 0.5 Indoor wet-bulb air temperature, Fahrenheit: Entering (3) (3) After the first 30 sec after compressor startup: External resistance to airflow, inches water 0.05 0.02 Nozzle pressure drops, percent of reading 2.0 Electrical voltage inputs to the test unit, percent 2.0 1 Total observed range. 2 Variation of average from specified test condition. 3 Shall at no time exceed that value of the wet-bulb temperature which results in the production of condensate by the indoor coil at the dry-bulb temperature existing for the air entering the indoor portion of the unit.

    6.1.2Distribution of fractional hours in temperature bins to be used for calculation of the SEER for 2-speed compressor and 2-compressor units.

    Bin No. j: Bin temperature range (degrees Fahrenheit) Representative temperature bin for (degrees Fahrenheit) Fraction of total temperature bin hours nj/N 1 65-69 67 .214 2 70-74 72 .231 3 75-79 77 .216 4 80-84 82 .161 5 85-89 87 .104 6 90-94 92 .052 7 95-99 97 .018 8 100-104 102 .004 EC04OC91.053

    6.2Heating reference material.

    6.2.1Test operating and test condition tolerance for Steady-State High Temperature Test [at 47° F (8.3° C) or 62° F (16.7° C)] and Low Temperature Test [at 17° F (−8.3° C)].

    Test operating 1 tolerance Test condition 2 tolerance Indoor dry-bulb, ° F: Entering 2.0 0.5 Leaving 2.0 Indoor wet-bulb, ° F: Entering 1.0 Leaving 1.0 Outdoor dry-bulb, ° F: Entering 2.0 0.5 Leaving 2.0 Outdoor wet-bulb, ° F: Entering 1.0 0.3 Leaving 1.0 External resistance to air flow, inches of water .05 .02 Electrical voltage, percent 2.0 1 Test operating tolerance is the maximum permissible variation of any measurement. When expressed as a percentage, the maximum allowable variation is the specified percentage of the average value. 2 Test condition tolerance is the maximum permissible variation of the average value of the measurement from the standard or desired test condition.

    6.2.2Test operating and test condition tolerances for the on-period portion of cyclic performance tests.

    Test operating tolerances 1 Test condition tolerance 2 Indoor dry-bulb, ° F: Entering 2.0 0.5 Leaving Indoor wet-bulb, ° F: Entering 1.0 Leaving Outdoor dry-bulb, ° F: Entering 2.0 0.5 Leaving Outdoor wet-bulb, ° F: Entering 2.0 1.0 Leaving External resistance to air-flow, inches of water .05 .02 Electrical voltage, percent 2.0 1 Test operating tolerance is the maximum permissible variation of any measurement. When expressed as a percentage, the maximum allowable variation is the specified percentage of the average value. (Applies after the first 30 seconds after compressor start-up.) 2 Test condition tolerance is the maximum permissible variation of the average value of the measurement from the standard or desired test condition.

    6.2.3Test operating and test tolerances for frost accumulation tests.

    Testing operating tolerance 1 During heating During defrost Test condition tolerance 2 (heating portion only) Indoor dry-bulb, ° F: Entering 2.0 3 4.0 0.5 Leaving Indoor wet-bulb, ° F: Entering 1.0 Leaving Outdoor dry-bulb, ° F: Entering 2.0 10.0 1.0 Leaving Outdoor dew-point, ° F: Entering 1.5 0.7 Leaving External resistance to air-flow, inches of water .05 .02 Electrical voltage, percent 2.0 1 Test operating tolerance is the maximum permissible variation of any measurement. When expressed as a percentage, the maximum allowable variation is the specified percentage of the average value. Test Operating Tolerance During Heating applies when the heat pump is in the heating mode, except for the first 5 minutes after termination of a defrost cycle. Test Operating Tolerance During Defrost applies during a defrost cycle and during the first 5 minutes after the termination of a defrost cycle when the heat pump is operating in the heating mode. 2 Test condition tolerance is the maximum permissible variation of the average value of the measurement from the standard or desired test condition. Test Condition Tolerance applies only when the heat pump is operating in the heating mode. 3 Not applicable during defrost if the indoor fan is off.

    6.2.4Distribution of fractional hours in temperature bins, heating load hours and outdoor design temperature for the different climatic regions.

    Fractional hours Bin No. Tj (°F) Region I II III IV V VI Heating Load Hours, HLH 750 1,250 1,750 2,250 2,750 1 2,750 Outdoor Design Temperature, TOD, for the region 37 27 17 5 -10 30 j=1 62 .291 .215 .153 .132 .106 .113 2 57 .239 .189 .142 .111 .092 .206 3 52 .194 .163 .138 .103 .086 .215 4 47 .129 .143 .137 .093 .076 .204 5 42 .081 .112 .135 .100 .078 .141 6 37 .041 .088 .118 .109 .087 .076 7 32 .019 .056 .092 .126 .102 .034 8 27 .005 .024 .047 .087 .094 .008 9 22 .001 .008 .021 .055 .074 .003 10 17 0 .002 .009 .036 .055 0 11 12 0 0 .005 .026 .047 0 12 7 0 0 .002 .013 .038 0 13 2 0 0 .001 .006 .029 0 14 -3 0 0 0 .002 .018 0 15 -8 0 0 0 .001 .010 0 16 -13 0 0 0 0 .005 0 17 -18 0 0 0 0 .002 0 18 -23 0 0 0 0 .001 0 1 Pacific Coast Region. EC04OC91.054

    6.2.6Standard Design Heating Requirements (Btu/hr)

    5,000 25,000 50,000 90,000 10,000 30,000 60,000 100,000 15,000 35,000 70,000 110,000 20,000 40,000 80,000 130,000

    6.3Representative Cooling Load Hours (CLH R) for Each Heating Load Hours Region.

    Region CLHR HLHR I 2,400 750 II 1,800 1,250 III 1,200 1,750 IV 800 2,250 V 400 2,750 VI 200 2,750

    6.4Ground Water Temperature Map (Reserved).

    [44 FR 76707, Dec. 27, 1979, as amended at 54 FR 6076, Feb. 7, 1989]     Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. N Appendix N to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Furnaces and Boilers

    1.0Scope. The scope of this appendix is as specified in section 2.0 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993.

    2.0Definitions. Definitions include the definitions specified in section 3 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 and the following additional and modified definitions:

    2.1ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 means the test standard published in 1993 by ASHRAE, approved by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI) on October 4, 1993, and entitled “Method of Testing for Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency of Residential Central Furnaces and Boilers” (with errata of October 24, 1996).

    2.2ASHRAE means the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers, Inc.

    2.3Thermal stack damper means a type of stack damper which is dependent for operation exclusively upon the direct conversion of thermal energy of the stack gases to open the damper.

    2.4Isolated combustion system. The definition of isolation combustion system in section 3 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 is incorporated with the addition of the following: “The unit is installed in an un-conditioned indoor space isolated from the heated space.”

    3.0Classifications. Classifications are as specified in section 4 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993.

    4.0Requirements. Requirements are as specified in section 5 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993.

    5.0Instruments. Instruments must be as specified in section 6 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993.

    6.0Apparatus. The apparatus used in conjunction with the furnace or boiler during the testing shall be as specified in section 7 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 except for the second paragraph of section 7.2.2.2 and except for section 7.2.2.5, and as specified in section 6.1 of this appendix.

    6.1Downflow furnaces. Install the internal section of vent pipe the same size as the flue collar for connecting the flue collar to the top of the unit, if not supplied by the manufacturer. Do not insulate the internal vent pipe during the jacket loss test (if conducted) described in section 8.6 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 or the steady-state test described in section 9.1 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993. Do not insulate the internal vent pipe before the cool-down and heat-up tests described in sections 9.5 and 9.6, respectively, of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993. If the vent pipe is surrounded by a metal jacket, do not insulate the metal jacket. Install a 5-ft test stack of the same cross sectional area or perimeter as the vent pipe above the top of the furnace. Tape or seal around the junction connecting the vent pipe and the 5-ft test stack. Insulate the 5-ft test stack with insulation having an R-value not less than 7 and an outer layer of aluminum foil. (See Figure 3-E of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993.)

    7.0Testing conditions. The testing conditions shall be as specified in section 8 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 with errata of October 24, 1996, except for section 8.6.1.1; and as specified in section 7.1 of this appendix.

    7.1Measurement of jacket surface temperature. The jacket of the furnace or boiler shall be subdivided into 6-inch squares when practical, and otherwise into 36-square-inch regions comprising 4 in. x 9 in. or 3 in. x 12 in. sections, and the surface temperature at the center of each square or section shall be determined with a surface thermocouple. The 36-square-inch areas shall be recorded in groups where the temperature differential of the 36-square-inch area is less than 10°F for temperature up to 100°F above room temperature and less than 20°F for temperature more than 100°F above room temperature. For forced air central furnaces, the circulating air blower compartment is considered as part of the duct system and no surface temperature measurement of the blower compartment needs to be recorded for the purpose of this test. For downflow furnaces, measure all cabinet surface temperatures of the heat exchanger and combustion section, including the bottom around the outlet duct, and the burner door, using the 36 square-inch thermocouple grid. The cabinet surface temperatures around the blower section do not need to be measured (See figure 3-E of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993.)

    8.0Test procedure. Testing and measurements shall be as specified in section 9 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 except for sections 9.5.1.1, 9.5.1.2.1, 9.5.1.2.2, 9.5.2.1, and section 9.7.1. ; and as specified in sections 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, and 8.5, of this appendix.

    8.1Input to interrupted ignition device. For burners equipped with an interrupted ignition device, record the nameplate electric power used by the ignition device, PEIG, or use PEIG=0.4 kW if no nameplate power input is provided. Record the nameplate ignition device on-time interval, tIG, or measure the on-time period at the beginning of the test at the time the burner is turned on with a stop watch, if no nameplate value is given. Set tIG=0 and PEIG=0 if the device on-time is less than or equal to 5 seconds after the burner is on.

    8.2Gas- and oil-fueled gravity and forced air central furnaces without stack dampers cool-down test. Turn off the main burner after steady-state testing is completed, and measure the flue gas temperature by means of the thermocouple grid described in section 7.6 of ANSI/ASHRAE 103-1993 at 1.5 minutes (TF,OFF(t3)) and 9 minutes (TF,OFF(t4)) after the burner shuts off. An integral draft diverter shall remain blocked and insulated, and the stack restriction shall remain in place. On atmospheric systems with an integral draft diverter or draft hood, equipped with either an electromechanical inlet damper or an electro-mechanical flue damper that closes within 10 seconds after the burner shuts off to restrict the flow through the heat exchanger in the off-cycle, bypass or adjust the control for the electromechanical damper so that the damper remains open during the cool-down test. For furnaces that employ post purge, measure the length of the post-purge period with a stopwatch. The time from burner OFF to combustion blower OFF (electrically de-energized) shall be recorded as tp. For the case where tp is intended to be greater than 180 seconds, stop the combustion blower at 180 seconds and use that value for tp. Measure the flue gas temperature by means of the thermocouple grid described in section 7.6 of ANSI/ASHRAE 103-1993 at the end of post-purge period, tp (TF,OFF(tp)), and at the time (1.5 + tp) minutes (TF,OFF(t3)) and (9.0 + tp) minutes (TF,OFF(t4)) after the main burner shuts off. For the case where the measured tp is less than or equal to 30 seconds, it shall be tested as if there is no post purge and tp shall be set equal to 0.

    8.3Gas- and oil-fueled gravity and forced air central furnaces without stack dampers with adjustable fan control—cool-down test. For a furnace with adjustable fan control, this time delay will be 3.0 minutes for non-condensing furnaces or 1.5 minutes for condensing furnaces or until the supply air temperature drops to a value of 40°F above the inlet air temperature, whichever results in the longest fan on-time. For a furnace without adjustable fan control or with the type of adjustable fan control whose range of adjustment does not allow for the delay time specified above, the control shall be bypassed and the fan manually controlled to give the delay times specified above. For a furnace which employs a single motor to drive the power burner and the indoor air circulating blower, the power burner and indoor air circulating blower shall be stopped together.

    8.4Gas-and oil-fueled boilers without stack dampers cool-down test. After steady-state testing has been completed, turn the main burner(s) OFF and measure the flue gas temperature at 3.75 (TF,OFF(t3)) and 22.5 (TF,OFF(t4)) minutes after the burner shut off, using the thermocouple grid described in section 7.6 of ANSI/ASHRAE 103-1993. During this off-period, for units that do not have pump delay after shutoff, no water shall be allowed to circulate through the hot water boilers. For units that have pump delay on shutoff, except those having pump controls sensing water temperature, the pump shall be stopped by the unit control and the time t+, between burner shutoff and pump shutoff shall be measured within one-second accuracy. For units having pump delay controls that sense water temperature, the pump shall be operated for 15 minutes and t+ shall be 15 minutes. While the pump is operating, the inlet water temperature and flow rate shall be maintained at the same values as used during the steady-state test as specified in sections 9.1 and 8.4.2.3 of ANSI/ASHRAE 103-1993.

    For boilers that employ post purge, measure the length of the post-purge period with a stopwatch. The time from burner OFF to combustion blower OFF (electrically de-energized) shall be recorded as tP. For the case where tP is intended to be greater than 180 seconds, stop the combustion blower at 180 seconds and use that value for tP. Measure the flue gas temperature by means of the thermocouple grid described in section 7.6 of ANSI/ASHRAE 103-1993 at the end of the post purge period tP(TF,OFF(tP)) and at the time (3.75 + tP) minutes (TF,OFF(t3)) and (22.5 + tP) minutes (TF,OFF(t4)) after the main burner shuts off. For the case where the measured tP is less or equal to 30 seconds, it shall be tested as if there is no post purge and tP shall be set to equal 0.

    8.5Direct measurement of off-cycle losses testing method. [Reserved.]

    9.0Nomenclature. Nomenclature shall include the nomenclature specified in section 10 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 and the following additional variables:

    Effmotor=Efficiency of power burner motor PEIG=Electrical power to the interrupted ignition device, kW RT,a=RT,F if flue gas is measured =RT,S if stack gas is measured RT,F=Ratio of combustion air mass flow rate to stoichiometric air mass flow rate RT,S=Ratio of the sum of combustion air and relief air mass flow rate to stoichiometric air mass flow rate tIG=Electrical interrupted ignition device on-time, min. Ta,SS,X=TF,SS,X if flue gas temperature is measured, °F =TS,SS,X if stack gas temperature is measured, °F yIG=ratio of electrical interrupted ignition device on-time to average burner on-time yP=ratio of power burner combustion blower on-time to average burner on-time

    10.0Calculation of derived results from test measurements. Calculations shall be as specified in section 11 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 and the October 24, 1996, Errata Sheet for ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, except for appendices B and C; and as specified in sections 10.1 through 10.8 and Figure 1 of this appendix.

    10.1Annual fuel utilization efficiency. The annual fuel utilization efficiency (AFUE) is as defined in sections 11.2.12 (non-condensing systems), 11.3.12 (condensing systems), 11.4.12 (non-condensing modulating systems) and 11.5.12 (condensing modulating systems) of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, except for the definition for the term EffyHS in the defining equation for AFUE. EffyHS is defined as:

    EffyHS=heating seasonal efficiency as defined in sections 11.2.11 (non-condensing systems), 11.3.11 (condensing systems), 11.4.11 (non-condensing modulating systems) and 11.5.11 (condensing modulating systems) of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 and is based on the assumptions that all weatherized warm air furnaces or boilers are located out-of-doors, that warm air furnaces which are not weatherized are installed as isolated combustion systems, and that boilers which are not weatherized are installed indoors.

    10.2National average burner operating hours, average annual fuel energy consumption and average annual auxiliary electrical energy consumption for gas or oil furnaces and boilers.

    10.2.1National average number of burner operating hours. For furnaces and boilers equipped with single stage controls, the national average number of burner operating hours is defined as:

    BOHSS=2,080 (0.77) A DHR-2,080 B where: 2,080=national average heating load hours 0.77=adjustment factor to adjust the calculated design heating requirement and heating load hours to the actual heating load experienced by the heating system DHR=typical design heating requirements as listed in Table 8 (in unit of kBtu/h) of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, using the proper value of QOUT defined in 11.2.8.1 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 A=100,000 / [341,300(yPPE+yIGPEIG+yBE)+(QIN-QP)EffyHS], for forced draft unit, indoors =100,000 / [341,300(yPPE Effmotor+yIGPEIG+y BE)+(QIN-QP)EffyHS], for forced draft unit, ICS, =100,000 / [341,300(yPPE(1-Effmotor)+yIGPEIG+y BE)+(QIN-QP)EffyHS], for induced draft unit, indoors, and =100,000 / [341,300(yIGPEIG+yBE)+(QIN-QP)EffyHS], for induced draft unit, ICS B=2 QP(EffyHS)(A) / 100,000 where: Effmotor=Power burner motor efficiency provided by manufacturer, =0.50, an assumed default power burner efficiency if not provided by manufacturer. 100,000=factor that accounts for percent and kBtu PE=burner electrical power input at full-load steady-state operation, including electrical ignition device if energized, as defined in 9.1.2.2 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 yP=ratio of induced or forced draft blower on-time to average burner on-time, as follows: 1 for units without post purge; 1+(tP/3.87) for single stage furnaces with post purge; 1+(tP/10) for two-stage and step modulating furnaces with post purge; 1+(tP/9.68) for single stage boilers with post purge; or 1+(tP/15) for two stage and step modulating boilers with post purge. PEIG=electrical input rate to the interrupted ignition device on burner (if employed), as defined in 8.1 of this appendix yIG=ratio of burner interrupted ignition device on-time to average burner on-time, as follows: 0 for burners not equipped with interrupted ignition device; (tIG/3.87) for single stage furnaces; (tIG/10) for two-stage and step modulating furnaces; (tIG/9.68) for single stage boilers; or (tIG/15) for two stage and step modulating boilers. tIG=on-time of the burner interrupted ignition device, as defined in 8.1 of this appendix tP=post purge time as defined in 8.2 (furnace) or 8.4 (boiler) of this appendix =0 if tP is equal to or less than 30 second. y=ratio of blower or pump on-time to average burner on-time, as follows: 1 for furnaces without fan delay; 1 for boilers without a pump delay; 1+(t+—t−)/3.87 for single stage furnaces with fan delay; 1+(t+—t−)/10 for two-stage and step modulating furnaces with fan delay; 1+(t+/9.68) for single stage boilers with pump delay; or 1+(t+/15) for two stage and step modulating boilers with pump delay. BE=circulating air fan or water pump electrical energy input rate at full load steady-state operation, as defined in ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 QIN=as defined in 11.2.8.1 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 QP=as defined in 11.2.11 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 EffyHS=as defined in 11.2.11 (non-condensing systems) or 11.3.11.3 (condensing systems) of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, percent, and calculated on the basis of: ICS installation, for non-weatherized warm air furnaces; indoor installation, for non-weatherized boilers; or outdoor installation, for furnaces and boilers that are weatherized. 2=ratio of the average length of the heating season in hours to the average heating load hours t+=as defined in 9.5.1.2 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 or 8.4 of this appendix t−=as defined in 9.6.1 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993

    10.2.1.1For furnaces and boilers equipped with two stage or step modulating controls the average annual energy used during the heating season, EM, is defined as:

    EM=(QIN−QP) BOHSS+(8,760−4,600)QP where: QIN=as defined in 11.4.8.1.1 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 QP=as defined in 11.4.12 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 BOHSS=as defined in section 10.2.1 of this appendix, in which the weighted EffyHS as defined in 11.4.11.3 or 11.5.11.3 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 is used for calculating the values of A and B, the term DHR is based on the value of QOUT defined in 11.4.8.1.1 or 11.5.8.1.1 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, and the term (yPPE+yIGPEIG+yBE) in the factor A is increased by the factor R, which is defined as: R=2.3 for two stage controls =2.3 for step modulating controls when the ratio of minimum-to-maximum output is greater than or equal to 0.5 =3.0 for step modulating controls when the ratio of minimum-to-maximum output is less than 0.5 A=100,000/[341,300(yPPE+yIGPEIG+y BE) R+(QIN−QP) EffyHS], for forced draft unit, indoors =100,000/[341,300(yPPE Effmotor+yIGPEIG+y BE) R+(QIN−QP)EffyHS], for forced draft unit, ICS, =100,000/[341,300(yPPE(1-Effmotor)+yIGPEIG+y BE) R+(QIN−QP) EffyHS], for induced draft unit, indoors, and =100,000/[341,300(yIGPEIG+y BE) R+(QIN−QP) EffyHS], for induced draft unit, ICS where: Effmotor=Power burner motor efficiency provided by manufacturer, =0.50, an assumed default power burner efficiency if none provided by manufacturer. EffyHS=as defined in 11.4.11.3 or 11.5.11.3 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, and calculated on the basis of: —ICS installation, for non-weatherized warm air furnaces —indoor installation, for non-weatherized boilers —outdoor installation, for furnaces and boilers that are weatherized 8,760=total number of hours per year 4,600=as specified in 11.4.12 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993

    10.2.1.2For furnaces and boilers equipped with two stage or step modulating controls the national average number of burner operating hours at the reduced operating mode is defined as:

    BOHR=XREM/QIN,R where: XR=as defined in 11.4.8.7 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 EM=as defined in section 10.2.1.1 of this appendix QIN,R=as defined in 11.4.8.1.2 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993

    10.2.1.3For furnaces and boilers equipped with two stage controls the national average number of burner operating hours at the maximum operating mode (BOHH) is defined as:

    BOHH=XHEM/QIN where: XH=as defined in 11.4.8.6 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 EM=as defined in section 10.2.1.1 of this appendix QIN=as defined in 11.4.8.1.1 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993

    10.2.1.4For furnaces and boilers equipped with step modulating controls the national average number of burner operating hours at the modulating operating mode (BOHM) is defined as:

    BOHM=XHEM/QIN,M where: XH=as defined in 11.4.8.6 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 EM=as defined in section 10.2.1.1 of this appendix QIN,M=QOUT,M/(EffySS,M/100) QOUT,M=as defined in 11.4.8.10 or 11.5.8.10 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, as appropriate EffySS,M=as defined in 11.4.8.8 or 11.5.8.8 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, as appropriate, in percent 100=factor that accounts for percent

    10.2.2Average annual fuel energy consumption for gas or oil fueled furnaces or boilers. For furnaces or boilers equipped with single stage controls the average annual fuel energy consumption (EF) is expressed in Btu per year and defined as:

    EF=BOHSS(QIN−QP)+8,760 QP where: BOHSS=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix QIN=as defined in 11.2.8.1 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 QP=as defined in 11.2.11 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 8,760=as specified in 10.2.1 of this appendix

    10.2.2.1For furnaces or boilers equipped with either two stage or step modulating controls EF is defined as:

    EF=EM + 4,600QP where: EM=as defined in 10.2.1.1 of this appendix 4,600=as specified in 11.4.12 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 QP=as defined in 11.2.11 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993

    10.2.3Average annual auxiliary electrical energy consumption for gas or oil fueled furnaces or boilers. For furnaces or boilers equipped with single stage controls the average annual auxiliary electrical consumption (EAE) is expressed in kilowatt-hours and defined as:

    EAE=BOHSS(yPPE +yIGPEIG+yBE) where: BOHSS=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix PE=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix yP=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix yIG=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix PEIG=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix y=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix BE=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix

    10.2.3.1For furnaces or boilers equipped with two stage controls EAE is defined as:

    EAE=BOHR(yPPER+yIGPEIG+yBER) + BOHH(yPPEH+yIGPEIG+y BEH) where: BOHR=as defined in 10.2.1.2 of this appendix yP=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix PER=as defined in 9.1.2.2 and measured at the reduced fuel input rate, of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 yIG=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix PEIG=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix y=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix BER=as defined in 9.1.2.2 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, measured at the reduced fuel input rate BOHH=as defined in 10.2.1.3 of this appendix PEH=as defined in 9.1.2.2 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, measured at the maximum fuel input rate BEH=as defined in 9.1.2.2 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, measured at the maximum fuel input rate

    10.2.3.2For furnaces or boilers equipped with step modulating controls EAE is defined as:

    EAE=BOHR(yP PER+yIGPEIG+y BER)+BOHM(yPPEH+yIGPEIG+y BEH) where: BOHR=as defined in 10.2.1.2 of this appendix yP=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix PER=as defined in 9.1.2.2 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, measured at the reduced fuel input rate yIG=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix PEIG=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix y=as defined in 10.2.1. of this appendix BER=as defined in 9.1.2.2 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, measured at the reduced fuel input rate BOHM=as defined in 10.2.1.4 of this appendix PEH=as defined in 9.1.2.2 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, measured at the maximum fuel input rate BEH=as defined in 9.1.2.2 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, measured at the maximum fuel inputs rate

    10.3Average annual electric energy consumption for electric furnaces or boilers. For electric furnaces and boilers the average annual energy consumption (EE) is expressed in kilowatt-hours and defined as:

    EE=100(2,080)(0.77)DHR/(3.412 AFUE) where: 100=to express a percent as a decimal 2,080=as specified in 10.2.1 of this appendix 0.77=as specified in 10.2.1 of this appendix DHR=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix 3.412=conversion to express energy in terms of watt-hours instead of Btu AFUE=as defined in 11.1 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, in percent, and calculated on the basis of: ICS installation, for non-weatherized warm air furnaces; indoor installation, for non-weatherized boilers; or outdoor installation, for furnaces and boilers that are weatherized.

    10.4Energy factor.

    10.4.1 Energy factor for gas or oil furnaces and boilers. Calculate the energy factor, EF, for gas or oil furnaces and boilers defined as, in percent:

    ER12MY97.038 where: EF=average annual fuel consumption as defined in 10.2.2 of this appendix. EAE=as defined in 10.2.3 of this appendix. EffyHS=Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency as defined in 11.2.11, 11.3.11, 11.4.11 or 11.5.11 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993, in percent, and calculated on the basis of: ICS installation, for non-weatherized warm air furnaces;

    indoor installation, for non-weatherized boilers; or

    outdoor installation, for furnaces and boilers that are weatherized. 3,412=conversion factor from kilowatt to -Btu/h

    10.4.2Energy factor for electric furnaces and boilers. The energy factor, EF, for electric furnaces and boilers is defined as:

    EF=AFUE where: AFUE=Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency as defined in section 10.3 of this appendix, in percent

    10.5Average annual energy consumption for furnaces and boilers located in a different geographic region of the United States and in buildings with different design heating requirements.

    10.5.1Average annual fuel energy consumption for gas or oil-fueled furnaces and boilers located in a different geographic region of the United States and in buildings with different design heating requirements. For gas or oil-fueled furnaces and boilers the average annual fuel energy consumption for a specific geographic region and a specific typical design heating requirement (EFR) is expressed in Btu per year and defined as:

    EFR=(EF−8,760 QP)(HLH/2,080)+8,760 QP where: EF=as defined in 10.2.2 of this appendix 8,760=as specified in 10.2.1 of this appendix QP=as defined in 11.2.11 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 HLH=heating load hours for a specific geographic region determined from the heating load hour map in Figure 1 of this appendix 2,080=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix

    10.5.2 Average annual auxiliary electrical energy consumption for gas or oil-fueled furnaces and boilers located in a different geographic region of the United States and in buildings with different design heating requirements. For gas or oil-fueled furnaces and boilers the average annual auxiliary electrical energy consumption for a specific geographic region and a specific typical design heating requirement (EAER) is expressed in kilowatt-hours and defined as:

    EAER=EAE (HLH/2,080) where: EAE=as defined in 10.2.3 of this appendix HLH=as defined in 10.5.1 of this appendix 2,080=as specified in 10.2.1 of this appendix

    10.5.3Average annual electric energy consumption for electric furnaces and boilers located in a different geographic region of the United States and in buildings with different design heating requirements. For electric furnaces and boilers the average annual electric energy consumption for a specific geographic region and a specific typical design heating requirement (EER) is expressed in kilowatt-hours and defined as:

    EER=100 (0.77) DHR HLH/(3.412 AFUE) where: 100=as specified in 10.3 of this appendix 0.77=as specified in 10.2.1 of this appendix DHR=as defined in 10.2.1 of this appendix HLH=as defined in 10.5.1 of this appendix 3.412=as specified in 10.3 of this appendix AFUE=as defined in 10.3 of this appendix, in percent

    10.6Annual energy consumption for mobile home furnaces

    10.6.1 National average number of burner operating hours for mobile home furnaces (BOH SS ). BOHSS is the same as in 10.2.1 of this appendix, except that the value of EffyHS in the calculation of the burner operating hours, BOHSS, is calculated on the basis of a direct vent unit with system number 9 or 10.

    10.6.2Average annual fuel energy for mobile home furnaces (E F ). EF is same as in 10.2.2 of this appendix except that the burner operating hours, BOHSS, is calculated as specified in 10.6.1 of this appendix.

    10.6.3Average annual auxiliary electrical energy consumption for mobile home furnaces (E AE ). EAE is the same as in 10.2.3 of this appendix, except that the burner operating hours, BOHSS, is calculated as specified in 10.6.1 of this appendix.

    10.7Calculation of sales weighted average annual energy consumption for mobile home furnaces. In order to reflect the distribution of mobile homes to geographical regions with average HLHMHF value different from 2,080, adjust the annual fossil fuel and auxiliary electrical energy consumption values for mobile home furnaces using the following adjustment calculations.

    10.7.1For mobile home furnaces the sales weighted average annual fossil fuel energy consumption is expressed in Btu per year and defined as:

    EF,MHF=(EF−8,760 QP)HLHMHF/2,080+8,760 QP where: EF=as defined in 10.6.2 of this appendix 8,760=as specified in 10.2.1 of this appendix QP=as defined in 11.2.11 of ANSI/ASHRAE Standard 103-1993 HLHMHF=1880, sales weighted average heating load hours for mobile home furnaces 2,080=as specified in 10.2.1 of this appendix

    10.7.2For mobile home furnaces the sales weighted average annual auxiliary electrical energy consumption is expressed in kilowatt-hours and defined as:

    EAE,MHF=EAEHLHMHF/2,080 where: EAE=as defined in 10.6.3 of this appendix HLHMHF=as defined in 10.7.1 of this appendix 2,080=as specified in 10.2.1 of this appendix

    10.8Direct determination of off-cycle losses for furnaces and boilers equipped with thermal stack dampers. [Reserved.]

    ER12MY97.039 [62 FR 26157, May 12, 1997, as amended at 62 FR 53510, Oct. 14, 1997]     Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. O Appendix O to Subpart B of Part 430- Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Vented Home Heating Equipment

    1.0Definitions.

    1.1“Air shutter” means an adjustable device for varying the size of the primary air inlet(s) to the combustion chamber power burner.

    1.2“Air tube” means a tube which carries combustion air from the burner fan to the burner nozzle for combustion.

    1.3“Barometic draft regulator or barometric damper” means a mechanical device designed to maintain a constant draft in a vented heater.

    1.4“Draft hood” means an external device which performs the same function as an integral draft diverter, as defined in section 1.17 of this appendix.

    1.5“Electro-mechanical stack damper” means a type of stack damper which is operated by electrical and/or mechanical means.

    1.6“Excess air” means air which passes through the combustion chamber and the vented heater flues in excess of that which is theoretically required for complete combustion.

    1.7“Flue” means a conduit between the flue outlet of a vented heater and the integral draft diverter, draft hood, barometric damper or vent terminal through which the flue gases pass prior to the point of draft relief.

    1.8“Flue damper” means a device installed between the furnace and the integral draft diverter, draft hood, barometric draft regulator, or vent terminal which is not equipped with a draft control device, designed to open the venting system when the appliance is in operation and to close the venting system when the appliance is in a standby condition.

    1.9“Flue gases” means reaction products resulting from the combustion of a fuel with the oxygen of the air, including the inerts and any excess air.

    1.10“Flue losses” means the sum of sensible and latent heat losses above room temperature of the flue gases leaving a vented heater.

    1.11“Flue outlet” means the opening provided in a vented heater for the exhaust of the flue gases from the combustion chamber.

    1.12“Heat input” (Qin) means the rate of energy supplied in a fuel to a vented heater operating under steady-state conditions, expressed in Btu's per hour. It includes any input energy to the pilot light and is obtained by multiplying the measured rate of fuel consumption by the measured higher heating value of the fuel.

    1.13“Heating capacity” (Qout) means the rate of useful heat output from a vented heater, operating under steady-state conditions, expressed in Btu's per hour. For room and wall heaters, it is obtained by multiplying the “heat input” (Qin) by the steady-state efficency (η ss) divided by 100. For floor furnaces, it is obtained by multiplying (A) the “heat input” (Qin) by (B) the steady-state efficiency divided by 100, minus the quantity (2.8) (Lj) divided by 100, where Lj is the jacket loss as determined in section 3.2 of this appendix.

    1.14“Higher heating value” (HHV) means the heat produced per unit of fuel when complete combustion takes place at constant pressure and the products of combustion are cooled to the initial temperature of the fuel and air and when the water vapor formed during combustion is condensed. The higher heating value is usually expressed in Btu's per pound, Btu's per cubic foot for gaseous fuel, or Btu's per gallon for liquid fuel.

    1.15“Induced draft” means a method of drawing air into the combustion chamber by mechanical means.

    1.16“Infiltration parameter” means that portion of unconditioned outside air drawn into the heated space as a consequence of loss of conditioned air through the exhaust system of a vented heater.

    1.17“Integral draft diverter” means a device which is an integral part of a vented heater, designed to: (1) Provide for the exhaust of the products of combustion in the event of no draft, back draft, or stoppage beyond the draft diverter, (2) prevent a back draft from entering the vented heater, and (3) neutralize the stack action of the chimney or gas vent upon the operation of the vented heater.

    1.18“Manually controlled vented heaters” means either gas or oil fueled vented heaters equipped without thermostats.

    1.19“Modulating control” means either a step-modulating or two-stage control.

    1.20“Power burner” means a vented heater burner which supplies air for combustion at a pressure exceeding atmospheric pressure, or a burner which depends on the draft induced by a fan incorporated in the furnace for proper operation.

    1.21“Reduced heat input rate” means the factory adjusted lowest reduced heat input rate for vented home heating equipment equipped with either two stage thermostats or step-modulating thermostats.

    1.22“Single stage thermostat” means a thermostat that cycles a burner at the maximum heat input rate and off.

    1.23“Stack” means the portion of the exhaust system downstream of the integral draft diverter, draft hood or barometric draft regulator.

    1.24“Stack damper” means a device installed downstream of the integral draft diverter, draft hood, or barometric draft regulator, designed to open the venting system when the appliance is in operation and to close off the venting system when the appliance is in the standby condition.

    1.25“Stack gases” means the flue gases combined with dilution air that enters at the integral draft diverter, draft hood or barometric draft regulator.

    1.26“Steady-state conditions for vented home heating equipment” means equilibrium conditions as indicated by temperature variations of not more than 5° F (2.8C) in the flue gas temperature for units equipped with draft hoods, barometric draft regulators or direct vent systems, in three successive readings taken 15 minutes apart or not more than 3° F (1.7C) in the stack gas temperature for units equipped with integral draft diverters in three successive readings taken 15 minutes apart.

    1.27“Step-modulating control” means a control that either cycles off and on at the low input if the heating load is light, or gradually, increases the heat input to meet any higher heating load that cannot be met with the low firing rate.

    1.28“Thermal stack damper” means a type of stack damper which is dependent for operation exclusively upon the direct conversion of thermal energy of the stack gases into movement of the damper plate.

    1.29“Two stage control” means a control that either cycles a burner at the reduced heat input rate and off or cycles a burner at the maximum heat input rate and off.

    1.30“Vaporizing-type oil burner” means a device with an oil vaporizing bowl or other receptacle designed to operate by vaporizing liquid fuel oil by the heat of combustion and mixing the vaporized fuel with air.

    1.31“Vent/air intake terminal” means a device which is located on the outside of a building and is connected to a vented heater by a system of conduits. It is composed of an air intake terminal through which the air for combustion is taken from the outside atmosphere and a vent terminal from which flue gases are discharged.

    1.32“Vent limiter” means a device which limits the flow of air from the atmospheric diaphragm chamber of a gas pressure regulator to the atmosphere. A vent limiter may be a limiting orifice or other limiting device.

    1.33“Vent pipe” means the passages and conduits in a direct vent system through which gases pass from the combustion chamber to the outdoor air.

    2.0Testing conditions.

    2.1Installation of test unit.

    2.1.1Vented wall furnaces (including direct vent systems). Install gas fueled vented wall furnaces for test as specified in sections 2.1.3 and 2.1.4 of ANSI Z21.49-1975. Install gas fueled wall furnaces with direct vent systems for test as described in sections 2.1.3 and 2.1.4 of ANSI Z21.44-1973. Install oil fueled vented wall furnaces as specified in UL-730-1974, section 33. Install oil fueled vented wall furnaces with direct vent systems as specified in UL-730-1974, section 34.

    2.1.2Vented floor furnaces. Install vented floor furnaces for test as specified in sections 35.1 through 35.5 of UL-729-1976.

    2.1.3Vented room heaters. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

    2.2Flue and stack requirements.

    2.2.1Gas fueled vented home heating equipment employing integral draft diverters and draft hoods (excluding direct vent systems). Attach to, and vertically above the outlet of gas fueled vented home heating equipment employing draft diverters or draft hoods with vertically discharging outlets, a five (5) foot long test stack having a cross sectional area the same size as the draft diverter outlet.

    Attach to the outlet of vented heaters having a horizontally discharging draft diverter or draft hood outlet a 90 degree elbow, and a five (5) foot long vertical test stack. A horizontal section of pipe may be used on the floor furnace between the diverter and the elbow if necessary to clear any framing used in the installation. Use the minimum length of pipe possible for this section. Use stack, elbow, and horizontal section with same cross sectional area as the diverter outlet.

    2.2.2Oil fueled vented home heating equipment (excluding direct vent systems). Use flue connections for oil fueled vented floor furnaces as specified in section 35 of UL 729-1976, sections 34.10 through 34.18 of UL 730-1974 for oil fueled vented wall furnaces and sections 36.2 and 36.3 of UL 896-1973 for oil fueled vented room heaters.

    2.2.3Direct vent systems. Have the exhaust/air intake system supplied by the manufacturer in place during all tests. Test units intended for installation with a variety of vent pipe lengths with the minimum length recommended by the manufacturer. Do not connect a heater employing a direct vent system to a chimney or induced draft source. Vent the gas solely on the provision for venting incorporated in the heater and the vent/air intake system supplied with it.

    2.3Fuel supply.

    2.3.1Natural gas. For a vented heater utilizing natural gas, maintain the gas supply to the unit under test at a normal inlet test pressure immediately ahead of all controls at 7 to 10 inches water column. Maintain the regulator outlet pressure at normal test pressure approximately at that recommended by the manufacturer. Use natural gas having a specific gravity of approximately 0.65 and a higher heating value within ± 5 percent of 1,025 Btu's per standard cubic foot. Determine the actual higher heating value in Btu's per standard cubic foot for the natural gas to be used in the test with an error no greater than one percent.

    2.3.2Propane gas. For a vented heater utilizing propane gas, maintain the gas supply to the unit under test at a normal inlet pressure of 11 to 13 inches water column and a specific gravity of approximately 1.53. Maintain the regulator outlet pressure, on units so equipped, approximately at that recommended by the manufacturer. Use propane having a specific gravity of approximately 1.53 and a higher heating value within ± 5 percent of 2,500 Btu's per standard cubic foot. Determine the actual higher heating value in Btu's per standard cubic foot for the propane to be used in the test with an error no greater than one percent.

    2.3.3Other test gas. Use other test gases with characteristics as described in section 2.2, table VII, of ANSI Standard Z21.11.1-1974. Use gases with a measured higher heating value within ± 5 percent of the values specified in the above ANSI standard. Determine the actual higher heating value of the gas used in the test with an error no greater than one percent.

    2.3.4Oil supply. For a vented heater utilizing fuel oil, use No. 1, fuel oil (kerosene) for vaporizing-type burners and either No. 1 or No. 2 fuel oil, as specified by the manufacturer, for mechanical atomizing type burners. Use No. 1 fuel oil with a viscosity meeting the specifications as specified in UL-730-1974, section 36.9. Use test fuel conforming to the specifications given in tables 2 and 3 of ANSI Standard Z91.1-1972

    for No. 1 and No. 2 fuel oil. Measure the higher heating value of the test fuel with an error no greater than one percent.

    2.3.5Electrical supply. For auxiliary electric components of a vented heater, maintain the electrical supply to the test unit within one percent of the nameplate voltage for the entire test cycle. If a voltage range is used for nameplate voltage, maintain the electrical supply within one percent of the mid-point of the nameplate voltage range.

    2.4Burner adjustments.

    2.4.1Gas burner adjustments. Adjust the burners of gas fueled vented heaters to their maximum Btu ratings at the test pressure specified in section 2.3 of this appendix. Correct the burner volumetric flow rate to 60° F (15.6C) and 30 inches of mercury barometric pressure, set the fuel flow rate to obtain a heat rate of within ±2 percent of the hourly Btu rating specified by the manufacturer as measured after 15 minutes of operation starting with all parts of the vented heater at room temperature. Set the primary air shutters in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations to give a good flame at this adjustment. Do not allow the deposit of carbon during any test specified herein.

    If a vent limiting means is provided on a gas pressure regulator, have it in place during all tests.

    For gas fueled heaters with modulating controls adjust the controls to operate the heater at the maximum fuel input rate. Set the thermostat control to the maximum setting. Start the heater by turning the safety control valve to the “on” position. In order to prevent modulation of the burner at maximum input, place the thermostat sensing element in a temperature control bath which is held at a temperature below the maximum set point temperature of the control.

    For gas fueled heaters with modulating controls adjust the controls to operate the heater at the reduced fuel input rate. Set the thermostat control to the minimum setting. Start the heater by turning the safety control valve to the “on” position. If ambient test room temperature is above the lowest control set point temperature, initiate burner operation by placing the thermostat sensing element in a temperature control bath that is held at a temperature below the minimum set point temperature of the control.

    2.4.2Oil burner adjustments. Adjust the burners of oil fueled vented heaters to give the CO2 reading recommended by the manufacturer and an hourly Btu input, during the steady-state performance test described below, which is within ±2 percent of the heater manufacturer's specified normal hourly Btu input rating. On units employing a power burner do not allow smoke in the flue to exceed a No. 1 smoke during the steady-state performance test as measured by the procedure in ANSI Standard Z11.182-1965 (R1971) (ASTM D 2156-65 (1970)). If, on units employing a power burner, the smoke in the flue exceeds a No. 1 smoke during the steady-state test, readjust the burner to give a lower smoke reading, and, if necessary a lower CO2 reading, and start all tests over. Maintain the average draft over the fire and in the flue during the steady-state performance test at that recommended by the manufacturer within ±0.005 inches of water gauge. Do not make additional adjustments to the burner during the required series of performance tests. The instruments and measuring apparatus for this test are described in section 6.3 of ANSI standard Z91.1-1972.

    2.5Circulating air adjustments.

    2.5.1Forced air vented wall furnaces (including direct vent systems). During tests maintain the air flow through the heater as specified by the manufacturer and operate the vented heater with the outlet air temperature between 80° F and 130° F above room temperature. If adjustable air discharge registers are provided, adjust them so as to provide the maximum possible air restriction. Measure air discharge temperature as specified in section 2.14 of ANSI Z21.49-1975.

    2.5.2Fan type vented room heaters and floor furnaces. During tests on fan type furnaces and heaters, adjust the air flow through the heater as specified by the manufacturer. If adjustable air discharge registers are provided, adjust them to provide the maximum possible air restriction.

    2.6Location of temperature measuring instrumentation.

    2.6.1Gas fueled vented home heating equipment (including direct vent systems). For units employing an integral draft diverter, install nine thermocouples, wired in parallel, in a horizontal plane in the five foot test stack located one foot from the test stack inlet. Equalize the length of all thermocouple leads before paralleling. Locate one thermocouple in the center of the stack. Locate eight thermocouples along imaginary lines intersecting at right angles in this horizontal plane at points one third and two thirds of the distance between the center of the stack and the stack wall.

    For units which employ a direct vent system, locate at least one thermocouple at the center of each flue way exiting the heat exchanger. Provide radiation shields if the thermocouples are exposed to burner radiation.

    For units which employ a draft hood or units which employ a direct vent system which does not significantly preheat the incoming combustion air, install nine thermocouples, wired in parallel, in a horizontal plane located within 12 inches (304.8 mm) of the heater outlet and upstream of the draft hood on units so equipped. Locate one thermocouple in the center of the pipe and eight thermocouples along imaginary lines intersecting at right angles in this horizontal plane at points one third and two thirds of the distance between the center of the pipe and the pipe wall.

    For units which employ direct vent systems that significantly preheat the incoming combustion air, install nine thermocouples, wired in parallel, in a plane parallel to and located within 6 inches (152.4 mm) of the vent/air intake terminal. Equalize the length of all thermocouple leads before paralleling. Locate one thermocouple in the center of the vent pipe and eight thermocouples along imaginary lines intersecting at right angles in this plane at points one third and two thirds of the distance between the center of the flue pipe and the pipe wall.

    Use bead-type thermocouples having wire size not greater than No. 24 American Wire Gauge (AWG). If there is a possibility that the thermocouples could receive direct radiation from the fire, install radiation shields on the fire side of the thermocouples only and position the shields so that they do not touch the thermocouple junctions.

    Install thermocouples for measuring conditioned warm air temperature as described in ANSI Z21.49-1975, section 2.14. Establish the temperature of the inlet air by means of single No. 24 AWG bead-type thermocouple, suitably shielded from direct radiation and located in the center of the plane of each inlet air opening.

    2.6.2Oil fueled vented home heating equipment (including direct vent systems). Install nine thermocouples, wired in parallel and having equal length leads, in a plane perpendicular to the axis of the flue pipe. Locate this plane at the position shown in Figure 34.4 of UL 730-1974, or Figures 35.1 and 35.2 of UL 729-1976 for a single thermocouple, except that on direct vent systems which significantly preheat the incoming combustion air, it shall be located within 6 inches (152.5 mm) of the outlet of the vent/air intake terminal. Locate one thermocouple in the center of the flue pipe and eight thermocouples along imaginary lines intersecting at right angles in this plane at points one third and two thirds of the distance between the center of the pipe and pipe wall.

    Use bead-type thermocouples having a wire size not greater than No. 24 AWG. If there is a possibility that the thermocouples could receive direct radiation from the fire, install radiation shields on the fire side of the thermocouples only and position the shields so that they do not touch the thermocouple junctions.

    Install thermocouples for measuring the conditioned warm air temperature as described in sections 35.12 through 35.17 of UL 730-1974. Establish the temperature of the inlet air by means of a single No. 24 AWG bead-type thermocouple, suitably shielded from direct radiation and located in the center of the plane of each inlet air opening.

    2.7Combustion measurement instrumentation. Analyze the samples of stack and flue gases for vented heaters to determine the concentration by volume of carbon dioxide present in the dry gas with instrumentation which will result in a reading having an accuracy of ±0.1 percentage points.

    2.8Energy flow instrumentation. Install one or more instruments, which measure the rate of gas flow or fuel oil supplied to the vented heater, and if appropriate, the electrical energy with an error no greater than one percent.

    2.9Room ambient temperature. During the time period required to perform all the testing and measurement procedures specified in section 3.0 of this appendix, maintain the room temperature within ±5° F (±2.8C) of the value TRA measured during the steady-state performance test. At no time during these tests shall the room temperature exceed 100° F (37.8C) or fall below 65° F (18.3C).

    Temperature (TRA) shall be the arithmetic average temperature of the test area, determined by measurement with four No. 24 AWG bead-type thermocouples with junctions shielded against radiation, located approximately at 90-degree positions on a circle circumscribing the heater or heater

    enclosure under test, in a horizontal plane approximately at the vertical midpoint of the appliance or test enclosure, and with the junctions approximately 24 inches from sides of the heater or test enclosure and located so as not to be affected by other than room air. Locate a thermocouple at each elevation of draft relief inlet opening and combustion air inlet opening at a distance of approximately 24 inches from the inlet openings. The temperature of the air for combustion and the air for draft relief shall not differ more than ±5° F from room temperature as measured above.

    2.10Equipment used to measure mass flow rate in flue and stack. The tracer gas chosen for this task should have a density which is less than or approximately equal to the density of air. Use a gas unreactive with the environment to be encountered. Using instrumentation of either the batch or continuous type, measure the concentration of tracer gas with an error no greater than 2 percent of the value of the concentration measured.

    3.0Testing and measurements.

    3.1Steady-state testing.

    3.1.1Gas fueled vented home heating equipment (including direct vent systems). Set up the vented heater as specified in sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3 of this appendix. The draft diverter shall be in the normal open condition and the stack shall not be insulated. (Insulation of the stack is no longer required for the vented heater test.) Begin the steady-state performance test by operating the burner and the circulating air blower, on units so equipped, with the adjustments specified by sections 2.4.1 and 2.5 of this appendix, until steady-state conditions are attained as indicated by a temperature variation of not more than 3° F (1.7 C) in the stack gas temperature for vented heaters equipped with draft diverters or 5° F (2.8 C) in the flue gas temperature for vented heaters equipped with either draft hoods or direct vent systems; in three successive readings taken 15 minutes apart.

    On units employing draft diverters, measure the room temperature (TRA) as described in section 2.9 of this appendix and measure the steady-state stack gas temperature (TS,SS) using the nine thermocouples located in the 5 foot test stack as specified in section 2.6.1 of this appendix. Secure a sample of the stack gases in the plane where TS,SS is measured or within 3.5 feet downstream of this plane. Determine the concentration by volume of carbon dioxide (XCO2S) present in the dry stack gas. If the location of the gas sampling differs from the temperature measurement plane, there shall be no air leaks through the stack between these two locations.

    On units employing draft hoods or direct vent systems, measure the room temperature (TRA) as described in section 2.9 of this appendix and measure the steady-state flue gas temperature (TF,SS), using the nine thermocouples located in the flue pipe as described in section 2.6.1 of this appendix. Secure a sample of the flue gas in the plane of temperature measurement and determine the concentration by volume of CO2 (XCO2F) present in dry flue gas. In addition, for units employing draft hoods, secure a sample of the stack gas in a horizontal plane in the five foot test stack located one foot from the test stack inlet; and determine the concentration by volume of CO2 (XCO2S) present in dry stack gas.

    Determine the steady-state heat input rate (Qin) including pilot gas by multiplying the measured higher heating value of the test gas by the steady-state gas input rate corrected to standard conditions of 60° F and 30 inches of mercury. Use measured values of gas temperature and pressure at the meter and the barometric pressure to correct the metered gas flow rate to standard conditions.

    After the above test measurements have been completed on units employing draft diverters, secure a sample of the flue gases at the exit of the heat exchanger(s) and determine the concentration of CO2 (XCO2F) present. In obtaining this sample of flue gas, move the sampling probe around or use a sample probe with multiple sampling ports in order to assure that an average value is obtained for the CO2 concentration. For units with multiple heat exchanger outlets, measure the CO2 concentration in a sample from each outlet to obtain the average CO2 concentration for the unit. A manifold (parallel connected sampling tubes) may be used to obtain this sample.

    For heaters with single stage thermostat control (wall mounted electric thermostats), determine the steady-state efficiency at the maximum fuel input rate as specified in section 2.4 of this appendix.

    For gas fueled vented heaters equipped with either two stage thermostats or step-modulating thermostats, determine the steady-state efficiency at the maximum fuel input rate, as specified in section 2.4.1 of this appendix, and at the reduced fuel input rate, as specified in section 2.4.1 of this appendix.

    For manually controlled gas fueled vented heaters, with various input rates determine the steady-state efficiency at a fuel input rate that is within ±5 percent of 50 percent of the maximum fuel input rate. If the heater is designed to use a control that precludes operation at other than maximum output (single firing rate) determine the steady state efficiency at the maximum input rate only.

    3.1.2Oil fueled vented home heating equipment (including direct vent systems). Set up and adjust the vented heater as specified in sections 2.1, 2.2, and 2.3.4 of this appendix. Begin the steady-state performance test by operating the burner and the circulating air blower, on units so equipped, with the adjustments specified by sections 2.4.2 and 2.5 of this appendix until steady-state conditions are attained as indicated by a temperature variation of not more than 5° F (2.8 C) in the flue gas temperature in three successive readings taken 15 minutes apart.

    Do not allow smoke in the flue, for units equipped with power burners, to exceed a No. 1 smoke during the steady-state performance test as measured by the procedure described in ANSI standard Z11.182-1965 (R1971) (ASTM D 2156-65 (1970)). Maintain the average draft over the fire and in the breeching during the steady-state performance test at that recommended by the manufacturer ±0.005 inches of water gauge.

    Measure the room temperature (TRA) as described in section 2.9 of this appendix and measure the steady-state flue gas temperature (TF,SS) using nine thermocouples located in the flue pipe as described in section 2.6.2 of this appendix. Secure a sample of the flue gas in the plane of temperature measurement and determine the concentration by volume of CO2(XCO2F) present in dry flue gas. Measure and record the steady-state heat input rate (Qin).

    For manually controlled oil fueled vented heaters, determine the steady-state efficiency at a fuel input rate that is within ±5 percent of 50 percent of the maximum fuel input rate.

    3.1.3Auxiliary Electric Power Measurement. Allow the auxiliary electrical system of a gas or oil vented heater to operate for at least five minutes before recording the maximum auxiliary electric power measurement from the wattmeter. Record the maximum electric power (PE) expressed in kilowatts. For vented heaters with modulating controls, the recorded (PE) shall be maximum measured electric power multiplied by the following factor (R). For two stage controls, R=1.3. For step modulating controls, R=1.4 when the ratio of minimum-to-maximum fuel input is greater than or equal to 0.7, R=1.7 when the ratio of minimum-to-maximum fuel input is less than 0.7 and greater than or equal to 0.5, and R=2.2 when the ratio of minimum-to-maximum fuel input is less than 0.5.

    3.2Jacket loss measurement. Conduct a jacket loss test for vented floor furnaces. Measure the jacket loss (Lj) in accordance with the ANSI standard Z21.48-1976 section 2.12.

    3.3Measurement of the off-cycle losses for vented heaters equipped with thermal stack dampers. Install the thermal stack damper according to the manufacturer's instructions. Unless specified otherwise, the thermal stack damper should be at the draft diverter exit collar. Attach a five foot length of bare stack to the outlet of the damper. Install thermocouples as specified in section 2.6.1 of this appendix.

    For vented heaters equipped with single stage thermostats, measure the off-cycle losses at the maximum fuel input rate. For vented heaters equipped with two stage thermostats, measure the off-cycle losses at the maximum fuel input rate and at the reduced fuel input rate. For vented heaters equipped with step-modulating thermostats, measure the off-cycle losses at the reduced fuel input rate.

    Let the vented heater heat up to a steady-state condition. Feed a tracer gas at a constant metered rate into the stack directly above and within one foot above the stack damper. Record tracer gas flow rate and temperature. Measure the tracer gas concentration in the stack at several locations in a horizontal plane through a cross section of the stack at a point sufficiently above the stack damper to ensure that the tracer gas is well mixed in the stack.

    Continuously measure the tracer gas concentration and temperature during a 10 minute cool down period. Shut the burner off and immediately begin measuring tracer gas concentration in the stack, stack temperature, room temperature, and barometric pressure. Record these values as the midpoint of each one-minute interval between burner shut down and ten minutes after burner shut down. Meter response time and sampling delay time shall be considered in timing these measurements.

    3.4Measurement of the effectiveness of electro-mechanical stack dampers. For vented heaters equipped with electro-mechanical stack dampers, measure the cross sectional area of the stack (As), the net area of the damper plate (Ao), and the angle that the damper plate makes when closed with a plane perpendicular to the axis of the stack (Ω). The net area of the damper plate means the area of the damper plate minus the area of any holes through the damper plate.

    3.5Pilot light measurement.

    3.5.1Measure the energy input rate to the pilot light (QP) with an error no greater than 3 percent for vented heaters so equipped.

    3.5.2For manually controlled heaters where the pilot light is designed to be turned off by the user when the heater is not in use, that is, turning the control to the OFF position will shut off the gas supply to the burner(s) and to the pilot light, the measurement of QP is not needed. This provision applies only if an instruction to turn off the unit is provided on the heater near the gas control valve (e.g. by label) by the manufacturer.

    3.6Optional procedure for determining Dp’ DF’ and Ds for systems for all types of vented heaters. For all types of vented heaters, Dp’ DF’ and DS can be measured by the following optional cool down test.

    Conduct a cool down test by letting the unit heat up until steady-state conditions are reached, as indicated by temperature variation of not more than 5°F (2.8°C) in the flue gas temperature in three successive readings taken 15 minutes apart, and then shutting the unit off with the stack or flue damper controls by-passed or adjusted so that the stack or flue damper remains open during the resulting cool down period. If a draft was maintained on oil fueled units in the flue pipe during the steady-state performance test described in section 3.1 of this appendix, maintain the same draft (within a range of −.001 to +.005 inches of water gauge of the average steady-state draft) during this cool down period.

    Measure the flue gas mass flow rate (mF,OFF) during the cool down test described above at a specific off-period flue gas temperature and corrected to obtain its value at the steady-state flue gas temperature (TF,SS), using the procedure described below.

    Within one minute after the unit is shut off to start the cool down test for determining DF, begin feeding a tracer gas into the combustion chamber at a constant flow rate of VT, and at a point which will allow for the best possible mixing with the air flowing through the chamber. (On units equipped with an oil fired power burner, the best location for injecting this tracer gas appears to be through a hole drilled in the air tube.) Periodically measure the value of VT with an instantaneously reading flow meter having an accuracy of ±3 percent of the quantity measured. Maintain VT at less than 1 percent of the air flow rate through the furnace. If a combustible tracer gas is used, there should be a delay period between the time the burner gas is shut off and the time the tracer gas is first injected to prevent ignition of the tracer gas.

    Between 5 and 6 minutes after the unit is shut off to start the cool down test, measure at the exit of the heat exchanger the average flue gas temperature, T*F,Off. At the same instant the flue gas temperature is measured, also measure the percent volumetric concentration of tracer gas CT in the flue gas in the same plane where T*F,Off is determined. Obtain the concentration of tracer gas using an instrument which will result in an accuracy of ±2 percent in the value of CT measured. If use of a continuous reading type instrument results in a delay time between drawing of a sample and its analysis, this delay should be taken into account so that the temperature measurement and the measurement of tracer gas concentration coincide. In addition, determine the temperature of the tracer gas entering the flow meter (TT) and the barometric pressure (PB).

    The rate of the flue gas mass flow through the vented heater and the factors DP, DF, and DS are calculated by the equations in sections 4.5.1 through 4.5.3 of this appendix.

    4.0Calculations.

    4.1Annual fuel utilization efficiency for gas or oil fueled vented home heating equipment equipped without manual controls and without thermal stack dampers. The following procedure determines the annual fuel utilization efficiency for gas or oil fueled vented home heating equipment equipped without manual controls and without thermal stack dampers.

    4.1.1System number. Obtain the system number from Table 1 of this appendix.

    4.1.2Off-cycle flue gas draft factor. Based on the system number, determine the off-cycle flue gas draft factor (DF) from Table 1 of this appendix.

    4.1.3Off-cycle stack gas draft factor. Based on the system number, determine the off-cycle stack gas draft factor (Ds) from Table 1 of this appendix.

    4.1.4Pilot fraction. Calculate the pilot fraction (PF) expressed as a decimal and defined as:

    PF = QP/Qin where: QP = as defined in 3.5 of this appendix Qin = as defined in 3.1 of this appendix at the maximum fuel input rate

    4.1.5Jacket loss for floor furnaces. Determine the jacket loss (Lj) expressed as a percent and measured in accordance with section 3.2 of this appendix. For other vented heaters Lj=0.0.

    4.1.6Latent heat loss. Based on the fuel, obtain the latent heat loss (LL,A) from Table 2 of this appendix.

    4.1.7Ratio of combustion air mass flow rate to stoichiometric air mass flow rate. Determine the ratio of combustion air mass flow rate to stoichiometric air mass flow rate (RT,F), and defined as:

    RT,F=A+B/XCO2F where: A=as determined from Table 2 of this appendix B=as determined from Table 2 of this appendix XCO2F=as defined in 3.1 of this appendix

    4.1.8Ratio of combustion and relief air mass flow rate to stoichiometric air mass flow rate. For vented heaters equipped with either an integral draft diverter or a drafthood, determine the ratio of combustion and relief air mass flow rate to stoichiometric air mass flow rate (RT,S), and defined as:

    RT,S=A+[B/XCO2S] where: A=as determined from Table 2 of this appendix B=as determined from Table 2 of this appendix XCO2S=as defined in 3.1 of this appendix

    4.1.9Sensible heat loss at steady-state operation. For vented heaters equipped with either an integral draft diverter or a draft hood, determine the sensible heat loss at steady-state operation (LS,SS,A) expressed as a percent and defined as:

    where: LS,SS,A=C(RT,S+D)(TS,SS−TRA) C=as determined from Table 2 of this appendix RT,S=as defined in 4.1.8 of this appendix D=as determined from Table 2 of this appendix TS,SS=as defined in 3.1 of this appendix TRA=as defined in 2.9 of this appendix

    For vented heaters equipped without an integral draft diverter, determine (LS,SS,A) expressed as a percent and defined as:

    LS,SS,A=C(RT,F+D)(TF,SS−TRA) where: C=as determined from Table 2 of this appendix RT,F=as defined in 4.1.7 of this appendix D=as determined from Table 2 of this appendix TF,SS=as defined in 3.1 of this appendix TRA=as defined in 2.9 of this appendix

    4.1.10Steady-state efficiency. For vented heaters equipped with single stage thermostats, calculate the steady-state efficiency (excluding jacket loss, η SS, expressed in percent and defined as:

    η SS=100−LL,A−LS,SS,A where: LL,A=as defined in 4.1.6 of this appendix LS,SS,A=as defined in 4.1.9 of this appendix

    For vented heaters equipped with either two stage thermostats or with step-modulating thermostats, calculate the steady-state efficiency at the reduced fuel input rate, η SS, L, expressed in percent and defined as:

    η SS-L=100−LL,A−LS,SS,A where: LL,A=as defined in 4.1.6 of this appendix LS,SS,A=as defined in 4.1.9 of this appendix in which LS,SS,A is determined at the reduced fuel input rate

    For vented heaters equipped with two stage thermostats, calculate the steady-state efficiency at the maximum fuel input rate,

    η SS-H, expressed in percent and defined as: η SS-H=100−LL,A−LS,SS,A where: LL,A=as defined in 4.1.6 of this appendix LS,SS,A=as defined in 4.1.9 of this appendix in which LS,SS,A is measured at the maximum fuel input rate

    For vented heaters equipped with step-modulating thermostats, calculate the weighted-average steady-state efficiency in the modulating mode, η SS-MOD, expressed in percent and defined as:

    EC04OC91.060 where: η SS-H=as defined in 4.1.10 of this appendix η SS-L=as defined in 4.1.10 of this appendix TOA*=average outdoor temperature for vented heaters with step-modulating thermostats operating in the modulating mode and is obtained from Table 3 or Figure 1 of this appendix TC=balance point temperature which represents a temperature used to apportion the annual heating load between the reduced input cycling mode and either the modulating mode or maximum input cycling mode and is obtained either from Table 3 of this appendix or calculated by the following equation: TC=65−[(65−15)R] where: 65=average outdoor temperature at which a vented heater starts operating 15=national average outdoor design temperature for vented heaters R=ratio of reduced to maximum heat output rates, as defined in 4.1.13 of this appendix

    4.1.11Reduced heat output rate. For vented heaters equipped with either two stage thermostats or step-modulating thermostats, calculate the reduced heat output rate

    (Qred-out) defined as: Qred-out=η SS-L Qred-in where: η SS-L=as defined in 4.1.10 of this appendix Qred-in=the reduced fuel input rate

    4.1.12Maximum heat output rate. For vented heaters equipped with either two stage thermostats or step-modulating thermostas, calculate the maximum heat output rate (Qmax-out) defined as:

    Qmax,out&equal≧ hSS,H Qmax,in where: η SS-H=as defined in 4.1.10 of this appendix Qmax-in=the maximum fuel input rate

    4.1.13Ratio of reduced to maximum heat output rates. For vented heaters equipped with either two stage thermostats or step-modulating thermostats, calculate the ratio of reduced to maximum heat output rates (R) expressed as a decimal and defined as:

    R=Qred-out/Qmax-out where: Qred-out=as defined in 4.1.11 of this appendix Qmax-out=as defined in 4.1.12 of this appendix

    4.1.14Fraction of heating load at reduced operating mode. For vented heaters equipped with either two stage thermostats or step-modulating thermostats, determine the fraction of heating load at the reduced operating mode (X1) expressed as a decimal and listed in Table 3 of this appendix or obtained from Figure 2 of this appendix.

    4.1.15Fraction of heating load at maximum operating mode or noncycling mode. For vented heaters equipped with either two stage thermostats or step-modulating therostats, determine the fraction of heating load at the maximum operating mode or noncycling mode (X2) expressed as a decimal and listed in Table 3 of this appendix or obtained from Figure 2 of this appendix.

    4.1.16Weighted-average steady-state efficiency. For vented heaters equipped with single stage thermostats, the weighted-average steady-state efficiency (η SS-WT) is equal to η SS, as defined in section 4.1.10 of this appendix. For vented heaters equipped with two stage thermostats, η SS-WT is defined as:

    η SS-WT=X1 η SS-L+X2 η SS-H where: X1=as defined in 4.1.14 of this appendix η SS-L=as defined in 4.1.10 of this appendix X2=as defined in 4.1.15 of this appendix η SS-H=as defined in 4.1.10 of this appendix

    For vented heaters equipped with step-modulating thermostats, η SS-WT is defined as:

    η SS-WT=X1 η SS-L+X2 η SS-MOD where: X1=as defined in 4.1.14 of this appendix η SS-L=as defined in 4.1.10 of this appendix X2=as defined in 4.1.15 of this appendix η SS-MOD=as defined in 4.1.10 of this appendix

    4.1.17Annual fuel utilization efficiency. Calculate the annual fuel utilization efficiency (AFUE) expressed as percent and defined as:

    AFUE=[0.968η SS- WT]−1.78DF−1.89DS−129PF−2.8 LJ+1.81 where: η SS-WT=as defined in 4.1.16 of this appendix DF=as defined in 4.1.2 of this appendix DS=as defined in 4.1.3 of this appendix PF=as defined in 4.1.4 of this appendix LJ=as defined in 4.1.5 of this appendix

    4.2Annual fuel utilization efficiency for gas or oil fueled vented home heating equipment equipped with manual controls. The following procedure determines the annual fuel utilization efficiency for gas or oil fueled vented home heating equipment equipped with manual controls.

    4.2.1Average ratio of stack gas mass flow rate to flue gas mass flow rate at steady-state operation. For vented heaters equipped with either direct vents or direct exhaust or are outdoor units, the average ratio of stack gas mass flow rate to flue gas mass flow rate at steady-state operation (S/F) shall be equal to unity. (S/F=1.) For all other types of vented heaters, calculate (S/F) defined as:

    S/F=1.3RT,S/RT,F where: RT,S=as defined in 4.1.8 of this appendix with XCO2s measured at 50% fuel input rate RT,F=as defined in 4.1.7 of this appendix with XCO2F measured at 50% fuel input rate

    4.2.2Multiplication factor for infiltration loss during burner on-cycle. Calculate the multiplication factor for infiltration loss during burner on-cycle (KI,ON) defined as:

    KI,ON=100(0.24) (S/F) (0.7) [1+RT,F(A/F)]/HHVA where: 100=converts a decimal fraction into a percent 0.24=specific heat of air A/F=stoichiometric air/fuel ratio, determined in accordance with Table 2 of this appendix S/F=as defined in 4.2.1 of this appendix at 50 percent of rated maximum fuel input 0.7=infiltration parameter RT,F=as defined in 4.1.7 of this appendix HHVA=average higher heating value of the test fuel, determined in accordance with Table 2 of this appendix

    4.2.3On-cycle infiltration heat loss. Calculate the on-cycle infiltration heat loss (LI,ON) expressed as a percent and defined as:

    LI,ON=KI,ON (70-45) where: KI,ON=as defined in 4.2.2 of this appendix 70=average indoor temperature 45=average outdoor temperature

    4.2.4Weighted-average steady-state efficiency.

    4.2.4.1For manually controlled heaters with various input rates the weighted average steady-state efficiency (h SS−WT), is determined as follows:

    (1) at 50 percent of the maximum fuel input rate as measured in either section 3.1.1 of this appendix for manually controlled gas vented heaters or section 3.1.2 of this appendix for manually controlled oil vented heaters, or

    (2) at the minimum fuel input rate as measured in either section 3.1.1 to this appendix for manually controlled gas vented heaters or section 3.1.2 to this appendix for manually controlled oil vented heaters if the design of the heater is such that the ± 5 percent of 50 percent of the maximum fuel input rate cannot be set, provided this minimum rate is no greater than 2/3 of maximum input rate of the heater.

    4.2.4.2For manually controlled heater with one single firing rate the weighted average steady-state efficiency is the steady-state efficiency measured at the single firing rate.

    4.2.5Part-load fuel utilization efficiency. Calculate the part-load fuel utilization efficiency (η u) expressed as a percent and defined as:

    η u=η SS ‐ WT−LI,ON where: η SS ‐ WT=as defined in 4.2.4 of this appendix LI,ON=as defined in 4.2.3 of this appendix

    4.2.6Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency.

    4.2.6.1For manually controlled vented heaters, calculate the AFUE expressed as a percent and defined as:

    ER12MY97.040 where: 2,950=average number of heating degree days h SS=as defined as h SS−WT in 4.2.4 of this appendix h u=as defined in 4.2.5 of this appendix Qin−max=as defined as Qin at the maximum fuel input rate, as defined in 3.1 of this appendix 4,600=average number of non-heating season hours per year QP=as defined in 3.5 of this appendix 2.083=(65-15)/24=50/24 65=degree day base temperature, °F 15=national average outdoor design temperature for vented heaters as defined in section 4.1.10 of this appendix 24=number of hours in a day

    4.2.6.2For manually controlled vented heaters where the pilot light can be turned off by the user when the heater is not in use as described in section 3.5.2, calculate the AFUE expressed as a percent and defined as:

    AFUE=h u where: h u=as defined in section 4.2.5 of this appendix

    4.3Annual fuel utilization efficiency by the tracer gas method. The annual fuel utilization efficiency shall be determined by the following tracer gas method for all vented heaters equipped with thermal stack dampers. All other types of vented heaters can elect to use the following tracer gas method, as an optional procedure.

    4.3.1On-cycle sensible heat loss. For vented heaters equipped with single stage thermostats, calculate the on-cycle sensible heat loss (LS,ON) expressed as a percent and defined as:

    LS,ON=LS,SS,A where: LS,SS,A=as defined in 4.1.9 of this appendix

    For vented heaters equipped with two stage thermostats, calculate LS,ON defined as:

    LS,ON=X1 LS,SS,A - red+X2 LS,SS,A - max where: X1=as defined in 4.1.14 of this appendix LS,SS,A - red=as defined as LS,SS,A in 4.1.9 of this appendix at the reduced fuel input rate X2=as defined in 4.1.15 of this appendix LS,SS,A‐max=as defined as LS,SS,A in 4.1.9 of this appendix at the maximum fuel input rate

    For vented heaters with step-modulating thermostats, calculate LS,ON defined as:

    LS,ON=X1 LS,SS,A‐red+X2 LS,SS,A‐avg where: X=1-as defined in 4.1.14 of this appendix LLS,SS,A‐red=as defined in 4.3.1 of this appendix X2=as defined in 4.1.15 of this appendix LS,SS,A‐avg=average sensible heat loss for step-modulating vented heaters operating in the modulating mode EC04OC91.062 where: LS,SS,A‐avg=as defined in 4.3.1 of this appendix TC=as defined in 4.1.10 of this appendix TOA *=as defined in 4.1.10 of this appendix 15=as defined in 4.1.10 of this appendix

    4.3.2 On-cycle infiltration heat loss. For vented heaters equipped with single stage thermostats, calculate the on-cycle infiltration heat loss (LI,ON) expressed as a percent and defined as:

    LI,ON=KI,ON(70-45) where: KI,ON=as defined in 4.2.2 of this appendix 70=as defined in 4.2.3 of this appendix 45=as defined in 4.2.3 of this appendix

    For vented heaters equipped with two stage thermostats, calculate LI,ON defined as:

    LI,ON=X1KI,ON‐Max(70-TOA *)+X2KI,ON,red(70-TOA) where: X1=as defined in 4.1.14 of this appendix KI,ON‐max&thnsp≧=as defined as KI,ON in 4.2.2 of this appendix at the maximum heat input rate 70=as defined in 4.2.3 of this appendix TOA *=as defined in 4.3.4 of this appendix KI,ON ,red=as defined as KI,ON in 4.2.2 of this appendix at the minimum heat input rate TOA=as defined in 4.3.4 of this appendix X2=as defined in 4.1.15 of this appendix

    For vented heaters equipped with step-modulating thermostats, calculate LI,ON defined as:

    LI,ON=X1 KI,ON‐avg(70-TOA *)+X2 KI,ON -red(70-TOA) where: X1=as defined in 4.1.14 of this appendix EC14NO91.051 70=as defined in 4.2.3 of this appendix TOA *=as defined in 4.3.4 of this appendix X2=as defined in 4.1.15 of this appendix TOA=as defined in 4.3.4 of this appendix

    4.3.3Off-cycle sensible heat loss. For vented heaters equipped with single stage thermostats, calculate the off-cycle sensible heat loss (LS,OFF) at the maximum fuel input rate. For vented heaters equipped with step-modulating thermostats, calculate LS,OFF defined as:

    LS,OFF=X1 LS,OFF,red where: X1=as defined in 4.1.14 of this appendix LS,OFF,red=as defined as LS,OFF in 4.3.3 of this appendix at the reduced fuel input rate

    For vented heaters equipped with two stage thermostats, calculate LS,OFF defined as:

    LS,OFF=X1 LS,OFF,red+X2 LS,OFF,Max where: X1=as defined in 4.1.14 of this appendix LS,OFF,red=as defined as LS,OFF in 4.3.3 of this appendix at the reduced fuel input rate X2=as defined in 4.1.15 of this appendix LS,OFF,Max=as defined as LS,OFF in 4.3.3 of this appendix at the maximum fuel input rate

    Calculate the off-cycle sensible heat loss (LS,OFF) expressed as a percent and defined as:

    EC04OC91.063 where: 100=conversion factor for percent 0.24=specific heat of air in Btu per pound−° F Qin=fuel input rate, as defined in 3.1 of this appendix in Btu per minute (as appropriate for the firing rate) ton=average burner on-time per cycle and is 20 minutes Σ mS,OFF(TS,OFF−TRA)=summation of the twenty values of the quantity, mS,OFF(TS,-OFF−TRA), measured in accordance with 3.3 of this appendix mS,OFF=stack gas mass flow rate pounds per minute EC04OC91.064 TS,OFF=stack gas temperature measured in accordance with 3.3 of this appendix TRA=average room temperature measured in accordance with 3.3 of this appendix PB=barometric pressure in inches of mercury VT=flow rate of the tracer gas through the stack in cubic feet per minute CT *=concentration by volume of the active tracer gas in the mixture in percent and is 100 when the tracer gas is a single component gas CT=concentration by volume of the active tracer gas in the diluted stack gas in percent TT=temperature of the tracer gas entering the flow meter in degrees Fahrenheit (TT+460)=absolute temperature of the tracer gas entering the flow meter in degrees Rankine

    4.3.4Average outdoor temperature. For vented heaters equipped with single stage thermostats, the average outdoor temperature (TOA) is 45° F. For vented heaters equipped with either two stage thermostats or step-modulating thermostats, TOA during the reduced operating mode is obtained from Table 3 or Figure 1 of this appendix. For vented heaters equipped with two stage thermostats, TOA* during the maximum operating mode is obtained from Table 3 or Figure 1 of this appendix.

    4.3.5Off-cycle infiltration heat loss. For vented heaters equipped with single stage thermostats, calculate the off-cycle infiltration heat loss (LI,OFF) at the maximum fuel input rate. For vented heaters equipped with step-modulating thermostats, calculate LI,OFF defined as: LI,OFF=X1 LI,OFF,red where: X1=as defined in 4.1.14 of this appendix LI,OFF,red=as defined in LI,OFF in 4.3.3 of this appendix at the reduced fuel input rate

    For vented heaters equipped with two stage thermostats, calculate LI,OFF defined as:

    LI,OFF=X1 LI,OFF,red+ X 2 LI,OFF,max where: X1=as defined in 4.1.14 of this appendix LI,OFF,red=as defined as LI,OFF in 4.3.3 of this appendix at the reduced fuel input rate X2=as defined in 4.1.15 of this appendix LI,OFF,Max=as defined as LI,OFF in 4.3.3 of this appendix at the maximum fuel input rate

    Calculate the off-cycle infiltration heat loss (LI,OFF) expressed as a percent and defined as:

    EC04OC91.065 where: 100=conversion factor for percent 0.24=specific heat of air in Btu per pound−° F 1.3=dimensionless factor for converting laboratory measured stack flow to typical field conditions 0.7=infiltration parameter 70=assumed average indoor air temperature, ° F TOA=average outdoor temperature as defined in 4.3.4 of this appendix Qin=fuel input rate, as defined in 3.1 of this appendix in Btu per minute (as appropriate for the firing rate) ton=average burner on-time per cycle and is 20 minutes Σ mS,OFF=summation of the twenty values of the quantity, mS,OFF, measured in accordance with 3.3 of this appendix mS,OFF=as defined in 4.3.3 of this appendix

    4.3.6Part-load fuel utilization efficiency. Calculate the part-load fuel utilization efficiency (η u ) expressed as a percent and defined as:

    EC14NO91.052 where: Cj=2.8, adjustment factor Lj=jacket loss as defined in 4.1.5 LL,A=as defined in 4.1.6 of this appendix ton=as defined in 4.3.3 of this appendix LS,ON=as defined in 4.3.1 of this appendix LS,OFF=as defined in 4.3.3 of this appendix LI,ON=as defined in 4.3.2 of this appendix LI,OFF=as defined in 4.1.4 of this appendix PF=as defined in 4.1.4 of this appendix tOFF=average burner off-time per cycle and is 20 minutes

    4.3.7Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency.

    Calculate the AFUE expressed as a percent and defined as:

    ER12MY97.041 where: 2,950=average number of heating degree days h SS-WT=as defined in 4.1.16 of this appendix h u=as defined in 4.3.6 of this appendix Qin−max=as defined in 4.2.6 of this appendix 4,600=as specified in 4.2.6 of this appendix QP=as defined in 3.5 of this appendix 2.083=as specified in 4.2.6 of this appendix

    4.4Stack damper effectiveness for vented heaters equipped with electro-mechanical stack dampers. Determine the stack damper effectiveness for vented heaters equipped with electro-mechanical stack dampers (Do), defined as:

    Do=1.62 [1—AD cos Ω/AS] where: AD=as defined in 3.4 of this appendix Ω=as defined in 3.4 of this appendix AS=as defined in 3.4 of this appendix

    4.5Addition requirements for vented home heating equipment using indoor air for combustion and draft control. For vented home heating equipment using indoor air for combustion and draft control, DF, as described in section 4.1.2 of this appendix, and DS, as described in section 4.1.3 of this appendix, shall be determined from Table 1 of this appendix.

    4.5.1Optional procedure for determining DP for vented home heating equipment. Calculate the ratio (DP) of the rate of flue gas mass through the vented heater during the off-period, MF,OFF(TF,SS), to the rate of flue gas mass flow during the on-period, MF,SS(TF,SS), and defined as:

    DP=MF,OFF(TF,SS)/MF,SS(TF,SS)

    For vented heaters in which no draft is maintained during the steady-state or cool down tests, MF,OFF(TF,SS) is defined as:

    EC04OC91.067

    For oil fueled vented heaters in which an imposed draft is maintained, as described in section 3.6 of this appendix, MF,OFF(TF,SS) is defined as:

    MF,OFF(TF,SS)=MF,OFF(T*F,SS) where: TF,SS=as defined in 3.1.1 of this appendix T*F,OFF=flue gas temperature during the off-period measured in accordance with 3.6 of this appendix in degrees Fahrenheit TRA=as defined in 2.9 of this appendix EC04OC91.068 pB=barometric pressure measured in accordance with 3.6 of this appendix in inches of mercury VT=flow rate of tracer gas through the vented heater measured in accordance with 3.6 of this appendix in cubic feet per minute CT=concentration by volume of tracer gas present in the flue gas sample measured in accordance with 3.6 of this appendix in percent CT*=concentration by volume of the active tracer gas in the mixture in percent and is 100 when the tracer gas is a single component gas TT=the temperature of the tracer gas entering the flow meter measured in accordance with 3.6 of this appendix in degrees Fahrenheit (TT+460)=absolute temperature of the tracer gas entering the flow meter in degrees Rankine MF,SS(TF,SS)=Qin[RT,F(A/F)+1]/[60HHVA] Qin=as defined in 3.1 of this appendix RT,F=as defined in 4.1.7 of this appendix A/F=as defined in 4.2.2 of this appendix HHVA=as defined in 4.2.2 of this appendix

    4.5.2Optional procedure for determining off-cycle draft factor for flue gas flow for vented heaters. For systems numbered 1 thru 10, calculate the off-cycle draft factor for flue gas flow (DF) defined as:

    DF=DP

    For systems numbered 11 or 12: DF=DP DO

    where: Dp=as defined in 4.5.1. of this appendix DO=as defined in 4.4 of this appendix

    4.5.3Optional procedure for determining off-cycle draft factor for stack gas flow for vented heaters. Calculate the off-cycle draft factor for stack gas flow (DS) defined as:

    For systems numbered 1 or 2: DS=1.0 For systems numbered 3 or 4: DS=(DP+0.79)/1.4 For systems numbered 5 or 6: DS=DO For systems numbered 7 or 8 and if DO(S/F)<1:DS=DO DP For systems numbered 7 or 8 and if DO(S/F)>1: DS=DO DP+[0.85−DO DP] [DO(S/F)−1]/[S/F−1] where: DP=as defined in 4.5.1 of this appendix DO=as defined in 4.4 of this appendix

    4.6Annual energy consumption.

    4.6.1National average number of burner operating hours. For vented heaters equipped with single stage controls or manual controls, the national average number of burner operating hours (BOH) is defined as:

    BOHSS=1,416AFA DHR−1,416 B where: 1,416=national average heating load hours for vented heaters based on 2,950 degree days and 15°F outdoor design temperature AF=0.7067, adjustment factor to adjust the calculated design heating requirement and heating load hours to the actual heating load experienced by the heating system DHR=typical design heating requirements based on QOUT, from Table 4 of this appendix. QOUT=[(h SS/100)−Cj (Lj/100)] Qin Lj=jacket loss as defined in 4.1.5 of this appendix Cj=2.8, adjustment factor as defined in 4.3.6 of this appendix h SS=steady-state efficiency as defined in 4.1.10 of this appendix, percent Qin=as defined in 3.1 of this appendix at the maximum fuel input rate A=100,000/[341,300PE+(Qin−QP)h u] B=2.938(QP) h u A/100,000 100,000=factor that accounts for percent and kBtu PE=as defined in 3.1.3 of this appendix QP=as defined in 3.5 of this appendix h u=as defined in 4.3.6 of this appendix for vented heaters using the tracer gas method, percent =as defined in 4.2.5 of this appendix for manually controlled vented heaters, percent =2,950 AFUEh SS Qin/[2,950 h SS Qin—AFUE(2.083)(4,600)QP], for vented heaters equipped without manual controls and without thermal stack dampers and not using the optional tracer gas method, where: AFUE=as defined in 4.1.17 of this appendix, percent 2,950=average number of heating degree days as defined in 4.2.6 of this appendix 4,600=average number of non-heating season hours per year as defined in 4.2.6 of this appendix 2.938=(4,160/1,416)=ratio of the average length of the heating season in hours to the average heating load hours 2.083=as specified in 4.2.6 of this appendix

    4.6.1.1For vented heaters equipped with two stage or step modulating controls the national average number of burner operating hours at the reduced operating mode is defined as:

    BOHR=X1EM/Qred-in where: X1=as defined in 4.1.14 of this appendix Qred-in=as defined in 4.1.11 of this appendix EM=average annual energy used during the heating season =(Qin−QP)BOHSS+(8,760−4,600)QP Qin=as defined in 3.1 of this appendix at the maximum fuel input rate QP=as defined in 3.5 of this appendix BOHSS=as defined in 4.6.1 of this appendix, in which the term PE in the factor A is increased by the factor R, which is defined in 3.1.3 of this appendix as: R=1.3 for two stage controls =1.4 for step modulating controls when the ratio of minimum-to-maximum fuel input is greater than or equal to 0.7 =1.7 for step modulating controls when the ratio of minimum-to-maximum fuel input is less than 0.7 and greater than or equal to 0.5 =2.2 for step modulating controls when the ratio of minimum-to-maximum fuel input is less than 0.5 A=100,000/[341,300 PE R+(Qin−QP)h u] 8,760=total number of hours per year 4,600=as specified in 4.2.6 of this appendix

    4.6.1.2For vented heaters equipped with two stage or step modulating controls the national average number of burner operating hours at the maximum operating mode (BOHH) is defined as:

    BOHH=X2EM/Qin where: X2=as defined in 4.1.15 of this appendix EM=average annual energy used during the heating season =(Qin−QP)BOHSS+(8,760−4,600)QP Qin=as defined in 3.1 of this appendix at the maximum fuel input rate

    4.6.2Average annual fuel energy for gas or oil fueled vented heaters. For vented heaters equipped with single stage controls or manual controls, the average annual fuel energy consumption (EF) is expressed in Btu per year and defined as:

    EF=BOHSS (Qin−QP)+8,760 QP where: BOHSS=as defined in 4.6.1 of this appendix Qin=as defined in 3.1 of this appendix QP=as defined in 3.5 of this appendix 8,760=as specified in 4.6.1 of this appendix

    4.6.2.1For vented heaters equipped with either two stage or step modulating controls EF is defined as:

    EF=EM+4,600QP where: EM=as defined in 4.6.1.2 of this appendix 4,600=as specified 4.2.6 of this appendix QP=as defined in 3.5 of this appendix

    4.6.3Average annual auxiliary electrical energy consumption for vented heaters. For vented heaters with single stage controls or manual controls the average annual auxiliary electrical consumption (EAE) is expressed in kilowatt-hours and defined as:

    EAE=BOHSSPE where: BOHSS=as defined in 4.6.1 of this appendix PE=as defined in 3.1.3 of this appendix

    4.6.3.1For vented heaters equipped with two stage or modulating controls EAE is defined as:

    EAE=(BOHR+BOHH)PE where: BOHR=as defined in 4.6.1 of this appendix BOHH=as defined in 4.6.1 of this appendix PE=as defined in 3.1.3 of this appendix

    4.6.4Average annual energy consumption for vented heaters located in a different geographic region of the United States and in buildings with different design heating requirements.

    4.6.4.1Average annual fuel energy consumption for gas or oil fueled vented home heaters located in a different geographic region of the United States and in buildings with different design heating requirements. For gas or oil fueled vented heaters the average annual fuel energy consumption for a specific geographic region and a specific typical design heating requirement (EFR) is expressed in Btu per year and defined as:

    EFR=(EF−8,760 QP)(HLH/1,416)+8,760QP where: EF=as defined in 4.6.2 of this appendix 8,760=as specified in 4.6.1 of this appendix QP=as defined in 3.5 of this appendix HLH=heating load hours for a specific geographic region determined from the heating load hour map in Figure 3 of this appendix 1,416=as specified in 4.6.1 of this appendix

    4.6.4.2Average annual auxiliary electrical energy consumption for gas or oil fueled vented home heaters located in a different geographic region of the United States and in buildings with different design heating requirements. For gas or oil fueled vented home heaters the average annual auxiliary electrical energy consumption for a specific geographic region and a specific typical design heating requirement (EAER) is expressed in kilowatt-hours and defined as:

    EAER=EAE HLH/1,416 where: EAE=as defined in 4.6.3 of this appendix HLH=as defined in 4.6.4.1 of this appendix 1,416=as specified in 4.6.1 of this appendix Table 1—Off-Cycle Draft Factors for Flue Gas Flow (D F ) and for Stack Gas Flow (D S ) for Vented Home Heating Equipment Equipped Without Thermal Stack Dampers System number (DF) (DS) Burner type Venting system type 1 1 1.0 1.0 Atmospheric Draft hood or diverter. 2 0.4 1.0 Power Draft hood or diverter. 3 1.0 1.0 Atmospheric Barometric draft regulator. 4 0.4 0.85 Power Barometric draft regulator. 5 1.0 Do Atmospheric Draft hood or diverter with damper. 6 0.4 Do Power Draft hood or diverter with damper. 7 1.0 Do Atmospheric Barometric draft regulator with damper. 8 0.4 Do Dp Power Barometric draft regulator with damper. 9 1.0 Atmospheric Direct vent. 10 0.4 Power Direct vent. 11 Do. Atmospheric Direct vent with damper. 12 0.4 Do Power Direct vent with damper. 1 Venting systems listed with dampers means electro-mechanical dampers only.

    Table 2—Values of Higher Heating Value (HHV( A ), Stoichiometric Air/Fuel (A/F), Latent Heat Loss (L L,A ) and Fuel-Specified Parameters (A, B, C, and D) for Typical Fuels Fuels HHVA (Btu/lb) A/F LL,A A B C D No. 1 oil 19,800 14.56 6.55 0.0679 14.22 0.0179 0.167 No. 2 oil 19,500 14.49 6.50 0.0667 14.34 0.0181 0.167 Natural gas 20,120 14.45 9.55 0.0919 10.96 0.0175 0.171 Manufactured gas 18,500 11.81 10.14 0.0965 10.10 0.0155 0.235 Propane 21,500 15.58 7.99 0.0841 12.60 0.0177 0.151 Butane 20,000 15.36 7.79 0.0808 12.93 0.0180 0.143 Table 3—Fraction of Heating Load at Reduced Operating Mode (X1) and at Maximum Operating Mode (X2), Average Outdoor Temperatures (TOA and TOA*), and Balance Point Temperature (TC) for Vented Heaters Equipped With Either Two-Stage Thermostats or Step-Modulating Thermostats Heat output ratio a X1 X2 TOA TOA* TC 0.20 to 0.24 .12 .88 57 40 53 0.25 to 0.29 .16 .84 56 39 51 0.30 to 0.34 .20 .80 54 38 49 0.35 to 0.39 .30 .70 53 36 46 0.40 to 0.44 .36 .64 52 35 44 0.45 to 0.49 .43 .57 51 34 42 0.50 to 0.54 .52 .48 50 32 39 0.55 to 0.59 .60 .40 49 30 37 0.60 to 0.64 .70 .30 48 29 34 0.65 to 0.69 .76 .24 47 27 32 0.70 to 0.74 .84 .16 46 25 29 0.75 to 0.79 .88 .12 46 22 27 0.80 to 0.84 .94 .06 45 20 23 0.85 to 0.89 .96 .04 45 18 21 0.90 to 0.94 .98 .02 44 16 19 0.95 to 0.99 .99 .01 44 13 17 a The heat output ratio means the ratio of minimum to maximum heat output rates as defined in 4.1.13. Table 4.—Average Design Heating Requirements for Vented Heaters With Different Output Capacities Vented heaters output capacity Qout—(Btu/hr) Average design heating requirements (kBtu/hr) 5,000-7,499 5.0 7,500-10,499 7.5 10,500-13,499 10.0 13,500-16,499 12.5 16,500-19,499 15.0 19,500-22,499 17.5 22,500-26,499 20.5 26,500-30,499 23.5 30,500-34,499 26.5 34,500-38,499 30.0 38,500-42,499 33.5 42,500-46,499 36.5 46,500-51,499 40.0 51,500-56,499 44.0 56,500-61,499 48.0 61,500-66,499 52.0 66,500-71,499 56.0 71,500-76,500 60.0 EC04OC91.069 EC04OC91.070 ER12MY97.042 [49 FR 12169, Mar. 28, 1984, as amended at 62 FR 26162, May 12, 1997] Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. P Appendix P to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Pool Heaters

    1. Test method. The test method for testing pool heaters is as specified in American National Standards Institute Standard for Gas-Fired Pool Heaters, Z21.56-1994.

    2. Test conditions. Establish the test conditions specified in section 2.9 of ANSI Z21.56-1994.

    3. Measurements. Measure the quantities delineated in section 2.9 of ANSI Z21.56-1994. The measurement of energy consumption for oil-fired pool heaters in Btu is to be carried out in appropriate units, e.g., gallons.

    4. Calculations.

    4.1Thermal efficiency. Calculate the thermal efficiency, Et (expressed as a percent), as specified in section 2.9 of ANSI Z21.56-1994. The expression of fuel consumption for oil-fired pool heaters shall be in Btu.

    4.2Average annual fossil fuel energy for pool heaters. The average annual fuel energy for pool heater, EF, is defined as:

    EF=BOH QIN+(POH−BOH)QP where: BOH=average number of burner operating hours=104 h POH=average number of pool operating hours=4464 h QIN=rated fuel energy input as defined according to 2.9.1 or 2.9.2 of ANSI Z21.56-1994, as appropriate QP=energy consumption of continuously operating pilot light if employed, in Btu/h.

    4.3Average annual auxiliary electrical energy consumption for pool heaters. The average annual auxiliary electrical energy consumption for pool heaters, EAE, is expressed in Btu and defined as:

    EAE=BOH PE where: PE=2Ec if heater tested according to 2.9.1 of ANSI Z21.56-1994 =3.412 PErated if heater tested according to 2.9.2 of ANSI Z21.56-1994, in Btu/h Ec=Electrical consumption of the heater (converted to equivalent unit of Btu), including the electrical energy to the recirculating pump if used, during the 30-minute thermal efficiency test, as defined in 2.9.1 of ANSI Z21.56-1994, in Btu per 30 min. 2=Conversion factor to convert unit from per 30 min. to per h. PErated=nameplate rating of auxiliary electrical equipment of heater, in Watts BOH=as defined in 4.2 of this appendix

    4.4Heating seasonal efficiency.

    4.4.1Calculate the seasonal useful output of the pool heater as:

    EOUT=BOH [(Et/100)(QIN+PE)] where: BOH=as defined in 4.2 of this appendix Et=thermal efficiency as defined in 4.1 of this appendix QIN=as defined in 4.2 of this appendix PE=as defined in 4.3 of this appendix 100=conversion factor, from percent to fraction

    4.4.2Calculate the seasonal input to the pool heater as:

    EIN=BOH (QIN+PE)+(POH−BOH) QP where: BOH=as defined in 4.2 of this appendix QIN=as defined in 4.2 of this appendix PE=as defined in 4.3 of this appendix POH=as defined in 4.2 of this appendix QP=as defined in 4.2 of this appendix

    4.4.3Calculate the pool heater heating seasonal efficiency (in percent).

    4.4.3.1For pool heaters employing a continuous pilot light:

    EFFYHS=100(EOUT/EIN) where: EOUT=as defined in 4.4.1 of this appendix EIN=as defined in 4.4.2 of this appendix 100=to convert a fraction to percent

    4.4.3.2For pool heaters without a continuous pilot light:

    EFFYHS=Et where: Et=as defined in 4.1 of this appendix. [62 FR 26165, May 12, 1997]     Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. Q Appendix Q to Subpart B of Part 430— Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Energy Consumption of Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts 1. Definitions

    1.1ANSI Standard means a standard developed by a committee accredited by the American National Standards Institute.

    1.2Ballast input voltage means the rated input voltage of a fluorescent lamp ballast.

    1.3F4OT12 lamp means a nominal 40 watt tubular fluorescent lamp which is 48 inches in length and one and a half inches in diameter, and conforms to ANSI standard C78.1-1978(R1984).

    1.4F96T12 lamp means a nominal 75 watt tubular fluorescent lamp which is 96 inches in length and one and one-half inches in diameter, and conforms to ANSI Standard C78.1-1978 (R1984).

    1.5F96T12HO lamp means a nominal 110 watt tubular fluorescent lamp which is 96 inches in length and one and a half inches in diameter, andto operate.

    1.6Input current means the root-mean-square (RMS) current in amperes delivered to a fluorescent lamp ballast.

    1.7Luminaire means a complete lighting unit consisting of a fluorescent lamp or lamps, together with parts designed to distribute the light, to position and protect such lamps, and to connect such lamps to the power supply through the ballast.

    1.8Nominal lamp watts means the wattage at which a fluorescent lamp is designed to operate.

    1.9Power factor means the power input divided by the product of ballast input voltage and input current of a fluorescent lamp ballast, as measured under test conditions specified in ANSI Standard C-82.2-1984.

    1.10Power input means the power consumption in watts of a ballast and fluorescent lamp or lamps, as determined in accordance with the test procedures specified in ANSI Standard C82.2-1984.

    1.11Relative light output means the light output delivered through the use of a ballast divided by the light output delivered through the use of a reference ballast, expressed as a percent, as determined in accordance with the test procedures specified in ANSI Standard C82.2-1984.

    1.12Residential building means a structure or portion of a structure which provides facilities or shelter for human residency, except that such term does not include any multifamily residential structure of more than three stores above grade.

    1.13ANSI Standard C82.2-1984 means the test standard published by the American National Standard Institute (ANSI), titled “American National Standard for Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts—Method of Measurement, 1984”, and designated as ANSI C82.2-1984.

    2. Test conditions. The test conditions for testing fluorescent lamp ballasts shall be done in accordance with the American National Standard Institute (ANIS) Standard C82.2-1984, “American National Standard for Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts—Methods of Measurement,” approved October 21, 1983. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be obtained from ANSI Publication Sales, 1430 Broadway, New York, NY 10068. Copies may be inspected at the Department of Energy, Freedom of Information Reading Room, Room 1E-190, Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts, Docket No. CE-RM-89-102, 1000 Independence Avenue, SW, Washington DC 20585, or at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC 20001. Any subsequent amendment to this standard by the standard-setting organization will not affect the DOE test procedures unless and until amended by DOE. The test conditions are described in sections 4, 5, 6, 7, and 21 of ANSI Standard C82.2-1984.

    3.Test Method and Measurements.

    3.1.The test method for testing fluorescent lamp ballasts shall be done in accordance with ANSI Standard C82.2-1984.

    3.2Instrumentation. The instrumentation shall be as specified by sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 19.1, and 23.2 of ANSI Standard C82.2-1984.

    3.3Electric Supply.

    3.3.1.Input Power. Measure the input power (watts) to the ballast in accordance with ANSI Standard C82.2-1984, section 3.2.1(3) and section 4.

    3.3.2Input Voltage. Measure the input voltage (volts) (RMS) to the ballast in accordance with ANSI Standard C82.2-1984, section 3.2.1(1) and section 4.

    3.3.3Input Current. Measure the input current (amps) (RMS) to the ballast in accordance with ANSI Standard C82.2-1984, section 3.2.1(2) and section 4.

    3.4Light Output.

    3.4.1Measure the light output of the reference lamp with the reference ballast in accordance with ANSI Standard C82.2-1984, section 16.

    3.4.2Measure the light output of the reference lamp with the test ballast in accordance with ANSI Standard C82.2-1984, section 16.

    4.Calculations.

    4.1Calculate relative light output:

    EC14NO91.053 Where: photocell output of lamp on test ballast is determined in accordance with section 3.4.2, expressed in watts, and photocell output of lamp on ref. ballast is determined in accordance with section 3.4.1, expressed in watts.

    4.2.Determine the Ballast Efficacy Factor (BEF) using the following equations:

    (a) Single lamp ballast EC14NO91.054 (b) Multiple lamp ballast EC14NO91.055 Where: input power is determined in accordance with section 3.3.1, relative light output as defined in section 4.1, and average relative light output is the relative light output, as defined in section 4.1, for all lamps, divided by the total number of lamps.

    4.3Determine Ballast Power Factor (PF):

    EC14NO91.056 Where: Input power is as defined in section 3.3.1, Input voltage is determined in accordance with section 3.3.2, expressed in volts, and Input current is determined in accordance with section 3.3.3, expressed in amps. [54 FR 6076, Feb. 7, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 18682, April 24, 1991]     Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. R Appendix R to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring Average Lamp Efficacy (LE) and Color Rendering Index (CRI) of Electric Lamps

    1. Scope: This appendix applies to the measurement of lamp lumens, electrical characteristics and CRI for general service fluorescent lamps, and to the measurement of lamp lumens and electrical characteristics for general service incandescent lamps, incandescent reflector lamps and medium base compact fluorescent lamps.

    2. Definitions

    2.1To the extent that definitions in the IESNA and CIE standards do not conflict with the DOE definitions, the definitions specified in § 1.2 of IESNA LM-9, § 3.0 of IESNA LM-20, § 2 of IESNA LM-45, § 2 of IESNA LM-58, § 1.2 of IESNA LM-66 and § IV of CIE Publication No. 13.2 shall be included. 2.2ANSI Standard means a standard developed by a committee accredited by the American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 2.3CIE means the International Commission on Illumination. 2.4CRI means Color Rendering Index as defined in § 430.2. 2.5IESNA means the Illuminating Engineering Society of North America. 2.6Lamp efficacy means the ratio of measured lamp lumen output in lumens to the measured lamp electrical power input in watts, rounded to the nearest whole number, in units of lumens per watt. 2.7Lamp lumen output means the total luminous flux produced by the lamp, at the reference condition, in units of lumens. 2.8Lamp electrical power input means the total electrical power input to the lamp, including both arc and cathode power where appropriate, at the reference condition, in units of watts. 2.9Reference condition means the test condition specified in IESNA LM-9 for general service fluorescent lamps, in IESNA LM-20 for incandescent reflector lamps, in IESNA LM-45 for general service incandescent lamps and in IESNA LM-66 for medium base compact fluorescent lamps (see 10 CFR 430.22).

    3. Test Conditions

    3.1General Service Fluorescent Lamps: For general service fluorescent lamps, the ambient conditions of the test and the electrical circuits, reference ballasts, stabilization requirements, instruments, detectors, and photometric test procedure and test report shall be as described in the relevant sections of IESNA LM-9 (see 10 CFR 430.22). 3.2General Service Incandescent Lamps: For general service incandescent lamps, the selection and seasoning (initial burn-in) of the test lamps, the equipment and instrumentation, and the test conditions shall be as described in IESNA LM-45 (see 10 CFR 430.22). 3.3Incandescent Reflector Lamps: For incandescent reflector lamps, the selection and seasoning (initial burn-in) of the test lamps, the equipment and instrumentation, and the test conditions shall conform to sections 4.2 and 5.0 of IESNA LM-20 (see 10 CFR 430.22). 3.4Medium Base Compact Fluorescent Lamps: For medium base compact fluorescent lamps, the selection, seasoning and stabilization of the test lamps, and the test conditions, shall be as described in Sections 1, 2, 3, and 7 of IESNA LM-66 (see 10 CFR 430.22).

    4. Test Methods and Measurements

    All lumen measurements made with instruments calibrated to the devalued NIST lumen after January 1, 1996, shall be multiplied by 1.011.

    4.1General Service Fluorescent Lamps 4.1.1The measurement procedure shall be as described in IESNA LM-9, except that lamps shall be operated at the appropriate voltage and current conditions as described in ANSI C78.375 and in ANSI C78.1, C78.2 or C78.3, and lamps shall be operated using the appropriate reference ballast as described in ANSI C82.3 (see 10 CFR 430.22). 4.1.2Lamp lumen output (lumens) and lamp electrical power input (watts), at the reference condition, shall be measured and recorded. Lamp efficacy shall be determined by computing the ratio of the measured lamp lumen output and lamp electrical power input at equilibrium for the reference condition. 4.2General Service Incandescent Lamps 4.2.1The measurement procedure shall be as described in IESNA LM-45 (see 10 CFR 430.22). Lamps shall be operated at the rated voltage as defined in § 430.2. 4.2.2The test procedure shall conform with section 7 of IESNA LM-45 and the lumen output of the lamp shall be determined in accordance with Sections 4.2a or 4.2b of IESNA LM-45 at the reference condition. Lamp electrical power input in watts shall be measured and recorded. Lamp efficacy shall be determined by computing the ratio of the measured lamp lumen output and lamp electrical power input at equilibrium for the reference condition. The test report shall conform to § 8 of IESNA LM-45 (see 10 CFR § 430.22). 4.3Incandescent Reflector Lamps 4.3.1The measurement procedure shall be as described in IESNA LM-20 (see 10 CFR 430.22). Lamps shall be operated at the rated voltage as defined in § 430.2. 4.3.2.Lamp lumen output shall be determined as total forward lumens, and may be measured in an integrating sphere at the reference condition in accordance with § 7.2 of IESNA LM-20 (see 10 CFR 430.22) or from an average intensity distribution curve measured at the reference condition specified in § 6.0 of IESNA LM-20. Lamp electrical power input in watts shall be measured and recorded. 4.3.3Lamp efficacy shall be determined by computing the ratio of the measured lamp lumen output and lamp electrical power input at equilibrium for the reference condition. The test report shall conform to section 10.0 of IES LM-20 (see § 430.22). 4.4Medium Base Compact Fluorescent Lamps 4.4.1The measurement procedure shall be as described in IESNA LM-66 (see 10 CFR 430.22) except that the provisions of IESNA LM-66 which refer to operation of the lamp using a reference ballast do not apply to the testing of integrally ballasted compact fluorescent lamps. Lamps shall be operated at 120 V and 60 Hertz. Lamp lumen output shall be measured with the integral ballast according to section 11.3 of IESNA LM-66. Lamp electrical power input in watts shall be measured and recorded. 4.4.2Lamp efficacy shall be determined by computing the ratio of the measured lamp lumen output and lamp electrical power input at equilibrium for the reference condition. The test report shall conform to section 13 of IESNA LM-66 (see 10 CFR 430.22). 4.5Determination of Color Rendering Index 4.5.1The CRI shall be determined in accordance with the method specified in CIE Publication 13.2 for general service fluorescent lamps. The required spectroradiometric measurement and characterization shall be conducted in accordance with the methods given in IESNA LM-58 and IESNA LM-16 (see 10 CFR 430.22). 4.5.2The test report shall include a description of the test conditions, equipment, measured lamps, spectroradiometric measurement results and CRI determination. [62 FR 29240, May 29, 1997]     Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. S Appendix S to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Water Consumption of Faucets and Showerheads

    1. Scope: This Appendix covers the test requirements used to measure the hydraulic performance of faucets and showerheads.

    2. Flow Capacity Requirements:

    a. Faucets—The test procedures to measure the water flow rate for faucets, expressed in gallons per minute (gpm) and liters per minute (L/min), or gallons per cycle (gal/cycle) and liters per cycle (L/cycle), shall be conducted in accordance with the test requirements specified in section 6.5, Flow Capacity Test, of the ASME/ANSI Standard A112.18.1M-1996 (see § 430.22). Measurements shall be recorded at the resolution of the test instrumentation. Calculations shall be rounded off to the same number of significant digits as the previous step. The final water consumption value shall be rounded to one decimal place for non-metered faucets, or two decimal places for metered faucets.

    b. Showerheads—The test conditions to measure the water flow rate for showerheads, expressed in gallons per minute (gpm) and liters per minute (L/min), shall be conducted in accordance with the test requirements specified in section 6.5, Flow Capacity Test, of the ASME/ANSI Standard A112.18.1M-1996 (see § 430.22). Measurements shall be recorded at the resolution of the test instrumentation. Calculations shall be rounded off to the same number of significant digits as the previous step. The final water consumption value shall be rounded to one decimal place.

    [63 FR 13316, Mar. 18, 1998]     Pt. 430, Subpt. B, App. T Appendix T to Subpart B of Part 430—Uniform Test Method for Measuring the Water Consumption of Water Closets and Urinals

    1. Scope: This Appendix covers the test requirements used to measure the hydraulic performances of water closets and urinals.

    2. Test Apparatus and General Instructions:

    a. The test apparatus and instructions for testing water closets shall conform to the requirements specified in section 7.1.2, Test Apparatus and General Requirements, subsections 7.1.2.1, 7.1.2.2, and 7.1.2.3 of the ASME/ANSI Standard A112.19.6-1995 (see § 430.22). Measurements shall be recorded at the resolution of the test instrumentation. Calculations shall be rounded off to the same number of significant digits as the previous step. The final water consumption value shall be rounded to one decimal place.

    b. The test apparatus and instructions for testing urinals shall conform to the requirements specified in section 8.2, Test Apparatus and General Requirements, subsections 8.2.1, 8.2.2, and 8.2.3 of the ASME/ANSI Standard A112.19.6-1995 (see § 430.22). Measurements shall be recorded at the resolution of the test instrumentation. Calculations shall be rounded off to the same number of significant digits as the previous step. The final water consumption value shall be rounded to one decimal place.

    3. Test Measurement:

    a. Water closets—The measurement of the water flush volume for water closets, expressed in gallons per flush (gpf) and liters per flush (Lpf), shall be conducted in accordance with the test requirements specified in section 7.1.6, Water Consumption and Hydraulic Characteristics, of the ASME/ANSI Standard A112.19.6-1995 (see § 430.22).

    b. Urinals—The measurement of water flush volume for urinals, expressed in gallons per flush (gpf) and liters per flush (Lpf), shall be conducted in accordance with the test requirements specified in section 8.5, Water Consumption, of the ASME/ANSI Standard A112.19.6-1995 (see § 430.22).

    [63 FR 13317, Mar. 18, 1998]     Subpart C—Energy and Water Conservation Standards
    § 430.31 Purpose and scope.

    This subpart contains energy conservation standards and water conservation standards (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) for classes of covered products that are required to be administered by the Department of Energy pursuant to the Energy Conservation Program for Consumer Products Other Than Automobiles under the Energy Policy and Conservation Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 6291 et seq.). Basic models of covered products manufactured before the date on which an amended energy conservation standard or water conservation standard (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) becomes effective (or revisions of such models that are manufactured after such date and have the same energy efficiency, energy use characteristics, or water use characteristics (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals), that comply with the energy conservation standard or water conservation standard (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) applicable to such covered products on the day before such date shall be deemed to comply with the amended energy conservation standard or water conservation standard (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals).

    [63 FR 13317, Mar. 18, 1998]
    § 430.32 Energy and water conservation standards and effective dates.

    The energy and water (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) conservation standards for the covered product classes are:

    (a) Refrigerators/refrigerator-freezers/freezers. These standards do not apply to refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers with total refrigerated volume exceeding 39 cubic feet or freezers with total refrigerated volume exceeding 30 cubic feet.

    Product class Energy standards equations (Kwh/yr) Effective dates January 1, 1990 January 1, 1993 1. Refrigerators and Refrigerator-Freezers with manual defrost (16.3AV+316) (13.5AV+299) 2. Refrigerator-Freezer—partial automatic defrost (21.8AV+429) (10.4AV+398) 3. Refrigerator-Freezers—automatic defrost with: Top-mounted freezer without through-the-door ice service 1 (23.5AV+471) (16.0AV+355) 4. Refrigerator-Freezers—automatic defrost with: Side-mounted freezer without through-the-door ice service (27.7AV+488) (11.8AV+501) 5. Refrigerator-Freezers—automatic defrost with: Bottom-mounted freezer without through-the-door ice service (27.7AV+488) (16.5AV+367) 6. Refrigerator-Freezers—automatic defrost with: Top-mounted freezer with through-the-door ice service (26.4AV+535) (17.6AV+391) 7. Refrigerator-Freezers—automatic defrost with: Side-mounted freezer with through-the-door ice service (30.9AV+547) (16.3AV+527) 8. Upright Freezers with: Manual defrost (10.9AV+422) (10.3AV+264) 9. Upright Freezers with: Automatic defrost (16.0AV+623) (14.9AV+391) 10. Chest Freezers and all other Freezers (14.8AV+223) (11.0AV+160) 1 Including all refrigerators with automatic defrost AV=Total adjusted volume, expressed in Ft.3, as determined in Appendices A1 and B1 of Subpart B of this Part.

    (b) Room air conditioners.

    Product class Energy efficiency ratio Jan. 1, 1990 1. Without reverse cycle and with louvered sides less than 6,000 Btu 8.0 2. Without reverse cycle and with louvered sides 6,000 to 7,999 Btu 8.5. 3. Without reverse cycle and with louvered sides 8,000 to 13,999 Btu 9.0 4. Without reverse cycle and with louvered sides 14,000 to 19,999 Btu 8.8 5. Without reverse cycle and with louvered sides 20,000 and more Btu 8.2 6. Without reverse cycle and without louvered sides Less than 6,000 Btu 8.0 7. Without reverse cycle and without louvered sides 6,000 to 7,999 Btu 8.5 8. Without reverse cycle and without louvered sides 8,000 to 13,999 Btu 8.5 9. Without reverse cycle and without louvered sides 14,000 to 19,999 Btu 8.5 10. Without reverse cycle and without louvered sides 20,000 and more Btu 8.2 11. With reverse cycle, and with louvered sides 8.5 12. With reverse cycle, without louvered sides 8.0

    (c) Central air conditioners and central air conditioning heat pumps.

    Product class Seasonal energy efficiency ratio Heating seasonal performance factor Effective date 1. Split systems 10.0 6.8 01/01/92 2. Single package systems 9.7 6.6 01/01/93

    (d) Water heaters.

    The energy factor of water heaters shall not be less than the following products manufactured on or after the indicated dates:

    Product class Energy factor, as of Jan. 1, 1990 Energy factor, as of April 15, 1991 1. Gas Water Heater 0.62−(.0019 × Rated Storage Volume in gallons) 0.62−(.0019 × Rated Storage Volume in gallons). 2. Oil Water Heater 0.59−(.0019 × Rated Storage Volume in gallons) 0.59−(.0019 × Rated Storage Volume in gallons). 3. Electric Water Heater 0.95−(.00132 × Rated Storage Volume in gallons) 0.93−(.00132 × Rated Volume Storage in gallons). Note: Rated Storage Volume=the water storage capacity of a water heater, in gallons, as specified by the manufacturer.

    (e) Furnaces

    Product class AFUE 1 (percent) Effective date 1. Furnaces (excluding classes noted below) (percent) 78 01/01/92 2. Mobile Home Furnaces (percent) 75 09/01/90 3. Small furnaces (other than furnaces designed solely for installation in mobile homes) having an input rate of less than 45,000 Btu/hr (A) Weatherized (outdoor) 78 01/01/92 (B) Non-weatherized (indoor) 78 01/01/92 4. Boilers (excluding gas steam) (percent) 80 01/01/92 5. Gas steam boilers (percent) 75 01/01/92 1 Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency, as determined in § 430.22(n)(2) of this part.

    (f) Dishwashers. (1) Dishwashers manufactured between January 1, 1988, and May 14 1994 shall be equipped with an option to dry without heat.

    (2) Dishwashers manufactured on or after May 14, 1994, shall have an energy factor no less than:

    Product class Energy factor (cycles/KWh) i. Compact Dishwasher (less than 22 inches in exterior width) 0.62 ii. Standard Dishwasher (equal to or greater than 22 inches in exterior width) 0.46

    (g) Clothes washers. (1) Clothes washers manufactured between January 1, 1988, and May 14, 1994, shall include an unheated rinse water option.

    (2) Clothes washers manufactured on or after May 14, 1994, shall have an energy factor no less than:

    Product class Energy factor (cu. ft./Kwh/cycle) i. Top Loading, Compact (less than 1.6 ft.3 capacity) 0.90. ii. Top Loading, Standard (1.6 ft.3 or greater capacity) 1.18. iii. Top Loading, Semi-Automatic Not Applicable.1 iv. Front Loading Not Applicable.1 v. Suds saving Not Applicable.1 1 These classes shall have an unheated rinse water option.

    (h) Clothes dryers. (1) Gas clothes dryers manufactured between January 1, 1988, and May 14, 1994, shall not be equipped with a constant burning pilot.

    (2) Clothes dryers manufactured on or after May 14, 1994, shall have an energy factor no less than;

    Product class Energy factor (lbs/KWh) i. Electric, Standard (4.4 ft 3 or greater capacity) 3.01 ii. Electric, Compact (120v) (less than 4.4 ft 3 capacity) 3.13 iii. Electric, Compact (240v) (less than 4.4 ft 3 capacity) 2.90 iv. Gas 2.67

    (i) Direct heating equipment.

    Product class Annual fuel utilization efficiency, Jan. 1, 1990 (percent) 1. Gas wall fan type up to 42,000 Btu/hour 73 2. Gas wall fan type over 42,000 Btu/hour 74 3. Gas wall gravity type up to 10,000 Btu/hour 59 4. Gas wall gravity type over 10,000 Btu/hour up to 12,000 Btu/hour 60 5. Gas wall gravity type over 12,000 Btu/hour up to 15,000 Btu/hour 61 6. Gas wall gravity type over 15,000 Btu/hour up to 19,000 Btu/hour 62 7. Gas wall gravity type over 19,000 Btu/hour up to 27,000 Btu/hour 63 8. Gas wall gravity type over 27,000 Btu/hour up to 46,000 Btu/hour 64 9. Gas wall gravity type over 46,000 Btu/hour 65 10. Gas floor up to 37,000 Btu/hour 56 11. Gas floor over 37,000 Btu/hour 57 12. Gas room up to 18,000 Btu/hour 57 13. Gas room over 18,000 Btu/hour up to 20,000 Btu/hour 58 14. Gas room over 20,000 Btu/hour up to 27,000 Btu/hour 63 15. Gas room over 27,000 Btu/hour up to 46,000 Btu/hour 64 16. Gas room over 46,000 Btu/hour 65

    (j) Cooking Products. Gas cooking products with an electrical supply cord shall not be equipped with a constant burning pilot light. This standard is effective on January 1, 1990.

    (k) Pool heaters. The thermal efficiency of pool heaters must be no less than 78%. The standard is effective on January 1, 1990.

    (l) Television sets. [Reserved]

    (m) Fluorescent lamp ballasts. (1) Except as provided in paragraph (m)(2) of this section, each fluorescent lamp ballast—

    (i)(A) Manufactured on or after January 1, 1990;

    (B) Sold by the manufacturer on or after April 1, 1990; or

    (C) Incorporated into a luminarie by a luminarie manufacturer on or after April 1, 1991; and

    (ii) Designed—

    (A) To operate at nominal input voltages of 120 or 277 volts;

    (B) To operate with an input current frequency of 60 Hertz; and

    (C) For use in connection with F40T12, F96T12, or F96T12HO lamps; shall have a power factor of 0.90 or greater and shall have a ballast efficacy factor not less than the following:

    Application for operation of Ballast input voltage Total nominal lamp watts Ballast efficacy factor One F40T12 lamp 120 40 1.805 277 40 1.805 Two F40T12 lamps 120 80 1.060 277 80 1.050 Two F9T12 lamps 120 150 0.570 277 150 0.570 Two F96T12HO lamps 120 220 0.390 277 220 0.390

    (2) The standards described in paragraph (m)(1) of this section do not apply to (i) a ballast which is designed for dimming or for use in ambient temperatures of 0°F or less, or (ii) a ballast which has a power factor of less than 0.90 and is designed for use only in residential building applications.

    (n) General service fluorescent lamps and incandescent reflector lamps. (1) Each of the following general service fluorescent lamps manufactured after the effective dates specified in the table shall meet or exceed the lamp efficacy and CRI standards shown in the table below:

    Fluorescent Lamps Lamp type Nominal lamp wattage Minimum CRI Minimum average lamp efficacy (LPW) Effective date 4-foot medium bi-pin gt;35W
  • ≤35W
    • 69
  • 45
    • 75.0
  • 75.0
    • Nov. 1, 1995.
  • Nov. 1, 1995.
    •      2-foot U-shaped gt;35W
  • ≤35W
    • 69
  • 45
    • 68.0
  • 64.0
    • Nov. 1, 1995.
  • Nov. 1, 1995.
    •      8-foot slimline gt;65W
  • ≤65W
    • 69
  • 45
    • 80.0
  • 80.0
    • May 1, 1994.
  • May 1, 1994.
    •      8-foot high output gt;100W
  • ≤100W
    • 69
  • 45
    • 80.0
  • 80.0
    • May 1, 1994.
  • May 1, 1994.
    •

    (2) Each of the following incandescent reflector lamps manufactured after November 1, 1995, shall meet or exceed the lamp efficacy standards shown in the table in this paragraph:

    Incandescent Reflector Lamps Nominal lamp wattage Minimum average lamp
  • efficacy
  • (LPW)
    •      40-50 10.5 51-66 11.0 67-85 12.5 86-115 14.0 116-155 14.5 156-205 15.0

    (o) Faucets. The maximum water use allowed for any of the following faucets manufactured after January 1, 1994, when measured at a flowing water pressure of 60 pounds per square inch (414 kilopascals), shall be as follows:

    Faucet type Maximum flow rate
  • (gpm (L/min)) or (gal/cycle (L/cycle))
    •      Lavatory faucets 2.2 gpm (8.3 L/min)1,2 Lavatory replacement aerators 2.2 gpm (8.3 L/min) Kitchen faucets 2.2 gpm (8.3 L/min) Kitchen replacement aerators 2.2 gpm (8.3 L/min) Metering faucets 0.25 gal/cycle (0.95 L/cycle)3,4 Note: 1 Sprayheads with independently-controlled orifices and manual controls. The maximum flow rate of each orifice that manually turns on or off shall not exceed the maximum flow rate for a lavatory faucet. 2 Sprayheads with collectively controlled orifices and manual controls. The maximum flow rate of a sprayhead that manually turns on or off shall be the product of (a) the maximum flow rate for a lavatory faucet and (b) the number of component lavatories (rim space of the lavatory in inches (millimeters) divided by 20 inches (508 millimeters)). 3 Sprayheads with independently controlled orifices and metered controls. The maximum flow rate of each orifice that delivers a pre-set volume of water before gradually shutting itself off shall not exceed the maximum flow rate for a metering faucet. 4 Sprayheads with collectively-controlled orifices and metered controls. The maximum flow rate of a sprayhead that delivers a pre-set volume of water before gradually shutting itself off shall be the product of (a) the maximum flow rate for a metering faucet and (b) the number of component lavatories (rim space of the lavatory in inches (millimeters) divided by 20 inches (508 millimeters)).

    (p) Showerheads. The maximum water use allowed for any showerheads manufactured after January 1, 1994, shall be 2.5 gallons per minute (9.5 liters per minute) when measured at a flowing pressure of 80 pounds per square inch gage (552 kilopascals). Any such showerhead shall also meet the requirements of ASME/ANSI Standard A112.18.1M-1996, 7.4.4(a).

    (q) Water closets. (1) The maximum water use allowed in gallons per flush for any of the following water closets manufactured after January 1, 1994, shall be as follows:

    Water closet type Maximum flush rate
  • (gpf (Lpf))
    •      Gravity tank-type toilets 1.6 (6.0) Flushometer tank toilets 1.6 (6.0) Electromechanical hydraulic toilets 1.6 (6.0) Blowout toilets 3.5 (13.2)

    (2) The maximum water use allowed for flushometer valve toilets, other than blowout toilets, manufactured after January 1, 1997, shall be 1.6 gallons per flush (6.0 liters per flush).

    (r) Urinals. The maximum water use allowed for any urinals manufactured after January 1, 1994, shall be 1.0 gallons per flush (3.8 liters per flush). The maximum water use allowed for a trough-type urinal shall be the product of:

    (1) The maximum flow rate for a urinal and

    (2) The length of the trough-type urinal in inches (millimeter) divided by 16 inches (406 millimeters).

    [54 FR 6077, Feb. 7, 1989, as amended at 54 FR 47943, Nov. 17, 1989; 55 FR 42177, Oct. 17, 1990; 56 FR 22279, May 14, 1991; 56 FR 24333, May 30, 1991; 59 FR 49475, Sept. 28, 1994; 63 FR 13317, Mar. 18, 1998; 63 FR 48057, Sept. 8, 1998] Effective Date Note 1:

    At 62 FR 23116, Apr. 28, 1997, § 430.32 was amended by revising paragraph (a), effective July 1, 2001. For the convenience of the user, the revised text follows.
    § 430.32 Energy conservation standards and effective dates.

    (a) Refrigerators/refrigerator-freezers/freezers. These standards do not apply to refrigerators and refrigerator-freezers with total refrigerated volume exceeding 39 cubic feet (1104 liters) or freezers with total refrigerated volume exceeding 30 cubic feet (850 liters).

    Product class Energy standards equations for maximum energy use
  • (kWh/yr)
    •  Effective
  • January 1, 1993
    •  Effective
  • July 1, 2001
    •      1. Refrigerators and Refrigerator-freezers with manual defrost 13.5AV+299
  • 0.48av+299
    • 8.82AV+248.4
  • 0.31av+248.4
    •      2. Refrigerator-Freezer—partial automatic defrost 10.4AV+398
  • 0.37av+398
    • 8.82AV+248.4
  • 0.31av+248.4
    •      3. Refrigerator-Freezers—automatic defrost with top-mounted freezer without through-the-door ice service and all-refrigerators—automatic defrost 16.0AV+355
  • 0.57av+355
    • 9.80AV+276.0
  • 0.35av+276.0
    •      4. Refrigerator-Freezers—automatic defrost with side-mounted freezer without through-the-door ice service 11.8AV+501
  • 0.42AV+501
    • 4.91AV+507.5
  • 0.17av+507.5
    •      5. Refrigerator-Freezers—automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer without through-the-door ice service 16.5AV+367
  • 0.58av+367
    • 4.60AV+459.0
  • 0.16av+459.0
    •      6. Refrigerator-Freezers—automatic defrost with top-mounted freezer with through-the-door ice service 17.6AV+391
  • 0.62av+391
    • 10.20AV+356.0
  • 0.36av+356.0
    •      7. Refrigerator-Freezers—automatic defrost with side-mounted freezer with through-the-door ice service 16.3AV+527
  • 0.58av+527
    • 10.10AV+406.0
  • 0.36av+406.0
    •      8. Upright Freezers with Manual Defrost 10.3AV+264
  • 0.36av+264
    • 7.55AV+258.3
  • 0.27av+258.3
    •      9. Upright Freezers with Automatic Defrost 14.9AV+391
  • 0.53av+391
    • 12.43AV+326.1
  • 0.44av+326.1
    •      10. Chest Freezers and all other Freezers except Compact Freezers 11.0AV+160
  • 0.39av+160
    • 9.88AV+143.7
  • 0.35av+143.7
    •      11. Compact Refrigerators and Refrigerator-Freezers with Manual Defrost 13.5AV+299a
  • 0.48av+299a
    • 10.70AV+299.0
  • 0.38av+299.0
    •      12. Compact Refrigerator-Freezer—partial automatic defrost 10.4AV+398a
  • 0.37av+398a
    • 7.00AV+398.0
  • 0.25av+398.0
    •      13. Compact Refrigerator-Freezers—automatic defrost with top-mounted freezer and compact all-refrigerators—automatic defrost 16.0AV+355a
  • 0.57av+355a
    • 12.70AV+355.0
  • 0.45av+355.0
    •      14. Compact Refrigerator-Freezers—automatic defrost with side-mounted freezer 11.8AV+501a
  • 0.42av+501a
    • 7.60AV+501.0
  • 0.27av+501.0
    •      15. Compact Refrigerator-Freezers—automatic defrost with bottom-mounted freezer 16.5AV+367a
  • 0.58av+367a
    • 13.10AV+367.0
  • 0.46av+367.0
    •      16. Compact Upright Freezers with Manual Defrost 10.3AV+264a
  • 0.36av+264a
    • 9.78AV+250.8
  • 0.35av+250.8
    •      17. Compact Upright Freezers with Automatic Defrost 14.9AV+391a
  • 0.53av+391a
    • 11.40AV+391.0
  • 0.40av+391.0
    •      18. Compact Chest Freezers 11.0AV+160a
  • 0.39av+160a
    • 10.45AV+152.0
  • 0.37av+152.0
    •      AV=Total adjusted volume, expressed in ft.3, as determined in Appendices A1 and B1 of subpart B of this part. av=Total adjusted volume, expressed in Liters. a Applicable standards for compact refrigerator products manufactured before July 1, 2001. Compact refrigerator products are not separate product categories under the standards effective January 1, 1993.     Effective Date Note 2:

    At 62 FR 50148, Sept. 24, 1997, § 430.32 was amended by revising paragraph (b), effective Oct. 1, 2000. For the convenience of the user, the revised text follows.
    § 430.32 Energy conservation standards and effective dates.

    (b) Room air conditioners.

    Product class Energy efficiency ratio, effective as of Jan. 1, 1990 Oct. 1, 2000 1. Without reverse cycle, with louvered sides, and less than 6,000 Btu/h 8.0 9.7 2. Without reverse cycle, with louvered sides, and 6,000 to 7,999 Btu/h 8.5 9.7 3. Without reverse cycle, with louvered sides, and 8,000 to 13,999 Btu/h 9.0 9.8 4. Without reverse cycle, with louvered sides, and 14,000 to 19,999 Btu/h 8.8 9.7 5. Without reverse cycle, with louvered sides, and 20,000 Btu/h or more 8.2 8.5 6. Without reverse cycle, without louvered sides, and less than 6,000 Btu/h 8.0 9.0 7. Without reverse cycle, without louvered sides, and 6,000 to 7,999 Btu/h 8.5 9.0 8. Without reverse cycle, without louvered sides, and 8,000 to 13,999 Btu/h 8.5 8.5 9. Without reverse cycle, without louvered sides, and 14,000 to 19,999 Btu/h 8.5 8.5 10. Without reverse cycle, without louvered sides, and 20,000 Btu/h or more 8.2 8.5 11. With reverse cycle, with louvered sides, and less than 20,000 Btu/h 8.5 9.0 12. With reverse cycle, without louvered sides, and less than 14,000 Btu/h 8.0 8.5 13. With reverse cycle, with louvered sides, and 20,000 Btu/h or more 8.5 8.5 14. With reverse cycle, without louvered sides, and 14,000 Btu/h or more 8.0 8.0 15. Casement-Only * 8.7 16. Casement-Slider * 9.5 * Casement-only and casement-slider room air conditioners are not separate product classes under standards effective January 1, 1990. These units are subject to the applicable standards in classes 1 through 14 based on unit capacity and the presence or absence of louvered sides and a reverse cycle.
    § 430.33 Preemption of State regulations.

    Any State regulation providing for any energy conservation standard, or water conservation standard (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals), or other requirement with respect to the energy efficiency, energy use, or water use (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, or urinals) of a covered product that is not identical to a Federal standard in effect under this subpart is preempted by that standard, except as provided for in sections 327 (b) and (c) of the Act.

    [63 FR 13318, Mar. 18, 1998]
    Pt. 430, Subpt. C, App. A Appendix A to Subpart C of Part 430— Procedures, Interpretations and Policies for Consideration of New or Revised Energy Conservation Standards for Consumer Products 1. Objectives 2. Scope 3. Setting Priorities for Rulemaking Activity 4. Process for Developing Efficiency Standards and Factors to be Considered 5. Policies on Selection of Standards 6. Effective Date of a Standard 7. Test Procedures 8. Joint Stakeholder Recommendations 9. Principles for the Conduct of Engineering Analysis 10. Principles for the Analysis of Impacts on Manufacturers 11. Principles for the Analysis of Impacts on Consumers 12. Consideration of Non-Regulatory Approaches 13. Crosscutting Analytical Assumptions 14. Deviations, Revisions, and Judicial Review 1. Objectives

    This Appendix establishes procedures, interpretations and policies to guide the DOE in the consideration and promulgation of new or revised appliance efficiency standards under the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (EPCA). The Department's objectives in establishing these guidelines include:

    (a) Provide for early input from stakeholders. The Department seeks to provide opportunities for public input early in the rulemaking process so that the initiation and direction of rulemakings is informed by comment from interested parties. Under the guidelines established by this Appendix, DOE will seek early input from interested parties in setting rulemaking priorities and structuring the analyses for particular products. Interested parties will be invited to provide input for the selection of design options and will help DOE identify analysis, data, and modeling needs. DOE will gather input from interested parties through a variety of mechanisms, including public workshops.

    (b) Increase predictability of the rulemaking timetable. The Department seeks to make informed, strategic decisions about how to deploy its resources on the range of possible standards development activities, and to announce these prioritization decisions so that all interested parties have a common expectation about the timing of different rulemaking activities. The guidelines in this Appendix provide for setting priorities and timetables for standards development and test procedure modification and reflect these priorities in the Regulatory Agenda.

    (c) Increase use of outside technical expertise. The Department seeks to expand its use of outside technical experts in evaluating product-specific engineering issues to ensure that decisions on technical issues are fully informed. The guidelines in this Appendix provide for increased use of outside technical experts in developing, performing and reviewing the analyses. Draft analytical results will be distributed for peer and stakeholder review.

    (d) Eliminate problematic design options early in the process. The Department seeks to eliminate from consideration, early in the process, any design options that present unacceptable problems with respect to manufacturability, consumer utility, or safety, so that the detailed analysis can focus only on viable design options. Under the guidelines in this Appendix, DOE will eliminate from consideration design options if it concludes that manufacture, installation or service of the design will be impractical, or that the design option will adversely affect the utility of the product, or if the design has adverse safety or health impacts. This screening will be done at the outset of a rulemaking.

    (e) Fully consider non-regulatory approaches. The Department seeks to understand the effects of market forces and voluntary programs on encouraging the purchase of energy efficient products so that the incremental impacts of a new or revised standard can be accurately assessed and the Department can make informed decisions about where standards and voluntary “market pull” programs can be used most effectively. Under the guidelines in this Appendix, DOE will solicit information on the effectiveness of market forces and non-regulatory approaches for encouraging the purchase of energy efficient products, and will carefully consider this information in assessing the benefits of standards. In addition, DOE will continue to support voluntary efforts by manufacturers, retailers, utilities and others to increase product efficiency.

    (f) Conduct thorough analysis of impacts. In addition to understanding the aggregate costs and benefits of standards, the Department seeks to understand the distribution of those costs and benefits among consumers, manufacturers and others, and the uncertainty associated with these analyses of costs and benefits, so that any adverse impacts on significant subgroups and uncertainty concerning any adverse impacts can be fully considered in selecting a standard. Under the guidelines in this Appendix, the analyses will consider the variability of impacts on significant groups of manufacturers and consumers in addition to aggregate costs and benefits, report the range of uncertainty associated with these impacts, and take into account cumulative impacts of regulation on manufacturers.

    (g) Use transparent and robust analytical methods. The Department seeks to use qualitative and quantitative analytical methods that are fully documented for the public and that produce results that can be explained and reproduced, so that the analytical underpinnings for policy decisions on standards are as sound and well-accepted as possible. Under the guidelines in this Appendix, DOE will solicit input from interested parties in identifying analysis, data, and modeling needs with respect to measurement of impacts on manufacturers and consumers.

    (h) Articulate policies to guide selection of standards. The Department seeks to adopt policies elaborating on the statutory criteria for selecting standards, so that interested parties are aware of the policies that will guide these decisions. Under the guidelines in this Appendix, policies for screening design options, selecting candidate standard levels, selecting a proposed standard level, and establishing the final standard are established.

    (i) Support efforts to build consensus on standards. The Department seeks to encourage development of consensus proposals for new or revised standards because standards with such broad-based support are likely to balance effectively the economic, energy, and environmental interests affected by standards. Under the guidelines in this Appendix, DOE will support the development and submission of consensus recommendations for standards by representative groups of interested parties to the fullest extent possible.

    (j) Reduce time and cost of developing standards. The Department seeks to establish a clear protocol for initiating and conducting standards rulemakings in order to eliminate time-consuming and costly missteps. Under the guidelines in this Appendix, increased and earlier involvement by interested parties and increased use of technical experts should minimize the need for re-analysis. This process should reduce the period between the publication of an Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (ANOPR) and the publication of a final rule to not more than 18 months, and should decrease the government and private sector resources required to complete the standard development process.

    2. Scope

    (a) The procedures, interpretations and policies described in this Appendix will be fully applicable to:

    (1) Rulemakings concerning new or revised Federal energy conservation standards for consumer products initiated after August 14, 1996, and

    (2) Rulemakings concerning new or revised Federal energy conservation standards for consumer products that have been initiated but for which a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (NOPR) has not been published as of August 14, 1996.

    (b) For rulemakings described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, to the extent analytical work has already been done or public comment on an ANOPR has already been provided, such analyses and comment will be considered, as appropriate, in proceeding under the new process.

    (c) With respect to incomplete rulemakings concerning new or revised Federal energy conservation standards for consumer products for which a NOPR was published prior to August 14, 1996, the Department will conduct a case-by-case review to decide whether any of the analytical or procedural steps already completed should be repeated. In any case, the approach described in this Appendix will be used to the extent possible to conduct any analytical or procedural steps that have not been completed.

    3. Setting Priorities for Rulemaking Activity

    (a) Priority-setting analysis and development of list of priorities. At least once a year, the Department will prepare an analysis of each of the factors identified in paragraph (d) of this section based on existing literature, direct communications with interested parties and other experts, and other available information. The results of this analysis will be used to develop rulemaking priorities and proposed schedules for the development and issuance of all rulemakings. The DOE analysis, priorities and proposed rulemaking schedules will be documented and distributed for review and comment.

    (b) Public review and comment. Each year, DOE will invite public input to review and comment on the priority analysis.

    (c) Issuance of final listing of rulemaking priorities. Each fall, the Department will issue, simultaneously with the issuance of the Administration's Regulatory Agenda, a final set of rulemaking priorities, the accompanying analysis, and the schedules for all priority rulemakings that it anticipates within the next two years.

    (d) Factors for priority-setting. The factors to be considered by DOE in developing priorities and establishing schedules for conducting rulemakings will include:

    (1) Potential energy savings.

    (2) Potential economic benefits.

    (3) Potential environmental or energy security benefits.

    (4) Applicable deadlines for rulemakings.

    (5) Incremental DOE resources required to complete rulemaking process.

    (6) Other relevant regulatory actions affecting products.

    (7) Stakeholder recommendations.

    (8) Evidence of energy efficiency gains in the market absent new or revised standards.

    (9) Status of required changes to test procedures.

    (10) Other relevant factors.

    4. Process for Developing Efficiency Standards and Factors to be Considered

    This section describes the process to be used in developing efficiency standards and the factors to be considered in the process. The policies of the Department to guide the selection of standards and the decisions preliminary thereto are described in section 5.

    (a) Identifying and screening design options. Once the Department has initiated a rulemaking for a specific product but before publishing an ANOPR, DOE will identify the product categories and design options to be analyzed in detail, and identify those design options eliminated from further consideration. Interested parties will be consulted to identify key issues, develop a list of design options, and to help the Department identify the expertise necessary to conduct the analysis.

    (1) Identification of issues for analysis. The Department, in consultation with interested parties, will identify issues that will be examined in the standards development process.

    (2) Identification of experts and other interested parties for peer review. DOE, in consultation with interested parties, will identify a group of independent experts and other interested parties who can provide expert review of the results of the engineering analysis and the subsequent impact analysis.

    (3) Identification and screening of design options. In consultation with interested parties, the Department will develop a list of design options for consideration. Initially, the candidate design options will encompass all those technologies considered to be technologically feasible. Following the development of this initial list of design options, DOE will review each design option based on the factors described in paragraph (a)(4) of this section and the policies stated in section 5(b). The reasons for eliminating any design option at this stage of the process will be fully documented and published as part of the ANOPR. The technologically feasible design options that are not eliminated in this screening will be considered further in the Engineering Analysis described in paragraph (b) of this section.

    (4) Factors for screening of design options. The factors for screening design options include:

    (i) Technological feasibility. Technologies incorporated in commercial products or in working prototypes will be considered technologically feasible.

    (ii) Practicability to manufacture, install and service. If mass production of a technology in commercial products and reliable installation and servicing of the technology could be achieved on the scale necessary to serve the relevant market at the time of the effective date of the standard, then that technology will be considered practicable to manufacture, install and service.

    (iii) Adverse Impacts on Product Utility or Product Availability.

    (iv) Adverse Impacts on Health or Safety.

    (5) Selection of contractors. Using the specifications of necessary contractor expertise developed in consultation with interested parties, DOE will select appropriate contractors, subcontractors, and as necessary, expert consultants to perform the engineering analysis and the impact analysis.

    (b) Engineering analysis of design options and selection of candidate standard levels. After design options are identified and screened, DOE will perform the engineering analysis and the benefit/cost analysis and select the candidate standard levels based on these analyses. The results of the analyses will be published in a Technical Support Document (TSD) to accompany the ANOPR.

    (1) Identification of engineering analytical methods and tools. DOE, in consultation with outside experts, will select the specific engineering analysis tools (or multiple tools, if necessary to address uncertainty) to be used in the analysis of the design options identified as a result of the screening analysis.

    (2) Engineering and life-cycle cost analysis of design options. The DOE and its contractor will perform engineering and life-cycle cost analyses of the design options.

    (3) Review by expert group and stakeholders. The results of the engineering and life-cycle cost analyses will be distributed for review by experts and interested parties. If appropriate, a public workshop will be conducted to review these results. The analyses will be revised as appropriate on the basis of this input.

    (4) New information relating to the factors used for screening design options. If further information or analysis leads to a determination that a design option, or a combination of design options, has unacceptable impacts based on the policies stated in section 5(b), that design option or combination of design options will not be included in a candidate standard level.

    (5) Selection of candidate standard levels. Based on the results of the engineering and life-cycle cost analysis of design options and the policies stated in section 5(c), DOE will select the candidate standard levels for further analysis.

    (c) Advance Notice of Proposed Rulemaking.

    (1) Documentation of decisions on candidate standard selection. (i) If the screening analysis indicates that continued development of a standard is appropriate, the Department will publish an ANOPR in the Federal Register and will distribute a draft TSD containing the analyses performed to this point. The ANOPR will specify candidate standard levels but will not propose a particular standard. The ANOPR will also include the preliminary analysis of consumer life-cycle costs, national net present value, and energy impacts for the candidate standard levels based on the engineering analysis.

    (ii) If the preliminary analysis indicates that no candidate standard level is likely to meet the criteria specified in law, that conclusion will be announced. In such cases, the Department may decide to proceed with a rulemaking that proposes not to adopt new or amended standards, or it may suspend the rulemaking and conclude that further action on such standards should be assigned a low priority under section 3.

    (2) Public comment and hearing. There will be 75 days for public comment on the ANOPR with at least one public hearing or workshop.

    (3) Revisions based on comments. Based on consideration of the comments received, any necessary changes to the engineering analysis or the candidate standard levels will be made.

    If major changes are required at this stage, interested parties and experts will be given an opportunity to review the revised analysis.

    (d) Analysis of impacts and selection of proposed standard level. After the ANOPR, economic analyses of the impacts of the candidate standard levels will be conducted. The Department will propose updated standards based on the results of the impact analysis.

    (1) Identification of issues for analysis. The Department, in consultation with interested parties, will identify issues that will be examined in the impacts analysis.

    (2) Identification of analytical methods and tools. DOE, in consultation with outside experts, will select the specific economic analysis tools (or multiple tools if necessary to address uncertainty) to be used in the analysis of the candidate standard levels.

    (3) Analysis of impacts. DOE will conduct the analysis of the impacts of candidate standard levels including analysis of the factors described in paragraphs (d)(7)(ii)-(viii) of this section.

    (4) Review by expert group and stakeholders. The results of the analysis of impacts will be distributed for review by experts and interested parties. If appropriate, a public workshop will be conducted to review these results. The analysis will be revised as appropriate on the basis of this input.

    (5) Efforts to develop consensus among stakeholders. If a representative group of interested parties undertakes to develop joint recommendations to the Department on standards, DOE will consider deferring its impact analysis until these discussions are completed or until participants in the efforts indicate that they are unable to reach a timely agreement.

    (6) Selection of proposed standard level based on analysis of impacts. On the basis of the analysis of the factors described in paragraph (d)(7) of this section and the policies stated in section 5(e), DOE will select a proposed standard level.

    (7) Factors to be considered in selecting a proposed standard. The factors to be considered in selection of a proposed standard include:

    (i) Consensus stakeholder recommendations.

    (ii) Impacts on manufacturers. The analysis of manufacturer impacts will include: Estimated impacts on cash flow; assessment of impacts on manufacturers of specific categories of products and small manufacturers; assessment of impacts on manufacturers of multiple product-specific Federal regulatory requirements, including efficiency standards for other products and regulations of other agencies; and impact on manufacturing capacity, plant closures, and loss of capital investment.

    (iii) Impacts on consumers. The analysis of consumer impacts will include: Estimated impacts on consumers based on national average energy prices and energy usage; assessments of impacts on subgroups of consumers based on major regional differences in usage or energy prices and significant variations in installation costs or performance; sensitivity analyses using high and low discount rates and high and low energy price forecasts; consideration of changes to product utility and other impacts of likely concern to all or some consumers, based to the extent practicable on direct input from consumers; estimated life-cycle cost with sensitivity analysis; and consideration of the increased first cost to consumers and the time required for energy cost savings to pay back these first costs.

    (iv) Impacts on competition.

    (v) Impacts on utilities. The analysis of utility impacts will include estimated marginal impacts on electric and gas utility costs and revenues.

    (vi) National energy, economic and employment impacts. The analysis of national energy, economic and employment impacts will include: Estimated energy savings by fuel type; estimated net present value of benefits to all consumers; and estimates of the direct and indirect impacts on employment by appliance manufacturers, relevant service industries, energy suppliers and the economy in general.

    (vii) Impacts on the environment and energy security. The analysis of environmental and energy security impacts will include estimated impacts on emissions of carbon and relevant criteria pollutants, impacts on pollution control costs, and impacts on oil use.

    (viii) Impacts of non-regulatory approaches. The analysis of energy savings and consumer impacts will incorporate an assessment of the impacts of market forces and existing voluntary programs in promoting product efficiency, usage and related characteristics in the absence of updated efficiency standards.

    (ix) New information relating to the factors used for screening design options.

    (e) Notice of Proposed Rulemaking.

    (1) Documentation of decisions on proposed standard selection. The Department will publish a NOPR in the Federal Register that proposes standard levels and explains the basis for the selection of those proposed levels, and will distribute a draft TSD documenting the analysis of impacts. As required by § 325(p)(2) of EPCA, the NOPR also will describe the maximum improvement in energy efficiency or maximum reduction in energy use that is technologically feasible and, if the proposed standards would not achieve these levels, the reasons for proposing different standards.

    (2) Public comment and hearing. There will be 75 days for public comment on the NOPR, with at least one public hearing or workshop.

    (3) Revisions to impact analyses and selection of final standard. Based on the public comments received and the policies stated in section 5(f), DOE will review the proposed standard and impact analyses, and make modifications as necessary. If major changes to the analyses are required at this stage, interested parties and experts will be given an opportunity to review the revised analyses.

    (f) Notice of Final Rulemaking. The Department will publish a Notice of Final Rulemaking in the Federal Register that promulgates standard levels and explains the basis for the selection of those standards, accompanied by a final TSD.

    5. Policies on Selection of Standards.

    (a) Purpose. (1) Section 4 describes the process that will be used to consider new or revised energy efficiency standards and lists a number of factors and analyses that will be considered at specified points in the process. Department policies concerning the selection of new or revised standards, and decisions preliminary thereto, are described in this section.

    These policies are intended to elaborate on the statutory criteria provided in section 325 of the EPCA, 42 U.S.C. 6295.

    (2) The policies described below are intended to provide guidance for making the determinations required by EPCA. This statement of policy is not intended to preclude consideration of any information pertinent to the statutory criteria. The Department will consider all pertinent information in determining whether a new or revised standard is consistent with the statutory criteria. Moreover, the Department will not be guided by a policy in this section if, in the particular circumstances presented, such a policy would lead to a result inconsistent with the criteria in section 325 of EPCA.

    (b) Screening design options. Section 4(a)(4) lists factors to be considered in screening design options. These factors will be considered as follows in determining whether a design option will receive any further consideration:

    (1) Technological feasibility. Technologies that are not incorporated in commercial products or in working prototypes will not be considered further.

    (2) Practicability to manufacture, install and service. If it is determined that mass production of a technology in commercial products and reliable installation and servicing of the technology could not be achieved on the scale necessary to serve the relevant market at the time of the effective date of the standard, then that technology will not be considered further.

    (3) Impacts on product utility to consumers. If a technology is determined to have significant adverse impact on the utility of the product to significant subgroups of consumers, or result in the unavailability of any covered product type with performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as products generally available in the U.S. at the time, it will not be considered further.

    (4) Safety of technologies. If it is determined that a technology will have significant adverse impacts on health or safety, it will not be considered further.

    (c) Identification of candidate standard levels. Based on the results of the engineering and cost and benefit analyses of design options, DOE will identify the candidate standard levels for further analysis. Candidate standard levels will be selected as follows:

    (1) Costs and savings of design options. Design options which have payback periods that exceed the average life of the product or which cause life-cycle cost increases relative to the base case, using typical fuel costs, usage and discount rates, will not be used as the basis for candidate standard levels.

    (2) Further information on factors used for screening design options. If further information or analysis leads to a determination that a design option, or a combination of design options, has unacceptable impacts under the policies stated in paragraph (b) of this section, that design option or combination of design options will not be included in a candidate standard level.

    (3) Selection of candidate standard levels. Candidate standard levels, which will be identified in the ANOPR and on which impact analyses will be conducted, will be based on the remaining design options.

    (i) The range of candidate standard levels will typically include:

    (A) The most energy efficient combination of design options;

    (B) The combination of design options with the lowest life-cycle cost; and

    (C) A combination of design options with a payback period of not more than three years.

    (ii) Candidate standard levels that incorporate noteworthy technologies or fill in large gaps between efficiency levels of other candidate standard levels also may be selected.

    (d) Advance notice of proposed rulemaking. New information provided in public comments on the ANOPR will be considered to determine whether any changes to the candidate standard levels are needed before proceeding to the analysis of impacts. This review, and any appropriate adjustments, will be based on the policies in paragraph (c) of this section.

    (e) Selection of proposed standard. Based on the results of the analysis of impacts, DOE will select a standard level to be proposed for public comment in the NOPR. Section 4(d)(7) lists the factors to be considered in selecting a proposed standard level. Section 325(o)(2)(A) of EPCA provides that any new or revised standard must be designed to achieve the maximum improvement in energy efficiency that is determined to be technologically feasible and economically justified.

    (1) Statutory policies. The fundamental policies concerning selection of standards are established in the EPCA, including the following:

    (i) A candidate standard level will not be proposed or promulgated if the Department determines that it is not technologically feasible and economically justified. See EPCA section 325(o)(3)(B). A standard level is economically justified if the benefits exceed the burdens. See EPCA section 325(o)(2)(B)(i). A standard level is rebuttably presumed to be economically justified if the payback period is three years or less. See EPCA section 325(o)(2)(B)(iii).

    (ii) If the Department determines that a standard level is likely to result in the unavailability of any covered product type with performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as products generally available in the U.S. at the time, that standard level will not be proposed. See EPCA section 325(o)(4).

    (iii) If the Department determines that a standard level would not result in significant conservation of energy, that standard level will not be proposed. See EPCA section 325(o)(3)(B).

    (2) Selection of proposed standard on the basis of consensus stakeholder recommendations. Development of consensus proposals for new or revised standards is an effective mechanism for balancing the economic, energy, and environmental interests affected by standards. Thus, notwithstanding any other policy on selection of proposed standards, a consensus recommendation on an updated efficiency level submitted by a group that represents all interested parties will be proposed by the Department if it is determined to meet the statutory criteria.

    (3) Considerations in assessing economic justification.

    (i) The following policies will guide the application of the economic justification criterion in selecting a proposed standard:

    (A) If the Department determines that a candidate standard level would result in a negative return on investment for the industry, would significantly reduce the value of the industry, or would cause significant adverse impacts to a significant subgroup of manufacturers (including small manufacturing businesses), that standard level will be presumed not to be economically justified unless the Department determines that specifically identified expected benefits of the standard would outweigh this and any other expected adverse effects.

    (B) If the Department determines that a candidate standard level would be the direct cause of plant closures, significant losses in domestic manufacturer employment, or significant losses of capital investment by domestic manufacturers, that standard level will be presumed not to be economically justified unless the Department determines that specifically identified expected benefits of the standard would outweigh this and any other expected adverse effects.

    (C) If the Department determines that a candidate standard level would have a significant adverse impact on the environment or energy security, that standard level will be presumed not to be economically justified unless the Department determines that specifically identified expected benefits of the standard would outweigh this and any other expected adverse effects.

    (D) If the Department determines that a candidate standard level would not result in significant energy conservation relative to non-regulatory approaches, that standard level will be presumed not to be economically justified unless the Department determines that other specifically identified expected benefits of the standard would outweigh the expected adverse effects.

    (E) If the Department determines that a candidate standard level is not consistent with the policies relating to practicability to manufacture, consumer utility, or safety in paragraphs (b) (2), (3) and (4) of this section, that standard level will be presumed not to be economically justified unless the Department determines that specifically identified expected benefits of the standard would outweigh this and any other expected adverse effects.

    (F) If the Department determines that a candidate standard level is not consistent with the policies relating to consumer costs in paragraph (c)(1) of this section, that standard level will be presumed not to be economically justified unless the Department determines that specifically identified expected benefits of the standard would outweigh this and any other expected adverse effects.

    (G) If the Department determines that a candidate standard level will have significant adverse impacts on a significant subgroup of consumers (including low-income consumers), that standard level will be presumed not to be economically justified unless the Department determines that specifically identified expected benefits of the standard would outweigh this and any other expected adverse effects.

    (H) If the Department or the Department of Justice determines that a candidate standard level would have significant anticompetitive effects, that standard level will be presumed not to be economically justified unless the Department determines that specifically identified expected benefits of the standard would outweigh this and any other expected adverse effects.

    (ii) The basis for a determination that triggers any presumption in paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section and the basis for a determination that an applicable presumption has been rebutted will be supported by substantial evidence in the record and the evidence and rationale for making these determinations will be explained in the NOPR.

    (iii) If none of the policies in paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this section is found to be dispositive, the Department will determine whether the benefits of a candidate standard level exceed the burdens considering all the pertinent information in the record.

    (f) Selection of a final standard. New information provided in the public comments on the NOPR and any analysis by the Department of Justice concerning impacts on competition of the proposed standard will be considered to determine whether any change to the proposed standard level is needed before proceeding to the final rule. The same policies used to select the proposed standard level, as described in section 5(e) above, will be used to guide the selection of the final standard level.

    6. Effective Date of a Standard

    The effective date for new or revised standards will be established so that the period between the publication of the final rule and the effective date is not less than any period between the dates for publication and effective date provided for in EPCA. The effective date of any revised standard will be established so that the period between the effective date of the prior standard and the effective date of such revised standard is not less than period between the two effective dates provided for in EPCA.

    7. Test Procedures

    (a) Identifying the need to modify test procedures. DOE, in consultation with interested parties, experts, and the National Institute of Standards and Technology, will attempt to identify any necessary modifications to established test procedures when initiating the standards development process.

    (b) Developing and proposing revised test procedures. Needed modifications to test procedures will be identified in consultation with experts and interested parties early in the screening stage of the standards development process. Any necessary modifications will be proposed before issuance of an ANOPR in the standards development process.

    (c) Issuing final test procedure modification. Final, modified test procedures will be issued prior to the NOPR on proposed standards.

    (d) Effective date of modified test procedures. If required only for the evaluation and issuance of updated efficiency standards, modified test procedures typically will not go into effect until the effective date of updated standards.

    8. Joint Stakeholder Recommendations

    (a) Joint recommendations. Consensus recommendations, and supporting analyses, submitted by a representative group of interested parties will be given substantial weight by DOE in the development of a proposed rule. See section 5(e)(2). If the supporting analyses provided by the group addresses all of the statutory criteria and uses valid economic assumptions and analytical methods, DOE expects to use this supporting analyses as the basis of a proposed rule. The proposed rule will explain any deviations from the consensus recommendations from interested parties.

    (b) Breadth of participation. Joint recommendations will be of most value to the Department if the participants are reasonably representative of those interested in the outcome of the standards development process, including manufacturers, consumers, utilities, states and representatives of environmental or energy efficiency interest groups.

    (c) DOE support of consensus development, including impact analyses. In order to facilitate such consensus development, DOE will make available, upon request, appropriate technical and legal support to the group and will provide copies of all relevant public documents and analyses. The Department also will consider any requests for its active participation in such discussions, recognizing that the procedural requirements of the Federal Advisory Committee Act may apply to such participation.

    9. Principles for the Conduct of Engineering Analysis

    (a) The purpose of the engineering analysis is to develop the relationship between efficiency and cost of the subject product. The Department will use the most appropriate means available to determine the efficiency/cost relationship, including an overall system approach or engineering modeling to predict the improvement in efficiency that can be expected from individual design options as discussed in the paragraphs below. From this efficiency/cost relationship, measures such as payback, life cycle cost, and energy savings can be developed. The Department, in consultation with interested parties, will identify issues that will be examined in the engineering analysis and the types of specialized expertise that may be required. With these specifications, DOE will select appropriate contractors, subcontractors, and expert consultants, as necessary, to perform the engineering analysis and the impact analysis. Also, the Department will consider data, information and analyses received from interested parties for use in the analysis wherever feasible.

    (b) The engineering analysis begins with the list of design options developed in consultation with the interested parties as a result of the screening process. In consultation with the technology/industry expert peer review group, the Department will establish the likely cost and performance improvement of each design option. Ranges and uncertainties of cost and performance will be established, although efforts will be made to minimize uncertainties by using measures such as test data or component or material supplier information where available. Estimated uncertainties will be carried forward in subsequent analyses. The use of quantitative models will be supplemented by qualitative assessments as appropriate.

    (c) The next step includes identifying, modifying or developing any engineering models necessary to predict the efficiency impact of any one or combination of design options on the product. A base case configuration or starting point will be established as well as the order and combination/blending of the design options to be evaluated. The DOE, utilizing expert consultants, will then perform the engineering analysis and develop the cost efficiency curve for the product. The cost efficiency curve and any necessary models will be subject to peer review before being issued with the ANOPR.

    10. Principles for the Analysis of Impacts on Manufacturers

    (a) Purpose. The purpose of the manufacturer analysis is to identify the likely impacts of efficiency standards on manufacturers. The Department will analyze the impact of standards on manufacturers with substantial input from manufacturers and other interested parties. The use of quantitative models will be supplemented by qualitative assessments by industry experts. This section describes the principles that will be used in conducting future manufacturing impact analysis.

    (b) Issue identification. In the impact analysis stage (section 4(d)), the Department, in consultation with interested parties, will identify issues that will require greater consideration in the detailed manufacturer impact analysis. Possible issues may include identification of specific types or groups of manufacturers and concerns over access to technology. Specialized contractor expertise, empirical data requirements, and analytical tools required to perform the manufacturer impact analysis also would be identified at this stage.

    (c) Industry characterization. Prior to initiating detailed impact studies, the Department will seek input on the present and past industry structure and market characteristics. Input on the following issues will be sought:

    (1) Manufacturers and their relative market shares;

    (2) Manufacturer characteristics, such as whether manufacturers make a full line of models or serve a niche market;

    (3) Trends in the number of manufacturers;

    (4) Financial situation of manufacturers;

    (5) Trends in product characteristics and retail markets; and

    (6) Identification of other relevant regulatory actions and a description of the nature and timing of any likely impacts.

    (d) Cost impacts on manufacturers. The costs of labor, material, engineering, tooling, and capital are difficult to estimate, manufacturer-specific, and usually proprietary. The Department will seek input from interested parties on the treatment of cost issues. Manufacturers will be encouraged to offer suggestions as to possible sources of data and appropriate data collection methodologies. Costing issues to be addressed include:

    (1) Estimates of total cost impacts, including product-specific costs (based on cost impacts estimated for the engineering analysis) and front-end investment/conversion costs for the full range of product models.

    (2) Range of uncertainties in estimates of average cost, considering alternative designs and technologies which may vary cost impacts and changes in costs of material, labor and other inputs which may vary costs.

    (3) Variable cost impacts on particular types of manufacturers, considering factors such as atypical sunk costs or characteristics of specific models which may increase or decrease costs.

    (e) Impacts on product sales, features, prices and cost recovery. In order to make manufacturer cash flow calculations, it is necessary to predict the number of products sold and their sale price. This requires an assessment of the likely impacts of price changes on the number of products sold and on typical features of models sold. Past analyses have relied on price and shipment data generated by economic models. The Department will develop additional estimates of prices and shipments by drawing on multiple sources of data and experience including: actual shipment and pricing experience, data from manufacturers, retailers and other market experts, financial models, and sensitivity analyses. The possible impacts of candidate standard levels on consumer choices among competing fuels will be explicitly considered where relevant.

    (f) Measures of impact. The manufacturer impact analysis will estimate the impacts of candidate standard levels on the net cash flow of manufacturers. Computations will be performed for the industry as a whole and for typical and atypical manufacturers. The exact nature and the process by which the analysis will be conducted will be determined by DOE, in conjunction with interested parties. Impacts to be analyzed include:

    (1) Industry net present value, with sensitivity analyses based on uncertainty of costs, sales prices and sales volumes;

    (2) Cash flows, by year;

    (3) Other measures of impact, such as revenue, net income and return on equity, as appropriate;

    The characteristics of atypical manufacturers worthy of special consideration will be determined in consultation with manufacturers and other interested parties and may include: manufacturers incurring higher or lower than average costs; and manufacturers experiencing greater or fewer adverse impacts on sales. Alternative scenarios based on other methods of estimating cost or sales impacts also will be performed, as needed.

    (g) Cumulative impacts of other Federal regulatory actions. (1) The Department will recognize and seek to mitigate the overlapping effects on manufacturers of new or revised DOE standards and other regulatory actions affecting the same products. DOE will analyze and consider the impact on manufacturers of multiple product-specific regulatory actions. These factors will be considered in setting rulemaking priorities, assessing manufacturer impacts of a particular standard, and establishing the effective date for a new or revised standard. In particular, DOE will seek to propose effective dates for new or revised standards that are appropriately coordinated with other regulatory actions to mitigate any cumulative burden.

    (2) If the Department determines that a proposed standard would impose a significant impact on product manufacturers within three years of the effective date of another DOE standard that imposes significant impacts on the same manufacturers (or divisions thereof, as appropriate), the Department will, in addition to evaluating the impact on manufacturers of the proposed standard, assess the joint impacts of both standards on manufacturers.

    (3) If the Department is directed to establish or revise standards for products that are components of other products subject to standards, the Department will consider the interaction between such standards in setting rulemaking priorities and assessing manufacturer impacts of a particular standard. The Department will assess, as part of the engineering and impact analyses, the cost of components subject to efficiency standards.

    (h) Summary of quantitative and qualitative assessments. The summary of quantitative and qualitative assessments will contain a description and discussion of uncertainties. Alternative estimates of impacts, resulting from the different potential scenarios developed throughout the analysis, will be explicitly presented in the final analysis results.

    (i) Key modeling and analytical tools. In its assessment of the likely impacts of standards on manufacturers, the Department will use models which are clear and understandable, feature accessible calculations, and have assumptions that are clearly explained. As a starting point, the Department will use the Government Regulatory Impact Model (GRIM). The Department will consider any enhancements to the GRIM that are suggested by interested parties. If changes are made to the GRIM methodology, DOE will provide notice and seek public input. The Department will also support the development of economic models for price and volume forecasting. Research required to update key economic data will be considered.

    11. Principles for the Analysis of Impacts on Consumers

    (a) Early consideration of impacts on consumer utility. The Department will consider at the earliest stages of the development of a standard whether particular design options will lessen the utility of the covered products to the consumer. See section 4(a).

    (b) Impacts on product availability. The Department will determine, based on consideration of information submitted during the standard development process, whether a proposed standard is likely to result in the unavailability of any covered product type with performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as products generally available in the U.S. at the time. DOE will not promulgate a standard if it concludes that it would result in such unavailability.

    (c) Department of justice review. As required by law, the Department will solicit the views of the Justice Department on any lessening of competition that is likely to result from the imposition of a proposed standard and will give the views provided full consideration in assessing economic justification of a proposed standard. In addition, DOE may consult with the Department of Justice at earlier stages in the standards development process to seek to obtain preliminary views on competitive impacts.

    (d) Variation in consumer impacts. The Department will use regional analysis and sensitivity analysis tools, as appropriate, to evaluate the potential distribution of impacts of candidate standards levels among different subgroups of consumers. The Department will consider impacts on significant segments of consumers in determining standards levels. Where there are significant negative impacts on identifiable subgroups, DOE will consider the efficacy of voluntary approaches as a means to achieve potential energy savings.

    (e) Payback period and first cost. (1) In the assessment of consumer impacts of standards, the Department will consider Life-Cycle Cost, Payback Period and Cost of Conserved Energy to evaluate the savings in operating expenses relative to increases in purchase price. The Department intends to increase the level of sensitivity analysis and scenario analysis for future rulemakings. The results of these analyses will be carried throughout the analysis and the ensuing uncertainty described.

    (2) If, in the analysis of consumer impacts, the Department determines that a candidate standard level would result in a substantial increase in the product first costs to consumers or would not pay back such additional first costs through energy cost savings in less than three years, Department will specifically assess the likely impacts of such a standard on low-income households, product sales and fuel switching.

    12. Consideration of Non-Regulatory Approaches

    (a) The Department recognizes that voluntary or other non-regulatory efforts by manufacturers, utilities and other interested parties can result in substantial efficiency improvements. The Department intends to consider fully the likely effects of non-regulatory initiatives on product energy use, consumer utility and life cycle costs, manufacturers, competition, utilities and the environment, as well as the distribution of these impacts among different regions, consumers, manufacturers and utilities. DOE will attempt to base its assessment on the actual impacts of such initiatives to date, but also will consider information presented regarding the impacts that any existing initiative might have in the future. Such information is likely to include a demonstration of the strong commitment of manufacturers, distribution channels, utilities or others to such voluntary efficiency improvements. This information will be used in assessing the likely incremental impacts of establishing or revising standards, in assessing appropriate effective dates for new or revised standards and in considering DOE support of non-regulatory initiatives.

    (b) DOE believes that non-regulatory approaches are valuable complements to the standards program. In particular, DOE will consider pursuing voluntary programs where it appears that highly efficient products can obtain a significant market share but less efficient products cannot be eliminated altogether because, for instance, of unacceptable adverse impacts on a significant subgroup of consumers. In making this assessment, the Department will consider the success more efficient designs have had in the market, their acceptance to date, and their potential market penetration.

    13. Crosscutting Analytical Assumptions

    In selecting values for certain crosscutting analytical assumptions, DOE expects to continue relying upon the following sources and general principles:

    (a) Underlying economic assumptions. The appliance standards analyses will generally use the same economic growth and development assumptions that underlie the most current Annual Energy Outlook (AEO) published by the Energy Information Administration (EIA).

    (b) Energy price and demand trends. Analyses of the likely impact of appliance standards on typical users will generally adopt the mid-range energy price and demand scenario of the EIA's most current AEO. The sensitivity of such estimated impacts to possible variations in future energy prices are likely to be examined using the EIA's high and low energy price scenarios.

    (c) Product-specific energy-efficiency trends, without updated standards. Product specific energy-efficiency trends will be based on a combination of the efficiency trends forecast by the EIA's residential and commercial demand model of the National Energy Modeling System (NEMS) and product-specific assessments by DOE and its contractors with input from interested parties.

    (d) Discount rates. For residential and commercial consumers, ranges of three different real discount rates will be used. For residential consumers, the mid-range discount rate will represent DOE's approximation of the average financing cost (or opportunity costs of reduced savings) experienced by typical consumers. Sensitivity analyses will be performed using discount rates reflecting the costs more likely to be experienced by residential consumers with little or no savings and credit card financing and consumers with substantial savings. For commercial users, a mid-range discount rate reflecting the DOE's approximation of the average real rate of return on commercial investment will be used, with sensitivity analyses being performed using values indicative of the range of real rates of return likely to be experienced by typical commercial businesses. For national net present value calculations, DOE would use the Administration's approximation of the average real rate of return on private investment in the U.S. economy. For manufacturer impacts, DOE plans to use a range of real discount rates which are representative of the real rates of return experienced by typical U.S. manufacturers affected by the program.

    (e) Environmental impacts. The emission rates of carbon, sulfur oxides and nitrogen oxides used by DOE to calculate the physical quantities of emissions likely to be avoided by candidate standard levels will be based on the current average carbon emissions of the U.S. electric utilities and on the projected rates of emissions of sulfur and nitrogen oxides. Projected rates of emissions, if available, will be used for the estimation of any other environmental impacts. The Department will consider the effects of the proposed standards on these emissions in reaching a decision about whether the benefits of the proposed standards exceed their burdens but will not determine the monetary value of these environmental externalities.

    14. Deviations, Revisions, and Judicial Review

    (a) Deviations. This Appendix specifies procedures, interpretations and policies for the development of new or revised energy efficiency standards in considerable detail. As the approach described in this Appendix is applied to the development of particular standards, the Department may find it necessary or appropriate to deviate from these procedures, interpretations or policies. If the Department concludes that such deviations are necessary or appropriate in a particular situation, DOE will provide interested parties with notice of the deviation and an explanation.

    (b) Revisions. If the Department concludes that changes to the procedures, interpretations or policies in this Appendix are necessary or appropriate, DOE will provide notice in the Federal Register of modifications to this Appendix with an accompanying explanation. DOE expects to consult with interested parties prior to any such modification.

    (c) Judicial review. The procedures, interpretations, and policies stated in this Appendix are not intended to establish any new cause of action or right to judicial review.

    [61 FR 36981, July 15, 1996]     Subpart D—Petitions To Exempt State Regulation From Preemption; Petitions to Withdraw Exemption of State Regulation Source:

    54 FR 6078, Feb. 7, 1989, unless otherwise noted.

    § 430.40 Purpose and scope.

    (a) This subpart prescribes the procedures to be followed in connection with petitions requesting a rule that a State regulation prescribing an energy conservation standard, water conservation standard (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals), or other requirement respecting energy efficiency, energy use, or water use (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) of a type (or class) of covered product not be preempted.

    (b) This subpart also prescribes the procedures to be followed in connection with petitions to withdraw a rule exempting a State regulation prescribing an energy conservation standard, water conservation standard (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals), or other requirement respecting energy efficiency, energy use, or water use (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) of a type (or class) of covered product.

    [63 FR 13318, Mar. 18, 1998]
    § 430.41 Prescriptions of a rule.

    (a) Criteria for exemption from preemption. Upon petition by a State which has prescribed an energy conservation standard, water conservation standard (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals), or other requirement for a type or class of covered equipment for which a Federal energy conservation standard or water conservation standard is applicable, the Secretary shall prescribe a rule that such standard not be preempted if he determines that the State has established by a preponderance of evidence that such requirement is needed to meet unusual and compelling State or local energy interests or water interests. For the purposes of this section, the term “unusual and compelling State or local energy interests or water interests” means interests which are substantially different in nature or magnitude than those prevailing in the U.S. generally, and are such that when evaluated within the context of the State's energy plan and forecast, or water plan and forecast the costs, benefits, burdens, and reliability of energy savings or water savings resulting from the State regulation make such regulation preferable or necessary when measured against the costs, benefits, burdens, and reliability of alternative approaches to energy savings or water savings or production, including reliance on reasonably predictable market-induced improvements in efficiency of all equipment subject to the State regulation. The Secretary may not prescribe such a rule if he finds that interested persons have established, by a preponderance of the evidence, that the State's regulation will significantly burden manufacturing, marketing, distribution, sale or servicing of the covered equipment on a national basis. In determining whether to make such a finding, the Secretary shall evaluate all relevant factors including: the extent to which the State regulation will increase manufacturing or distribution costs of manufacturers, distributors, and others; the extent to which the State regulation will disadvantage smaller manufacturers, distributors, or dealers or lessen competition in the sale of the covered product in the State; the extent to which the State regulation would cause a burden to manufacturers to redesign and produce the covered product type (or class), taking into consideration the extent to which the regulation would result in a reduction in the current models, or in the projected availability of models, that could be shipped on the effective date of the regulation to the State and within the U.S., or in the current or projected sales volume of the covered product type (or class) in the State and the U.S.; and the extent to which the State regulation is likely to contribute significantly to a proliferation of State appliance efficiency requirements and the cumulative impact such requirements would have. The Secretary may not prescribe such a rule if he finds that such a rule will result in the unavailability in the State of any covered product (or class) of performance characteristics (including reliability), features, sizes, capacities, and volumes that are substantially the same as those generally available in the State at the time of the Secretary's finding. The failure of some classes (or types) to meet this criterion shall not affect the Secretary's determination of whether to prescribe a rule for other classes (or types).

    (1) Requirements of petition for exemption from preemption. A petition from a State for a rule for exemption from preemption shall include the information listed in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(vi) of this section. A petition for a rule and correspondence relating to such petition shall be available for public review except for confidential or proprietary information submitted in accordance with the Department of Energy's Freedom of Information Regulations set forth in 10 CFR part 1004:

    (i) The name, address, and telephone number of the petitioner;

    (ii) A copy of the State standard for which a rule exempting such standard is sought;

    (iii) A copy of the State's energy plan or water plan and forecast;

    (iv) Specification of each type or class of covered product for which a rule exempting a standard is sought;

    (v) Other information, if any, believed to be pertinent by the petitioner; and

    (vi) Such other information as the Secretary may require.

    (2) [Reserved]

    (b) Criteria for exemption from preemption when energy emergency conditions or water emergency conditions (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) exist within State. Upon petition by a State which has prescribed an energy conservation standard or water conservation standard (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) or other requirement for a type or class of covered product for which a Federal energy conservation standard or water conservation standard is applicable, the Secretary may prescribe a rule, effective upon publication in the Federal Register, that such State regulation not be preempted if he determines that in addition to meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section the State has established that: an energy emergency condition or water emergency condition exists within the State that imperils the health, safety, and welfare of its residents because of the inability of the State or utilities within the State to provide adequate quantities of gas, electric energy, or water to its residents at less than prohibitive costs; and cannot be substantially alleviated by the importation of energy or water or the use of interconnection agreements; and the State regulation is necessary to alleviate substantially such condition.

    (1) Requirements of petition for exemption from preemption when energy emergency conditions or water emergency conditions (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) exist within a State. A petition from a State for a rule for exemption from preemption when energy emergency conditions or water emergency conditions exist within a State shall include the information listed in paragraphs (a)(1)(i) through (a)(1)(vi) of this section. A petition shall also include the information prescribed in paragraphs (b)(1)(i) through (b)(1)(iv) of this section, and shall be available for public review except for confidential or proprietary information submitted in accordance with the Department of Energy's Freedom of Information Regulations set forth in 10 CFR part 1004:

    (i) A description of the energy emergency condition or water emergency condition (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) which exists within the State, including causes and impacts.

    (ii) A description of emergency response actions taken by the State and utilities within the State to alleviate the emergency condition;

    (iii) An analysis of why the emergency condition cannot be alleviated substantially by importation of energy or water or the use of interconnection agreements; and

    (iv) An analysis of how the State standard can alleviate substantially such emergency condition.

    (2) [Reserved]

    (c) Criteria for withdrawal of a rule exempting a State standard. Any person subject to a State standard which, by rule, has been exempted from Federal preemption and which prescribes an energy conservation standard or water conservation standard (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) or other requirement for a type or class of a covered product, when the Federal energy conservation standard or water conservation standard (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals) for such product subsequently is amended, may petition the Secretary requesting that the exemption rule be withdrawn. The Secretary shall consider such petition in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, except that the burden shall be on the petitioner to demonstrate that the exemption rule received by the State should be withdrawn as a result of the amendment to the Federal standard. The Secretary shall withdraw such rule if he determines that the petitioner has shown the rule should be withdrawn.

    (1) Requirements of petition to withdraw a rule exempting a State standard. A petition for a rule to withdraw a rule exempting a State standard shall include the information prescribed in paragraphs (c)(1)(i) through (c)(1)(vii) of this section, and shall be available for public review, except for confidential or proprietary information submitted in accordance with the Department of Energy's Freedom of Information Regulations set forth in 10 CFR part 1004:

    (i) The name, address and telephone number of the petitioner;

    (ii) A statement of the interest of the petitioner for which a rule withdrawing an exemption is sought;

    (iii) A copy of the State standard for which a rule withdrawing an exemption is sought;

    (iv) Specification of each type or class of covered product for which a rule withdrawing an exemption is sought;

    (v) A discussion of the factors contained in paragraph (a) of this section;

    (vi) Such other information, if any, believed to be pertinent by the petitioner; and

    (vii) Such other information as the Secretary may require.

    (2) [Reserved]

    [63 FR 13318, Mar. 18, 1998]
    § 430.42 Filing requirements.

    (a) Service. All documents required to be served under this subpart shall, if mailed, be served by first class mail. Service upon a person's duly authorized representative shall constitute service upon that person.

    (b) Obligation to supply information. A person or State submitting a petition is under a continuing obligation to provide any new or newly discovered information relevant to that petition. Such information includes, but is not limited to, information regarding any other petition or request for action subsequently submitted by that person or State.

    (c) The same or related matters. A person or State submitting a petition or other request for action shall state whether to the best knowledge of that petitioner the same or related issue, act, or transaction has been or presently is being considered or investigated by any State agency, department, or instrumentality.

    (d) Computation of time. (1) Computing any period of time prescribed by or allowed under this subpart, the day of the action from which the designated period of time begins to run is not to be included. If the last day of the period is Saturday, or Sunday, or Federal legal holiday, the period runs until the end of the next day that is neither a Saturday, or Sunday or Federal legal holiday.

    (2) Saturdays, Sundays, and intervening Federal legal holidays shall be excluded from the computation of time when the period of time allowed or prescribed is 7 days or less.

    (3) When a submission is required to be made within a prescribed time, DOE may grant an extension of time upon good cause shown.

    (4) Documents received after regular business hours are deemed to have been submitted on the next regular business day. Regular business hours for the DOE's National Office, Washington, DC, are 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.

    (5) DOE reserves the right to refuse to accept, and not to consider, untimely submissions.

    (e) Filing of petitions. (1) A petition for a rule shall be submitted in triplicate to: The Assistant Secretary for Conservation and Renewable Energy, U.S. Department of Energy, Section 327 Petitions, Appliance Efficiency Standards, Forrestal Building, 1000 Independence Avenue, SW., Washington, DC 20585.

    (2) A petition may be submitted on behalf of more than one person. A joint petition shall indicate each person participating in the submission. A joint petition shall provide the information required by § 430.41 for each person on whose behalf the petition is submitted.

    (3) All petitions shall be signed by the person(s) submitting the petition or by a duly authorized representative. If submitted by a duly authorized representative, the petition shall certify this authorization.

    (4) A petition for a rule to withdraw a rule exempting a State regulation, all supporting documents, and all future submissions shall be served on each State agency, department, or instrumentality whose regulation the petitioner seeks to supersede. The petition shall contain a certification of this service which states the name and mailing address of the served parties, and the date of service.

    (f) Acceptance for filing. (1) Within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of a petition, the Secretary will either accept it for filing or reject it, and the petitioner will be so notified in writing. The Secretary will serve a copy of this notification on each other party served by the petitioner. Only such petitions which conform to the requirements of this subpart and which contain sufficient information for the purposes of a substantive decision will be accepted for filing. Petitions which do not so conform will be rejected and an explanation provided to petitioner in writing.

    (2) For purposes of the Act and this subpart, a petition is deemed to be filed on the date it is accepted for filing.

    (g) Docket. A petition accepted for filing will be assigned an appropriate docket designation. Petitioner shall use the docket designation in all subsequent submissions.

    § 430.43 Notice of petition.

    (a) Promptly after receipt of a petition and its acceptance for filing, notice of such petition shall be published in the Federal Register. The notice shall set forth the availability for public review of all data and information available, and shall solicit comments, data and information with respect to the determination on the petition. Except as may otherwise be specified, the period for public comment shall be 60 days after the notice appears in the Federal Register.

    (b) In addition to the material required under paragraph (a) of this section, each notice shall contain a summary of the State regulation at issue and the petitioner's reasons for the rule sought.

    § 430.44 Consolidation.

    DOE may consolidate any or all matters at issue in two or more proceedings docketed where there exist common parties, common questions of fact and law, and where such consolidation would expedite or simplify consideration of the issues. Consolidation shall not affect the right of any party to raise issues that could have been raised if consolidation had not occurred.

    § 430.45 Hearing.

    The Secretary may hold a public hearing, and publish notice in the Federal Register of the date and location of the hearing, when he determines that such a hearing is necessary and likely to result in a timely and effective resolution of the issues. A transcript shall be kept of any such hearing.

    § 430.46 Disposition of petitions.

    (a) After the submission of public comments under § 430.42(a), the Secretary shall prescribe a final rule or deny the petition within 6 months after the date the petition is filed.

    (b) The final rule issued by the Secretary or a determination by the Secretary to deny the petition shall include a written statement setting forth his findings and conclusions, and the reasons and basis therefor. A copy of the Secretary's decision shall be sent to the petitioner and the affected State agency. The Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register a notice of the final rule granting or denying the petition and the reasons and basis therefor.

    (c) If the Secretary finds that he cannot issue a final rule within the 6-month period pursuant to paragraph (a) of this section, he shall publish a notice in the Federal Register extending such period to a date certain, but no longer than one year after the date on which the petition was filed. Such notice shall include the reasons for the delay.

    § 430.47 Effective dates of final rules.

    (a) A final rule exempting a State standard from Federal preemption will be effective:

    (1) Upon publication in the Federal Register if the Secretary determines that such rule is needed to meet an “energy emergency condition or water emergency condition (in the case of faucets, showerheads, water closets, and urinals)” within the State.

    (2) Three years after such rule is published in the Federal Register; or

    (3) Five years after such rule is published in the Federal Register if the Secretary determines that such additional time is necessary due to the burdens of retooling, redesign or distribution.

    (b) A final rule withdrawing a rule exempting a State standard will be effective upon publication in the Federal Register.

    [54 FR 6078, Feb. 7, 1989, as amended at 63 FR 13319, Mar. 18, 1998]
    § 430.48 Request for reconsideration.

    (a) Any petitioner whose petition for a rule has been denied may request reconsideration within 30 days of denial. The request shall contain a statement of facts and reasons supporting reconsideration and shall be submitted in writing to the Secretary.

    (b) The denial of a petition will be reconsidered only where it is alleged and demonstrated that the denial was based on error in law or fact and that evidence of the error is found in the record of the proceedings.

    (c) If the Secretary fails to take action on the request for reconsideration within 30 days, the request is deemed denied, and the petitioner may seek such judicial review as may be appropriate and available.

    (d) A petitioner has n